diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2017-08-08 20:38:58 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2017-08-08 20:38:58 +0000 |
| commit | 75f529a8c99a457b98e31992cb965bbc447813c8 (patch) | |
| tree | dc201d667d9cefaca2e3e2297e949a32daca2af3 | |
| parent | bb5a582a3651ea6fe3c4fce9580cc248f5953f43 (diff) | |
latex2e-help-texinfo (8aug17)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@44985 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info | 4074 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog | 1210 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile | 10 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README | 15 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws | 60 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk | 2352 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html | 3505 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf | bin | 784210 -> 865879 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi | 2962 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt | 5282 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml | 5220 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el | 25 |
13 files changed, 16645 insertions, 8095 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info index 811d97f92a6..6d1da525ab3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.0 from +This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.1 from latex2e.texi. This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document -preparation system, version of October 2015. +preparation system, version of August 2017. This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by George D. @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ Sheldon Green, and 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as 'TeXniques' number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). - Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 Karl -Berry. + Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, +2017 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Top, Next: About this document, Up: (dir) LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October -2015) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of August 2017) +for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. * Menu: @@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: About this document, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting program (*note Overview::). This document's home page is -<http://home.gna.org/latexrefman>. That page has links to the current -output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and -subscriptions, and other infrastructure. +<http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/>. That page has links +to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives +and subscriptions, and other infrastructure. In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than -'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was retired many -years ago. +'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades +ago. LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers (<http://latex-project.org>). The official documentation written by the @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ LaTeX project is available from their web site. This document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. Instead, please send all comments to -<latexrefman-discuss@gna.org>. +<latexrefman@tug.org>. This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources of information about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few @@ -113,8 +113,9 @@ introductions. Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. <http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide> - The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX; - there are plenty of others available elsewhere. + The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX. + Many other guides by many other people are also available, + independent of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item: <http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort> A short introduction to LaTeX, translated to many languages. @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are available - (<http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware>). + (<http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). '.pdf' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other @@ -331,14 +332,18 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). * Environment:: Area of the source with distinct behavior. * Declaration:: Change the value or meaning of a command. +* \makeatletter and \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. File: latex2e.info, Node: Environment, Next: Declaration, Up: LaTeX command syntax +2.4.1 Environments +------------------ + Synopsis: \begin{ENVIRONMENT NAME} - .. + ... \end{ENVIRONMENT NAME} An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct @@ -346,10 +351,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. \begin{verse} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end{verse} + See *note Environments:: for a list of environments. + The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star. @@ -360,17 +367,135 @@ the table to be aligned on its top row) while the second argument is required (it specifies the formatting of columns). \begin{tabular}[t]{r|l} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} -File: latex2e.info, Node: Declaration, Prev: Environment, Up: LaTeX command syntax +File: latex2e.info, Node: Declaration, Next: \makeatletter and \makeatother, Prev: Environment, Up: LaTeX command syntax + +2.4.2 Command declarations +-------------------------- A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other command or parameter. For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. +File: latex2e.info, Node: \makeatletter and \makeatother, Prev: Declaration, Up: LaTeX command syntax + +2.4.3 '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' +---------------------------------------- + +Synopsis: + + \makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. + \makeatother + + Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. '\makeatletter' makes the +at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11. +'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value. + + As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a +character category code, or "catcode" for short. For instance, the +backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a +command. These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'. + + The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in +their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that +replaces one of LaTeX's own. Command names consist of a category 0 +character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11 +characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0 +character followed by a single non-letter symbol). So under the default +category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'. But +'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine +commands named with '@'. + + Use these two commands inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble, when +defining or redefining a command with '@' in its name. Don't use them +inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and +'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of +a letter. + + For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see +<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. These macros are mainly intended to +package or class authors. + + The example below is typical. In the user's class file is a command +'\thesis@universityname'. The user wants to change the definition. +These three lines should go in the preamble, before the +'\begin{document}'. + + \makeatletter + \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} + \makeatother + +* Menu: + +* \@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \@ifstar, Up: \makeatletter and \makeatother + +2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar' +.................. + +Synopsis: + + \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} + \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NON-STARRED COMMAND NUMBER OF ARGS]{BODY OF NON-STARRED COMMAND} + \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STARRED COMMAND NUMBER OF ARGS]{BODY OF STARRED COMMAND} + + Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk. Examples +are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and +'\section*' commands. + + When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment +name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more complex. As +in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above +as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star. For +instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the +'\section' command peeks ahead. This command does not accept arguments +but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments. In +the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'. They +could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no +arguments at all. As always, in a LaTeX document a command using +at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother' +block (*note \makeatletter and \makeatother::). + + This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant +'\ciel*'. Both have one required argument. A call to '\ciel{night}' +will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry +not blue sky". + + \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} + \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} + + In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than does the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent +007's '``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' +is equivalent to '``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} +textsc{Bond}.''' + + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} + \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{\@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} + + There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work +of '\@ifstar'. The 'suffix' package allows the construct +'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by +'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'. And LaTeX3 has +the 'xparse' package that allows this code. + + \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {STARRED VERSION}% + {UNSTARRED VERSION}% + } + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Document classes, Next: Fonts, Prev: Overview, Up: Top 3 Document classes @@ -410,9 +535,11 @@ document classes are available as separate packages; *note Overview::.) * Menu: * Document class options:: Global options. +* Additional packages:: Bring in packages. +* Class and package construction:: Create new classes and packages. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Up: Document classes +File: latex2e.info, Node: Document class options, Next: Additional packages, Up: Document classes 3.1 Document class options ========================== @@ -434,10 +561,13 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'): paper size (these show height by width): 'a4paper' - 210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) + 210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) + +'a5paper' + 148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) 'b5paper' - 176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) + 176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) 'executivepaper' 7.25 by 10.5 inches @@ -477,8 +607,10 @@ setting the print area and physical page size. 'titlepage' 'notitlepage' - Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on - the class. + Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title + information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The + default for the 'report' class is 'titlepage', for the other + classes it is 'notitlepage'. The following options are not available with the 'slides' class. @@ -506,19 +638,440 @@ setting the print area and physical page size. The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at the bottom of each note. - Additional packages are loaded like this: + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional packages, Next: Class and package construction, Prev: Document class options, Up: Document classes - \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG} +3.2 Additional packages +======================= - To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, +Load a package PKG, with the package options given in the +comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here. + + \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}. + + To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in '\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}', or use multiple '\usepackage' commands. - Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by + Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with '\usepackage'. +File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package construction, Prev: Additional packages, Up: Document classes + +3.3 Class and package construction +================================== + +You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard +header for each page, then you could create a new class 'smcmemo.cls' +and begin your documents with '\documentclass{smcmemo}'. + + What separates a package from a document class is that the commands +in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class +are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for +a package while a command to make the page headers say 'Memo from the +SMC Math Department' is for a class. + + Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign '@' as a +character in command names without having to surround the code +containing that command with '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother'. *Note +\makeatletter and \makeatother::. This allow you to create commands +that users will not accidentally redefine. Another technique is to +preface class- or package-specific commands with some string to prevent +your class or package from interfering with others. For instance, the +class 'smcmemo' might have commands '\smc@tolist', '\smc@fromlist', etc. + +* Menu: + +* Class and package structure:: Layout of the file. +* Class and package commands:: List of commands. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package structure, Next: Class and package commands, Up: Class and package construction + +3.3.1 Class and package structure +--------------------------------- + +A class file or package file typically has four parts. + In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX + package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat' + and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands. + 1. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can + also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed + for the code used in the next part. For example, an 'smcmemo' + class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list + of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}', + and therefore needs to define a command + '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file. + 2. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and + processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their + document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify + the behavior of the class. An example is when you declare + '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font + size. + 3. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package + usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands + and fonts, and loading other files. + + Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as 'stub.cls' +where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the '.tex' +file. + + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} + \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] + \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} + \ProcessOptions\relax + \LoadClass{article} + + It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the 'article' class, and then loads the 'article' +class to provide the basis for this class's code. + + For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +<http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of +the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Class and package commands, Prev: Class and package structure, Up: Class and package construction + +3.3.2 Class and package commands +-------------------------------- + +These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. + +'\AtBeginDvi{specials}' + Save in a box register things that are written to the '.dvi' file + at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. + +'\AtEndOfClass{CODE}' +'\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}' + Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing + the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple + times; the 'code' will be executed in the order that you called it. + See also *note \AtBeginDocument::. + +'\CheckCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}' +'\CheckCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}' + Like '\newcommand' (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) but does + not define CMD; instead it checks that the current definition of + CMD is exactly as given by DEFINITION and is or is not "long" as + expected. A long command is a command that accepts '\par' within + an argument. The CMD command is expected to be long with the + unstarred version of '\CheckCommand'. Raises an error when the + check fails. This allows you to check before you start redefining + 'cmd' yourself that no other package has already redefined this + command. + +'\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}' +'\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}' +'\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}' + Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. + + For '\ClassError' and '\PackageError' the message is ERROR TEXT, + followed by TeX's '?' error prompt. If the user then asks for help + by typing 'h', they see the HELP TEXT. + + The four warning commands are similar except that they write + WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info + commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The 'NoLine' + versions do not show the number of the line generating the message, + while the other versions do show that number. + + To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use '\protect' to + stop a command from expanding, get a line break with + '\MessageBreak', and get a space with '\space' when a space + character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX + appends a period to the messages. + +'\CurrentOption' + Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can + only be used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or + '\DeclareOption*'. + +'\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}' +'\DeclareOption*{CODE}' + Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their + '\documentclass' command. For example, the 'smcmemo' class could + have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the + first page with '\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}'. The class file + must contain '\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}' (and later, + '\ProcessOptions'). + + If you request an option that has not been declared, by default + this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s): + [badoption].' Change this behaviour with the starred version + '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an + existing class, using a declaration such as '\LoadClass{article}', + and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such + as this. + + \DeclareOption*{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } + + Another example is that the class 'smcmemo' may allow users to keep + lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could + invoke '\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}' and it will read the file + 'math.memo'. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise + passes the option to the 'article' class. + + \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}} + +'\DeclareRobustCommand{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}' +'\DeclareRobustCommand*{CMD}[NUM][DEFAULT]{DEFINITION}' + Like '\newcommand' and '\newcommand*' (*note \newcommand & + \renewcommand::) but these declare a robust command, even if some + code within the DEFINITION is fragile. (For a discussion of robust + and fragile commands *note \protect::.) Use this command to define + new robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them + robust. Unlike '\newcommand' these do not give an error if macro + CMD already exists; instead, a log message is put into the + transcript file if a command is redefined. + + Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those + defined using '\newcommand' so unless the command's data is fragile + and the command is used within a moving argument, use + '\newcommand'. + + The 'etoolbox' package offers commands '\newrobustcmd', + '\newrobustcmd*', '\renewrobustcmd', '\renewrobustcmd*', + '\providerobustcmd', and '\providerobustcmd*' which are similar to + '\newcommand', '\newcommand*', '\renewcommand', '\renewcommand*', + '\providecommand', and '\providecommand*', but define a robust CMD + with two advantages as compared to '\DeclareRobustCommand': + 1. They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than + the higher level LaTeX '\protect' mechanism, so they do not + incur the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and + 2. They make the same distinction between '\new...', '\renew...', + and '\provide...', as the standard commands, so they do not + just make a log message when you redefine CMD that already + exists, in that case you need to use either '\renew...' or + '\provide...' or you get an error. + +'\IfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\InputIfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' + Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX can find the file 'FILE NAME' and FALSE + CODE otherwise. In the second case it inputs the file immediately + after executing TRUE CODE. Thus + '\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{WARNING: + img.pdf not found}}' will include the graphic 'img.pdf' if it is + found but otherwise just give a warning. + + This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX + uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the + current directory do something like '\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE + CODE}{FALSE CODE}'. If you ask for a filename without a '.tex' + extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the + '.tex'; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note + \input::. + +'\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' +'\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' + Load a class, as with '\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS + NAME}[RELEASE INFO]'. An example is + '\LoadClass[twoside]{article}'. + + The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The + RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form + YYYY/MM/DD. + + If you request a RELEASE DATE and the date of the package installed + on your system is earlier, then you get a warning on the screen and + in the log like 'You have requested, on input line 4, version + `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only version + `2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is available.' + + The command version '\LoadClassWithOptions' uses the list of + options for the current class. This means it ignores any options + passed to it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience + command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the + standard 'article' class, without having to track which options + were passed. + +'\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}' + For each option OPTION in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command + executes the command '\ds@OPTION'. If this command is not defined + then that option is silently ignored. + + It can be used to provide a default option list before + '\ProcessOptions'. For example, if in a class file you want the + default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify + '\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax'. + +'\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]' + Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often + issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: + '\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}'. When a document using that class is + processed, the format name given here must match the format that is + actually being run (including that the FORMAT string is case + sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an + error like 'This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.' + + To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain + features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features + were implemented. If present it must be in the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'. + If the format version installed on your system is earlier than + FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested release + `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is available.' + +'\OptionNotUsed' + Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be + used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or + '\DeclareOption*'. + +'\PassOptionsToClass{OPTION LIST}{CLASS NAME}' +'\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTION LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}' + Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the + options used by any future '\RequirePackage' or '\usepackage' + command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME. + + The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number + of times with no options but if you want options then you may only + supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package + with options more than once will get you an error like 'Option + clash for package foo.' (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no + conflict between the options.) + + If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can + collapse that to once, for example replacing the two + '\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}' + with the single '\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}'. + But if you are loading a package that in turn loads another package + then you need to queue up the options you desire for this other + package. For instance, suppose the package 'foo' loads the package + 'geometry'. Instead of + '\RequirePackage{foo}\RequirePackage[draft]{graphics}' you must + write '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphics} + \RequirePackage{foo}'. (If 'foo.sty' loads an option in conflict + with what you want then you may have to look into altering its + source.) + + These commands are useful for general users as well as class and + package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the + 'graphicx' package with the option 'draft' and also wants to use a + class 'foo' that loads the 'graphicx' package, but without that + option. The user could start their LaTeX file with + '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}'. + +'\ProcessOptions' +'\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS' + Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. + Include it in the class file as '\ProcessOptions\relax' (because of + the existence of the starred command). + + Options come in two types. "Local options" have been specified for + this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of + '\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}', '\usepackage[OPTIONS]', or + '\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]'. "Global options" are those given by + the class user in '\documentclass[OPTIONS]' (If an option is + specified both locally and globally then it is local.) + + When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a package 'pkg.sty', the + following happens: + 1. For each option OPTION so far declared with '\DeclareOption', + it looks to see if that option is either a global or a local + option for 'pkg'. If so then it executes the declared code. + This is done in the order in which these options were given in + 'pkg.sty'. + 2. For each remaining local option, it executes the command + '\ds@'OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than by a + '\DeclareOption'); otherwise, it executes the default option + code given in '\DeclareOption*'. If no default option code + has been declared then it gives an error message. This is + done in the order in which these options were specified. + + When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a class it works in the same + way except that all options are local, and the default CODE for + '\DeclareOption*' is '\OptionNotUsed' rather than an error. + + The starred version '\ProcessOptions*' executes the options in the + order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order + of declaration in the class or package. For a package this means + that the global options are processed first. + +'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' +'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' +'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' +'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' + Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen + and the log file. + + When a user writes '\documentclass{smcmemo}' then LaTeX loads the + file 'smcmemo.cls'. Similarly, a user writing '\usepackage{test}' + prompts LaTeX to load the file 'test.sty'. If the name of the file + does not match the declared class or package name then you get a + warning. Thus, if you invoke '\documentclass{smcmemo}', and the + file 'smcmemo.cls' has the statement '\ProvidesClass{xxx}' then you + get a warning like 'You have requested document class `smcmemo', + but the document class provides 'xxx'.' This warning does not + prevent LaTeX from processing the rest of the class file normally. + + If you include the optional argument, then you must include the + date, before the first space if any, and it must have the form + 'YYYY/MM/DD'. The rest of the optional argument is free-form, + although it traditionally identifies the class, and is written to + the screen during compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your + file 'smcmemo.cls' contains the line + '\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]' and your + document's first line is '\documentclass{smcmemo}' then you will + see 'Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class'. + + The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to + ask to be warned if the version of the class or package installed + on their system is earlier than RELEASE DATE, by using the optional + arguments such as '\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]' or + '\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]'. (Note that package users only + rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) + +'\ProvidesFile{FILE NAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' + Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as + configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in + that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config + 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls' for FILE NAME equal to + 'test.config' and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION equal to '2017/10/12 + config file for test.cls'. + +'\RequirePackage[OPTION LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' +'\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' + Load a package, like the document author command '\usepackage'. + *Note Additional packages::. An example is + '\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}'. Note that the + LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these commands + over Plain TeX's '\input'; see the Class Guide. + + The OPTION LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The + RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the + release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier + than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested, + on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only + version `2000/01/01' is available'. + + The '\RequirePackageWithOptions' version uses the list of options + for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to + it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience command to + allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to + track which options were passed. + + The difference between '\usepackage' and '\RequirePackage' is + small. The '\usepackage' command is intended for the document file + while '\RequirePackage' is intended for package and class files. + Thus, using '\usepackage' before the '\documentclass' command + causes LaTeX to give error like '\usepackage before + \documentclass', but you can use '\RequirePackage' there. + + File: latex2e.info, Node: Fonts, Next: Layout, Prev: Document classes, Up: Top 4 Fonts @@ -871,10 +1424,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \onecolumn, Next: \twocolumn, Up: Layout 5.1 '\onecolumn' ================ -The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior (*note Document class -options::). +Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option 'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior +(*note Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -884,13 +1436,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \twocolumn, Next: \flushbottom, Prev: \onecolumn, 5.2 '\twocolumn' ================ -Synopsis: +Synopses: + \twocolumn \twocolumn[PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT] - The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note Document class options::). + Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is +given the class option 'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note +Document class options::). If the optional PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. @@ -929,7 +1482,7 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not exceed '0.7\textheight' . If the height of your starred float - environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following + environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @@ -969,24 +1522,24 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX default is '2'. - This example shows the use of the optional argument of '\twocolumn' -to create a title that spans the two-column article: + This example uses '\twocolumn''s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: \documentclass[twocolumn]{article} \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}} \begin{document} \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark{1}, - Author Two\authormark{2}, - Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} - \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part - }] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark{1}, + Author Two\authormark{2}, + Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} + \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part + }] Two column text here. @@ -996,21 +1549,23 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \flushbottom, Next: \raggedbottom, Prev: \twocolumn 5.3 '\flushbottom' ================== -The '\flushbottom' command can go at any point in the document body. It -makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical space -where necessary to fill out the page. +Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active'. You can change to '\raggedbottom' -(see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust the 'textheight' to -be compatible, or you can add some vertical stretch glue between lines -or between paragraphs, as in '\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. In -a final editing stage you can adjust the height of individual pages -(*note \enlargethispage::). - - This is the default only if you select the 'twoside' document class -option (*note Document class options::). +occurred while \output is active'. If you get that, one option is to +change to '\raggedbottom' (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you +can adjust the 'textheight' to make compatible pages, or you can add +some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in +'\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. Your last option is to, in a +final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (*note +\enlargethispage::). + + The '\flushbottom' state is the default only if you select the +'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Page layout parameters, Prev: \flushbottom, Up: Layout @@ -1018,11 +1573,10 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \raggedbottom, Next: Page layout parameters, Prev: 5.4 '\raggedbottom' =================== -The '\raggedbottom' command can go at any point in the document body. -It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on that -page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -'\flushbottom' above. +Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See *note \flushbottom::. This is the default unless you select the 'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::). @@ -1185,13 +1739,13 @@ appears in the output after it. The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent -them all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and defers -the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far from -their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. +bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them +all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and defers the +rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up being typeset far +from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big may +migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats +in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in +that class also appears at the end. In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its @@ -1246,7 +1800,7 @@ outstanding floats. LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a 't' specifier in the -PLACEMENT paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is +PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the 'flafter' package or using the command '\suppressfloats[t]', which causes floats for the @@ -1310,10 +1864,10 @@ BETWEEN 0 AND 1}'): The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats> contains suggestions for relaxing LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach's article "How to infuence -the position of float environments like figure and table in LaTeX?" -<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article "How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +LaTeX?" (<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>). File: latex2e.info, Node: Sectioning, Next: Cross references, Prev: Layout, Up: Top @@ -1370,14 +1924,218 @@ setting suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where 'chapter' is level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.) +* Menu: + +* \@startsection:: Redefine layout of start of sections, subsections, etc. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \@startsection, Up: Sectioning + +6.1 '\@startsection' +==================== + +Synopsis: + + \@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE} + + Redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions +such as '\section' or '\subsection'. + + Note that the 'titlesec' package makes manipulation of sectioning +easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be +satisfied with '\@startsection', some cannot. For instance, in the +standard LaTeX 'book' and 'report' classes the commands '\chapter' and +'\report' are not constructed in this way. To make such a command you +may want to use the '\secdef' command. + + Technically, this command has the form: + \@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE} + *[TOCTITLE]{TITLE} +so that issuing: + \renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}% + {BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}} +redefine '\section' while keeping its standard calling form +'\section*[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}'. *Note Sectioning:: and the examples +below. + +NAME + Name of the counter (which must be defined separately) used to + number for the sectioning header. Most commonly either 'section', + 'subsection', or 'paragraph'. Although in those three cases the + name of the counter is also the name of the sectioning command + itself, using the same name is not required. + + Then '\the'NAME displays the title number and '\'NAME'mark' is for + the page headers. + +LEVEL + An integer giving the depth of the sectioning command: 0 for + 'chapter' (only applies to the standard 'book' and 'report' + classes), 1 for 'section', 2 for 'subsection', 3 for + 'subsubsection', 4 for 'paragraph', and 5 for 'subparagraph'. In + the 'book' and 'report' classes 'part' has level -1, while in the + 'article' class 'part' has level 0. + + If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of 'secnumdepth' then + the titles for this sectioning command will be numbered. For + instance, in an 'article', if 'secnumdepth' is 1 then a + '\section{Introduction}' command will produce output like '1 + Introduction' while '\subsection{History}' will produce output like + 'History', without the number prefix. *Note + Sectioning/secnumdepth::. + + If LEVEL is less than or equal to the value of TOCDEPTH then the + table of contents will have an entrie for this sectioning unit. + For instance, in an 'article', if TOCDEPTH is 1 then the table of + contents will list sections but not subsections. + +INDENT + A length giving the indentation of all of the title lines with + respect to the left margin. To have the title flush with the + margin use '0pt'. A negative indentation such as '-1em' will move + the title into the left margin. + +BEFORESKIP + The absolute value of this length is the amount of vertical space + that is inserted before this sectioning unit's title. This space + will be discarded if the sectioning unit happens to start at the + top of a fresh page. If this number is negative then the first + paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is + non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the + negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus -2pt minus + -3pt'.) + + For example, if BEFORESKIP is '-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex' then + to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times + the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph + in the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with + 'plus' and 'minus', is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more + flexibility in making up the page. + + The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of + the line prior to this sectioning unit's header and the baseline of + the header is that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the text + font, the '\baselineskip' of the title font, and the absolute value + of the BEFORESKIP. This space is typically rubber so it may + stretch or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page + so that the vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the + header text will be where LaTeX would put the baseline of the first + text line on that page.) + +AFTERSKIP + This is a length. If AFTERSKIP is non-negative then this is the + vertical space inserted after the sectioning unit's title header. + If it is negative then the title header becomes a run-in header, so + that it becomes part of the next paragraph. In this case the + absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space between the + end of the title and the beginning of the following paragraph. + (Note that the negative of '1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt' is '-1pt plus + -2pt minus -3pt'.) + + As with BEFORESKIP, using a rubber length with 'plus' and 'minus' + components is good practice here since it gives LaTeX more + flexibility in putting the page together. + + If 'afterskip' is non-negative then the full accounting of the + vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit's header + and the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is + that it is the sum of the '\parskip' of the title font, the + '\baselineskip' of the text font, and the value of AFTER. That + space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that + because the sign of 'afterskip' changes the sectioning unit + header's from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative + 'afterskip' to cancel part of the '\parskip'.) + +STYLE + Controls the styling of the title. See the examples below. + Typical commands to use here are '\centering', '\raggedright', + '\normalfont', '\hrule', or '\newpage'. The last command in STYLE + may be one such as '\MakeUppercase' or '\fbox' that takes one + argument. The section title will be supplied as the argument to + this command. For instance, setting STYLE to + '\bfseries\MakeUppercase' would produce titles that are bold and + upper case. + + Here are examples. To use them, either put them in a package or +class file, or put them in the preamble of a LaTeX document between a +'\makeatletter' command and a '\makeatother'. (Probably the error +message 'You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.' means that you +forgot this.) *Note \makeatletter and \makeatother::. + + This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. + + \renewcommand\section{% + \@startsection{section}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name. + {1}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level. + {0pt}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent. + {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip. + {2.3ex plus.2ex}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip. + {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style. + } + + This will put 'subsection' titles in small caps type, inline with the +paragraph. + + \renewcommand\subsection{% + \@startsection{subsection}% *note NAME: \@startsection/name. + {2}% *note LEVEL: \@startsection/level. + {0em}% *note INDENT: \@startsection/indent. + {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% *note BEFORESKIP: \@startsection/beforeskip. + {-1em plus 0.2em}% *note AFTERSKIP: \@startsection/afterskip. + {\scshape}% *note STYLE: \@startsection/style. + } + + The prior examples redefined existing sectional unit title commands. +This defines a new one, illustrating the needed counter and macros to +display that counter. + + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% show counters this far down + \newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% counter for numbering + \renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% how to display + {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numbering + \newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection + {subsubparagraph}% + {6}% + {0em}% + {\baselineskip}% + {0.5\baselineskip}% + {\normalfont\normalsize}} + \newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% for toc + \newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% for page headers + File: latex2e.info, Node: Cross references, Next: Environments, Prev: Sectioning, Up: Top 7 Cross references ****************** -One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details." +One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in "See Figure~3 for more details." + + Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if +that number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to +update this reference by hand. Instead, LaTeX has you write a "label" +like '\label{eq:GreensThm}' and refer to it with 'See +equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}'. + + LaTeX writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the '\label{...}' but with an '.aux' +extension. (The information has the format +'\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}' where CURRENTLABEL is the +current value of the macro '\@currentlabel' that is usually updated +whenever you call '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'.) + + The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a "forward reference", a '\ref{KEY}' that appears earlier +than the associated '\label{KEY}'; see the example in the +'\pageref{...}' description. LaTeX gets the information for references +from the '.aux' file. If this is the first time you are compiling the +document then you will get a message 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have +changed. Rerun to get cross references right.' and in the output the +reference will appear as two question marks '??', in boldface. Or, if +you change some things so the references change then you get the same +warning and the output contains the old reference information. The +solution in either case is just to compile the document a second time. * Menu: @@ -1395,33 +2153,20 @@ Synopsis: \label{KEY} - A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the -number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered -environment assigns that number to KEY. The assigned number can be -retrieved with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::). - - Thus, in the example below the key 'sec:test' holds the number of the -current section and the key 'fig:test' that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and tables.) - - \section{section name} - \label{sec:test} - This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. - \begin{figure} - ... - \caption{caption text} - \label{fig:test} - \end{figure} - See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. + Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text '\label{KEY}' +assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit. Inside an +environment with numbering, such as a 'table' or 'theorem' environment, +'\label{KEY}' assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve +the assigned number with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::). A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. - Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention -is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a -colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels -with the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: + A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a +suffix separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: 'ch' for chapters @@ -1434,7 +2179,23 @@ with the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: 'eq' for equations - Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:test' or 'fig.test'. + Thus, '\label{fig:Euler}' is a label for a figure with a portrait of +the great man. + + In this example below the key 'sec:test' will get the number of the +current section and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) + + \section{section name} + \label{sec:test} + This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. + \begin{figure} + ... + \caption{caption text} + \label{fig:test} + \end{figure} + See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. File: latex2e.info, Node: \pageref, Next: \ref, Prev: \label, Up: Cross references @@ -1446,8 +2207,19 @@ Synopsis: \pageref{KEY} - The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in -the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. + Produce the page number of the place in the text where the +corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. + + In this example the '\label{eq:main}' is used both for the formula +number and for the page number. (Note that the two references are +forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice to +resolve those.) + + The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}. + ... + \begin{equation} \label{eq:main} + \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP} + \end{equation} File: latex2e.info, Node: \ref, Prev: \pageref, Up: Cross references @@ -1459,10 +2231,20 @@ Synopsis: \ref{KEY} - The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, -equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command -(*note \label::). It does not produce any text, such as the word -'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself. + Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, +figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It +does not produce any text, such as the word 'Section' or 'Figure', just +the bare number itself. + + In this example, the '\ref{popular}' produces '2'. Note that it is a +forward reference since it comes before '\label{popular}'. + + The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}. + \begin{enumerate} + \item Plain \TeX + \item \label{popular} \LaTeX + \item Con\TeX t + \end{enumerate} File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross references, Up: Top @@ -1470,12 +2252,19 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Environments, Next: Line breaking, Prev: Cross refe 8 Environments ************** -LaTeX provides many environments for marking off certain text. Each -environment begins and ends in the same manner: +LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An +environment begins with '\begin' and ends with '\end', like this: - \begin{ENVNAME} - ... - \end{ENVNAME} + \begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} + ... + \end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} + + The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the +end. For instance, the input '\begin{table*}...\end{table}' will cause +an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by +\end{table}.' + + Environments are executed within a group. * Menu: @@ -1520,8 +2309,42 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{abstract} - Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple -paragraphs. + Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This +environment is only defined in the 'article' and 'report' document +classes (*note Document classes::). + + Using the example below in the 'article' class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option 'titlepage' causes the abstract to be +on a separate page (*note Document class options::); this is the default +only in the 'report' class. + + \begin{abstract} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. + \end{abstract} + + The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column +document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract'). + + \documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + ... + \begin{document} + \title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach} + \author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}} + \twocolumn[ + \begin{@twocolumnfalse} + \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end{abstract} + \end{@twocolumnfalse} + ] + { % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} + \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.} + } File: latex2e.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Environments @@ -1532,22 +2355,22 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: array, Next: center, Prev: abstract, Up: Environme Synopsis: \begin{array}{COLS} - COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ - ... + COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ + ... \end{array} or \begin{array}[POS]{COLS} - COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ - ... + COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ + ... \end{array} Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Column entries are separated by an ampersand ('&'). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes ('\\') (*note \\::). +double-backslashes (*note \\::). The required argument COLS describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See *note @@ -1555,20 +2378,20 @@ tabular:: for the complete description of COLS, and of the other common features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument. There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'. The first -is that 'array' entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in textstyle -(except if the COLS definition specifies the column with '@p{..}', which -causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, -instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's intercolumn space -in an array is governed by '\arraycolsep' which gives half the width +is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except +if the COLS definition specifies the column with 'p{...}', which causes +the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of +'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's intercolumn space in an +'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is '5pt'. To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the 'amsmath' package. It comes with environments 'pmatrix' for an array surrounded -by parentheses '(..)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square -brackets '[..]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly -braces '{..}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical -bars '|..|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars '||..||', along with a number of other array constructs. +by parentheses '(...)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square +brackets '[...]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly +braces '{...}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical +bars '|...|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical +bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs. Here is an example of an array: @@ -1579,6 +2402,15 @@ bars '||..||', along with a number of other array constructs. \end{array} \end{equation} + The next example works if '\usepackage{amsmath}' is in the preamble: + + \begin{equation} + \begin{vmatrix}{cc} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc + \end{equation} + File: latex2e.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Environments @@ -1588,23 +2420,33 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: center, Next: description, Prev: array, Up: Enviro Synopsis: \begin{center} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end{center} - Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within -the left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash '\\' (*note \\::). + Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (*note \\::). +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX will +insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See *note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a 'figure' environment. - In this example, depending on the line width, LaTeX may choose a -break for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or -two, then will break at the double backslash, and will center the + This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. + + \begin{center} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering + \end{center} + + In this example, depending on the page's line width, LaTeX may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. \begin{center} @@ -1625,7 +2467,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \centering, Up: center 8.3.1 '\centering' ------------------ -Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as 'figure', or in a 'parbox'. @@ -1673,17 +2515,18 @@ typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item's text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. - The list consists of at least one item; see *note \item:: (having no -items causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing -\item'). Each item is produced with an '\item' command. + The list consists of at least one item, created with the '\item' +command (*note \item::). Having no items causes the LaTeX error +'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'). Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see *note Font styles::) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with '\item[\texttt{label text}]' then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style '\item[{\tt label text}]'. -Similarly, get normal text use '\item[{\rm label text}]'. +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: '\item[{\tt label text}]'. +Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use '\item[{\rm label +text}]'. For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see *note itemize:: and *note enumerate::. For information about customizing list layout, @@ -1706,32 +2549,31 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: displaymath, Next: document, Prev: description, Up Synopsis: \begin{displaymath} - .. math text .. + MATH TEXT \end{displaymath} Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option 'fleqn'; see *note Document class options::. - LaTeX will not break the math text across lines. - In the 'displaymath' environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the 'equation' environment (*note equation::). - Note that the 'amsmath' package has extensive displayed equation -facilities. Those facilities are the best approach for such output in -new documents. For example, there are a number of options in that -package for having math text broken across lines. - - The construct '\[..math text..\]' is essentially a synonym for -'\begin{displaymath}..math text..\end{displaymath}' but the latter is -easier to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a -square bracket may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will -likely be unique. (The construct '$$..math text..$$' from Plain TeX is -sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a -synonym, because the 'displaymath' environment checks that it isn't -started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching + LaTeX will not break the MATH TEXT across lines. + + Note that the 'amsmath' package has significantly more extensive +displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of ways +in that package for having math text broken across lines. + + The construct '\[MATH TEXT\]' is essentially a synonym for +'\begin{displaymath}MATH TEXT\end{displaymath}' but the latter is easier +to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square +bracket may get false positives but the word 'displaymath' will likely +be unique. (The construct '$$MATH TEXT$$' from Plain TeX is sometimes +mistakenly used as a synonym for 'displaymath'. It is not a synonym, +because the 'displaymath' environment checks that it isn't started in +math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching environment start, because the 'displaymath' environment has different vertical spacing, and because the 'displaymath' environment honors the 'fleqn' option.) @@ -1971,7 +2813,7 @@ Floats::. The figure body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth' and so it can contain text, commands, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (*note Cross + The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE (*note Tables of @@ -2129,7 +2971,7 @@ Synopsis: \end{itemize} The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. -Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). @@ -2262,6 +3104,9 @@ empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing. File: latex2e.info, Node: \item, Up: list +8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list. +----------------------------------- + Synopsis: \item text of item @@ -2362,6 +3207,11 @@ a length of 2.54 centimeters. '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture' environment. The default value is '1pt'. + The 'picture' package redefine the 'picture' environment so that +everywhere a number is used in a PICTURE COMMANDS to specify a +coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing '\unitlength'. + A "position" is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'. Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is @@ -2703,7 +3553,7 @@ short quotation or a sequence of short quotations. \begin{quotation} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln \end{quotation} @@ -2826,7 +3676,7 @@ placement algorithm, see *note Floats::. The table body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth' and so it can contain text, commands, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (*note Cross + The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If LOTTITLE is present, it is used in the list of tables instead of TITLE (*note Tables of @@ -2892,7 +3742,7 @@ WIDTH should be rubber, as with '@{\extracolsep{\fill}}', to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment - ..' warning. + ...' warning. POS Optional. Specifies the table's vertical position. The default is @@ -2927,15 +3777,15 @@ COLS TEXT OR SPACE material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (*note \protect::). - This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own - @-expression then LaTeX's book, article, and report classes - will put on either side of each column a space of length - '\tabcolsep', which by default is '6pt'. That is, by default - adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is - misleadingly-named since it is not the separation between - tabular columns). Also by default a space of 6pt comes before - the first column as well as after the final column, unless you - put a '@{..}' or '|' there. + This specifier is optional: with no @-expression, LaTeX's + 'book', 'article', and 'report' classes will put on either + side of each column a space of length '\tabcolsep', which by + default is '6pt'. That is, by default adjacent columns are + separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is misleadingly-named since + it is not the separation between tabular columns). By + implication, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column + and after the final column, unless you put a '@{...}' or '|' + there. If you override the default and use an @-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in @@ -2947,7 +3797,7 @@ COLS \begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} - .. + ... \end{tabular} \end{flushleft} @@ -2997,7 +3847,7 @@ COLS integer and COLS is a list of specifiers. Thus '\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}' is equivalent to '\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}'. Note that COLS may contain - another '*-expression'. + another '*'-expression. Parameters that control formatting: @@ -3053,7 +3903,7 @@ spanned by the single heading 'Name'. \begin{tabular}{lccl} \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end{tabular} What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the @@ -3065,7 +3915,7 @@ and 'p{1.5in}|'. The COLS argument overrides the 'array' or 'tabular' environment's intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars '|' indicating the -placement of vertical rules, and '@{..}' expressions. Thus if COLS is +placement of vertical rules, and '@{...}' expressions. Thus if COLS is '|c|' then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -3076,6 +3926,7 @@ details the exact behavior. &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entry three &z % entry four \end{tabular} + Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the '\multicolumn' has the COLS specifier 'r' with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical @@ -3123,9 +3974,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \vline, Next: \cline, Prev: \multicolumn, Up: tabu Draw a vertical line in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment extending the full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical bar '|' is more common. -This command is rarely used; typically a table's vertical lines are -specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overriden as needed with -'\multicolumn'. +This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table's +vertical lines are specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overridden +as needed with '\multicolumn'. This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line's second entry the '\hfill' moves the '\vline' to the left edge of the cell. But @@ -3235,14 +4086,15 @@ Synopsis: The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the -'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and -punctuation symbols not containing a comma. +'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is a "citation key" consisting in any +sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a +comma. This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's -CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the -'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with -'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see -next section) to produce the associated label. +CITE_KEY and LABEL. When the '.aux' file is read by the +'\begin{document}' command, the item's LABEL is associated with +'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (*note +\cite::) to produce the associated LABEL. File: latex2e.info, Node: \cite, Next: \nocite, Prev: \bibitem, Up: thebibliography @@ -3254,9 +4106,10 @@ Synopsis: \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS} - The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated -by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references -associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file. + The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys (*note +\bibitem::), separated by commas. This command generates an in-text +citation to the references associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' +file. The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation. For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. @@ -3267,7 +4120,9 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \nocite, Next: Using BibTeX, Prev: \cite, Up: theb 8.24.3 '\nocite' ---------------- -'\nocite{KEYS}' +Synopsis: + + \nocite{KEYS} The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes KEYS, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the '.aux' file. @@ -3289,7 +4144,7 @@ your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how -your citations will look. The standard STYLE names distributed with +your citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE names distributed with BibTeX are: 'alpha' @@ -3308,9 +4163,9 @@ demands of various publications. See The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named -'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. -Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in -the bibliography. +'BIBFILE1.bib', 'BIBFILE2.bib', ..., which should contain your database +in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and +'\nocite' will be listed in the bibliography. File: latex2e.info, Node: theorem, Next: titlepage, Prev: thebibliography, Up: Environments @@ -3337,16 +4192,38 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: titlepage, Next: verbatim, Prev: theorem, Up: Envi Synopsis: \begin{titlepage} - TEXT + ... text and spacing ... \end{titlepage} - The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with -no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to -be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The -'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). + Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. +The following page will be numbered page one. + + To instead produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage' +environment you can use '\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::). + + Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical +spacing, is left to the author. - You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce -a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment. + \begin{titlepage} + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} + \begin{center} + {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title} \\[6.5ex] + {\large\bfseries Author name} \\ + \vspace{4ex} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit{University name} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy} \\[2ex] + \textsc{\large Mathematics} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today + \end{center} + \vspace{\stretch{2}} + \end{titlepage} File: latex2e.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verse, Prev: titlepage, Up: Environments @@ -3434,6 +4311,7 @@ you but in some environments you manually force line breaks. * \obeycr & \restorecr:: Make each input line start a new output line. * \newline:: Break the line * \- (hyphenation):: Insert explicit hyphenation. +* \discretionary:: Insert explicit hyphenation with control of hyphen character. * \fussy:: Be fussy about line breaking. * \sloppy:: Be sloppy about line breaking. * \hyphenation:: Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. @@ -3463,7 +4341,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment. - Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a 'p{..}' column in a + Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a 'p{...}' column in a 'tabular' environment) the '\newline' command is a synonym for '\\' (*note \newline::). @@ -3496,7 +4374,7 @@ In ordinary text this is equivalent to double-backslash (*note \\::); it breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. Inside a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically 'p{..}', '\newline' +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically 'p{...}', '\newline' will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'. @@ -3511,7 +4389,7 @@ of the table. The 'Date:' will be baseline-aligned with 'Name:'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \fussy, Prev: \newline, Up: Line breaking +File: latex2e.info, Node: \- (hyphenation), Next: \discretionary, Prev: \newline, Up: Line breaking 9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen) =============================== @@ -3526,9 +4404,19 @@ hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking +File: latex2e.info, Node: \discretionary, Next: \fussy, Prev: \- (hyphenation), Up: Line breaking + +9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point) +==================================================== + +Synopsis: + + \discretionary{PRE-BREAK-TEXT}{POST-BREAK-TEXT}{NO-BREAK-TEXT} + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \fussy, Next: \sloppy, Prev: \discretionary, Up: Line breaking -9.5 '\fussy' +9.6 '\fussy' ============ The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about @@ -3536,12 +4424,12 @@ line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command -(*note \sloppy::. +(*note \sloppy::). File: latex2e.info, Node: \sloppy, Next: \hyphenation, Prev: \fussy, Up: Line breaking -9.6 '\sloppy' +9.7 '\sloppy' ============= The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. @@ -3552,7 +4440,7 @@ This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. File: latex2e.info, Node: \hyphenation, Next: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \sloppy, Up: Line breaking -9.7 '\hyphenation' +9.8 '\hyphenation' ================== Synopsis: @@ -3571,7 +4459,7 @@ words): File: latex2e.info, Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak, Prev: \hyphenation, Up: Line breaking -9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' +9.9 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' ================================= Synopses: @@ -3816,7 +4704,8 @@ set at the bottom of the page. \textit{HMS Sophie} &Master and Commander \\ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ - \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with HMS Surprise.} + \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with + HMS Surprise.} \end{tabular} \end{center} @@ -3825,7 +4714,7 @@ set at the bottom of the page. \begin{center} \begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -3853,23 +4742,24 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes in section headings, Next: Footnotes of fo 11.5 Footnotes in section headings ================================== -Putting a footnote in a section heading +Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: - \section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} + \section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}} - causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where -the section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To -have it not appear on the table of contents use the package 'footmisc' -with the 'stable' option. +causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package 'footmisc' with the 'stable' +option. \usepackage[stable]{footmisc} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. - \section{Full sets\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} + ... + \section{Full sets\footnote{This material due to ...}} - Note that the '\protect' is gone; putting it in causes the footnote -to reappear on the table of contents. + Note that the '\protect' is gone; including it would cause the +footnote to reappear on the table of contents. File: latex2e.info, Node: Footnotes of footnotes, Next: Multiple reference to footnotes, Prev: Footnotes in section headings, Up: Footnotes @@ -3885,12 +4775,12 @@ including allow these two, as in this example. \usepackage{bigfoot} \DeclareNewFootnote{Default} \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. + ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} - .. + ... File: latex2e.info, Node: Multiple reference to footnotes, Next: Footnote parameters, Prev: Footnotes of footnotes, Up: Footnotes @@ -3903,13 +4793,13 @@ the package 'cleverref'. \usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. + ... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker and Evers, 1994.} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers and Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} - .. + ... This solution will work with the package 'hyperref'. See *note \footnotemark:: for a simpler solution in the common case of multiple @@ -3963,84 +4853,90 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Next: \providecommand, '\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: - \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \newcommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \renewcommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - The '*'-form of these two commands requires that the arguments not -contain multiple paragraphs of text (not '\long', in plain TeX terms). + The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments +not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not '\long', in plain TeX +terms). CMD - Required; the command name. It must begin with '\'. For - '\newcommand', it must not be already defined and must not begin - with '\end'. For '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. + Required; '\CMD' is the command name. For '\newcommand', it must + not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'. For + '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. NARGS Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of - arguments that the command will take. If this argument is not - present, the default is for the command to have no arguments. When - redefining a command, the new version can have a different number - of arguments than the old version. + arguments that the command can take, including any optional + argument. If this argument is not present, the default is for the + command to have no arguments. When redefining a command, the new + version can have a different number of arguments than the old + version. OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of - defined command \CMD is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT - (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present - then \CMD does not take an optional argument. + defined command '\CMD' is optional, with default value + OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If this argument is + not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. - That is, if \CMD is used with square brackets following, as in - '\CMD[MYVAL]', then within DEFN '#1' expands MYVAL. While if \CMD - is called without square brackets following, then within DEFN the - '#1' expands to the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any - required arguments will be referred to starting with '#2'. + That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets following, as in + '\CMD[MYVAL]', then within DEFN the first "positional parameter" + '#1' expands MYVAL. On the other hand, if '\CMD' is called without + square brackets following, then within DEFN the positional + parameter '#1' expands to the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either + case, any required arguments will be referred to starting with + '#2'. - Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different from having the square + Omitting '[MYVAL]' in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1' expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in '#1' expanding to the empty string. DEFN - The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a - construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the + The text to be substituted for every occurrence of '\CMD'; the + positional parameter '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. - A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type '{}' after the command -and before the space. + TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} '; another solution +is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ '). - A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\JH}{Jim -Hef{}feron}' causes the abbreviation '\JH' to be replaced by the longer -text. + A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin +Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text. - Redefining a command is basically the same: + Redefining an existing command is similar: '\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}'. - Here's a command definition that uses arguments: + Here's a command definition with one required argument: - \newcommand{\defreference}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} + \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} -Then, '\defreference{def:basis}' will expand to something like -'Definition~3.14'. +Then, '\defref{def:basis}' expands to 'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', +which will ultimately expand to something like 'Definition~3.14'. - An example with two arguments: -'\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{#1\!\times\!#2}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'. + An example with two required arguments: '\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 +\times #2$}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'. - An example with optional arguments: + An example with an optional argument: \newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:} Then, '\salutation' gives 'Dear Sir or Madam:' while '\salutation[John]' gives 'Dear John:'. And '\salutation[]' gives 'Dear :'. - The braces around DEFN do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding DEFN. So '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}' is wrong since -in the sentence + The braces around DEFN do not define a group, that is, they do not +delimit the scope of the result of expanding DEFN. So +'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}' is problematic; in this sentence, - The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Virginia}. + The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}. -the words 'met the' will incorrectly be in italics. An extra pair of -braces '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}' fixes it. +the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics. Another pair of +braces in the definition is needed, like this: +'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'. Those braces are part of the +definition and thus do define a group. File: latex2e.info, Node: \providecommand, Next: \newcounter, Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand, Up: Definitions @@ -4066,21 +4962,24 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \newcounter, Next: \newlength, Prev: \providecomman 12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter ======================================== -Synopsis: +Synopsis, one of: + \newcounter{COUNTERNAME} \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}[SUPERCOUNTER] - The '\newcounter' command globally defines a new counter named -COUNTERNAME. The name consists of letters only and does not begin with -a backslash ('\'). The name must not already be used by another -counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. + Globally defines a new counter named COUNTERNAME and initialize the +new counter to zero. - If the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' appears, then COUNTERNAME + The name COUNTERNAME must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. + + When you use the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' then COUNTERNAME will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter SUPERCOUNTER. For example, ordinarily 'subsection' is numbered within -'section'. Any time SUPERCOUNTER is incremented with '\stepcounter' -(*note \stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note \refstepcounter::) -then COUNTERNAME is reset to zero. +'section' so that any time SUPERCOUNTER is incremented with +'\stepcounter' (*note \stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note +\refstepcounter::) then COUNTERNAME is reset to zero. *Note Counters::, for more information about counters. @@ -4127,32 +5026,34 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment, Next: \newtheor ============================================ These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is, -'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. Synopses: +'\begin{ENV} BODY \end{ENV}'. Synopses: - \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} + \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} - \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} + \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} - Unlike '\newcommand' and '\renewcommand', the '*'-forms -'\newenvironment*' and '\renewcommand*' have the same effect as the -forms with no '*'. + The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. ENV - Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash - ('\'). It must not begin with the string 'end'. For - '\newenvironment', the name ENV must not be the name of an already - existing environment, and also the command '\ENV' must be - undefined. For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an - existing environment. + Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the + '*' character, and thus does not begin with backslash ('\'). It + must not begin with the string 'end'. For '\newenvironment', the + name ENV must not be the name of an already existing environment, + and also the command '\ENV' must be undefined. For + '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing + environment. NARGS Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments - of that the environment will take. These arguments appear after - the '\begin', as in '\begin{ENV}{ARG1}...{ARGN}'. If this argument - is not present then the default is for the environment to have no - arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can - have a different number of arguments than the old version. + of that the environment will take. When the environment is used + these arguments appear after the '\begin', as in + '\begin{ENV}{ARG1}...{ARGN}'. If this argument is not present then + the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When + redefining an environment, the new version can have a different + number of arguments than the old version. OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of @@ -4163,11 +5064,12 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT That is, when '[OPTARGDEFAULT]' is present in the environment definition, if '\begin{ENV}' is used with square brackets - following, as in '\begin{ENV}[MYVAL]', then within the environment - '#1' expands MYVAL. If '\begin{ENV}' is called without square - brackets following, then within the environment the '#1' expands to - the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments - will be referred to starting with '#2'. + following, as in '\begin{ENV}[MYVAL]', then, within BEGDEFN, the + positional parameter '#1' expands to MYVAL. If '\begin{ENV}' is + called without square brackets following, then, within within + BEGDEFN, the positional parameter '#1' expands to the default + OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments will be + referred to starting with '#2'. Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1' @@ -4175,22 +5077,22 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT the empty string. BEGDEFN - Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a - construct of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the - Nth argument. + Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'. + Within BEGDEF, the Nth positional parameter (i.e., '#N') is + replaced by the text of the Nth argument. ENDDEFN Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'. - Note that it may not contain any argument parameters, so '#N' - cannot be used here. + This may not contain any positional parameters, so '#N' cannot be + used here (but see the final example below). - The environment ENV delimits the scope of the result of expanding -BEGDEFN and ENDDEFN. Thus, in the first example below, the effect of -the '\small' is limited to the quote and does not extend to material -following the environment. + All environments, that is to say the BEGDEFN code, the environment +body and the ENDDEFN code, are processed within a group. Thus, in the +first example below, the effect of the '\small' is limited to the quote +and does not extend to material following the environment. This example gives an environment like LaTeX's 'quotation' except -that it will be set in smaller type. +that it will be set in smaller type: \newenvironment{smallquote}{% \small\begin{quotation} @@ -4198,8 +5100,8 @@ that it will be set in smaller type. \end{quotation} } - This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment -that cites the author. + This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% \begin{quotation} @@ -4208,15 +5110,15 @@ that cites the author. \end{quotation} } -The author's name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. In the -document, use the environment as here: +The author's name is optional, and defaults to 'Shakespeare'. In the +document, use the environment like this: \begin{citequote}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end{citequote} The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use -in ENDDEFN. +in ENDDEFN, in this case in a box (*note \sbox::): \newsavebox{\quoteauthor} \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% @@ -4233,33 +5135,33 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \newtheorem, Next: \newfont, Prev: \newenvironment 12.7 '\newtheorem' ================== -Define a new "theorem-like environment". Synopses: +Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: + \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE} \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN] \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE} - Both create a theorem-like environment NAME. Using the first form, - - \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN] + Using the first form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}' creates an +environment that will be labelled with TITLE. See the first example +below. -with the optional argument after the second required argument, creates + The second form '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]' creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing counter -NUMBERED_WITHIN: it will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is reset). +NUMBERED_WITHIN (its counter will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is +reset). - Using the second form, - - \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE} - -with the optional argument between the two required arguments, will -create an environment whose counter will share the previously defined -counter NUMBERED_LIKE. + The third form '\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}', with +optional argument between the two required arguments, will create an +environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +NUMBERED_LIKE. You can specify one of NUMBERED_WITHIN and NUMBERED_LIKE, or neither, but not both. This command creates a counter named NAME. In addition, unless the -optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, the current '\ref' value will -be that of '\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::). +optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, inside of the theorem-like +environment the current '\ref' value will be that of +'\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::). This declaration is global. It is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -4289,7 +5191,7 @@ NUMBERED_LIKE NUMBERED_LIKE. Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output. \newtheorem{defn}{Definition} @@ -4304,9 +5206,9 @@ results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output. Second def \end{defn} - Because this example specifies the optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN -to '\newtheorem' as 'section', the example, with the same document body, -gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. + Because the next example specifies the optional argument +NUMBERED_WITHIN to '\newtheorem' as 'section', the example, with the +same document body, gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section] \begin{document} @@ -4320,7 +5222,7 @@ gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. Second def \end{defn} - In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the + In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second of which calls for the new 'thm' environment to use the same counter as 'defn'. It gives 'Definition 1.1', followed by 'Theorem 2.1' and 'Definition 2.2'. @@ -4376,7 +5278,7 @@ design size, which is a value defined in the '.tfm' file. characters in each: \newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt} - \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 11pt} + \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc @@ -4386,11 +5288,14 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \protect, Prev: \newfont, Up: Definitions 12.9 '\protect' =============== -All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". Footnotes, line -breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more, are -fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to -certain commands. To prevent such commands from breaking they must be -preceded by the command '\protect'. +All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". A fragile command +can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands. +Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an auxiliary file and +re-reads later are fragile. This includes material that goes into a +table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, etc. Fragile +commands also include line breaks, any command that has an optional +argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from breaking, one +solution is to preceded them with the command '\protect'. For example, when LaTeX runs the '\section{SECTION NAME}' command it writes the SECTION NAME text to the '.aux' auxiliary file, moving it @@ -4399,7 +5304,7 @@ contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without typesetting it directly is referred to as a "moving argument". A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the -'\caption{..}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{..}' command +'\caption{...}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{...}' command (*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the 'tabular' and 'array' environments (*note tabular::). @@ -4412,12 +5317,12 @@ are robust and should not be preceded by a '\protect' command. Nor can a '\protect' command be used in the argument to '\addtocounter' or '\setcounter' command. - In this example the 'caption' command gives a mysterious error about + In this example the '\caption' command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each '\raisebox' command with '\protect'. \begin{figure} - .. + ... \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}} \end{figure} @@ -4428,9 +5333,9 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the \begin{document} \tableofcontents - .. + ... \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} - .. + ... File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: Top @@ -4440,10 +5345,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Counters, Next: Lengths, Prev: Definitions, Up: To Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the environment or -command associated with the number, except with no backslash ('\'). -Thus the '\chapter' command starts a chapter and the 'chapter' counter -keeps track of the chapter number. Below is a list of the counters used -in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. +command associated with the number, except that the counter's name has +no backslash '\'. Thus, associated with the '\chapter' command is the +'chapter' counter that keeps track of the chapter number. + + Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document +classes to control numbering. part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -4452,23 +5359,22 @@ in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. subsubsection The 'mpfootnote' counter is used by the '\footnote' command inside of -a minipage (*note minipage::). - - The 'enumi' through 'enumiv' counters are used in the 'enumerate' -environment, for up to four nested levels (*note enumerate::). +a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters 'enumi' through 'enumiv' +are used in the 'enumerate' environment, for up to four levels of +nesting (*note enumerate::). New counters are created with '\newcounter'. *Note \newcounter::. * Menu: -* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Print value of a counter. -* \usecounter:: Use a specified counter in a list environment. -* \value:: Use the value of a counter in an expression. -* \setcounter:: Set the value of a counter. -* \addtocounter:: Add a quantity to a counter. -* \refstepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -* \stepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -* \day \month \year:: Numeric date values. +* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Print value of a counter. +* \usecounter:: Use a specified counter in a list environment. +* \value:: Use the value of a counter in an expression. +* \setcounter:: Set the value of a counter. +* \addtocounter:: Add a quantity to a counter. +* \refstepcounter:: Add to a counter. +* \stepcounter:: Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +* \day \month \year:: Numeric date values. File: latex2e.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \usecounter, Up: Counters @@ -4476,35 +5382,49 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Next: \ 13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters ===================================================================== -All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for +Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a '\alph{COUNTER}' in your +source will result in a lower case letter a appearing in the output. + + All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, '\alph{enumi}'. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. -'\alph' - prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... +'\alph{COUNTER}' + Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... -'\Alph' - uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... +'\Alph{COUNTER}' + Print in uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... -'\arabic' - uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... +'\arabic{COUNTER}' + Print in Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... -'\roman' - uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... +'\roman{COUNTER}' + Print in lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... -'\Roman' - uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... +'\Roman{COUNTER}' + Print in uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... -'\fnsymbol' - prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols +'\fnsymbol{COUNTER}' + Prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of COUNTER must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. - Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): + Here are the symbols: - asterisk(*) dagger(U+2021) ddagger(U+2021) - section-sign(U+00A7) paragraph-sign(U+00B6) parallel(U+2225) - double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(U+2020U+2020) double-ddagger(U+2021U+2021) + Name Command Equivalent Unicode + symbol and/or numeric + code point + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + asterisk '\ast' * + dagger '\dagger' U+2020 + ddagger '\ddagger' U+2021 + section-sign '\S' U+00A7 + paragraph-sign '\P' U+00B6 + double-vert '\parallel' U+2016 + double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** + double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' U+2020U+2020 + double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' U+2021U+2021 File: latex2e.info, Node: \usecounter, Next: \value, Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Up: Counters @@ -4581,6 +5501,11 @@ Synopsis: VALUE argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. + In this example the section value appears as 'V'. + + \setcounter{section}{5} + Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. + File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcounter, Up: Counters @@ -4590,6 +5515,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocounter, Next: \refstepcounter, Prev: \setcou The '\addtocounter' command globally increments COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. + In this example the section value appears as 'VII'. + + \setcounter{section}{5} + \addtocounter{section}{2} + Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. + File: latex2e.info, Node: \refstepcounter, Next: \stepcounter, Prev: \addtocounter, Up: Counters @@ -4727,20 +5658,29 @@ math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math mode::. File: latex2e.info, Node: \setlength, Next: \addtolength, Prev: Units of length, Up: Lengths -14.2 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' -============================== +14.2 '\setlength' +================= + +Synopsis: + + \setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} -The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can -be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'), -millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc. + The '\setlength' sets the value of "length command" '\LEN' to the +VALUE argument which can be expressed in any units that LaTeX +understands, i.e., inches ('in'), millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big +points ('bp'), etc. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtolength, Next: \settodepth, Prev: \setlength, Up: Lengths -14.3 '\addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}' -================================= +14.3 '\addtolength' +=================== + +Synopsis: -The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the + \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} + + The '\addtolength' command increments a length command '\LEN' by the amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative. @@ -4749,10 +5689,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \settodepth, Next: \settoheight, Prev: \addtolength 14.4 '\settodepth' ================== -'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' +Synopsis: + + \settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT} - The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal -to the depth of the 'text' argument. + The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a length command '\LEN' +equal to the depth of the TEXT argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, Up: Lengths @@ -4760,10 +5702,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \settoheight, Next: \settowidth, Prev: \settodepth, 14.5 '\settoheight' =================== -'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' +Synopsis: + + \settoheight{\LEN}{text} - The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal -to the height of the 'text' argument. + The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a length command '\LEN' +equal to the height of the 'text' argument. File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Predefined lengths, Prev: \settoheight, Up: Lengths @@ -4771,7 +5715,11 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \settowidth, Next: Predefined lengths, Prev: \setto 14.6 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' ============================== -The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the +Synopsis: + + \settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT} + + The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the width of the TEXT argument. @@ -4794,7 +5742,7 @@ etc., of the text in the box. '\totalheight' equals '\height' + '\depth'. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say - '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' + \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} File: latex2e.info, Node: Making paragraphs, Next: Math formulas, Prev: Lengths, Up: Top @@ -4837,7 +5785,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \noindent, Next: \parskip, Prev: \indent, Up: Maki When used at the beginning of the paragraph, this command suppresses any paragraph indentation, as in this example. - .. end of the prior paragraph. + ... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. @@ -4964,8 +5912,8 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Subscripts & superscripts, Next: Math symbols, Up: ============================== In math mode, use the caret character '^' to make the EXP appear as a -superscript, ie. type '^{EXP}'. Similarly, in math mode, -underscore '_{EXP}' makes a subscript out of EXP. +superscript: '^{EXP}'. Similarly, in math mode, underscore '_{EXP}' +makes a subscript out of EXP. In this example the '0' and '1' appear as subscripts while the '2' is a superscript. @@ -5006,8 +5954,11 @@ symbol U+03C0. Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. + + To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current +mode, see *note \ensuremath::. '\|' U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. @@ -5036,7 +5987,7 @@ mode. reserved for cross-correlation. '\asymp' - U+224D Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). + U+224D Asymptotically equivalent (relation). '\backslash' \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and @@ -5088,15 +6039,15 @@ mode. U+22C0 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). '\bot' - U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a - contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. + U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, + or a contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. '\bowtie' U+22C8 Natural join of two relations (relation). '\Box' U+25A1 Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\bullet' @@ -5121,8 +6072,8 @@ mode. '\complement' U+2201 Set complement, used as a superscript as in - '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). This is not available in Plain TeX. - In LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: + '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In + LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' or '$\bar{S}$'. '\cong' @@ -5152,8 +6103,8 @@ mode. U+03B4 Greek lower case delta (ordinary). '\Diamond' - U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in - Plain TeX. In LaTeX you must load the 'amssymb' package. + U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain + TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\diamond' U+22C4 Diamond operator, or diamond bullet (binary). Similar: @@ -5181,13 +6132,14 @@ mode. U+2113 Lower-case cursive letter l (ordinary). '\emptyset' - U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty - set '\varnothing'. + U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varnothing'. '\epsilon' - U+03F5 Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used - in mathematics is the curly epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: - the set membership relation '\in' U+2208. + U+03F5 Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text + letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter + epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: the set membership relation + '\in' U+2208. '\equiv' U+2261 Equivalence (relation). @@ -5248,8 +6200,9 @@ mode. U+2111 Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. '\in' - U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter - epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and rounded small epsilon '\varepsilon'. + U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate + epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and small letter script + epsilon '\varepsilon'. '\infty' U+221E Infinity (ordinary). @@ -5298,9 +6251,9 @@ mode. for '\leq'. '\leadsto' - U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in - Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. To get - this symbol outside of math mode you can put + U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain + TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. To get this + symbol outside of math mode you can put '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and then use '\Leadsto' instead. @@ -5331,14 +6284,14 @@ mode. for '\le'. '\lfloor' - U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). + U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. '\lhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This - is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the - 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' + and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\ll' U+226A Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater @@ -5372,7 +6325,7 @@ mode. '\mho' U+2127 Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\mid' @@ -5494,21 +6447,20 @@ mode. U+00B1 Plus or minus (binary). '\prec' - U+227A Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than '<'. + U+227A Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. '\preceq' - U+2AAF Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or + U+2AAF Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals '\leq'. '\prime' U+2032 Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically - used as a superscript '$A^\prime$'. Note that '$f^\prime$' and - '$f'$' produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that - '$f'''$' produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same result - as '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses somewhat less typing. Note - that you can only use '\prime' in math mode but you can type right - single quote ''' in text mode also, although it resuts in a - different look than in math mode. + used as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' + produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that + '$f'''$' produces the desired symbol, that is, the same result as + '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can + only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote ''' + in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). '\prod' U+220F Product (operator). @@ -5523,7 +6475,7 @@ mode. U+03C8 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). '\rangle' - U+27B9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: + U+27E9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. '\rbrace' @@ -5544,19 +6496,24 @@ mode. '\restriction' U+21BE Restriction of a function (relation). - Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX - you should load the 'amssymb' package. + Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX + you need to load the 'amssymb' package. + +'\revemptyset' + U+29B0 Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: + '\varnothing'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to + load the 'stix' package. '\rfloor' U+230B Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. '\rhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This - is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the - 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should - instead load 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a - relation and so gives better spacing). + U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load + 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so + gives better spacing). '\rho' U+03C1 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is @@ -5608,7 +6565,7 @@ mode. display (operator). '\smile' - U+2323 Upward curving arc (ordinary). + U+2323 Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). '\spadesuit' U+2660 Spade card suit (ordinary). @@ -5623,7 +6580,7 @@ mode. '\sqsubset' U+228F Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsubseteq' @@ -5632,8 +6589,8 @@ mode. '\sqsupset' U+2290 Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: - superset '\supset'. This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX - you should load the 'amssymb' package. + superset '\supset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need + to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsupseteq' U+2292 Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset @@ -5671,7 +6628,7 @@ mode. U+2287 Superset or equal to (relation). '\surd' - U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{..}' + U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. @@ -5694,8 +6651,8 @@ mode. Synonym: '\rightarrow'. '\top' - U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See - also '\bot'. + U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). + See also '\bot'. '\triangle' U+25B3 Triangle (ordinary). @@ -5713,16 +6670,16 @@ mode. spacing). '\unlhd' - U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with - a line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In - LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal + U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\unrhd' - U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with - a line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In - LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal + U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -5746,8 +6703,8 @@ mode. '\upharpoonright' U+21BE Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). - Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you - should load the 'amssymb' package. + Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you + need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\uplus' U+228E Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the @@ -5761,9 +6718,14 @@ mode. U+03C5 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). '\varepsilon' - U+03B5 Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used - in mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter - form '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + U+03B5 Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely + used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form + '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + +'\vanothing' + U+2205 Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: + '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to + load the 'amssymb' package. '\varphi' U+03C6 Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The @@ -5797,7 +6759,7 @@ mode. U+2016 Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar '\vert'. - For a norm you can use the 'mathtools' package and add + For a norm symbol, you can use the 'mathtools' package and add '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}' to your preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you @@ -5946,7 +6908,7 @@ spacing. \sinh '\sup' - sup + \sup '\tan' \tan @@ -6035,7 +6997,7 @@ following commands for use in math mode: '\,' Normally '3mu'. The longer name is '\thinspace'. This can be used - in both math mode and text mode. + in both math mode and text mode. *Note \thinspace::. '\!' A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. Math mode only. @@ -6063,7 +7025,22 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Ma '\*' A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is - allowed. + allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated + by a space, while in the case of a break a U+00D7 symbol is printed + immediately before the break. So + + \documentclass{article} + \begin{document} + Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) + through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is + equal to zero. + \end{document} + + will make that sort of output (the ellipsis '[...]' is here to show + the line break at the same place as in a TeX output): + + Now A_3 = 0, [...] A_1 through A_4, that is A_1 A_2 \times + A_3 A_4, is equal to zero. '\cdots' A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the @@ -6072,35 +7049,54 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Math miscellany, Prev: Spacing in math mode, Up: Ma '\ddots' A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. -'\frac{num}{den}' - Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'. +'\frac{NUM}{DEN}' + Produces the fraction NUM divided by DEN. '\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' - The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter, + The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a "null delimiter", producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the - math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. + math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_{i=1}^{10} a_i \right]'. + +'\mathdollar' + Dollar sign in math mode: $. + +'\mathellipsis' + Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: .... + +'\mathparagraph' + Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: U+00B6. + +'\mathsection' + Section sign in math mode. + +'\mathsterling' + Sterling sign in math mode: #. -'\overbrace{TEXT}' - Generates a brace over TEXT. For example, - \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. +'\mathunderscore' + Underscore in math mode: _. + +'\overbrace{MATH}' + Generates a brace over MATH. For example, + '\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \;\textrm{times}}'. '\overline{TEXT}' - Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For example, \overline{x+y}. + Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For example, + '\overline{x+y}'. -'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' +'\sqrt[ROOT]{ARG}' Produces the representation of the square root of ARG. The optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce. For - example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as - '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. + example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as '\sqrt[3]{x+y}'. '\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' Puts TEXT above RELATION. For example, '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. -'\underbrace{math}' - Generates MATH with a brace underneath. +'\underbrace{MATH}' + Generates MATH with a brace underneath. For example, + '\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}' -'\underline{text}' +'\underline{TEXT}' Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. @@ -6150,6 +7146,44 @@ in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner paragraph mode" (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode". +* Menu: + +* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: \ensuremath, Up: Modes + +17.1 '\ensuremath' +================== + +Synopsis: + + \ensuremath{FORMULA} + + The '\ensuremath' command ensures that FORMULA is typeset in math +mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. + + For instance: + + \documentclass{report} + \newcommand{\ab}{\ensuremath{(\delta, \varepsilon)}} + \begin{document} + Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac{1}{\pi}, 0)\), ... + \end{document} + + One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +'\leadsto': + + \documentclass{report} + \usepackage{amssymb} + \newcommand{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}{} + \let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto + \renewcommand\leadsto{\ensuremath{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}} + \begin{document} + All roads \leadsto\ Rome. + \end{document} + File: latex2e.info, Node: Page styles, Next: Spaces, Prev: Modes, Up: Top @@ -6285,9 +7319,9 @@ LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. Horizontal space * \hspace:: Fixed horizontal space. * \hfill:: Stretchable horizontal space. -* \(SPACE) and \@:: Space after a period. -* \(SPACE) after CS:: Controlling space gobbling after a control sequence. -* \frenchspacing:: Make interword and intersentence space equal. +* \(SPACE) and \@:: Space after a period. +* \(SPACE) after control sequence:: Space (gobbling) after a control sequence. +* \frenchspacing:: Equal interword and inter-sentence space. * \thinspace:: One-sixth of an em. * \/:: Insert italic correction. * \hrulefill \dotfill:: Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. @@ -6319,7 +7353,7 @@ negative space is like backspacing. Normally when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. -This command's starred version '\hspace*{..}' puts a non-discardable +This command's starred version '\hspace*{...}' puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. @@ -6342,7 +7376,7 @@ that does not disappear at line breaks use '\hspace*{\fill}' instead (*note \hspace::). -File: latex2e.info, Node: \(SPACE) and \@, Next: \(SPACE) after CS, Prev: \hfill, Up: Spaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: \(SPACE) and \@, Next: \(SPACE) after control sequence, Prev: \hfill, Up: Spaces 19.3 '\(SPACE)' and \@ ====================== @@ -6357,7 +7391,7 @@ LaTeX assumes that the period ends a sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or double -quote, then the intersentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. +quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last word in the @@ -6365,66 +7399,48 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space ('\ ') or a tie ('~'). Examples are 'Nat.\ Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.)\ for sale'. - For other use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) after CS::. + For another use of '\ ', *note \(SPACE) after control sequence::. In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put '\@' on the left of that period. -For example, 'book by the MAA\@.' will have intersentence spacing after -the period. +period that ends the sentence, then put '\@' before that period. For +example, 'book by the MAA\@.' will have inter-sentence spacing after the +period. - In contrast, putting '\@' on the right of a period tells TeX that the -period does not end the sentence. In the example 'reserved words (if, -then, etc.\@) are different', TeX will put interword space after the -closing parenthesis (note that '\@' is before the parenthesis). + In contrast, putting '\@' after a period tells TeX that the period +does not end the sentence. In the example 'reserved words (if, then, +etc.\@) are different', TeX will put interword space after the closing +parenthesis (note that '\@' is before the parenthesis). -File: latex2e.info, Node: \(SPACE) after CS, Next: \frenchspacing, Prev: \(SPACE) and \@, Up: Spaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: \(SPACE) after control sequence, Next: \frenchspacing, Prev: \(SPACE) and \@, Up: Spaces -19.4 '\ ' after a control sequence -================================== +19.4 '\ ' after control sequence +================================ The '\ ' command is often used after control sequences to keep them from -gobbling the space that follows, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.' And, -under normal circumstances '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to -'\ '. For other use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) and \@::. +gobbling the space that follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. And, under +normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to '\ '. +For another use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) and \@::. Some people prefer to use '{}' for the same purpose, as in '\TeX{} is -a nice system.' This has the advantage that you can always write it the -same way, like '\TeX{}', whether it is followed by a space or by a -punctuation mark. Please compare: +nice'. This has the advantage that you can always write it the same +way, namely '\TeX{}', whether it is followed by a space or by a +punctuation mark. Compare: \TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system. \TeX{} is a nice system. \TeX{}, a nice system. - When you define user commands (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) -you can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the -package 'xspace' and inserting '\xspace' at the end of the definition -For instance: - \documentclass{minimal} - \usepackage{xspace} - \newcommand*{\Loup}{Grand Cric\xspace} - \begin{document} - Que le \Loup me croque ! - \end{document} - - A quick hack to use '\xspace' for existing command is as follows: - \documentclass{minimal} - \usepackage{xspace} - \newcommand*{\SansXspaceTeX}{} - \let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX - \renewcommand{\TeX}{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace} - \begin{document} - \TeX is a nice system. - \end{document} + Some individual commands, notably those defined with the 'xspace', +package do not follow the standard behavior. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \frenchspacing, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \(SPACE) after CS, Up: Spaces +File: latex2e.info, Node: \frenchspacing, Next: \thinspace, Prev: \(SPACE) after control sequence, Up: Spaces 19.5 '\frenchspacing' ===================== -This declaration (from Plain TeX) causes LaTeX to treat intersentence +This declaration (from Plain TeX) causes LaTeX to treat inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, @@ -6513,9 +7529,9 @@ this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to LENGTH. Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in '\addvspace{..}' so that two -consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, not two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with '\addvspace{...}' so that +two consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, not two. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -6589,10 +7605,14 @@ Synopsis, one of these two: Add the vertical space LENGTH. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). - LaTeX removes the vertical space from '\vfill' at a page break, that -is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version '\vspace*{..}' + LaTeX removes the vertical space from '\vspace' at a page break, that +is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version '\vspace*{...}' causes the space to stay. + If '\vspace' is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted _after_ the line with the +'\vspace' command. A new paragraph is not started. + In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -6666,12 +7686,16 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: lrbox, Next: \makebox, Prev: \fbox and \framebox, 20.3 'lrbox' ============ -'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' +Synopsis: + + \begin{lrbox}{\CMD} + TEXT + \end{lrbox} - This is the environment form of '\sbox'. + This is the environment form of *note '\sbox': \sbox. - The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must -have been declared with '\newsavebox'. + The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box '\CMD', which +must have been declared with '\newsavebox'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \makebox, Next: \parbox, Prev: lrbox, Up: Boxes @@ -6712,7 +7736,7 @@ Synopsis: \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{TEXT} The '\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in -'paragraph' mode. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, +"paragraph mode". It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any paragraph-making environments inside a '\parbox' argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making @@ -6725,9 +7749,12 @@ WIDTH TEXT the text that goes inside the parbox. - The optional POSITION argument allows you to align either the top or -bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text -(default is top). + By default LaTeX will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional POSITION argument is present and equal either to 't' or 'b', +this allows you respectively to align either the top or bottom line in +the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You may also +specify 'm' for POSITION to get the default behaviour. The optional HEIGHT argument overrides the natural height of the box. @@ -6752,7 +7779,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \raisebox, Next: \savebox, Prev: \parbox, Up: Boxe Synopsis: - \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text} + \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{TEXT} The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a @@ -6760,7 +7787,7 @@ negative amount). TEXT itself is processed in LR mode. The optional arguments HEIGHT and DEPTH are dimensions. If they are specified, LaTeX treats TEXT as extending a certain distance above the -baseline (height) or below (depth), ignoring its natural height and +baseline (HEIGHT) or below (DEPTH), ignoring its natural height and depth. @@ -6817,51 +7844,111 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. * Menu: -* Reserved characters:: Inserting '# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }' -* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. -* Accents:: Inserting accents. -* Non-English characters:: Inserting other non-English characters. -* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. -* \today:: Inserting today's date. +* Reserved characters:: Inserting '# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \' +* Upper and lower case:: Make text upper or lower case. +* Symbols by font position:: Inserting font symbols by number. +* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +* Accents:: Inserting accents. +* Additional Latin letters:: Inserting other non-English characters. +* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. +* \today:: Inserting today's date. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: Reserved characters, Next: Upper and lower case, Up: Special insertions 21.1 Reserved characters ======================== -The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called +LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign '%' is for comments) so they are called "reserved characters" or "special characters". - # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } + # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ + + If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash '\' in front of the character. Thus, '\$1.23' will +produce '$1.23' in your output. + + As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character +receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text body font +circumflex use '\^{}'. A text body font backslash results from +'\textbackslash{}'. + + To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +'\verb!!', as below. + + \begin{center} + \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \! + \end{center} + + In that example the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the +lines. + + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Upper and lower case, Next: Symbols by font position, Prev: Reserved characters, Up: Special insertions + +21.2 Upper and lower case +========================= + +Synopsis: + + \uppercase{TEXT} + \lowercase{TEXT} + \MakeUppercase{TEXT} + \MakeLowercase{TEXT} + + Change the case of characters. The TeX primitives commands +'\uppercase' and '\lowercase' only work for American characters. The +LaTeX commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' commands also +change characters accessed by commands such as '\ae' or '\aa'. The +commands '\MakeUppercase' and '\MakeLowercase' are robust but they have +moving arguments (*note \protect::). + + These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of +a command within TEXT. But they do change the case of every other latin +character inside the argument TEXT. Thus, '\MakeUppercase{Let +$y=f(x)$'} produces "LET Y=F(X)". Another example is that the name of an +environment will be changed, so that '\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... +\end{tabular}' will produce an error because the first half is changed +to '\begin{TABULAR}'. + + LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a +document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this +works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but will +cause problems when using other alphabets. - Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will -do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as -itself, include a '\' in front of the character. For example, '\$' will -produce '$' in your output. + To change the case of text that results from a command inside TEXT +you need to do expansion. Here the '\Schoolname' produces "COLLEGE OF +MATHEMATICS". - One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own -special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing -'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using -'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). + \newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics} + \newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\expandafter{\schoolname}} - Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the -following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone -'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command. + To uppercase only the first letter of words use the package +'mfirstuc'. - Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the '\symbol' command. For example, the -visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. + +File: latex2e.info, Node: Symbols by font position, Next: Text symbols, Prev: Upper and lower case, Up: Special insertions + +21.3 Symbols by font position +============================= - You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers -with '"', so the previous example could also be written as -'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. +You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in +the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as +'\symbol{32}'. + + You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix, +or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the previous example +could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Reserved characters, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: Text symbols, Next: Accents, Prev: Symbols by font position, Up: Special insertions -21.2 Text symbols +21.4 Text symbols ================= LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in @@ -6902,7 +7989,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\P' '\textparagraph' - Paragraph sign (pilcrow). + Paragraph sign (pilcrow): U+00B6. '\pounds' '\textsterling' @@ -6916,7 +8003,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. Right (closing) quote: '. '\S' - Section symbol. + \itemx \textsection Section sign: U+00A7. '\TeX' The TeX logo. @@ -6955,8 +8042,8 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. LETTER in a circle, as in (R). '\textcompwordmark' -'\textcapitalwordmark' -'\textascenderwordmark' +'\textcapitalcompwordmark' +'\textascendercompwordmark' Composite word mark (invisible). The '\textcapital...' form has the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has the ascender height. @@ -6967,7 +8054,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textdaggerdbl' Double dagger: \ddag. -'\textdollar (or '$')' +'\textdollar (or '\$')' Dollar sign: $. '\textemdash (or '---')' @@ -6996,7 +8083,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o. '\textperiodcentered' - Centered period: \cdot. + Centered period: U+00B7. '\textquestiondown (or '?`')' Upside down question mark: ?. @@ -7004,7 +8091,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textquotedblleft (or '``')' Double left quote: ". -'\textquotedblright (or ''')' +'\textquotedblright (or '''')' Double right quote: ". '\textquoteleft (or '`')' @@ -7013,6 +8100,9 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textquoteright (or ''')' Single right quote: '. +'\textquotesingle' + Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) + '\textquotestraightbase' '\textquotestraightdblbase' Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. @@ -7027,7 +8117,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\texttrademark' - Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. + Trademark symbol: U+2122. '\texttwelveudash' "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. @@ -7039,9 +8129,9 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. Visible space symbol. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Non-English characters, Prev: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: Accents, Next: Additional Latin letters, Prev: Text symbols, Up: Special insertions -21.3 Accents +21.5 Accents ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, @@ -7138,13 +8228,14 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'. -File: latex2e.info, Node: Non-English characters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: Additional Latin letters, Next: \rule, Prev: Accents, Up: Special insertions -21.4 Non-English characters -=========================== +21.6 Additional Latin letters +============================= -Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used -in languages other than English. +Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters (beyond A-Z) +extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than +English. '\aa' '\AA' @@ -7156,11 +8247,15 @@ in languages other than English. '\dh' '\DH' - Icelandic letter eth: d and D. + Icelandic letter eth: d and D. Not available with OT1 encoding, you + need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, + such as T1. '\dj' '\DJ' Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. + Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to + select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. '\ij' '\IJ' @@ -7172,7 +8267,7 @@ in languages other than English. '\ng' '\NG' - Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. + Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. '\o' '\O' @@ -7188,12 +8283,14 @@ in languages other than English. '\th' '\TH' - Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. + Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. Not available with OT1 encoding, + you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font + encoding, such as T1. -File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Non-English characters, Up: Special insertions +File: latex2e.info, Node: \rule, Next: \today, Prev: Additional Latin letters, Up: Special insertions -21.5 '\rule' +21.7 '\rule' ============ Synopsis: @@ -7215,7 +8312,7 @@ THICKNESS File: latex2e.info, Node: \today, Prev: \rule, Up: Special insertions -21.6 '\today' +21.8 '\today' ============= The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD, @@ -7223,6 +8320,17 @@ YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters '\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. + Multilingual packages like 'babel' or classes like 'lettre', among +others, will localize '\today'. For example, the following will output +'4 juillet 1976': + + \year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 + \documentclass{minimal} + \usepackage[french]{babel} + \begin{document} + \today + \end{document} + The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -7235,7 +8343,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: Splitting the input, Next: Front/back matter, Prev: A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the "root file"; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. *Note filecontents::, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -7262,8 +8370,8 @@ executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'. Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run -if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See the next -section. +if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See *note +\includeonly::. The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another '\include' command. @@ -7271,7 +8379,7 @@ read by another '\include' command. File: latex2e.info, Node: \includeonly, Next: \input, Prev: \include, Up: Splitting the input -22.2 \'includeonly' +22.2 '\includeonly' =================== Synopsis: @@ -7280,8 +8388,9 @@ Synopsis: The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by subsequent '\include' commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a -'\include' command for the selection to be effective. +comma-separated. Each element FILE1, FILE2, ... must exactly match a +filename specified in a '\include' command for the selection to be +effective. This command can only appear in the preamble. @@ -7350,13 +8459,17 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \addcontentsline, Next: \addtocontents, Up: Tables 23.1.1 '\addcontentsline' ------------------------- -The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the -specified list or table where: +Synopsis: + + \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} + + The '\addcontentsline' command adds an entry to the specified list or +table where: EXT - The extension of the file on which information is to be written, - typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of - figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). + The filename extension of the file on which information is to be + written, typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list + of figures), or 'lot' (list of tables). UNIT The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the @@ -7366,15 +8479,16 @@ UNIT The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', 'subsection', 'subsubsection'. 'lof' - For the list of figures. + For the list of figures: 'figure'. 'lot' - For the list of tables. + For the list of tables: 'table'. -ENTRY +TEXT The text of the entry. What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command -'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. +'\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of +counter 'UNIT'. File: latex2e.info, Node: \addtocontents, Prev: \addcontentsline, Up: Tables of contents @@ -7422,7 +8536,7 @@ The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension. +auxiliary file named with the '.idx' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command '\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' @@ -7472,7 +8586,7 @@ Synopsis: LETTER BODY \closing{CLOSING TEXT} \end{letter} - ... more letters ... + ... more letters ... \end{document} Produce one or more letters. @@ -7497,12 +8611,12 @@ separated by a double backslash ('\\'). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. - Each letter environment begins with a required '\opening' command -such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is -ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from from enumerated lists -to displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no -sense in a letter are turned off. Each letter environment typically -ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'. + Each 'letter' environment body begins with a required '\opening' +command such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is +ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to +displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no +sense in a letter are turned off. Each 'letter' environment body +typically ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'. Additional material may come after the '\closing'. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like '\cc{the Boss \\ @@ -7589,11 +8703,12 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \cc, Next: \closing, Prev: \address, Up: Letters Synopsis: \cc{FIRST NAME \\ - .. } + ... } Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after -'\closing'. Separate multiple lines with a double backslash '\\'. +'\closing'. Separate multiple lines with a double backslash '\\', as +in: \cc{President \\ Vice President} @@ -7606,7 +8721,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \closing, Next: \encl, Prev: \cc, Up: Letters Synopsis: - \closing{text} + \closing{TEXT} Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there is a '\closing' (although this command is optional). For example, @@ -7622,7 +8737,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \encl, Next: \location, Prev: \closing, Up: Letter Synopsis: \encl{FIRST ENCLOSED OBJECT \\ - .. } + ... } Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is optional; when it is used, it typically is put after '\closing'. @@ -7693,7 +8808,7 @@ Synopsis: \opening{TEXT} This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -'\begin{letter}{..}'. The mandatory argument TEXT is the text that +'\begin{letter}{...}'. The mandatory argument TEXT is the text that starts your letter. For instance: \opening{Dear John:} @@ -7711,7 +8826,7 @@ Synopsis: Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after '\closing'. - \ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} + \ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} File: latex2e.info, Node: \signature, Next: \telephone, Prev: \ps, Up: Letters @@ -7722,7 +8837,7 @@ File: latex2e.info, Node: \signature, Next: \telephone, Prev: \ps, Up: Lette Synopsis: \signature{FIRST LINE \\ - .. } + ... } The sender's name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -7783,10 +8898,10 @@ Synopsis: '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the -optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it -had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. -If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name. This -command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. +optional '\CMD' argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if +it had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' +command. If the '\CMD' argument is present, it must be a command name. +This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. File: latex2e.info, Node: \typeout, Prev: \typein, Up: Terminal input/output @@ -7914,6 +9029,7 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template <http://tug.org/TUGboat>. \documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -7922,6 +9038,8 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -7930,51 +9048,56 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. @@ -7994,32 +9117,38 @@ Concept Index * Menu: -* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 18) -* '*'-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31) -* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 8) -* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 9) -* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 23) +* * prompt: Command line. (line 18) +* *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. + (line 14) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 31) +* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 14) +* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 8) +* .idx file: Indexes. (line 9) +* .ind file: Indexes. (line 23) * 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 16) * abstracts: abstract. (line 6) * accents: Accents. (line 6) * accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6) -* accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. (line 25) +* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. + (line 6) * acute accent: Accents. (line 20) * acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 11) -* additional packages, loading: Document class options. - (line 95) -* ae ligature: Non-English characters. - (line 15) -* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 6) +* additional packages, loading: Additional packages. (line 6) +* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. + (line 16) +* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 6) * aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 6) * alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 6) -* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 6) +* amsmath package: array. (line 40) +* amsmath package <1>: displaymath. (line 22) +* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6) * appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 37) -* aring: Non-English characters. - (line 11) +* aring: Additional Latin letters. + (line 12) * arrays, math: array. (line 6) * arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 131) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 163) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 166) * ascender height: Text symbols. (line 99) * ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 64) * ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 67) @@ -8027,7 +9156,7 @@ Concept Index * at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 23) * author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 12) * auxiliary file: Output files. (line 33) -* 'babel' package: Accents. (line 6) +* babel package: Accents. (line 6) * backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 73) * bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 79) * bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 76) @@ -8035,17 +9164,17 @@ Concept Index * bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) * bar-under accent: Accents. (line 46) * basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 6) -* 'beamer' template and class: beamer template. (line 6) +* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 6) * beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. - (line 62) + (line 65) * bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 6) * bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 6) * bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 82) * Big point: Units of length. (line 20) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 48) + (line 51) * bold font: Font styles. (line 71) * bold math: Font styles. (line 130) * bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 23) @@ -8057,26 +9186,35 @@ Concept Index * breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 6) * breve accent: Accents. (line 86) * breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 17) -* bug reporting: About this document. (line 6) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 110) +* bug reporting: About this document. (line 21) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 114) * bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 91) * bulleted lists: itemize. (line 6) * calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 74) * cap height: Text symbols. (line 99) * caron accent: Accents. (line 97) +* catcode: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 18) +* category code, character: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 18) * cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6) * cedilla accent: Accents. (line 51) * centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 70) * centered equations: Document class options. - (line 52) + (line 55) * centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 138) * centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 6) * centering text, environment for: center. (line 6) * Centimeter: Units of length. (line 24) +* character category code: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 18) * characters, accented: Accents. (line 6) -* characters, non-English: Non-English characters. +* characters, case: Upper and lower case. + (line 6) +* characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. (line 6) +* characters, special: Reserved characters. (line 6) * check accent: Accents. (line 97) * check accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) * Cicero: Units of length. (line 33) @@ -8085,8 +9223,23 @@ Concept Index * circumflex accent: Accents. (line 33) * circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 32) * circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 64) +* citation key: \bibitem. (line 12) +* class and package commands: Class and package commands. + (line 6) +* class and package difference: Class and package construction. + (line 15) +* class and package structure: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* class file example: Class and package structure. + (line 36) +* class file layout: Class and package structure. + (line 6) * class options: Document class options. (line 6) +* class options <1>: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* class options <2>: Class and package commands. + (line 66) * classes of documents: Document classes. (line 6) * closing letters: \closing. (line 6) * closing quote: Text symbols. (line 55) @@ -8094,11 +9247,16 @@ Concept Index * command line: Command line. (line 6) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. (line 6) +* commands, class and package: Class and package commands. + (line 6) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) * commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 6) +* commands, document class: Class and package construction. + (line 6) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) +* commands, star-variants: \@ifstar. (line 6) * composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 99) * computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 6) * contents file: Output files. (line 43) @@ -8123,7 +9281,7 @@ Concept Index * dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 104) * date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 18) * date, today's: \today. (line 6) -* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 11) +* datetime package: \today. (line 22) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) * defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 6) @@ -8136,11 +9294,16 @@ Concept Index * design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 23) * Didot point: Units of length. (line 30) * dieresis accent: Accents. (line 16) +* difference between class and package: Class and package construction. + (line 15) +* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 6) * discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 7) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation and quote. (line 6) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation and quote. (line 6) +* document class commands: Class and package construction. + (line 6) * document class options: Document class options. (line 6) * document class, defined: Starting and ending. (line 14) @@ -8162,7 +9325,7 @@ Concept Index * double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 30) * double left quote: Text symbols. (line 144) * double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 52) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 157) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 160) * double right quote: Text symbols. (line 147) * double spacing: Low-level font commands. (line 114) @@ -8172,8 +9335,8 @@ Concept Index * ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 36) * em: Units of length. (line 38) * em-dash: Text symbols. (line 113) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 166) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 172) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 169) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 175) * emphasis: Font styles. (line 59) * enclosure list: \encl. (line 6) * end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 3) @@ -8187,21 +9350,25 @@ Concept Index (line 6) * equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options. - (line 58) + (line 61) * equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 41) * equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 6) * equations, environment for: equation. (line 6) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. + (line 55) +* es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. (line 52) -* es-zet German letter: Non-English characters. - (line 47) -* eth, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. - (line 19) +* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. + (line 20) +* etoolbox package: Class and package commands. + (line 110) * euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 119) * ex: Units of length. (line 38) * exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 122) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) +* extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. + (line 6) * external files, writing: filecontents. (line 6) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 20) @@ -8209,11 +9376,13 @@ Concept Index * figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 21) * figures, inserting: figure. (line 6) +* file, root: Splitting the input. (line 9) * fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 92) -* 'float' package: Floats. (line 52) +* flafter package: Floats. (line 82) +* float package: Floats. (line 52) * float page: Floats. (line 58) * flush left equations: Document class options. - (line 52) + (line 55) * flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 6) * font catalogue: Low-level font commands. (line 20) @@ -8223,11 +9392,15 @@ Concept Index (line 98) * font sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) * font styles: Font styles. (line 6) +* font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. + (line 6) * fonts: Fonts. (line 6) * fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 6) * footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. (line 6) +* footmisc package: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 10) * footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. (line 6) * footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 21) @@ -8235,19 +9408,21 @@ Concept Index * Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 35) * Footnotes, in a table: Footnotes in a table. (line 6) +* footnotes, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 6) * footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 23) * formulas, environment for: equation. (line 6) * formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 6) +* forward reference: Cross references. (line 22) * forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 33) * fragile commands: \protect. (line 6) * French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 30) * functions, math: Math functions. (line 6) -* 'geometry' package: Document class options. - (line 37) +* geometry package: Document class options. + (line 40) * global options: Document class options. (line 6) -* global options <1>: Document class options. - (line 103) +* global options <1>: Additional packages. (line 15) * glossaries: Glossaries. (line 6) * glossary package: Glossaries. (line 15) * glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6) @@ -8256,6 +9431,7 @@ Concept Index * grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 29) * greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 125) * greek letters: Math symbols. (line 6) +* group, and environments: Environments. (line 18) * ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 20) * hacek accent: Accents. (line 97) * hat accent: Accents. (line 33) @@ -8267,14 +9443,15 @@ Concept Index * here, putting floats: Floats. (line 52) * hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 59) * hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 6) +* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 6) * hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 6) * hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 6) -* Icelandic eth: Non-English characters. - (line 19) -* Icelandic thorn: Non-English characters. - (line 51) -* ij letter, Dutch: Non-English characters. - (line 27) +* Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. + (line 20) +* Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. + (line 56) +* ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. + (line 32) * implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 6) * in-line formulas: math. (line 6) * indent, forcing: \indent. (line 6) @@ -8294,16 +9471,19 @@ Concept Index * justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 6) * justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 6) * Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 6) +* label: Cross references. (line 9) * labelled lists, creating: description. (line 6) * Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 24) * Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 6) * landscape orientation: Document class options. - (line 55) + (line 58) * LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 21) * LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 6) * LaTeX Project team: About this document. (line 17) * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. (line 13) * LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 24) +* Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. + (line 6) * layout commands: Layout. (line 6) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. (line 6) @@ -8314,10 +9494,11 @@ Concept Index * left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 144) * left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 150) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 58) + (line 61) * left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 6) * left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6) * left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 6) +* length command: \setlength. (line 10) * lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 6) * lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 6) * lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 6) @@ -8325,9 +9506,9 @@ Concept Index * lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 6) * less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 128) * letters, accented: Accents. (line 6) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 6) -* letters, non-English: Non-English characters. +* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 6) * letters, starting: \opening. (line 6) * letters, writing: Letters. (line 6) * line break, forcing: \\. (line 6) @@ -8346,25 +9527,30 @@ Concept Index * lists of items: itemize. (line 6) * lists of items, generic: list. (line 6) * lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 6) -* loading additional packages: Document class options. - (line 95) +* loading additional packages: Additional packages. (line 6) * log file: Output files. (line 28) * logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 21) * logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 24) * logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 61) +* long command: Class and package commands. + (line 23) * low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 52) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. (line 6) +* Lower case: Upper and lower case. + (line 6) * LR mode: Modes. (line 6) -* 'ltugboat' class: tugboat template. (line 6) +* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 6) * LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 29) * m-width: Units of length. (line 38) * macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 11) * macron accent: Accents. (line 29) * macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 14) +* macros2e package: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 39) * Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 6) -* 'makeidx' package: Indexes. (line 28) -* 'makeindex' program: Indexes. (line 23) +* makeidx package: Indexes. (line 28) +* makeindex program: Indexes. (line 23) * making a title page: titlepage. (line 6) * making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) * marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 6) @@ -8383,15 +9569,21 @@ Concept Index * minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 6) * modes: Modes. (line 6) * monospace font: Font styles. (line 92) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 6) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 19) * mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 35) * mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 49) * multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 6) * multilingual support: Accents. (line 6) -* 'multind' package: Indexes. (line 39) +* multind package: Indexes. (line 39) * multiplication symbol, discretionary line break: Math miscellany. (line 7) -* nested '\include', not allowed: \include. (line 18) +* nested \include, not allowed: \include. (line 18) +* new class commands: Class and package construction. + (line 6) +* new command, check: Class and package commands. + (line 21) +* new command, definition: Class and package commands. + (line 96) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) * new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 6) @@ -8400,32 +9592,67 @@ Concept Index * new line, starting: \\. (line 6) * new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 6) * new page, starting: \newpage. (line 6) -* non-English characters: Non-English characters. +* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) * notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) -* null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 21) +* null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 36) * numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 6) * numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 134) * oblique font: Font styles. (line 89) -* oe ligature: Non-English characters. - (line 43) +* oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. + (line 48) * ogonek: Accents. (line 70) * old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 134) * one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 6) * opening quote: Text symbols. (line 40) * OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6) +* options, class: Class and package commands. + (line 66) * options, document class: Document class options. (line 6) -* options, global: Document class options. - (line 103) +* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* options, global: Additional packages. (line 15) +* options, package: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* options, package <1>: Class and package commands. + (line 66) * ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 135) -* oslash: Non-English characters. - (line 39) +* oslash: Additional Latin letters. + (line 44) * overbar accent: Accents. (line 29) * overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 26) * overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 6) -* packages, loading additional: Document class options. - (line 95) +* package file layout: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* package options: Class and package structure. + (line 6) +* package options <1>: Class and package commands. + (line 66) +* package, amsmath: array. (line 40) +* package, amsmath <1>: displaymath. (line 22) +* package, babel: Accents. (line 6) +* package, datetime: \today. (line 22) +* package, etoolbox: Class and package commands. + (line 110) +* package, flafter: Floats. (line 82) +* package, float: Floats. (line 52) +* package, footmisc: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 10) +* package, geometry: Document class options. + (line 40) +* package, macros2e: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 39) +* package, makeidx: Indexes. (line 28) +* package, multind: Indexes. (line 39) +* package, picture: picture. (line 23) +* package, setspace: Low-level font commands. + (line 114) +* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 35) +* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 134) +* package, xspace: \(SPACE) after control sequence. + (line 20) +* packages, loading additional: Additional packages. (line 6) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. (line 6) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. @@ -8441,6 +9668,7 @@ Concept Index * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation and quote. (line 6) * paragraph mode: Modes. (line 6) +* paragraph mode <1>: \parbox. (line 10) * paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 44) * paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 6) * parameters, for footnotes: Footnote parameters. (line 6) @@ -8450,28 +9678,32 @@ Concept Index * pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 12) * period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 138) * pica: Units of length. (line 14) -* 'pict2e' package: \line. (line 13) +* pict2e package: \line. (line 13) +* picture package: picture. (line 23) * pictures, creating: picture. (line 6) * pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 44) * placement of floats: Floats. (line 31) * poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 6) * Point: Units of length. (line 10) -* polish l: Non-English characters. - (line 31) +* polish l: Additional Latin letters. + (line 36) * portrait orientation: Document class options. - (line 55) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 23) + (line 58) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 28) +* positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 37) * postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 6) * pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 48) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. (line 19) * predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 6) -* prompt, '*': Command line. (line 18) +* prompt, *: Command line. (line 18) * pronunciation: Overview. (line 24) * quad: Spacing in math mode. (line 32) * question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 141) * quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 30) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 157) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 156) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 160) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation and quote. (line 6) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation and quote. @@ -8482,25 +9714,27 @@ Concept Index * ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 6) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 6) +* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 22) * references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 33) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 160) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 163) * remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 6) -* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 6) +* reporting bugs: About this document. (line 21) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) * right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 30) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 163) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 166) * right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 88) * right quote: Text symbols. (line 55) * right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 147) * right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 153) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 58) + (line 61) * right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 6) * right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 6) * ring accent: Accents. (line 75) * ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 41) * robust commands: \protect. (line 6) * roman font: Font styles. (line 80) +* root file: Splitting the input. (line 9) * rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 6) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. (line 6) @@ -8511,22 +9745,24 @@ Concept Index * section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 6) * section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 47) * section symbol: Text symbols. (line 58) +* section, redefining: \@startsection. (line 6) * sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 6) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 45) -* 'setspace' package: Low-level font commands. +* setspace package: Low-level font commands. (line 114) * setting counters: \setcounter. (line 6) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 85) -* sharp S letters: Non-English characters. - (line 47) -* 'showidx' package: Indexes. (line 35) +* sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. + (line 52) +* showidx package: Indexes. (line 35) * simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 6) * single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 30) * single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 30) * single left quote: Text symbols. (line 150) * single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 52) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 156) * single right quote: Text symbols. (line 153) * sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 6) * skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 6) @@ -8537,20 +9773,27 @@ Concept Index * spaces: Spaces. (line 6) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. (line 6) -* spacing, intersentence: \frenchspacing. (line 6) +* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 6) * Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 135) -* special characters: Non-English characters. +* special characters: Reserved characters. (line 6) +* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. (line 6) * special insertions: Special insertions. (line 6) * specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 31) * splitting the input file: Splitting the input. (line 6) +* stable option to footmisc package: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 10) +* star-variants, commands: \@ifstar. (line 6) +* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 14) * starting a new page: \newpage. (line 6) * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 6) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. (line 6) * starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 6) * sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 48) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 157) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 157) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 160) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 160) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 156) * stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 6) * stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 6) * stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 6) @@ -8565,39 +9808,41 @@ Concept Index * tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 6) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line 6) * table of contents file: Output files. (line 43) +* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 6) * table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 6) * tables, creating: table. (line 6) -* template, 'beamer': beamer template. (line 6) -* template, 'book': book template. (line 6) +* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 6) +* template, book: book template. (line 6) * template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 6) * templates, document: Document templates. (line 6) * terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. (line 6) * TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 61) * text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6) -* 'textcomp' package: Font styles. (line 134) +* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 134) * thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 22) * theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 6) * theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 6) * theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 6) -* thorn, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. - (line 51) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 166) +* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. + (line 56) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 169) * tie-after accent: Accents. (line 81) * tilde accent: Accents. (line 43) * tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 44) * tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 67) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. - (line 66) + (line 69) * title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 6) * title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 26) * titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 169) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 172) * transcript file: Output files. (line 28) * TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 6) * TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 6) * two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 6) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 172) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 175) * type styles: Font styles. (line 6) * typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 6) * typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 6) @@ -8606,11 +9851,13 @@ Concept Index * typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 23) * umlaut accent: Accents. (line 16) * underbar: Accents. (line 89) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 175) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 178) * Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 6) * units, of length: Units of length. (line 6) * unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. (line 17) * unordered lists: itemize. (line 6) +* Upper case: Upper and lower case. + (line 6) * using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 6) * variables, a list of: Counters. (line 6) @@ -8623,7 +9870,7 @@ Concept Index * vertical space <1>: \vspace. (line 6) * vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 6) * visible space: \verb. (line 17) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 178) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 181) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. (line 55) * white space: Spaces. (line 6) @@ -8635,7 +9882,9 @@ Concept Index * writing letters: Letters. (line 6) * x-height: Units of length. (line 38) * XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 38) -* 'xindy' program: Indexes. (line 23) +* xindy program: Indexes. (line 23) +* xspace package: \(SPACE) after control sequence. + (line 20) File: latex2e.info, Node: Command Index, Prev: Concept Index, Up: Top @@ -8675,10 +9924,10 @@ Command Index * \!: Spacing in math mode. (line 29) * \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 16) -* \#: Reserved characters. (line 11) -* \$: Reserved characters. (line 11) -* \%: Reserved characters. (line 11) -* \&: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \#: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \$: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \%: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \&: Reserved characters. (line 13) * \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 20) * \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 45) * \(: Math formulas. (line 16) @@ -8705,95 +9954,102 @@ Command Index * \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 30) * \@: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6) * \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 23) +* \@ifstar: \@ifstar. (line 6) +* \@startsection: \@startsection. (line 6) * \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 60) * \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) * \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) -* \aa (aa): Non-English characters. - (line 11) -* \AA (AA): Non-English characters. - (line 11) +* \aa (aa): Additional Latin letters. + (line 12) +* \AA (AA): Additional Latin letters. + (line 12) * \acute: Math accents. (line 10) -* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 6) +* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 6) * \address: \address. (line 6) * \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 6) * \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 6) * \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 6) * \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6) -* \ae (ae): Non-English characters. - (line 15) -* \AE (AE): Non-English characters. - (line 15) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 19) -* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 10) -* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 13) +* \ae (ae): Additional Latin letters. + (line 16) +* \AE (AE): Additional Latin letters. + (line 16) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 22) * \Alph example: enumerate. (line 52) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 22) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 25) +* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 14) +* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 17) * \alsoname: Indexes. (line 20) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 25) -* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 28) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 28) +* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 12) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 31) * \appendix: Sectioning. (line 37) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 33) -* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 16) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 36) +* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 20) * \arccos: Math functions. (line 9) * \arcsin: Math functions. (line 12) * \arctan: Math functions. (line 15) * \arg: Math functions. (line 18) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 38) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 37) * \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 156) * \arraystretch: tabular. (line 162) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 36) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 45) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 39) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 48) * \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 3) +* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. + (line 9) * \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 3) +* \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands. + (line 14) +* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 14) * \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 11) * \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 61) * \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 46) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 48) -* \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. (line 16) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 51) * \bar: Math accents. (line 13) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. (line 98) * \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. (line 108) * \begin: Environments. (line 6) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 52) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 55) * \bf: Font styles. (line 70) * \bfseries: Font styles. (line 39) * \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 6) * \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 6) * \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 6) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 55) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 59) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 63) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 67) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 70) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 73) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 58) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 62) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 66) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 70) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 73) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 76) * \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 10) + (line 9) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 10) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 84) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 76) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 80) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 87) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 91) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 94) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 87) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 79) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 83) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 90) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 94) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 97) * \bmod: Math functions. (line 21) * \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 29) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 97) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 100) * \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 94) * \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 95) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 101) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 104) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 105) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 108) * \breve: Math accents. (line 16) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 109) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 113) * \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 51) * \cal: Font styles. (line 73) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 112) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 116) * \capitalacute: Accents. (line 20) * \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 86) * \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 97) @@ -8812,92 +10068,116 @@ Command Index * \caption: figure. (line 40) * \caption <1>: table. (line 26) * \cc: \cc. (line 6) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 117) -* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 10) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 121) +* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 25) * \centering: \centering. (line 6) * \chapter: Sectioning. (line 9) * \check: Math accents. (line 19) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 120) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 123) +* \CheckCommand: Class and package commands. + (line 21) +* \CheckCommand*: Class and package commands. + (line 21) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 124) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 127) * \circle: \circle. (line 6) * \cite: \cite. (line 6) +* \ClassError: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \ClassInfo: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \ClassWarning: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 41) * \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 6) * \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 6) * \cline: \cline. (line 6) * \closing: \closing. (line 6) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 128) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 21) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 132) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 22) * \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 6) * \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 9) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 27) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 28) * \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 7) * \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 9) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 34) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 35) * \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 8) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 9) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 131) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 137) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 29) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 140) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 135) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 141) +* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 33) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 144) * \copyright: Text symbols. (line 10) * \cos: Math functions. (line 24) * \cosh: Math functions. (line 27) * \cot: Math functions. (line 30) * \coth: Math functions. (line 33) * \csc: Math functions. (line 36) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 143) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 147) +* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. + (line 60) * \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 55) * \dag: Text symbols. (line 14) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 148) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 152) * \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 6) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 151) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 155) * \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 17) * \day: \day \month \year. (line 6) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 68) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 74) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 81) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 46) -* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 86) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 69) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 75) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 82) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 47) +* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 87) * \ddag: Text symbols. (line 17) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 155) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 159) * \ddot: Math accents. (line 22) -* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 14) +* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 29) +* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands. + (line 66) +* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands. + (line 66) +* \DeclareRobustCommand: Class and package commands. + (line 96) +* \DeclareRobustCommand*: Class and package commands. + (line 96) * \deg: Math functions. (line 39) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 158) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 161) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 162) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 165) * \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 10) * \det: Math functions. (line 42) -* \dh (d): Non-English characters. - (line 19) -* \DH (D): Non-English characters. - (line 19) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 164) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 168) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 172) +* \dh (d): Additional Latin letters. + (line 20) +* \DH (D): Additional Latin letters. + (line 20) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 168) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 172) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 176) * \dim: Math functions. (line 45) * \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 34) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 175) -* \dj: Non-English characters. - (line 23) -* \DJ: Non-English characters. - (line 23) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 179) +* \dj: Additional Latin letters. + (line 26) +* \DJ: Additional Latin letters. + (line 26) * \documentclass: Document classes. (line 6) * \dot: Math accents. (line 25) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 178) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 182) * \dotfill: \hrulefill \dotfill. (line 6) * \dots: Text symbols. (line 34) * \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 167) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 182) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 186) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 190) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 186) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 190) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 194) * \emph: Font styles. (line 59) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 193) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 197) * \encl: \encl. (line 6) * \end: Environments. (line 6) * \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 6) @@ -8905,16 +10185,18 @@ Command Index * \enumii: enumerate. (line 42) * \enumiii: enumerate. (line 42) * \enumiv: enumerate. (line 42) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 197) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 202) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 205) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 201) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 207) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 210) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 77) + (line 82) * \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 67) * \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 68) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 208) +* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 166) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 213) * \exp: Math functions. (line 48) * \extracolsep: tabular. (line 115) * \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6) @@ -8923,15 +10205,15 @@ Command Index * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). (line 14) * \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 18) * \fill: \hfill. (line 9) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 211) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 216) * \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 98) * \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 99) * \floatsep: Floats. (line 114) * \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 115) * \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 6) -* \fnsymbol: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 25) * \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 23) +* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 29) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. (line 11) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. @@ -8952,22 +10234,22 @@ Command Index (line 26) * \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 27) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 214) -* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 18) -* \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 17) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 219) +* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 33) +* \frac{NUM}{DEN}: Math miscellany. (line 32) * \frame: \frame. (line 6) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). (line 6) * \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. (line 6) * \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 6) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 217) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 222) * \fussy: \fussy. (line 6) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 220) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 223) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 225) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 228) * \gcd: Math functions. (line 51) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 226) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 230) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 234) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 237) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 231) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 235) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 239) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 242) * \glossary: Glossaries. (line 8) * \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 11) * \grave: Math accents. (line 28) @@ -8977,7 +10259,7 @@ Command Index * \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 29) * \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 59) * \hat: Math accents. (line 31) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 241) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 246) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. (line 14) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. @@ -8986,13 +10268,13 @@ Command Index (line 19) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 20) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 244) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 249) * \height: Predefined lengths. (line 8) * \hfill: \hfill. (line 6) * \hline: \hline. (line 6) * \hom: Math functions. (line 54) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 247) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 250) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 252) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 255) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill \dotfill. (line 6) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. (line 119) @@ -9003,45 +10285,49 @@ Command Index * \Huge: Font sizes. (line 11) * \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 6) * \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 63) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 253) -* \ij (ij): Non-English characters. - (line 27) -* \IJ (IJ): Non-English characters. - (line 27) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 257) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 258) +* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. + (line 127) +* \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters. + (line 32) +* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 32) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 262) * \imath: Math accents. (line 34) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 260) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 265) * \include: \include. (line 6) * \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 6) * \indent: \indent. (line 6) * \index: Indexes. (line 9) * \indexentry: Indexes. (line 12) +* \indexspace: Indexes. (line 32) * \inf: Math functions. (line 57) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 265) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 271) * \input: \input. (line 6) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 268) +* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. + (line 127) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 274) * \intextsep: Floats. (line 118) * \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 119) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 271) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 277) * \it: Font styles. (line 76) -* \item: description. (line 14) -* \item <1>: description. (line 19) -* \item <2>: enumerate. (line 18) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 6) +* \item: description. (line 19) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 18) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 6) * \itemindent: itemize. (line 49) * \itemsep: itemize. (line 71) * \itshape: Font styles. (line 33) * \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 66) * \jmath: Math accents. (line 37) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 274) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 280) * \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 70) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 278) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 284) * \ker: Math functions. (line 60) * \kill: tabbing. (line 65) -* \l (/l): Non-English characters. - (line 31) -* \L (/L): Non-English characters. - (line 31) +* \l (/l): Additional Latin letters. + (line 36) +* \L (/L): Additional Latin letters. + (line 36) * \label: \label. (line 6) * \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 47) * \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 47) @@ -9053,27 +10339,27 @@ Command Index * \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 29) * \labelsep: itemize. (line 52) * \labelwidth: itemize. (line 55) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 281) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 284) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 287) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 292) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 287) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 290) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 293) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 298) * \large: Font sizes. (line 11) * \Large: Font sizes. (line 11) * \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 11) * \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 20) * \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 23) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 297) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 301) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 305) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 303) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 307) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 311) * \ldots: Text symbols. (line 33) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 309) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 313) -* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 20) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 320) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 325) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 315) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 319) +* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 35) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 326) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 331) * \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 46) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 329) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 332) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 335) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 338) * \leftmargin: itemize. (line 36) * \leftmargini: itemize. (line 36) * \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 36) @@ -9081,12 +10367,12 @@ Command Index * \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 36) * \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 36) * \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 36) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 335) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 340) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 345) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 349) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 341) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 346) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 351) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 355) * \lg: Math functions. (line 63) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 352) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 358) * \lim: Math functions. (line 66) * \liminf: Math functions. (line 69) * \limsup: Math functions. (line 72) @@ -9103,24 +10389,28 @@ Command Index * \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 16) * \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 16) * \listparindent: itemize. (line 58) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 359) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 366) * \ln: Math functions. (line 75) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 363) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 370) +* \LoadClass: Class and package commands. + (line 144) +* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 144) * \location: \location. (line 6) * \log: Math functions. (line 78) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 366) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 371) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 375) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 380) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 385) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 373) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 378) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 382) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 387) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 392) * \lq: Text symbols. (line 39) * \makebox: \makebox. (line 6) -* \makebox (for 'picture'): \makebox (picture). (line 6) +* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). (line 6) * \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6) * \makeindex: Indexes. (line 6) * \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6) * \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 388) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 395) * \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 6) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. (line 40) @@ -9141,38 +10431,46 @@ Command Index * \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 36) * \mathbf: Font styles. (line 112) * \mathcal: Font styles. (line 128) +* \mathdollar: Math miscellany. (line 40) +* \mathellipsis: Math miscellany. (line 43) * \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 125) +* \mathparagraph: Math miscellany. (line 46) * \mathring: Math accents. (line 40) * \mathrm: Font styles. (line 109) +* \mathsection: Math miscellany. (line 49) * \mathsf: Font styles. (line 115) +* \mathsterling: Math miscellany. (line 52) * \mathtt: Font styles. (line 118) +* \mathunderscore: Math miscellany. (line 55) * \mathversion: Font styles. (line 130) * \max: Math functions. (line 81) * \mbox: \mbox. (line 6) * \mbox, and LR mode: Modes. (line 24) * \mdseries: Font styles. (line 36) * \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 15) + (line 14) * \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 15) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. (line 21) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 392) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 397) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 399) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 404) * \min: Math functions. (line 84) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 407) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 414) * \month: \day \month \year. (line 6) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 412) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 415) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 419) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 422) * \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 6) * \multiput: \multiput. (line 6) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 418) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 425) * \name: \name. (line 6) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 421) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 424) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 427) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 430) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 434) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 428) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 431) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 434) +* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. + (line 176) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 437) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 441) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. (line 6) * \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 6) @@ -9186,11 +10484,11 @@ Command Index * \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 6) * \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 6) * \newtie: Accents. (line 81) -* \ng: Non-English characters. - (line 35) -* \NG: Non-English characters. - (line 35) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 437) +* \ng: Additional Latin letters. + (line 40) +* \NG: Additional Latin letters. + (line 40) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 444) * \nocite: \nocite. (line 6) * \nocorr: Font styles. (line 21) * \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 21) @@ -9205,42 +10503,54 @@ Command Index * \normalfont: Font styles. (line 57) * \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 24) * \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 442) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 450) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 454) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 457) -* \o (/o): Non-English characters. - (line 39) -* \O (/O): Non-English characters. - (line 39) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 449) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 457) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 461) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 464) +* \o (/o): Additional Latin letters. + (line 44) +* \O (/O): Additional Latin letters. + (line 44) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. (line 6) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 77) + (line 82) * \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 66) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. (line 68) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 460) -* \oe (oe): Non-English characters. - (line 43) -* \OE (OE): Non-English characters. - (line 43) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 465) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 467) +* \oe (oe): Additional Latin letters. + (line 48) +* \OE (OE): Additional Latin letters. + (line 48) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 472) * \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 134) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 469) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 472) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 475) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 476) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 479) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 482) * \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 6) * \opening: \opening. (line 6) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 478) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 482) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 485) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 485) +* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. + (line 192) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 489) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 492) * \oval: \oval. (line 6) -* \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 25) -* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 29) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 490) +* \overbrace{MATH}: Math miscellany. (line 58) +* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 62) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 497) * \P: Text symbols. (line 42) +* \PackageError: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \PackageWarning: Class and package commands. + (line 41) +* \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 41) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. (line 6) * \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6) @@ -9255,7 +10565,7 @@ Command Index * \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 86) * \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 14) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 495) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 502) * \parbox: \parbox. (line 6) * \parindent: minipage. (line 17) * \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 6) @@ -9263,32 +10573,47 @@ Command Index * \parskip: \parskip. (line 6) * \parskip example: itemize. (line 92) * \part: Sectioning. (line 8) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 498) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 505) * \partopsep: itemize. (line 86) +* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. + (line 198) +* \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 198) * \pdfpageheight: Document class options. - (line 37) + (line 40) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. - (line 37) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 501) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 506) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 510) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 513) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 517) + (line 40) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 508) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 513) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 517) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 520) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 524) * \pmod: Math functions. (line 87) * \poptabs: tabbing. (line 71) * \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 72) * \pounds: Text symbols. (line 46) * \Pr: Math functions. (line 90) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 520) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 523) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 528) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 539) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 542) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 527) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 530) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 535) +* \printindex: Indexes. (line 28) +* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 232) +* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. + (line 232) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 544) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 547) * \protect: \protect. (line 6) * \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 6) +* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. + (line 270) +* \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands. + (line 301) +* \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 270) * \ps: \ps. (line 6) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 545) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 548) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 550) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 553) * \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 74) * \put: \put. (line 6) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. @@ -9302,35 +10627,40 @@ Command Index * \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 6) * \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 6) * \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 551) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 555) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 559) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 563) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 566) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 556) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 560) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 564) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 568) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 571) * \ref: \ref. (line 6) * \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 6) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. (line 6) +* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. + (line 310) +* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 310) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. (line 6) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 571) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 576) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 581) * \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 24) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 576) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 580) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 587) -* \right: Math miscellany. (line 21) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 591) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 595) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 600) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 603) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 606) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 586) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 590) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 597) +* \right: Math miscellany. (line 36) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 601) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 605) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 610) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 613) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 616) * \rightmargin: itemize. (line 62) * \rm: Font styles. (line 79) * \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 30) -* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 19) -* \Roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 22) +* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 23) +* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 26) * \rq: Text symbols. (line 54) * \rule: \rule. (line 6) * \S: Text symbols. (line 57) @@ -9339,7 +10669,7 @@ Command Index * \sc: Font styles. (line 82) * \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 11) * \scshape: Font styles. (line 51) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 609) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 619) * \sec: Math functions. (line 93) * \section: Sectioning. (line 11) * \seename: Indexes. (line 20) @@ -9347,62 +10677,63 @@ Command Index (line 127) * \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 6) * \setlength: \setlength. (line 6) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 612) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 622) * \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 6) * \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 6) * \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 6) * \sf: Font styles. (line 85) * \sffamily: Font styles. (line 48) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 618) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 628) * \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 6) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 621) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 624) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 631) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 634) * \signature: \signature. (line 11) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 628) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 631) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 638) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 641) * \sin: Math functions. (line 96) * \sinh: Math functions. (line 99) * \sl: Font styles. (line 88) * \sloppy: \sloppy. (line 6) * \slshape: Font styles. (line 45) * \small: Font sizes. (line 11) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 634) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 644) * \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 20) + (line 19) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. (line 20) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 638) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 641) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 644) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 648) -* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}: Math miscellany. (line 32) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 652) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 657) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 662) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 667) -* \ss (ss): Non-English characters. - (line 47) -* \SS (SS): Non-English characters. - (line 47) -* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 38) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 671) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 648) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 651) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 654) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 658) +* \sqrt[ROOT]{ARG}: Math miscellany. (line 66) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 662) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 667) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 672) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 677) +* \ss (ss): Additional Latin letters. + (line 52) +* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. + (line 52) +* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 71) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 681) * \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 6) * \stop: Command line. (line 18) * \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 15) * \subsection: Sectioning. (line 12) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 678) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 681) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 688) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 691) * \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 13) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 684) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 688) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 693) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 694) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 698) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 703) * \sup: Math functions. (line 102) * \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 87) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 697) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 700) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 703) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 708) -* \symbol: Reserved characters. (line 25) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 707) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 710) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 713) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 718) +* \symbol: Symbols by font position. + (line 6) * \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 81) * \TAB: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6) * \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 79) @@ -9410,14 +10741,15 @@ Command Index * \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 6) * \tan: Math functions. (line 105) * \tanh: Math functions. (line 108) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 711) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 721) * \telephone: \telephone. (line 6) * \TeX: Text symbols. (line 60) -* \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 98) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 98) * \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 63) * \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 66) * \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 69) -* \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 72) +* \textbackslash: Reserved characters. (line 20) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 72) * \textbar: Text symbols. (line 75) * \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 78) * \textbf: Font styles. (line 39) @@ -9425,18 +10757,18 @@ Command Index * \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 84) * \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 87) * \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 90) -* \textcapitalwordmark: Text symbols. (line 97) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 97) * \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 93) * \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 96) * \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 11) * \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 103) * \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 106) -* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 109) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 109) * \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 35) -* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 112) -* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 115) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 112) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 115) * \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 118) -* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 121) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 121) * \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 123) * \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 124) * \textfraction: Floats. (line 102) @@ -9455,37 +10787,38 @@ Command Index * \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 134) * \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 43) * \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 137) -* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 140) -* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 143) -* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 146) -* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 149) -* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 152) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 155) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 156) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 159) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 162) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 140) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 143) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 146) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 149) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 152) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 155) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 158) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 159) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 162) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 165) * \textrm: Font styles. (line 30) * \textsc: Font styles. (line 51) * \textsf: Font styles. (line 48) * \textsl: Font styles. (line 45) * \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 47) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 165) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 168) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 168) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 171) * \texttt: Font styles. (line 54) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 171) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 174) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 174) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 177) * \textup: Font styles. (line 42) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 177) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 180) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. (line 99) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 100) -* \th (th): Non-English characters. - (line 51) -* \TH (TH): Non-English characters. - (line 51) +* \th (th): Additional Latin letters. + (line 56) +* \TH (TH): Additional Latin letters. + (line 56) * \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 21) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 714) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 724) * \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 6) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. (line 16) @@ -9495,12 +10828,12 @@ Command Index * \thinspace <1>: \thinspace. (line 6) * \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6) * \tilde: Math accents. (line 43) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 718) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 728) * \tiny: Font sizes. (line 11) * \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 25) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 722) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 732) * \today: \today. (line 6) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 726) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 736) * \topfraction: Floats. (line 107) * \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 108) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. @@ -9511,9 +10844,9 @@ Command Index * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. (line 131) * \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 12) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 730) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 733) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 739) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 741) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 744) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 750) * \tt: Font styles. (line 91) * \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 54) * \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 6) @@ -9522,80 +10855,79 @@ Command Index * \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 86) * \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 29) * \underbar: Accents. (line 89) -* \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 42) -* \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 45) +* \underbrace{MATH}: Math miscellany. (line 75) +* \underline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 79) * \unitlength: picture. (line 10) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 745) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 752) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 759) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 764) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 768) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 773) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 778) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 783) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 756) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 763) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 770) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 774) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 778) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 783) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 788) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 793) * \upshape: Font styles. (line 42) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 789) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 792) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 800) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 803) * \usebox: \usebox. (line 6) * \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 6) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. (line 135) -* \usepackage: Document class options. - (line 95) +* \usepackage: Additional packages. (line 6) * \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 97) * \value: \value. (line 6) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 795) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 800) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 804) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 808) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 812) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 816) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 820) -* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 50) -* \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 51) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 811) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 806) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 816) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 820) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 824) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 828) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 832) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 836) +* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 84) * \vec: Math accents. (line 46) * \vector: \vector. (line 6) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 824) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 840) * \verb: \verb. (line 6) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 829) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 845) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 845) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 861) * \vfill: \vfill. (line 6) * \vline: \vline. (line 6) * \vspace: \vspace. (line 6) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 863) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 879) * \widehat: Math accents. (line 49) * \widetilde: Math accents. (line 52) * \width: Predefined lengths. (line 6) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 867) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 870) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 873) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 876) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 883) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 886) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 889) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 892) * \year: \day \month \year. (line 6) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 879) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 895) * \[: Math formulas. (line 16) -* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 18) -* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 29) -* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 12) -* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 20) +* \\ (for center): center. (line 14) +* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 29) +* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 12) +* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 20) * \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 24) -* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 12) +* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 12) * \\ for letters: Letters. (line 50) -* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 34) -* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 17) -* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 12) -* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 26) +* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 34) +* \\ for verse: verse. (line 17) +* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 12) +* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 26) * \\ force line break: \\. (line 6) -* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 37) +* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 37) * \]: Math formulas. (line 16) -* \^: Reserved characters. (line 21) +* \^: Reserved characters. (line 20) * \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 33) -* \_: Reserved characters. (line 11) +* \_: Reserved characters. (line 13) * \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 37) * \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 51) -* \{: Reserved characters. (line 11) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 16) -* \}: Reserved characters. (line 11) -* \~: Reserved characters. (line 21) +* \{: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 19) +* \}: Reserved characters. (line 13) +* \~: Reserved characters. (line 20) * \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 43) * ^: Subscripts & superscripts. (line 6) @@ -9618,8 +10950,8 @@ Command Index * bp: Units of length. (line 20) * cc: Units of length. (line 33) * center environment: center. (line 6) -* clock option to 'slides' class: Document class options. - (line 92) +* clock option to slides class: Document class options. + (line 97) * cm: Units of length. (line 24) * dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 134) * dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 135) @@ -9629,12 +10961,45 @@ Command Index * displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) * document environment: document. (line 6) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 10) * dvips command: Output files. (line 10) * dvitype command: Output files. (line 10) * em: Units of length. (line 38) * enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 6) +* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 6) +* environment, array: array. (line 6) +* environment, center: center. (line 6) +* environment, description: description. (line 6) +* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 6) +* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) +* environment, document: document. (line 6) +* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 6) +* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 6) +* environment, equation: equation. (line 6) +* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) +* environment, figure: figure. (line 6) +* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 6) +* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 6) +* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 6) +* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 6) +* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 6) +* environment, letter: letter. (line 6) +* environment, list: list. (line 6) +* environment, math: math. (line 6) +* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) +* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 6) +* environment, picture: picture. (line 6) +* environment, quotation: quotation and quote. (line 6) +* environment, quote: quotation and quote. (line 6) +* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 6) +* environment, table: table. (line 6) +* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 6) +* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 6) +* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 6) +* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 6) +* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 6) +* environment, verse: verse. (line 6) * eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 6) * equation environment: equation. (line 6) * equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) @@ -9642,39 +11007,38 @@ Command Index * ex: Units of length. (line 38) * executivepaper option: Document class options. (line 19) -* figure: figure. (line 6) -* filecontents: filecontents. (line 6) +* figure environment: figure. (line 6) +* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 6) +* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 6) * final option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * first-latex-doc document: About this document. (line 33) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 6) * flushright environment: flushright. (line 6) -* <http://home.gna.org/latexrefman> home page: About this document. +* <http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/> home page: About this document. (line 6) * in: Units of length. (line 17) * inch: Units of length. (line 17) -* indexspace: Indexes. (line 32) * itemize environment: itemize. (line 6) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * latex command: Output files. (line 10) * latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. (line 30) -* <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document. - (line 17) +* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address: About this document. (line 17) * legalpaper option: Document class options. (line 19) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * letter class: Document classes. (line 11) * letter environment: letter. (line 6) * letterpaper option: Document class options. (line 19) -* list: list. (line 6) -* lR box: picture. (line 66) +* list environment: list. (line 6) +* lR box: picture. (line 71) * lrbox: lrbox. (line 6) -* lshort document: About this document. (line 40) +* lshort document: About this document. (line 41) * lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 29) * math environment: math. (line 6) * math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 6) @@ -9682,37 +11046,36 @@ Command Index * mm: Units of length. (line 27) * mu: Units of length. (line 49) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * pc: Units of length. (line 14) * pdflatex command: Output files. (line 20) -* picture: picture. (line 6) -* printindex: Indexes. (line 28) +* picture environment: picture. (line 6) * pt: Units of length. (line 10) -* quotation: quotation and quote. (line 6) -* quote: quotation and quote. (line 6) +* quotation environment: quotation and quote. (line 6) +* quote environment: quotation and quote. (line 6) * report class: Document classes. (line 11) * secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 47) * slides class: Document classes. (line 11) * sp: Units of length. (line 36) * tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 6) -* table: table. (line 6) +* table environment: table. (line 6) * tabular environment: tabular. (line 6) * textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 6) * thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 6) * theorem environment: theorem. (line 6) * titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 6) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 44) + (line 47) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. (line 124) * topnumber: Floats. (line 138) @@ -9720,9 +11083,9 @@ Command Index * totalnumber: Floats. (line 142) * totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 143) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 71) + (line 76) * usrguide official documentation: About this document. (line 36) * verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6) * verse environment: verse. (line 6) @@ -9733,224 +11096,243 @@ Command Index Tag Table: -Node: Top1686 -Node: About this document3436 -Node: Overview5220 -Node: Starting and ending6720 -Ref: Starting & ending6855 -Node: Output files7841 -Node: TeX engines10099 -Node: LaTeX command syntax12537 -Node: Environment14289 -Node: Declaration15267 -Node: Document classes15559 -Node: Document class options16763 -Node: Fonts20023 -Ref: Typefaces20126 -Node: Font styles20454 -Node: Font sizes24883 -Node: Low-level font commands26114 -Node: Layout31347 -Node: \onecolumn31845 -Node: \twocolumn32207 -Node: \flushbottom36620 -Node: \raggedbottom37565 -Node: Page layout parameters38115 -Node: Floats43813 -Node: Sectioning50258 -Node: Cross references51803 -Node: \label52234 -Node: \pageref53687 -Node: \ref53986 -Node: Environments54376 -Node: abstract56064 -Node: array56306 -Node: center58359 -Node: \centering59635 -Node: description61005 -Node: displaymath62620 -Node: document64476 -Node: \AtBeginDocument64906 -Node: \AtEndDocument65479 -Node: enumerate66076 -Node: eqnarray68350 -Node: equation70404 -Node: figure70922 -Node: filecontents72734 -Node: flushleft74487 -Node: \raggedright74980 -Node: flushright75539 -Node: \raggedleft76037 -Node: itemize76594 -Node: letter80225 -Node: list80463 -Node: \item81449 -Node: math82507 -Node: minipage82808 -Node: picture84000 -Node: \circle88025 -Node: \makebox (picture)88368 -Node: \framebox (picture)89074 -Node: \dashbox89564 -Node: \frame90087 -Node: \line90413 -Node: \linethickness90871 -Node: \thicklines91292 -Node: \thinlines91602 -Node: \multiput91904 -Node: \oval92271 -Node: \put92992 -Node: \shortstack93283 -Node: \vector93757 -Node: quotation and quote94071 -Node: tabbing95277 -Node: table98458 -Node: tabular99885 -Node: \multicolumn107109 -Node: \vline110991 -Node: \cline112312 -Node: \hline112996 -Node: thebibliography113679 -Node: \bibitem114821 -Node: \cite115553 -Node: \nocite116053 -Node: Using BibTeX116327 -Node: theorem117810 -Node: titlepage118196 -Node: verbatim118798 -Node: \verb119425 -Node: verse119975 -Node: Line breaking120469 -Node: \\121473 -Node: \obeycr & \restorecr122510 -Node: \newline122912 -Node: \- (hyphenation)123745 -Node: \fussy124352 -Node: \sloppy124743 -Node: \hyphenation125070 -Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak125695 -Node: Page breaking126347 -Node: \cleardoublepage126955 -Node: \clearpage127384 -Node: \newpage127681 -Node: \enlargethispage127912 -Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak128439 -Node: Footnotes129133 -Node: \footnote130387 -Node: \footnotemark132183 -Node: \footnotetext133427 -Node: Footnotes in a table133917 -Node: Footnotes in section headings135735 -Node: Footnotes of footnotes136554 -Node: Multiple reference to footnotes137322 -Node: Footnote parameters138183 -Node: Definitions138933 -Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand139746 -Node: \providecommand143194 -Node: \newcounter143855 -Node: \newlength144791 -Node: \newsavebox145438 -Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment146049 -Node: \newtheorem150099 -Node: \newfont153495 -Node: \protect155060 -Node: Counters157174 -Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol158786 -Node: \usecounter159961 -Node: \value160793 -Node: \setcounter161736 -Node: \addtocounter162095 -Node: \refstepcounter162400 -Node: \stepcounter163058 -Node: \day \month \year163400 -Node: Lengths163945 -Node: Units of length165735 -Node: \setlength167229 -Node: \addtolength167595 -Node: \settodepth167894 -Node: \settoheight168169 -Node: \settowidth168448 -Node: Predefined lengths168712 -Node: Making paragraphs169227 -Node: \indent169799 -Node: \noindent170261 -Node: \parskip170769 -Node: Marginal notes171027 -Node: Math formulas172839 -Node: Subscripts & superscripts174623 -Node: Math symbols175970 -Node: Math functions200824 -Node: Math accents201766 -Node: Spacing in math mode202738 -Node: Math miscellany204184 -Node: Modes205683 -Node: Page styles207465 -Node: \maketitle207959 -Node: \pagenumbering209029 -Node: \pagestyle209525 -Node: \thispagestyle210666 -Node: Spaces210972 -Node: \hspace211899 -Node: \hfill212853 -Node: \(SPACE) and \@213248 -Ref: \AT213395 -Node: \(SPACE) after CS214940 -Node: \frenchspacing216449 -Node: \thinspace217052 -Node: \/217355 -Node: \hrulefill \dotfill218537 -Node: \addvspace219530 -Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip220575 -Node: \vfill221469 -Node: \vspace222338 -Node: Boxes223147 -Node: \mbox223872 -Node: \fbox and \framebox224159 -Node: lrbox224962 -Node: \makebox225279 -Node: \parbox225999 -Node: \raisebox227328 -Node: \savebox227925 -Node: \sbox228340 -Node: \usebox228789 -Node: Special insertions229050 -Node: Reserved characters229696 -Node: Text symbols231099 -Node: Accents234433 -Node: Non-English characters236973 -Node: \rule237740 -Node: \today238167 -Node: Splitting the input238612 -Node: \include239374 -Node: \includeonly239961 -Node: \input240453 -Node: Front/back matter240948 -Node: Tables of contents241153 -Node: \addcontentsline242214 -Node: \addtocontents243111 -Node: Glossaries243644 -Node: Indexes244163 -Node: Letters245790 -Node: \address249461 -Node: \cc250331 -Node: \closing250740 -Node: \encl251051 -Node: \location251464 -Node: \makelabels251733 -Node: \name252734 -Node: \opening252964 -Node: \ps253303 -Node: \signature253593 -Node: \telephone254684 -Node: Terminal input/output255049 -Node: \typein255314 -Node: \typeout255895 -Node: Command line256518 -Node: Document templates257470 -Node: beamer template257877 -Node: book template258528 -Node: tugboat template258896 -Node: Concept Index260998 -Node: Command Index307506 +Node: Top1697 +Node: About this document3446 +Node: Overview5306 +Node: Starting and ending6806 +Ref: Starting & ending6941 +Node: Output files7927 +Node: TeX engines10173 +Node: LaTeX command syntax12611 +Node: Environment14445 +Node: Declaration15518 +Node: \makeatletter and \makeatother15904 +Node: \@ifstar18097 +Node: Document classes20926 +Node: Document class options22249 +Node: Additional packages25345 +Node: Class and package construction25976 +Node: Class and package structure27428 +Node: Class and package commands29722 +Node: Fonts47247 +Ref: Typefaces47350 +Node: Font styles47678 +Node: Font sizes52107 +Node: Low-level font commands53338 +Node: Layout58571 +Node: \onecolumn59069 +Node: \twocolumn59400 +Node: \flushbottom63795 +Node: \raggedbottom64895 +Node: Page layout parameters65431 +Node: Floats71129 +Node: Sectioning77594 +Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth78915 +Node: \@startsection79224 +Ref: \@startsection/name80318 +Ref: \@startsection/level80749 +Ref: \@startsection/indent81814 +Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip82070 +Ref: \@startsection/afterskip83573 +Ref: \@startsection/style84882 +Node: Cross references87617 +Node: \label89483 +Node: \pageref91030 +Node: \ref91700 +Node: Environments92389 +Node: abstract94392 +Node: array95981 +Node: center98239 +Node: \centering99880 +Node: description101252 +Node: displaymath102866 +Node: document104644 +Node: \AtBeginDocument105074 +Node: \AtEndDocument105647 +Node: enumerate106244 +Node: eqnarray108518 +Node: equation110572 +Node: figure111090 +Node: filecontents112902 +Node: flushleft114655 +Node: \raggedright115148 +Node: flushright115707 +Node: \raggedleft116205 +Node: itemize116762 +Node: letter120395 +Node: list120633 +Node: \item121619 +Node: math122750 +Node: minipage123051 +Node: picture124243 +Node: \circle128538 +Node: \makebox (picture)128881 +Node: \framebox (picture)129587 +Node: \dashbox130077 +Node: \frame130600 +Node: \line130926 +Node: \linethickness131384 +Node: \thicklines131805 +Node: \thinlines132115 +Node: \multiput132417 +Node: \oval132784 +Node: \put133505 +Node: \shortstack133796 +Node: \vector134270 +Node: quotation and quote134584 +Node: tabbing135791 +Node: table138972 +Node: tabular140399 +Node: \multicolumn147607 +Node: \vline151492 +Node: \cline152837 +Node: \hline153521 +Node: thebibliography154204 +Node: \bibitem155346 +Node: \cite156104 +Node: \nocite156623 +Node: Using BibTeX156911 +Node: theorem158420 +Node: titlepage158806 +Node: verbatim160096 +Node: \verb160723 +Node: verse161273 +Node: Line breaking161767 +Node: \\162864 +Node: \obeycr & \restorecr163902 +Node: \newline164304 +Node: \- (hyphenation)165138 +Node: \discretionary165753 +Node: \fussy166045 +Node: \sloppy166435 +Node: \hyphenation166762 +Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak167387 +Node: Page breaking168039 +Node: \cleardoublepage168647 +Node: \clearpage169076 +Node: \newpage169373 +Node: \enlargethispage169604 +Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak170131 +Node: Footnotes170825 +Node: \footnote172079 +Node: \footnotemark173875 +Node: \footnotetext175119 +Node: Footnotes in a table175609 +Node: Footnotes in section headings177466 +Node: Footnotes of footnotes178322 +Node: Multiple reference to footnotes179089 +Node: Footnote parameters179947 +Node: Definitions180697 +Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand181510 +Node: \providecommand185346 +Node: \newcounter186007 +Node: \newlength186978 +Node: \newsavebox187625 +Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment188236 +Node: \newtheorem192596 +Node: \newfont196085 +Node: \protect197650 +Node: Counters199990 +Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol201590 +Node: \usecounter203662 +Node: \value204494 +Node: \setcounter205437 +Node: \addtocounter205923 +Node: \refstepcounter206388 +Node: \stepcounter207046 +Node: \day \month \year207388 +Node: Lengths207933 +Node: Units of length209723 +Node: \setlength211217 +Node: \addtolength211621 +Node: \settodepth211939 +Node: \settoheight212230 +Node: \settowidth212527 +Node: Predefined lengths212835 +Node: Making paragraphs213350 +Node: \indent213922 +Node: \noindent214384 +Node: \parskip214893 +Node: Marginal notes215151 +Node: Math formulas216963 +Node: Subscripts & superscripts218747 +Node: Math symbols220085 +Node: Math functions245415 +Node: Math accents246358 +Node: Spacing in math mode247330 +Node: Math miscellany248797 +Node: Modes251347 +Node: \ensuremath253187 +Node: Page styles254103 +Node: \maketitle254597 +Node: \pagenumbering255667 +Node: \pagestyle256163 +Node: \thispagestyle257304 +Node: Spaces257610 +Node: \hspace258535 +Node: \hfill259490 +Node: \(SPACE) and \@259885 +Ref: \AT260046 +Node: \(SPACE) after control sequence261583 +Node: \frenchspacing262501 +Node: \thinspace263119 +Node: \/263422 +Node: \hrulefill \dotfill264604 +Node: \addvspace265597 +Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip266643 +Node: \vfill267537 +Node: \vspace268406 +Node: Boxes269399 +Node: \mbox270124 +Node: \fbox and \framebox270411 +Node: lrbox271214 +Node: \makebox271573 +Node: \parbox272293 +Node: \raisebox273861 +Node: \savebox274458 +Node: \sbox274873 +Node: \usebox275322 +Node: Special insertions275583 +Node: Reserved characters276384 +Node: Upper and lower case277585 +Node: Symbols by font position279329 +Node: Text symbols279949 +Node: Accents283397 +Node: Additional Latin letters285939 +Ref: Non-English characters286110 +Node: \rule287127 +Node: \today287556 +Node: Splitting the input288310 +Node: \include289074 +Node: \includeonly289665 +Node: \input290178 +Node: Front/back matter290673 +Node: Tables of contents290878 +Node: \addcontentsline291939 +Node: \addtocontents292957 +Node: Glossaries293490 +Node: Indexes294009 +Node: Letters295642 +Node: \address299320 +Node: \cc300190 +Node: \closing300608 +Node: \encl300919 +Node: \location301334 +Node: \makelabels301603 +Node: \name302604 +Node: \opening302834 +Node: \ps303174 +Node: \signature303463 +Node: \telephone304555 +Node: Terminal input/output304920 +Node: \typein305185 +Node: \typeout305770 +Node: Command line306393 +Node: Document templates307345 +Node: beamer template307752 +Node: book template308403 +Node: tugboat template308771 +Node: Concept Index311135 +Node: Command Index366769 End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog index fcf49d6c6f3..23dfeea791a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,1207 @@ +2017-08-06 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * README: update for move to puszcza/tug. + +2017-08-05 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: (Upper and lower case) Added. + +2017-08-01 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: copyright 2017. + +2017-08-01 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Environment, Declaration, \makeatletter and \makeatother) + (\@@ifstar, \@@startsection): put a sectionning title to node. + (\@@ifstar): @cindex star-variants with key star-variants. + (Sectioning): Add anchor to secnumdepth counter for reference from + \@@startsection node. + (\@@startsection): Reword the explanation of redefining \section + as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form + when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify + class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to + secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully + hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX + comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package + [...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...] + sectional unit title commands. + (Class and package commands): Amend Karl's r574 edit of + 2017-07-31, `When a document is processed using that class' -> + `When a document using that class is processed', as one usually + specify the class in the document itself, not on the command line, + although the latter is possible. + + + * latex2e-fr.texi (document header): update copyright for + translation. + (About this document, Class and package commands): Translate + Karl's r574 edits of 2017-07-31. + (Environment, Declaration, \makeatletter and \makeatother) + (\@@startsection,\@@ifstar): put a sectionning title to node. + (\@@startsection): Complete translation of Jim's r562 of + 2017-07-26 for this node, w/o moving the node under node + Sectionning. + (Sectioning): Add anchor to secnumdepth counter for reference from + \@@startsection node. + +2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Add \CheckCommand + and \DeclareRobustCommand as per Jim's r568 2017-07-30 edits + my + own modifications in latex2e.texi. + + * latex2e.texi (Class and package commands/\CheckCommand): Use & + define term "long" for long command + improve description. + (Class and package commands/\DeclareRobustCommand): Improve + existing description. Add mention to etoolbox macros. + +2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * Makefile.1: Extend check-dw to handle other languages. Add + target help. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (document header): update version. + (About this document): Fix some leftover English/automatic + translated French. Typo. + (\pageref): Translate some leftover English. + + * latex2e.texi (document header): update version. + + +2017-07-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * Makefile.1: Add targets <lang><format>, like enpdf, frpdf, + eninfo, etc... + + * latex2e-fr.texi (document header, About this document): Take + edits from Karl's r333 of 2015-05-12. and . Plus all my + modfifications in latex2e.texi --- like using common.texi for + project home page and bug report. `http://www.ctan.org/...' -> + `http://ctan.org/...'. Reword `non officiel' -> `officieux'. + (Overview): Take edits from Jim's r412+413 of 2015-08-21. + (Starting and ending): Typo. rewording `sections' -> `rubriques'. + (Output files): English quotes `` '' to French quotes + « ». Concerning .log, add @dfn{fichier journal} (the French for + ``log file''). Typo. Translate leftover English in .lot/.lof/.toc + cindex. + (@TeX{} engines): @TeX{} -> @TeX{} de base --- ie Plain-@TeX{}. Typo. + (@LaTeX{} command syntax): Typo. + (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Take edits from Jim's r564 of + 2017-07-26. + (\@@startsection): Preliminary taking into account of Jim's r562 + of 2017-07-26. + (Class and package commands): Translate leftover English sentance. + (Floats): Translate leftover English + title. @PkgIndex{flafter}. Typo. Place URL to F. Mittelback + article in in round-bracket like in the English version. + (array): @PkgIndex{amsmath} + (displaymath): Take edits from Jim's r412 2015-08-21, plus my + modifications to latex2e.texi. + (picture): `sections' -> `rubriques'. + (\oval): English quotes `` '' to French quotes « ». + (table): Exchange order of \caption and \label in example to align + on the English version. + (Units of length): Translate to French leftover English @cindex + about mu. + (\parbox): Same change as in latex2e.texi, @dfn{}-ize and + @cindex-ize `paragraphe mode', so remove @code{} around + `paragraph'. Typo & some rewording. + (\today): Translate to French leftover English about datetime package. + (\addtocontents): @code{}-ify title. + (\addtocontents): Translate to French this node leftover in + English. + (Glossaries): Translate to French leftover English word. Fix translation. + (Indexes): Typo. + + * common.texi: New file, for flags common to all 3 manuals. + + * latex2e-es.texi: Use common.texi for defining project home page + and bug report address. + + * latex2e.texi (document header): @include common.texi for URL's + and other flags that we want to make common between all the translations. + (document titlepage): take home page URL from common.texi + (About this document): take home page URL from common.texi, same + for bug report address. @cindex bug report. + (Floats): @PkgIndex{flafter}. + (\@@startsection): @code{}-ify book and report class names. + (array): @PkgIndex{amsmath}. + (displaymath): @var{}-ify `math text'. Move upward sentence + `@LaTeX{} will not break the @var{math text} across lines.' in + order not to interrupt description about equation + numbering. @PkgIndex{amsmath}. Suppress verbous sentance `Those + facilities are the best approach for such output in new + documents.' and replace by add `significantly more' before + `extensive displayed equation facilities'. `options' -> `ways' in + order not to create confusion with package options. + (\parbox): @dfn{}-ize and @cindex-ize `paragraphe mode', so remove + @code{} around `paragraph'. + (\includeonly): Typo. + (\addcontentsline): extension -> filename extension. + +2017-07-31 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (About this document): latex2e frozen, not retired; + clarify usrguide status. + (Class and package commands): clarify \NeedsTeXFormat. + vincent xxx's + other typos. + +2017-07-30 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: (\@DeclareRobustCommand): Add. + +2017-07-30 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: (\@ifstar): Translate from the French version. + (\@startsection): Move to Sectioning. + +2017-07-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * Makefile.1 (compare-nodes, compare-nodes-fr, compare-nodes-es): + new targets to compare node lists between languages. compare-nodes + is made a synonym of compare-nodes-fr because the Spanish + translation does not reuse the same node names. + +2017-07-26 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (<header comment>): Add reference to + https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/lc2fr-apb.pdf, as far as + translation is concerned. + (Starting and ending): Fix @cindex translation. + (\@@startsection): Typo. + (\@@ifstar): Typo. + (Document classes): Add menu entries `Additional packages' and + `Class and package construction', as per Jim's r560 edits of 2017-07-21. + (Document class options): typo. + (Additional packages): Create new node entry, as per Jim's r560 + edits of 2017-07-21. + (Class and package commands, Class and package construction): New + nodes, as per Jim's r560 edits of 2017-07-21. + (document): Add \AtBeginDocument & + \AtEndDocument sub node, as per Jim's r397 edits of 2015-08-11. + (itemize): Typo. + + * latex2e.texi (Class and package construction): Re-word avout + \makeat's surrounding, because the catcode must be changed outside + a macro definition, and not within it so that any @-char is + interpreted as a letter in the definition. Reword `interact' -> `interfere'. + (Class and package structure): Use an enumerate env for + enumerating. @dfn{...}-ize name of each part of the class/package file. + @code{...} -> @file{...} for file names. + (Class and package commands): Clarify that within + error/warning/info message, command \space is useful only after a + command name, as the usual space char can be used otherwise. Fix + prototype of \DeclareLOption* --- takes no @var{option}. + (Class and package commands): \IfFileExists, \InputIfFileExists, + use argument in description. Use @file{...} for file names. Add + @comment about at-macros for handling release date with more + refinement. + (Class and package commands): \ExecuteOptions, push @var{option} + into @code{...} for @code{\ds@@@var{option}}. + (Class and package commands): @comment, I do not understand ``that + you invoked''. + (Class and package commands): @var{option+s+ list} -> @var{option + list}. + (Class and package commands): If your code -> If your _own_ code + (Class and package commands): Cascaded package loading, clarify + text about how options get through. + (Class and package commands): \ProcessOpitons `Execute the code + +for+ each option' -> `Execute the code _associated with_ each + option' + (Class and package commands): @dfn{}-ize `global' and `local' + options. + (Class and package commands): Use enumerate env for enumerating. + (Class and package commands): + `@code{\ProcessOptions*}@var{\@@options}' -> + `@code{\ProcessOptions*}', fix this, probably a confusion with + `ds@...' macros. + (Class and package commands): \ProvidesClass, \ProvidesPackage, + give synopsis with and w/o brief additional info. + (Class and package commands): optional part/portion -> optional + argument. + (Class and package commands): Place a version number also in the + brief additional information, as this is what people usually do. + (Class and package commands): smcmem -> smcmemo for consistency. + (Class and package commands): `by using the optional +calls+' -> + `by using the optional _arguments_'. + (Class and package commands): \ProvidesFile, relate @var{...} + arguments and description text. + (Class and package commands): \RequirePackage, author -> document + author, to distinguish from class/package authors. + +2017-07-26 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: (\makeatletter and \makeatother) Give an example + replacing the \@startsection one that migrated from there. + +2017-07-26 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: (\@startsection) Translate from French. Add text + and examples, including example of inventing new sectioning type. + +2017-07-21 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: Typos. + +2017-07-12 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi: added class and package commands from clsguide.pdf. + +2017-06-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (abstract): typo. + (\raggedleft): typo. + (\circle): Make \circle & \circle* two different synopsis rather + than signalling * as an optional argument by square bracketing it. + (Spacing in math mode): Typo. + (\hspace): Make \hspace & \hspace* two different synopsis rather + than signalling * as an optional argument by square bracketing + it. Typo. + (\addvspace): Typo (use masculine gender for espace when vertical, + feminine seems to be used only for horizontal space). + (tugboat template): Take Karl's edit of 2016-11-30 + translate to + French --- well maybe I should add that TUG articles have to be + written in English, and maybe I should add a template for cahiers + de GUTember. + +2016-11-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi: assorted typos and rewordings. + - not "itemization" + - "paragraph" not "paragraphe" + - "sign" not "signe" + - "useful" not "usefull" + Also, "ctan.org" not "www.ctan.org". + + (tugboat template): update. + +2016-11-24 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-es.texi: Place the English license in the @copying + section, and push the translation to an annex. + + * Makefile.1 (fr, en, es): Change dependancy order so that license + check happens first. + (license-check-{fr, en, es}): Make the comparison relative to the + license as in latex2e.texi, and fix `/std/err' to `/dev/stderr'. + (distclean clean mostlyclean): Add license.texi to the files to be + cleaned off. + (txt_files): Remove license.texi from the list of files + to zip into the distributed archive. + + * Makefile (txt_files): Remove license.texi from the list of files + to zip into the distributed archive. + +2016-11-23 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * license.texi: dos2unix + svn propset svn:eol-style to LF. + + * latex2e.texi (Cross references): Add word label to concept + index, and make it an @dfn{...} in the node text. `running the + document' -> `compiling the document'. + (\label): `number' -> `reference number'. + (abstract): Solve some overful hbox in @example...@end example + blocks. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (document header comment): Refer to + http://gdt.oqlf.gouv.qc.ca/ as one of the source for French + vocabulary. + (Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in + latex2e.texi. + (Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481 + edits + fix some typoes. + (\includeonly): Fix typo. + + * Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the + license is same as in license.texi + +2016-11-21 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * ltx-help.el (latex-help-file): Make this variable a defcustom + for selecting the manuel translation. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (copying): Restore license text without @include'sion of + license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's. + (dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr' + (throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons. + (tabular, \newtheorem): typoes. + (\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument + typoes. + (\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi + (\closing): typo. + (\signature): Typoes, translate @var name. + (Command line): Typoes. + + * latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of + license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's. + (\cc): Add `, as in:' before example. + +2016-11-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * license.texi: Ooops... add this file. + +2016-11-19 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.{xml,dvi,html,info,pdf,txt}: Make these files again + for the license. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Restore original English license text by + @inclusion of license.texi, and push translation thereof to an + annex. + + * latex2e.texi: Make license text @include-ed + + * NEWS-fr: Mention that original English license text is restored, + and translation thereof pushed to an annex. + + * Makefile.1 (txt_files): Add license.texi file. + + * Makefile (txt_files): Add license.texi file. + +2016-11-18 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * Makefile.1: Make variable txt_tiles a macro, so that NEWS-fr and + README-fr be delivered instead of NEWS and README for target + dist-fr. + + * NEWS-fr: add news for November 2016 CTAN delivery. + +2016-11-18 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.{xml,dvi,html,info,pdf,txt}: Make these files. + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Add reference to + package macros2e. + (picture): Add reference to package picture. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Add reference + to package macros2e. + (picture): Fix typos. Add reference to package picture. + (\protect): Rephrase `argument mobile' to `argument mouvant' + + * README-fr: Make it clear the motivation for changing `argument + mobile' into `argument mouvant'. + + * Makefile.1 (spell-$(1)): Take in edit by Karl (rev 546) on Makefile + +2016-11-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Math miscellany): Use `math' instead of `text' for + the @var{...} name. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math miscellany): Use `math' instead of `texte' + for the @var{...} name. Use `@ifset HAS-MATH' instead of `@iftex' + for displaying how the example looks like. + (\(SPACE) and \@@): `@key{espace}' -> `@key{<espace>}' + fix typo + missing \ in @code{\ }. + +2016-10-31 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * Makefile (spell): A-Z intended in range. + +2016-09-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.{dbk,html,info,txt,xml,pdf}: Update French manuals. + +2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\@@ifstar): New node. + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Comment that + documenting \@ifstar is TODO. + +2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand, Spaces) + (\(SPACE) and \@@, \(SPACE) after control sequence): Complete + taking on Karl's rev497 edits. + +2016-09-13 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\discretionary, Footnotes in section headings) + (\newcommand & \renewcommand, Math miscellany, \(SPACE) and \@@) + (Text symbols): Align on Karl's rev533 changes. + (\(SPACE) after control sequence): Rename node --- old name was + ``\(SPACE) after CS'' --- as per Karl's rev497 edits. + +2016-09-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Document class options): Remove @dmn{...} for + ``inches''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Document class options): Remove @dmn{...} for + ``pouces''. Use comma instead of point as decimal symbol. Fix + left-over non translated word ``by''. + (Floats): Indicate that ``Here'' means ``Ici'', and fix left-over + non translated word ``For''. + +2016-09-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Document class options): @dmn{...}-ize the units + in the text from Jim's rev383 changes. + (All over document): Create PkgIndex macro and use it to add packages + to index. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Take left over Jim's rev383 changes --- + including further fix from Karl's rev 533. Move HAS_MATH flag + definition (as per Karl's rev533 changes). Fix typo inside + EnvIndex macro definition. Create PkgIndex macro for adding + packages to index. + (All over document): Use PkgIndex macro to add packages to index. + (Overview): Use term ``paquet'' instead of ``paquetage'' in the + cindex for ``paquet de macro'', to be in line with the text body. + (Document class options): As compared with Jim's rev383 changes, + @dmn{...}-ize the units. + (Math symbols): Fix typo in \uplus entry. + +2016-09-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Same changes as in latex2e.texi + (Document class options): Minor editorial change. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Align on Karl's rev538 + change, ie clarify that @var{débutdéf} and @var{findéf} are + executed within a group. Rename @var{débutdéf} and @var{findéf} to + @var{défdébut} and @var{déffin} + + * latex2e.texi: new iftexthenelse macro. + (Footnotes in a table): Minor editorial change to avoid overfull hbox. + (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol): Do not mention + Unicode for PDF output, and show the LaTeX commands producing the + symbols. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): clarify that @var{begdefn} + and @var{enddefn} are executed within a group. Plus clarify that + _body_ is also treated within a group. Replace word ``executed'' + by ``processed'' because not only execution but also expansion + prior to it happens within a group. + +2016-09-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Add an + @findex for ``group''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Align on + Karl's 2016-09-03, plus some typo/translation fixes. Add an @findex + for ``groupe''. + + * README-fr, + * NEWS-fr: New file, translation of NEWS plus some French specifics. + + * README: Clarify that + https://mail.gna.org/listinfo/latexrefman-discuss is for archives + and subsription. + +2016-09-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Whole file, suppress any trailing blanks. + +2016-09-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Fix translation of sub node menu entry text. + (Overview): Fix spelling. Fix leftover English. ``paquetage de + macros'' -> ``paquet de macros'', because here work ``package'' is + less formal (not using the kernel packaging mechanism). + (@LaTeX{} command syntax): Translate title. + (Fonts): in ``Low-level font commands'' menu entry, improve + translation (notably translat ``shape'' by ``allure''). + (Font styles): Use French guillemets. + (Low-level font commands): Fix spelling. ``shape'' -> ``allure'' + (Layout): Fix menu entry Texinfoing. + (\centering): Fix spelling. + (\centering): Fix typo. + (minipage): Fix spelling. + (Footnotes in a table): Fix typo. + (Lengths): Provide menu entry text index translation where needed. + (Spaces): Fix spelling + provide ref text translation where needed. + +2016-09-03 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): wording, + examples, xref. + * aspell.en.pws: additions. + +2016-08-31 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * aspell.en.pws: additions. + + * latex2e.texi (Document class options): add a5paper. + (\discretionary): English description. + + (Footnotes in section headers): wording, add index entries. + + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): more attempts at clarity; + simplify examples. + + (Math miscellany): add \mathdollar \mathellipsis \mathparagraph + \mathsection \mathsterling \mathunderscore \mathunderscore. + (Text symbols): add \textsection, \textquotesingle. + +2016-04-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Document class options): Improve wording by + reusing package variable @var{pkg} in the synopsis description. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Fix typo. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Use term `positional + parameter' in addition of `@code{#@var{n}}'. `argument parameters' -> + `positional parameters'. + (Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the + @findex in accordance with description. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Document class options): Align \usepackage + description on latest latex2e.texi, improve wording by reusing + package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest + latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of + `\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0 + rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' -> + `paramètre positionnel'. + (Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the + @findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes. + +2016-04-12 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to + avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016'' + instead of ``d'Avril 2016''. + (Document classes): Typoes. + + * latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright + notice up to 2016. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment): `Copyright' -> `Tous droits + réservés ©' + add ``Vincent Belaïche'' as translator. + +2016-04-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-es.texi (top comment, Using BibTeX): Replace CTAN + central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra + Rübe-Pugliese. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX): + Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment + by Petra Rübe-Pugliese. + (Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes. + + * latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central + server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra + Rübe-Pugliese. + +2016-04-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * NEWS: Add NEWS entry for the Apr 2016 release --- assuming + English will be released also. + + * Makefile.1 (dist-xx, dist): Fix pior check that there aren't any + uncommited changes before making the zip. + +2016-04-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.{dbk,html,info,txt,xml,pdf}: Update French manuals + for distribution 2016-04-08 to CTAN. + +2016-04-07 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Updated @set UPDATED. + + * aspell.es.pws: new file. + + * aspell.fr.pws: new file. + + * Makefile.1: new file evolved from Makefile, to be merged + later-on with Makefile once Karl has more time to review it and + validate the design. Compared to orignal Makefile the changes are + as follows, where xx denotes the language, ie is a two letter word + in {en,fr,es}: + + - make it futureproof w.r.t. to new languages addition. + + - make it safer: + - test for uncommitted changes before preparing distribution zip + - automate @set UPDATED flag before preparing distribution zip + + - add target dist-xx, to prepare distribution for language xx only, this + triggers automatic update of @set UPDATED flag for the corresponding + language + + - modify spell and spell-en target so as to support all languages. I had + to add custom dicitionnary for fr and es. spell will check all the + languages, use spell-en for English only. My aspell seems to be too + old to support --mode=texinfo, so I could not test it. + + - modify target dist so that french is added to the zip file. Please + note that dist will not trigger automatic update of the @set UPDATED + flag, before Makefile cannot know which manual has been updated and + which not. This will also make the uncommitted check. + + - add target updated-date-xx to automatically update @set UPDATED flag + in the xx manual + + - add target updated-xx to do updated-date-xx + rebuild all outputs for + xx + + - add target tag to make a tag, you can use this as follows for default + CTAN tag (which is `ctanYYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:SS', where + YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:SS is an ISO time stamp): + + make tag + + or you can do this for make tag `foo' with message `Some message': + + make tag TAG=foo "MESSAGE=Some message" + + +2016-04-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi: Add EnvIndex macro to make indexing environments + consistent and throughout the manual. Replace any @findex of an + environment by a call to this macro. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Same as latex2e.texi. + (filecontents): Typoes. + (table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to + French). + (\\): Typoes. + (\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French. + + * latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi. + (filecontents): Align to latest text in latex2e{,-fr}.texi. + +2016-04-02 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-es.texi: Add @BES and @BESU macro definitions. + (Símbolos de Texto): Use @BES macro rather than @math for + \textperiodcentered so that the other-than-PDF is clean. `$' -> + `\$' for \textdollar. + + * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Use @BES macro rather than @math + for \textperiodcentered and \trademark so that the other-than-PDF + is clean. `$' -> `\$' for \textdollar. + (\makeatletter and \makeatother): re-indent + \@startsection example for solving the overfull hbox in the PDF + output. + * latex2e-fr.texi (Text symbols): \textquestiondown + Typo. \textexclamdown `haut en bas' -> `culbuté'. Use @BES macro + rather than @math for \textperiodcentered and \trademark so that + the other-than-PDF is clean. `$' -> `\$' for \textdollar. `marque + de fabrique' -> `marque de commerce' for \texttrademark. + (\@@startsection): re-indent \@startsection example for solving + the overfull hbox in the PDF output, and fix some wrong reference. + +2016-03-31 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.{dbk,dvi,html,info,pdf,texi,txt,xml}: make fr. + +2016-03-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking): Improve translation of + break/breaking, use `saut/sauter à' rather than `rupture/rompre'. + (Spaces): Typo. + (Special insertions): Typo. + (Text symbols): Fix typo adding `comp' into + `\textcapitalcompwordmark' and `\textascendercompwordmark', and + translate this item. + (Math miscellany): Same change as in latex2e.texi + (\bigskip \medskip \smallskip): Same change as in latex2e.texi + + * latex2e.texi (Math miscellany): Remove @findex useless as we are in an ftable. + (\bigskip \medskip \smallskip): Replace @table by @ftable, and + remove @findex corresponding to @item's + (Text symbols): Fix typo adding `comp' into + `\textcapitalcompwordmark' and `\textascendercompwordmark' + + +2016-03-17 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + Reword descrition of \epsilon and \varepsilon. + + * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): About \epsilon ``Greek-letter'' -> + ``lunate'', plus add some notice that ``Similar to Greek text + letter''. About \varepsilon ``curly'' or ``rounded small'' -> + ``script small letter''. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): About \varepsilon ``en forme de + 3 retourné'' -> ``minuscule de ronde''. + +2016-03-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): Fix compilation errors. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Fix compilation errors. + +2016-03-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi Define flags NotInPlainTeX, NeedsAMSSymb and + NeedsSTIX, in order to factorize text of `Math symbols' node. + (Math symbols): Remove that \varnothing is reverse of \emptyset, + but make it variant. Add items for \revemptyset and varnothing. + Factorize text with news flags flags NotInPlainTeX, NeedsAMSSymb + and NeedsSTIX. \rangle, fix unicode code point. \smile: add + `smile' into meaning. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Progress translation of this + node and make same changes as for latex2e.texi. + +2016-03-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry. + (eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'. + (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes + as in latex2e.texi. + (Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi. + (\ensuremath): new node. + (\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'. + (Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as + in latex2e.texi. + + * latex2e.texi (Math symbols): Remove description how to make + \leadsto mode independent, and add a reference to new node + \ensuremath. Also clarify "Unless said otherwise" for this that + these commands are only available in math mode as this is not true + for \ldots. + (Modes): Point to new node \ensuremath + (\ensuremath): new node. + (Text symbols): Add pilcrow character for \P, similar change for \S. + +2016-03-06 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. + +2016-02-29 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\circle): Use term ``disque'', in addition to + ``cercle plein'' (solid circle). @dmn{...}-ify unit. + (\makebox (picture)): Typo. + (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. + +2016-02-22 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Fix @code{'}->@code{''} for \textquotedblright + (Splitting the input): @dfn{...}-ify `root file' and add it to concept index + (\include): Replace `See next section' -> `See @ref{\includeonly}'. + (\includeonly): `@var{file}s' -> `@var{file1}, @var{file2}, @dots{}' + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol): `croix-mortuaire' -> `obèle' + (Math symbols): Progress translation of this node. + (Text symbols): Start translation of this node. + (\thinspace): `imbriqué' -> `emboîté', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary + (Text symbols): Fix @code{'}->@code{''} for \textquotedblright + (Splitting the input, \include, \includeonly, \input): Translate these nodes. + (Splitting the input): @dfn{...}-ify `root file' and add it to concept index + (\include): Replace `See next section' -> `See @ref{\includeonly}'. + (\includeonly): `@var{file}s' -> `@var{file1}, @var{file2}, @dots{}' + +2016-02-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\noindent): `..' -> `...'. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (About this document, @LaTeX{} command syntax) + (Document class options, Document class options) + (Page layout parameters, Sectioning, enumerate, \item, \line) + (\thicklines, \thinlines, \cite, \newtheorem, \newtheorem, \newtheorem) + (\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, \signature): @tie{} -> UTF-8 + unbreakable space. + (Environment): `..' -> `...' + translation of text in example. + (\centering): Typo. + (quotation and quote, \newenvironment & \renewenvironment) + (\noindent, \signature): `..' -> `...'. + (Math symbols): Progress translation + @tie{} -> UTF-8 unbreakable + space. + +2016-02-11 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (abstract): @code{...}-ify words `article' & + `report' when they refer to classes. + (array): @code{...}-ify words `array' when it refers to + environment. + (array): Ellipsis `..' -> `...'. + (\multicolumn): Add empty blank line after `@end example'. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Throughout document align on Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary the following: + `indentation/indenter' -> `renfoncement/renfoncer', `en mode affichage' -> `en hors-texte'. + (\@@startsection): `@var{indent}' -> `@var{retrait}', indent(ation) -> retrait or renfoncement. + (Document class options): Added flegn concerns display mode formula only. + (Environments): `mise en vedette' -> `en hors texte' + (abstract): `abtracts' -> `résumé', and update translating this + node as per Jim's rev 486 of 2015-12-05T13:22:45+01 edit. + (Environment): Ellipsis `..' -> `...', and add + `Voir @ref{Environments} pour une liste des environnements.' as + per Jim's rev 486 of 2015-12-05T13:22:45+01 edit. + (array): Update translation ad per Jim's edits rev 391 of + 2015-08-02T22:57:00+02 and with fixes from rev 469 by Karl of + 2015-11-01T23:58:36+01, and rev 503 by Karl of + 2016-02-10T00:11:11+01 + (eqnarray): `style d'affichage' -> `hors texte'. + (itemize, minipage, quotation and quote): `Indentation' -> `Renfoncement'. + (tabular): Ellipsis `..' -> `...', from rev 469 by Karl of + 2015-11-01T23:58:36+01. Typo. + (\multicolumn): Update translation as per Jim's edit rev 390 of + 2015-08-02T20:08:26+02 + (\verb): Typo. + (verse): indent(ation) -> retrait or renfoncement. + (\\): Ellipsis `..' -> `...', from rev 469 by Karl of + 2015-11-01T23:58:36+01. + (\footnotetext): Typo. + (Making paragraphs, \indent, \noindent): indent(ation) -> retrait + or renfoncement. + (Letters): `style d'affichage' -> `hors texte'. indente -> renfonce. + + +2016-02-09 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (array): the directive is just p{...}, not @p{...}. + Noted by Vincent. + +2016-02-08 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (lrbox): Use Synopsis instead of in-line + @code{...}. `cmd' -> `\@var{cmd}'. @ref{...}-ify @code{\sbox}. + (\raisebox): @var{...}-ify some synopsis arguments. + (\addcontentsline): Remove args from @findex entry. Use synopis + rather than in-line @code{...}. Specify @var{unit} to be `figure', + resp. `table', when @var{ext} is `lof', resp. `lot'. Use `text' + everywhere instead of `text', `entry' and `name'. Fix `\contentsline' + description. Add third argument `num' to `\contentsline' and describe it. + (Indexes): Clarify `extension' is a filename extension. Add + missing antislash to \printindex and \indexspace. + (Letters): Typo. @code{...}-ify word `letter' when the environment + name. Add word `body' concerning whatever lies in the letter + environment body. + (\closing): @var{...}-ify argument. + + * latex2e-fr.texi: In file header, add reference to the + French/English LaTeX glossary published in the ``Cahier + GUTenberg'' #49 (2017), page 19--45. + (Top): Typo. + (itemize): Typo. + (\discretionary): Typo. + (\vfill): Translate this node. + (\vspace): Take fixes from rev 469 by Karl (2015-11-01T23:58:36+01). + (\opening): Take fixes from rev 469 by Karl (2015-11-01T23:58:36+01). + (lrbox): Translate this node. + (\raisebox): Complete translation of this node. + (Front/back matter): Typo. + (Tables of contents): `article' -> `entrée', as per Cahier GUTenberg #49 glossary. + (\addcontentsline): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi. + (\addtocontents): Translate this node. + (Glossaries): Translate this node. + (Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi. + (Letters): Typoes. `clôture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete + translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi. + (\address): Translate this node. + (\cc): Translate this node. + (\closing): Translate this node with same edits as in latex2e.texi. + (\encl): Translate this node. + (\location): Translate this node. + (\makelabels): Typo. + (\opening): Typo. + +2016-02-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (Line breaking, \discretionary): Add node + \discreionary, need completion. + (\protect): `they must be' -> `one solution is', as there are + alternative solution consisting in robustification of fragile + command. Move concept index entry "moving arguments" next to + concept first occurrence. Fix typo. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Line breaking, \discretionary): Add \discretionary node + (\linebreak & \nolinebreak): Translate this node. + (Page breaking): Translate this node. + (\protect): Translate this node, with same changes as in latex2e.texi. + +2016-02-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Spacing in math mode): Add @xref{\thinspace} to + the \thinspace entry. + (Math miscellany): Complete translation of this node. Clarify + discretionary multiplication and add example. Make TeX output only + when compilation is with TeX and fix some of the examples. + (\(SPACE) and \@@): Typo. + (\thinspace): Translate this node. + (Boxes): Translate intro in this node. + + * latex2e.texi (Spacing in math mode): Add @xref{\thinspace} to + the \thinspace entry. + (Math miscellany): Clarify discretionary multiplication and add + example. Make TeX output only when compilation is with TeX and fix + some of the examples. + +2016-02-02 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi: Reword copyright notice from + Automatic-translation French to real French. + (Environments): Remove spurious space. + (tabular): Typo. + (\hyphenation): Translate this node. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Typo. Align on change done by Jim + on rev 482 2015-11-30T12:06:12. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align on changes done by Jim on rev + 345 2015-05-27T02:05:34+02. Also `@var{cmd}' or `@var{\cmd}' -> + `@cmd{\@var{cmd}}'. + (Math miscellany): Start translation of this node. + (Spaces): Typo in menu. + (\(SPACE) after CS): Typo. Translate remain pieces left over in + English, notably title. Align on rev 497 2016-02-01 by Karl (ie + make only a brief mention of xspace), plus my rewording in + latex2e.texi. + + * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): `@var{cmd}' or + `@var{\cmd}' -> `@cmd{\@var{cmd}}' + (\typein): `@var{cmd}' -> `@cmd{\@var{cmd}}'. Add `starred form' to concept index. + (\(SPACE) after control sequence): Rewording mention that xspace + alter standard behaviour. I gather the the intention was not to + say that individual commands alter the standard behaviour --- as + xspace package does --- but rather that some individual command do + not following the standard behaviour, and amongst them, those + defined with the xspace package. + +2016-02-01 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\(SPACE) after control sequence): replace xspace + details with a mere mention. Rename node from + \(SPACE) after control sequence. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): don't say "command". + +2016-01-30 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): mention "\ " + after control sequences, as noted by Vincent. + +2016-01-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes. + (Subscripts & superscripts): Typo. + (Math functions): Translate this node to French. + (Math accents): Translate this node to French. + (Math miscellany): Initiate translation of this node to French. + (Non-English characters): Translate this node to French. + (\today): Translate this node to French. + + * latex2e.texi (Math functions): make `\sup' formatted as a math + operator when in TeX output, update comment accordingly. + (Additional Latin letters): Add information that \dh, \DH, \dj, + \DJ, \th and \TH do not exist in OT1 font encoding --- I got this + infomation from the comprehensive package. + (Additional Latin letters): \ng & \NG, `Latin' -> `Lappish'. + (\today): @samp-ify the example date. + (\today): Add information about localization by multilingual + packages & classes. + +2016-01-26 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Additional Latin letters): rename from + Non-English characters (leave anchor behind). Suggestion from + Vincent, 25 Jan 2016 17:27:30. + +2016-01-24 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\item): oops, should have been a subsection. + (throughout): use three dots consistently for displayed ellipses; + will fix in-text ellipses later. + +2016-01-23 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (Environment[s], \item): fix undefined references. + (cross-reference): replace with "cross reference", for consistency. + +2016-01-22 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * aspell.en.pws: add more exceptions. + * latex2e.texi: fix typos, refilling. + +2016-01-15 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\setlength, \addtolength, \settodepth) + (\settoheight, \settowidth): Place synopsis in a Synopsis + paragraph, rather than in title, simplify title, use \@var{len} + for the length command (rather than \gnat). Add ``length command'' + to concept index of \selength node with @dfn-fying it, and remove + quote in the other nodes. + (Predefined lengths): Make the formula defining \totalheight a + math formula. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Floats): Typo + (\setlength, \addtolength, \settodepth, \settoheight) + (\settowidth, Predefined lengths): Translate these nodes to + French, with taking into account changes done to latex2e.texi + (Special insertions): Fix menu entry syntax. + (Reserved characters): Translate this node to French + (Symbols by font position): Add this node, after update made to + latex2e.texi + +2015-12-14 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Top): section->rubrique, sectionement->rubricage + (@LaTeX{} command syntax): Add node ``\makeatletter and \makeatother''. + (\makeatletter and \makeatother): New node, translated from + English version, plus improvement as changes in latex2e.texi, plus + \@startsection example made a separate node with more information. + (\@@startsection): New node. + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Change ``read by + TeX and LaTeX'' to ``read by TeX for LaTeX''. Change ``character + code'' to ``character category code'', and introduce term + ``catcode''. Use the term ``private commands'' for commands with + an ``@'' in their names. Improve wording about command names with + a single non-letter. Suppress chiasmus of ``\documentclass and + \usepackage'' w.r.t. ``.sty and .cls files''. Add TODO @comment + about making \@startsection a separate node, see French version. + (\makelabels) Add reminder TODO comment to align on French + version. + +2015-12-10 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (array, center): Adjust wording, add examples. + +2015-12-05 Kevin Ryde <user42_kevin@yahoo.com.au> + + * ltx-help.el (ltxh-buffer-substring): defalias to use + 'buffer-substring-no-properties if available. + (latex-help-get-cmd-alist): support :: and (line 123). + Mail of 03 Dec 2015 17:49:05. + +2015-12-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (abstract): Add examples. + +2015-12-03 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\onecolumn, \twocolumn): Adjust wording (make + first sentence a one-sentence description). + +2015-12-02 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\flushbottom): Adjust wording. + +2015-12-01 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\newtheorem): Add case of no optional arguments + to synopsis, with summary in body. + +2015-11-29 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\newcommand and \newenvironment): Minor wording + adjustments, mostly for consistency with subsequent practice. + +2015-11-29 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Cross references): Add examples, and description of + forward references. + +2015-11-28 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Counters): Adjust wording and add examples + for \setcounter and \addtocounter. + +2015-11-28 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Counters): Add variable `counter' to description + of the counter-formatting commands. (From latex.texinfo.) + +2015-11-27 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Adjust wording. + +2015-11-26 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\newsavebox, \newtheorem, \newfont): Complete + translation of this node, and align on latest English version. + + * latex2e.texi (\newtheorem): Typo. + (\newfont): `11pt' -> `1100' in the example, when the at clause + has the `scaled FACTOR' form. + +2015-11-26 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (\makeatletter and \makeatother): Add node for this, + as a subnode of the description of definition of commands. + +2015-11-25 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (Reserved characters): Split out symbols by font + position. Distinguish between output in text body font and + output in typewriter font. + +2015-11-09 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Introduce the + concept of positional parameter. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Remove the text that + starred & nonstarred forms have the same effect, and restore the + original text that starred forms ban the use of \par in arguments. + Tell that the only allowed characters in environment names are + letters and character `*'. Use the term positional parameter, and + tell that expansion is within begdefn, not within environment, + which was misleading. @samp{...}-ify `Shakespear' outside of + @example...@end example. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo. + (tabular): Typoes. + (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter. + (\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation + and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi. + +2015-11-06 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parbox): Tell that `position=m' equates the + default behaviour. + + * latex2e.texi (\parbox): Same as latex2e-fr.texi. + +2015-11-05 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\fussy): Typo. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (verbatim): Translate this node. + (\verb): Clean-up left over English words. + (\obeycr & \restorecr, \fussy, \sloppy): Translate this node. + +2015-11-04 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (tabular): wording `@code{*-expression}' -> `@code{*}-expression'. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (tabular): Complete translation of this node. + +2015-11-03 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e.texi (\parbox): Correct description of \parbox vertical + alignment after comment from Denis Bitouzé. + + * latex2e-fr.texi (\parbox): Same as for latex2e.texi. + +2015-11-01 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> + + * latex2e.texi (\vspace): mention behavior if used in hmode. + + * latex2e.texi (throughout): consistently use ... instead of + .. for code ellipses. + +2015-10-27 Vincent Belaïche <vincentb1@users.sourceforge.net> + + * latex2e-fr.texi (enumerate): Typo. + (itemize): Restore missing example. + (thebibliography): `label' -> `étiquette', `cite_key' -> + `clef_de_cite'. Change wording concerning `\refname' in standard classes. + (\bibitem, \cite, \nocite, Using BibTeX, theorem): Translate this node. + (\cleardoublepage, \newpage): Improve wording `page actuelle' -> + `page courante'. + (\typeout): Typo `\espace' -> `\space'. + + * latex2e.texi (\bibitem): 1/ Add to concept index "citation + key". 2/ @var{...}-ify word label where applicable for consistency + with @var{cite_key}. 3/ `see next section' -> `@pxref{\cite}'. + (\cite): 1/ Add reference to node \bibitem. 2/ @samp{...}-ify the + example possibly produced typeset text. + (\nocite): Add `Synopsis:' and `@example ... @end example' + encapsulation thereof. + (Using BibTeX): 1/ `@var{style}' -> `@var{bibstyle}'. 2/ + `@file{@var{bibfile}.bib}' -> `@file{@var{bibfile1}.bib}, + @file{@var{bibfile2}.bib}, @dots{}'. + +2015-10-27 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> + + * latex2e.texi (titlepage): Add example. + 2015-10-25 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> * Correct errors reported by CTAN, including my lack @@ -5,9 +1209,9 @@ 2015-10-24 Jim Hefferon <jhefferon@smcvt.edu> - * New version for CTAN, since there were lots of updates over the - summer. Just English for the moment; we need to smooth the process - for other languages. + * New release, version of October 2015, for CTAN, since there + were lots of updates over the summer. Just English for the + moment; we need to smooth the process for other languages. * Makefile (distzip): the phony target was not doing the recipies; changed name of a variable to distzip. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile index 04277eb0274..2c3cf753278 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# $Id: Makefile 462 2015-10-24 20:37:02Z jhefferon $ +# $Id: Makefile 555 2016-11-24 09:45:22Z vincentb1 $ # Public domain. Originally written 2006, Karl Berry. # Makefile for latexrefman. @@ -81,21 +81,21 @@ realclean maintainer-clean: distclean # dist for CTAN. Also update NEWS # txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README aspell.en.pws ltx-help.el -distzip = latex2e-help-texinfo.zip +dist = latex2e-help-texinfo.zip # dist: en mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo && cd latex2e-help-texinfo && ln -s ../* . - zip -q $(distzip) \ + zip -q $(dist) \ $(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/, $(txt_files) \ latex2e.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo - @ls -l $(distzip); unzip -t $(distzip) + @ls -l $(dist); unzip -t $(dist) # A hacky spell check target. # Remove \commandnames to reduce exception list, but not {args} or # [args], since they are often words. spell spell-en: - sed -e 's/\\[a-zA-z]*//g' latex2e.texi \ + sed -e 's/\\[a-zA-Z]*//g' latex2e.texi \ | aspell list --mode=texinfo --add-extra-dicts=`pwd`/aspell.en.pws \ | sort -f -u diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS index 1ee74e2cd97..512b24076d6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS @@ -1,10 +1,31 @@ -$Id: NEWS 462 2015-10-24 20:37:02Z jhefferon $ +$Id: NEWS 580 2017-08-07 22:10:07Z jimhefferon $ NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. Public domain. Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen. -Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco. +Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained). French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche. ---------------------------------------------------------------- +Changes in Aug 2017 release: + +Besides the usual bug fixes, some of the changes in this version +include coverage of \makeatletter and \makeatother, \@startsection, +and commands for writing classes and packages, as well as improvements +in the descriptions of floats, the letter environment, \raisebox, +\onecolumn and \twocolumn, and many more. + +---------------------------------------------------------------- +Changes in Apr 2016 release: + +Provide first complete French translation --- still not fully aligned +on the latest revisions of the English version. + +Fix \newfont description. Clarify discretionary multiplication and +\discretionary. Clarify space gobbling after control word. Making +environment indexing consistent, improve some synopsis syntax, notably +for optional parameters. Improve naming of Math symbols. Usual bug and +typo fixes. + +---------------------------------------------------------------- Changes in Oct 2015 release: Many examples added, often using typical constructs. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README index 6a87140bfaf..920dc2831a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README @@ -1,16 +1,17 @@ -$Id: README 463 2015-10-25 18:16:55Z jhefferon $ +$Id: README 579 2017-08-06 21:52:19Z karl $ README for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package. -Public domain. This file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. +Public domain. This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry. This project is an attempt to write a reference manual for core LaTeX. It is unofficial and the LaTeX Project members have not reviewed it. -http://home.gna.org/latexrefman (the project home page) has more -information, including links to the current output in various formats, -sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. +https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/ (the project home page) +has more information, including links to the current output in various +formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure. Help is most definitely wanted. (Search for "xx" in the source for just a few of the known deficiencies.) Please email any bug reports, new -material, general discussion, whatever, to latexrefman-discuss@gna.org, -also at https://mail.gna.org/listinfo/latexrefman-discuss. +material, general discussion, whatever, to latexrefman@tug.org (see +http://lists.tug.org/latexrefman for archives and subscription via the web). + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws index 36cd313760a..94d39843475 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws @@ -1,20 +1,34 @@ personal_ws-1.1 en 0 +Avant +Biemesderfer +Botway +EnvIndex +Garde +Kleene +LAH +Lappish +Martinsen +Overstrike ae arabic aring -Biemesderfer -Botway +ary bowtie +bp cmd +coproduct cp +del dvi dvitype eg ek eng +env eth executivepaper f's +fd fleqn fn fnsymbol @@ -23,13 +37,16 @@ hacek hungarian indexspace intercolumn -Itemizations -LAH +lR +leadsto legalpaper letterpaper -lR +lhd lrbox -Martinsen +lunate +mho +mpfootnote +multiset niques notitlepage oe @@ -41,25 +58,42 @@ openright oslash overbar overdot -Overstrike +pagebreak pagestyle printindex +ptr +revemptyset +rhd secnumdepth +sp +sqsubset +sqsupset superscripted teck tecks texinfo +textstyle th titlepage +topmargin twocolumn twoside underbar +unlhd +unrhd +upharpoonright +usrguide +varnothing +vert +xdv xelatex xyz zet -ptr -usrguide -Avant -Garde -fd -xdv +ddagger +footmisc +setspace +showidx +makeidx +multind +datetime +PkgIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk index dd1f9b3d58a..b282655c48e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> ]> <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en"> -<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)</title> +<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (November 2016)</title> <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> <!-- xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file --> <!-- --> +<!-- xx misc commands from clsguide.pdf --> <!-- xx ending a run with errors --> <!-- xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX --> <!-- xx classes and packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> <!-- --> -<!-- xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) --> -<!-- xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/latex2e-reference.tar.gz --> +<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-info (CTAN package latex-info) --> +<!-- xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-reference --> <!-- xx merge permuted-index --> <!-- xx merge latex-manual from savannah --> <!-- xx merge display style math --> @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ <!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. --> <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2015. +document preparation system, version of November 2016. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -43,12 +44,13 @@ Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (n text was directly copied). </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> +<!-- start of License --> <para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @@ -61,11 +63,12 @@ notice identical to this one. </para> <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +<!-- end of License --> </para></legalnotice></bookinfo> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2015. +document preparation system, version of November 2016. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -80,12 +83,13 @@ Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (n text was directly copied). </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> +<!-- start of License --> <para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @@ -98,16 +102,19 @@ notice identical to this one. </para> <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +<!-- end of License --> </para> <!-- Best Effort Symbol --> + + <chapter label="" id="Top"> <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2015) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +November 2016) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> @@ -264,7 +271,7 @@ it to a PostScript <literal>.ps</literal> file with <command>dvips</command> or Portable Document Format <literal>.pdf</literal> file with <command>dvipdfmx</command>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <command>dvitype</command>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware</ulink>). +available (<ulink url="http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</ulink>). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>.pdf</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>.pdf file</primary></indexterm> @@ -436,7 +443,7 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment name</replaceable>} - .. + ... \end{<replaceable>environment name</replaceable>} </screen> <para>An area of &latex; source, inside of which there is a distinct @@ -444,10 +451,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between <literal>\begin{verse}</literal> and <literal>\end{verse}</literal>. </para> <screen>\begin{verse} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end{verse} </screen> +<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments. +</para> <para>The <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> ends in a star (<literal>*</literal>); both the <literal>\begin</literal> and <literal>\end</literal> texts must @@ -459,7 +468,7 @@ the table to be aligned on its top row) while the second argument is required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </para> <screen>\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} </screen> @@ -470,6 +479,68 @@ command or parameter. For instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> command changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. </para> +<anchor id="_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother"/> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. +\makeatother +</screen> +<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands. <literal>\makeatletter</literal> makes +the at-sign character <literal>@</literal> have the category code of a letter, +11. <literal>\makeatother</literal> sets the category code of <literal>@</literal> to 12, +its original value. +</para> +<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a +character category code, or +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character category code</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>category code, character</primary></indexterm> +<firstterm>catcode</firstterm> for shorter. For instance, the backslash <literal>\</literal> is +assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two +commands alter the catcode assigned to <literal>@</literal>. +</para> +<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;’s commands use +<literal>@</literal> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a +command that replaces one of &latex;’s own. Command names consist of a +category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, +category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist +of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). +So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot +contain an <literal>@</literal>. But <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> +allow users to define or redefine commands named with <literal>@</literal>. +</para> +<para>Use these inside a <filename>.tex</filename> file, in the preamble. Don’t use them +inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the <literal>\usepackage</literal> +and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands set the at sign to have the character +code of a letter. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign</primary></indexterm> +<para>in their names, see document +<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. These macros are mainly useful +to package or class authors; examples that may be useful to document +authors are provided hereinafter. +</para> +<para>The example code below, if put in the preamble, redefines the +section command to center the section title, put it in bold type, +and adjust the spacing. +</para> +<!-- xxx TODO, make \@startsection a separate node, see latex2e-fr.texi --> +<!-- From http://zoonek.free.fr/LaTeX/LaTeX_samples_section/0.html --> +<screen>\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{% + \@startsection{section}% Name + {1}% Level: 0=part, 1=chapter, etc. + {0pt}% Heading indent + {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% Beforeskip (if neg, no head indent) + {2.3ex plus.2ex}% Afterskip (if neg, run-in heading) + {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} % Style of head +\makeatother +</screen> +<!-- xx TODO document \@ifstar, see latex2e-fr.texi --> + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="3" id="Document-classes"> @@ -553,22 +624,26 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <literal>10pt</literal>): size (these show height by width): </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>a4paper</literal> -</term><listitem><para>210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +</term><listitem><para>210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>a5paper</literal> +</term><listitem><para>148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>b5paper</literal> -</term><listitem><para>176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) +</term><listitem><para>176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>executivepaper</literal> -</term><listitem><para>7.25 by 10.5 inches +</term><listitem><para>7.25 by 10.5 inches </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>legalpaper</literal> -</term><listitem><para>8.5 by 14 inches +</term><listitem><para>8.5 by 14 inches </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>letterpaper</literal> -</term><listitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) +</term><listitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pdfpagewidth</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pdfpageheight</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>geometry</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>geometry</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex; (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>), options other than <literal>letterpaper</literal> set @@ -618,7 +693,10 @@ black box in the margin; default is <literal>final</literal>. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>titlepage</literal> </term><term><literal>notitlepage</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title page, separate or run-in</primary></indexterm> -<para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +<para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and +for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the +<literal>report</literal> class is <literal>titlepage</literal>, for the other classes it is +<literal>notitlepage</literal>. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>The following options are not available with the <literal>slides</literal> class. </para> @@ -655,26 +733,449 @@ being 40% of the difference between <literal>\paperwidth</literal> and <para>The <literal>slides</literal> class offers the option <literal>clock</literal> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="3.2" id="Additional-packages"> +<title>Additional packages</title> + <indexterm role="cp"><primary>loading additional packages</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>packages, loading additional</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>additional packages, loading</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\usepackage</primary></indexterm> -<para>Additional packages are loaded like this: +<para>Load a package <replaceable>pkg</replaceable>, with the package options given in the comma-separated +list <replaceable>options</replaceable>, as here. </para> -<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>} +<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]{<replaceable>pkg</replaceable>}. </screen> -<para>To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, +<para>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in <literal>\usepackage{<replaceable>pkg1</replaceable>,<replaceable>pkg2</replaceable>,...}</literal>, or use multiple <literal>\usepackage</literal> commands. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>global options</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, global</primary></indexterm> <para>Any options given in the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command that are unknown -by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <literal>\usepackage</literal>. </para> </sect1> +<sect1 label="3.3" id="Class-and-package-construction"> +<title>Class and package construction</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>document class commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, document class</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>new class commands</primary></indexterm> + +<para>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a +standard header for each page, then you could create a new class +<literal>smcmemo.cls</literal> and begin your documents with +<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>. +</para> +<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a +package are useful across classes while those in a document class are +specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a +package while a command to make the page headers say <literal>Memo from the +SMC Math Department</literal> is for a class. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package difference</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>difference between class and package</primary></indexterm> +</para> +<para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <literal>@</literal> as a +character in command names without having to surround that command with +<literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal>. See <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and +\makeatother</link>. This allow you to create commands that users will not +accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface class- or +package-specific commands with some string to prevent your class or +package from interacting with others. For instance, the class +<literal>smcmemo</literal> might have commands <literal>\smc@tolist</literal>, +<literal>\smc@fromlist</literal>, etc. +</para> + + + +<sect2 label="3.3.1" id="Class-and-package-structure"> +<title>Class and package structure</title> + +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package structure</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class file layout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package file layout</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, document class</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm> + +<para>A class file or package file typically has four parts. (1) In the +identification part, the file says that it is a &latex; package or +class and describes itself, using the <literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal> and +<literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> or <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal> commands. (2) The +preliminary declarations part declares some commands and can also load +other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code +used in the next part. For example, an <literal>smcmemo</literal> class might be +called with an option to read in a file with a list of people for the +to-head, as <literal>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</literal>, and therefore +needs to define a command +<literal>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</literal> used in that +file. (3) In the handle options part the class or package declares +and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their +document as <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>option list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class +name</replaceable>}</literal>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you +declare <literal>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</literal> to set the default +document font size. Finally, (4) in the more declarations part the +class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, +commands and fonts, and loading other files. +</para> +<para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <literal>stub.cls</literal> +where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the +<literal>.tex</literal> file. +</para> +<screen>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\LoadClass{article} +</screen><indexterm role="cp"><primary>class file example</primary></indexterm> + +<para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the <literal>article</literal> class, and then loads the +<literal>article</literal> class to provide the basis for this class’s code. +</para> +<para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +<ulink url="http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</ulink> (much +of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +<ulink url="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</ulink>. +</para> +</sect2> +<sect2 label="3.3.2" id="Class-and-package-commands"> +<title>Class and package commands</title> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class and package commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, class and package</primary></indexterm> + +<para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. +</para> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtBeginDvi</primary></indexterm> +<para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <literal>.dvi</literal> file +at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfClass{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\AtEndOfPackage{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfClass</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\AtEndOfPackage</primary></indexterm> +<para>Hook to insert <replaceable>code</replaceable> to be executed when &latex; finishes +processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks +multiple times; the <literal>code</literal> will be executed in the order that you +called it. See also <link linkend="_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</link>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassError{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageError{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>error text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>help text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassWarning{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageWarning{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassWarningNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageWarningNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>warning text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassInfo{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageInfo{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ClassInfoNoLine{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PackageInfoNoLine{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>info text</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassError</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageError</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarning</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarning</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageWarningNoLine</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfo</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfo</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ClassInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PackageInfoNoLine</primary></indexterm> +<para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. +</para> +<para>For <literal>\ClassError</literal> and <literal>\PackageError</literal> the message is +<replaceable>error text</replaceable>, followed by &tex;’s <literal>?</literal> error prompt. If the +user then asks for help by typing <literal>h</literal>, they see the <replaceable>help +text</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>The four warning commands are similar except that they write +<replaceable>warning text</replaceable> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info +commands write <replaceable>info text</replaceable> only in the transcript file. The +<literal>NoLine</literal> versions do not show the number of the line generating the +message, while the other versions do show that number. +</para> +<para>To format the messages, including the <replaceable>help text</replaceable>: use +<literal>\protect</literal> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with +<literal>\MessageBreak</literal>, and get a space with <literal>\space</literal>. Note that +&latex; appends a period to the messages. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\CurrentOption</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\CurrentOption</primary></indexterm> +<para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only +be used within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareOption</literal> +or <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>option</replaceable>}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DeclareOption*</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>class options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, class</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>options, package</primary></indexterm> +<para>Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their +<literal>\documentclass</literal> command. For example, the <literal>smcmemo</literal> class +could have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the +first page with <literal>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</literal>. The class file +must contain <literal>\DeclareOption{logo}{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal> (and later, +<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>). +</para> +<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this +will produce a warning like <literal>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</literal> +Change this behaviour with the starred version +<literal>\DeclareOption*{<replaceable>code</replaceable>}</literal>. For example, many classes extend +an existing class, using a declaration such as +<literal>\LoadClass{article}</literal>, and for passing extra options to the +underlying class use code such as this. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareOption*{% +\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% +} +</screen> +<para>Another example is that the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> may allow users to keep +lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke +<literal>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</literal> and it will read the file +<literal>math.memo</literal>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise +passes the option to the <literal>article</literal> class. +</para> +<screen>\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}} +</screen> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\IfFileExists{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\InputIfFileExists{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>true code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\IfFileExists</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\InputIfFileExists</primary></indexterm> +<para>Execute <replaceable>true code</replaceable> if &latex; can find the file and <replaceable>false +code</replaceable> otherwise. In the second case it inputs the file immediately +after executing <replaceable>true code</replaceable>. Thus +<literal>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{WARNING: +img.pdf not found}}</literal> will include the graphic if it is found but +otherwise just give a warning. +</para> +<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex; uses, +not only in the current directory. To look only in the current +directory do something like <literal>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<replaceable>true +code</replaceable>}{<replaceable>false code</replaceable>}</literal>. If you ask for a filename without a +<literal>.tex</literal> extension then &latex; will first look for the file by +appending the <literal>.tex</literal>; for more on how &latex; handles file +extensions see <link linkend="_005cinput">\input</link>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClass[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\LoadClassWithOptions{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClass</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\LoadClassWithOptions</primary></indexterm> +<para>Load a class, as with <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options +list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release info</replaceable>]</literal>. An example is +<literal>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</literal>. +</para> +<para>The <replaceable>options list</replaceable>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<replaceable>release date</replaceable> is optional. If present it must have the form +<replaceable>YYYY/MM/DD</replaceable>. If you request a <replaceable>release date</replaceable> and the date of +the package installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning +on the screen and in the log like <literal>You have requested, on input +line 4, version `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only version +`2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is available.</literal> +</para> +<para>The command version <literal>\LoadClassWithOptions</literal> uses the list of +options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed +to it via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command +that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard +<literal>article</literal> class, without having to track which options were passed. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ExecuteOptions{<replaceable>options-list</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ExecuteOptions</primary></indexterm> +<para>For each option in the <replaceable>options-list</replaceable>, in order, this command +executes the command <literal>\ds@</literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>. If this command is not +defined then that option is silently ignored. +</para> +<para>It can be used to provide a default option list before +<literal>\ProcessOptions</literal>. For example, if in a class file you want the +default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify +<literal>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{<replaceable>format</replaceable>}[<replaceable>format date</replaceable>]</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NeedsTeXFormat</primary></indexterm> +<para>Specifies the format that this class should be run under. Often issued +as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: +<literal>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</literal>. The format that you specify must +exactly match the one installed on your system that you invoked, +including that the string is case sensitive. If it does not match then +execution stops with an error like ‘<literal>This file needs format `xxx' +but this is `LaTeX2e'.</literal>’ +</para> +<para>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain +features, include the optional <replaceable>format date</replaceable> on which those features +were implemented. If present it must be in the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. +If the format version installed on your system is earlier than +<replaceable>format date</replaceable> then you get a warning like ‘<literal>You have requested +release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is +available.</literal>’ (The &latex; kernel has been frozen for many years so you +probably do not not need to specify the format date.) +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\OptionNotUsed</primary></indexterm> +<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used +within the <replaceable>code</replaceable> argument of either <literal>\DeclareOption</literal> or +<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. +</para> +<!-- I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. --> +<!-- In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues --> +<!-- on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global --> +<!-- option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it --> +<!-- reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. --> + +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToClass{<replaceable>options list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options list</replaceable>}{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToClass</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\PassOptionsToPackage</primary></indexterm> +<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <replaceable>option list</replaceable> to the +options used by any future <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> or <literal>\usepackage</literal> +command for package <replaceable>package name</replaceable> or the class <replaceable>class name</replaceable>. +</para> +<para>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of +times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply +them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options +more than once will get you an error like <literal>Option clash for package +foo.</literal> (&latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict between the +options.) +</para> +<para>If your code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse that +to once, for example replacing the two +<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</literal> +with the single +<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</literal>. But if you +are loading a package that in turn loads another package then you need +to queue up the options you desire. For instance, suppose the package +<literal>foo</literal> loads the package <literal>geometry</literal>. Instead of <literal> +\RequirePackage{foo}\RequirePackage[draft]{graphics}</literal> you must write +<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphics} +\RequirePackage{foo}</literal>. (If <literal>foo.sty</literal> loads an option in conflict +with what you want then you may have to look into altering its source.) +</para> +<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package +writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <literal>graphicx</literal> +package with the option <literal>draft</literal> and also wants to use a class +<literal>foo</literal> that loads the <literal>graphicx</literal> package, but without that +option. The user could start their &latex; file with +<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProcessOptions*<replaceable>\@options</replaceable></literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProcessOptions*</primary></indexterm> +<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it +in the class file as <literal>\ProcessOptions\relax</literal> (because of the +existence of the starred command). +</para> +<para>Options come in two types. ‘Local’ options have been specified for this +particular package in the <replaceable>options</replaceable> argument of +<literal>\PassOptionsToPackage{<replaceable>options</replaceable>}</literal>, +<literal>\usepackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>, or +<literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal>. ‘Global’ options are those given +by the class user in <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>options</replaceable>]</literal> (If an option +is specified both locally and globally then it is local.) +</para> +<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a package <literal>pkg.sty</literal>, the +following happens. (1) For each option <replaceable>option</replaceable> so far declared +with <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>, it looks to see if that option is either a +global or a local option for <literal>pkg</literal>. If so then it executes the +declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were +given in <literal>pkg.sty</literal>. (2) For each remaining local option, it +executes the command <literal>\ds@</literal><replaceable>option</replaceable> if it has been defined +somewhere (other than by a <literal>\DeclareOption</literal>); otherwise, it +executes the default option code given in <literal>\DeclareOption*</literal>. If no +default option code has been declared then it gives an error message. +This is done in the order in which these options were specified. +</para> +<para>When <literal>\ProcessOptions</literal> is called for a class it works in the same +way except that all options are local, and the default value for +<literal>\DeclareOption*</literal> is <literal>\OptionNotUsed</literal> rather than an error. +</para> +<para>The starred version <literal>\ProcessOptions*</literal><replaceable>\@options</replaceable> executes the +options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in +the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this +means that the global options are processed first. +</para> + +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesClass{<replaceable>class name</replaceable>}[<replaceable><release date></replaceable> <replaceable><brief additional information></replaceable>]</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesPackage{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable><release date></replaceable> <replaceable><brief additional information></replaceable>]</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesClass</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesPackage</primary></indexterm> +<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. +</para> +<para>When a user writes <literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal> then &latex; loads +the file <literal>smcmemo.cls</literal>. Similarly, a user writing +<literal>\usepackage{test}</literal> prompts &latex; to load the file +<literal>test.sty</literal>. If the name of the file does not match the declared +class or package name then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke +<literal>\documentclass{smcmemo}</literal>, and the file <literal>smcmemo.cls</literal> has +the statement <literal>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</literal> then you get a warning like +<literal>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document +class provides 'xxx'.</literal> This warning does not prevent &latex; from +processing the rest of the class file normally. +</para> +<para>If you include the optional part then you must include the date, before +the first space, and it must have the form <literal>YYYY/MM/DD</literal>. The rest +of the optional part is free-form, although it traditionally identifies +the class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the +log file. Thus, if your file <literal>smcmem.cls</literal> contains the line +<literal>\ProvidesClass{smcmem}[2008/06/01 SMC memo class]</literal> and your +document’s first line is <literal>\documentclass{smcmem}</literal> then you will +see <literal>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 SMC memo class</literal>. +</para> +<para>The date in the optional portion allows class and package users to ask +to be warned if the version of the class or package installed on their +system is earlier than <replaceable>release date</replaceable>, by using the optional calls +such as <literal>\documentclass{smcmem}[2018/10/12]</literal> or +<literal>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</literal>. (Note that package users only +rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ProvidesFile{<replaceable>file name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>additional information</replaceable>]</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ProvidesFile</primary></indexterm> +<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as +configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that +file and you get in the log a string like <literal>File: test.config +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackage[<replaceable>options list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal> +</term></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<replaceable>package name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>release date</replaceable>]</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackage</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\RequirePackageWithOptions</primary></indexterm> +<para>Load a package, like the author command <literal>\usepackage</literal>. +See <link linkend="Additional-packages">Additional packages</link>. An example is +<literal>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</literal>. Note that the +&latex; development team strongly recommends use of these commands over +Plain &tex;’s <literal>\input</literal>; see the Class Guide. +</para> +<para>The <replaceable>options list</replaceable>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<replaceable>release date</replaceable>, if present, must have the form <replaceable>YYYY/MM/DD</replaceable>. If +the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier +than <replaceable>release date</replaceable> then you get a warning like <literal>You have +requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but +only version `2000/01/01' is available</literal>. +</para> +<para>The <literal>\RequirePackageWithOptions</literal> version uses the list of options +for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it +via <literal>\PassOptionsToClass</literal>. This is a convenience command to allow +easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which +options were passed. +</para> +<para>The difference between <literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> is +small. The <literal>\usepackage</literal> command is intended for the document file +while <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> is intended for package and class files. +Thus, using <literal>\usepackage</literal> before the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command +causes &latex; to give error like <literal>\usepackage before +\documentclass</literal>, but you can use <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> there. +</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> + +</sect2> +</sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="4" id="Fonts"> <title>Fonts</title> @@ -880,6 +1381,7 @@ formulas. <literal>\mathversion{normal}</literal> restores the default. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>numerals, old-style</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>old-style numerals</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining numerals</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>textcomp</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>textcomp</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>Finally, the command <literal>\oldstylenums{<replaceable>numerals</replaceable>}</literal> will typeset so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and @@ -1081,6 +1583,7 @@ takes effect when <literal>\selectfont</literal> (see below) is called. You can make line skip changes happen for the entire document by doing <literal>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</literal> in the preamble. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>setspace</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>setspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>double spacing</primary></indexterm> <para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the @@ -1135,10 +1638,9 @@ followed by <literal>\selectfont</literal>. For example: <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\onecolumn</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>one-column output</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\onecolumn</literal> declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -<literal>onecolumn</literal> then this is the default behavior (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document -class options</link>). +<para>Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option <literal>onecolumn</literal> then this is the default +behavior (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). </para> <para>This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> @@ -1151,14 +1653,14 @@ class options</link>). <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multicolumn text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-column output</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis: +<para>Synopses: </para> -<screen>\twocolumn[<replaceable>prelim one column text</replaceable>] +<screen>\twocolumn +\twocolumn[<replaceable>prelim one column text</replaceable>] </screen> -<para>The <literal>\twocolumn</literal> declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -<literal>twocolumn</literal> then this is the default (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class -options</link>). +<para>Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given +the class option <literal>twocolumn</literal> then this is the default +(see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). </para> <para>If the optional <replaceable>prelim one column text</replaceable> argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column @@ -1199,7 +1701,7 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <literal>table*</literal> or <literal>figure*</literal> environment must not exceed <literal>0.7\textheight</literal> . If the height of your starred float -environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following actions +environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </para> <itemizedlist><listitem><para>Use the <literal>[tp]</literal> location specifier to tell LaTeX to try to put @@ -1238,24 +1740,24 @@ default is <literal>2</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <!-- From egreg at http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/142232/339 --> -<para>This example shows the use of the optional argument of <literal>\twocolumn</literal> -to create a title that spans the two-column article: +<para>This example uses <literal>\twocolumn</literal>’s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: </para> <screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}} \begin{document} \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark{1}, - Author Two\authormark{2}, - Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} - \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part -}] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark{1}, + Author Two\authormark{2}, + Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} + \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part + }] Two column text here. </screen> @@ -1266,22 +1768,23 @@ Two column text here. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\flushbottom</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\flushbottom</literal> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical -space where necessary to fill out the page. +<para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. </para> <para>If &tex; cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like ‘<literal>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</literal>’. You can change to -<literal>\raggedbottom</literal> (see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust -the <literal>textheight</literal> to be compatible, or you can add some vertical -stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in -<literal>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</literal>. In a final editing -stage you can adjust the height of individual pages +occurred while \output is active</literal>’. If you get that, one option is to +change to <literal>\raggedbottom</literal> (see <link linkend="_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</link>). Alternatively, +you can adjust the <literal>textheight</literal> to make compatible pages, or you +can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, +as in <literal>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</literal>. Your last option +is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (see <link linkend="_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</link>). </para> -<para>This is the default only if you select the <literal>twoside</literal> document class -option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). +<para>The <literal>\flushbottom</literal> state is the default only if you select the +<literal>twoside</literal> document class option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). </para> </sect1> @@ -1291,11 +1794,10 @@ option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\raggedbottom</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>stretch, omitting vertical</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\raggedbottom</literal> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on -that page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -<literal>\flushbottom</literal> above. +<para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See <link linkend="_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</link>. </para> <para>This is the default unless you select the <literal>twoside</literal> document class option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>). @@ -1487,14 +1989,14 @@ while the first table appears in the source before the first figure, it appears in the output after it. </para> <para>The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that -limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent +limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and +the bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them all from fitting on a page then &latex; places what it can and -defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far -from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. +defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up +being typeset far from their place in the source. In particular, a +float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which +event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, +every following float in that class also appears at the end. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>placement of floats</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>specifier, float placement</primary></indexterm> @@ -1520,6 +2022,7 @@ appears. However, <literal>h</literal> is not allowed by itself; <literal>t</li automatically added. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>here, putting floats</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>float</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>float</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can <literal>\usepackage{float}</literal> and use the <literal>H</literal> specifier which it @@ -1555,11 +2058,11 @@ use the <filename>afterpage</filename> package and issue is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </para> <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source -(although on the same output page) if there is a <literal>t</literal> specifier in the -<replaceable>placement</replaceable> paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the -<literal>t</literal> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at -the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the -<filename>flafter</filename> package or using the command +(although on the same output page) if there is a <literal>t</literal> specifier in +the <replaceable>placement</replaceable> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting +the <literal>t</literal> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed +at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using +the <filename>flafter</filename> package or using the command <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\suppressfloats</primary></indexterm> <literal>\suppressfloats[t]</literal>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -1633,10 +2136,11 @@ default 2. <para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats <ulink url="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</ulink> contains suggestions for relaxing &latex;’s default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to -infuence the position of float environments like figure and table in -&latex;?” <ulink url="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</ulink>. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +&latex;?” +(<ulink url="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</ulink>). </para> </sect1> @@ -1708,8 +2212,38 @@ The setting <indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross references</primary></indexterm> -<para>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” +<para>One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in “See Figure~3 for more details.” +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>label</primary></indexterm> +<para>Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if that +number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to update +this reference by hand. Instead, &latex; has you write a <firstterm>label</firstterm> +like <literal>\label{eq:GreensThm}</literal> and refer to it with <literal>See +equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</literal>. +</para> +<para>&latex; writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the <literal>\label{...}</literal> but with an +<filename>.aux</filename> extension. (The information has the format +<literal>\newlabel{<replaceable>label</replaceable>}{{<replaceable>currentlabel</replaceable>}{<replaceable>pagenumber</replaceable>}}</literal> +where <replaceable>currentlabel</replaceable> is the current value of the macro +<literal>\@currentlabel</literal> that is usually updated whenever you call +<literal>\refstepcounter{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal>.) +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>forward reference</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>reference, forward</primary></indexterm> +<para>The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a <firstterm>forward reference</firstterm>, a <literal>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> that +appears earlier than the associated <literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal>; see the +example in the <literal>\pageref{...}</literal> description. &latex; gets the +information for references from the <filename>.aux</filename> file. If this is the +first time you are compiling the document then you will get a message +<literal>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get +cross references right.</literal> and in the output the reference will appear as +two question marks ‘<literal>??</literal>’, in boldface. Or, if you change some +things so the references change then you get the same warning and the +output contains the old reference information. The solution in either +case is just to compile the document a second time. </para> @@ -1722,35 +2256,22 @@ the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” </para> <screen>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>A <literal>\label</literal> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to -<replaceable>key</replaceable> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing -inside a numbered environment assigns that number to <replaceable>key</replaceable>. The -assigned number can be retrieved with the <literal>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> -command (see <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>). -</para> -<para>Thus, in the example below the key <literal>sec:test</literal> holds the number of -the current section and the key <literal>fig:test</literal> that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and -tables.) +<para>Assign a reference number to <replaceable>key</replaceable>. In ordinary text +<literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> assigns to <replaceable>key</replaceable> the number of the +current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a +<literal>table</literal> or <literal>theorem</literal> environment, <literal>\label{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> +assigns to <replaceable>key</replaceable> the number of that environment. Retrieve the +assigned number with the <literal>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>}</literal> command +(see <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>). </para> -<screen>\section{section name} -\label{sec:test} -This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. -\begin{figure} - ... - \caption{caption text} - \label{fig:test} -\end{figure} -See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. -</screen> <para>A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. </para> -<para>Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention is -to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon -or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels with -the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: +<para>A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>ch</literal> </term><listitem><para>for chapters @@ -1763,9 +2284,24 @@ the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>eq</literal> </term><listitem><para>for equations </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <literal>fig:test</literal> or -<literal>fig.test</literal>. +<para>Thus, <literal>\label{fig:Euler}</literal> is a label for a figure with a portrait +of the great man. +</para> +<para>In this example below the key <literal>sec:test</literal> will get the number of the +current section and the key <literal>fig:test</literal> will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) </para> +<screen>\section{section name} +\label{sec:test} +This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. +\begin{figure} + ... + \caption{caption text} + \label{fig:test} +\end{figure} +See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="7.2" id="_005cpageref"> @@ -1779,10 +2315,20 @@ the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: </para> <screen>\pageref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\pageref</literal>{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} command produces the page number of -the place in the text where the corresponding +<para>Produce the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding <literal>\label</literal>{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} command appears. </para> +<para>In this example the <literal>\label{eq:main}</literal> is used both for the +formula number and for the page number. (Note that the two references +are forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice +to resolve those.) +</para> +<screen>The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}. + ... +\begin{equation} \label{eq:main} + \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP} +\end{equation} +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="7.3" id="_005cref"> @@ -1799,11 +2345,22 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding </para> <screen>\ref{<replaceable>key</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\ref</literal> command produces the number of the sectional unit, +<para>Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, …, of the corresponding <literal>\label</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005clabel">\label</link>). It does not produce any text, such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare number itself. </para> +<para>In this example, the <literal>\ref{popular}</literal> produces ‘<literal>2</literal>’. Note +that it is a forward reference since it comes before +<literal>\label{popular}</literal>. +</para> +<screen>The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}. +\begin{enumerate} +\item Plain \TeX +\item \label{popular} \LaTeX +\item Con\TeX t +\end{enumerate} +</screen> </sect1> </chapter> @@ -1814,19 +2371,30 @@ such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare nu <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\begin</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\end</primary></indexterm> -<para>&latex; provides many environments for marking off certain text. -Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: +<para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. +An environment begins with <literal>\begin</literal> and ends with <literal>\end</literal>, +like this: </para> -<screen>\begin{<replaceable>envname</replaceable>} -... -\end{<replaceable>envname</replaceable>} +<screen>\begin{<replaceable>environment-name</replaceable>} + ... +\end{<replaceable>environment-name</replaceable>} </screen> +<para>The <replaceable>environment-name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. For instance, the input +<literal>\begin{table*}...\end{table}</literal> will cause an error like: +‘<literal>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by +\end{table}.</literal>’ +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>group, and environments</primary></indexterm> +<para>Environments are executed within a group. +</para> <sect1 label="8.1" id="abstract"> <title><literal>abstract</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>abstract environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>abstract</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>abstract</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>abstracts</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -1835,35 +2403,72 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: ... \end{abstract} </screen> -<para>Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. +<para>Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This environment +is only defined in the <literal>article</literal> and <literal>report</literal> document classes +(see <link linkend="Document-classes">Document classes</link>). +</para> +<para>Using the example below in the <literal>article</literal> class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option <literal>titlepage</literal> causes the abstract +to be on a separate page (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document class options</link>); this is the +default only in the <literal>report</literal> class. +</para> +<screen>\begin{abstract} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. +\end{abstract} +</screen> +<para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for +a more flexible solution, use the package <filename>abstract</filename>). </para> +<!-- Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html --> +<screen>\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + ... +\begin{document} +\title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach} +\author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}} +\twocolumn[ + \begin{@twocolumnfalse} + \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end{abstract} + \end{@twocolumnfalse} + ] +{ % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} + \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.} +} +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="8.2" id="array"> <title><literal>array</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>array environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>array</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>array</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>arrays, math</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{array}{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>} -<replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\ -... + <replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\ + ... \end{array} </screen> <para>or </para> <screen>\begin{array}[<replaceable>pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cols</replaceable>} -<replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\ -... + <replaceable>column 1 entry</replaceable> &<replaceable>column 2 entry</replaceable> ... &<replaceable>column n entry</replaceable> \\ + ... \end{array} </screen> <para>Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as <literal>equation</literal> (see <link linkend="equation">equation</link>). Column entries are separated by an ampersand (<literal>&</literal>). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes (<literal>\\</literal>) (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). +double-backslashes (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). </para> <para>The required argument <replaceable>cols</replaceable> describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See @@ -1872,24 +2477,24 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional <replaceable>pos</replaceable> argument. </para> <para>There are two ways that <literal>array</literal> diverges from <literal>tabular</literal>. The -first is that <literal>array</literal> entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in +first is that <literal>array</literal> entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except if the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> definition specifies the column with -<literal>@p{..}</literal>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). +<literal>p{...}</literal>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of <literal>tabular</literal>’s parameter -<literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, &latex;’s intercolumn space in an array is governed +<literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, &latex;’s intercolumn space in an <literal>array</literal> is governed by <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arraycolsep</primary></indexterm> -<literal>\arraycolsep</literal> which gives half the width between columns. The +<literal>\arraycolsep</literal>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is ‘<literal>5pt</literal>’. </para> <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <filename>amsmath</filename> package. It comes with environments <literal>pmatrix</literal> for an array -surrounded by parentheses <literal>(..)</literal>, <literal>bmatrix</literal> for an array -surrounded by square brackets <literal>[..]</literal>, <literal>Bmatrix</literal> for an -array surrounded by curly braces <literal>{..}</literal>, <literal>vmatrix</literal> for -an array surrounded by vertical bars <literal>|..|</literal>, and +surrounded by parentheses <literal>(...)</literal>, <literal>bmatrix</literal> for an array +surrounded by square brackets <literal>[...]</literal>, <literal>Bmatrix</literal> for an +array surrounded by curly braces <literal>{...}</literal>, <literal>vmatrix</literal> for +an array surrounded by vertical bars <literal>|...|</literal>, and <literal>Vmatrix</literal> for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars <literal>||..||</literal>, along with a number of other array constructs. +bars <literal>||...||</literal>, along with a number of other array constructs. </para> <para>Here is an example of an array: </para> @@ -1900,35 +2505,57 @@ bars <literal>||..||</literal>, along with a number of other array construc \end{array} \end{equation} </screen> +<para>The next example works if <literal>\usepackage{amsmath}</literal> is in the +preamble: +</para> +<screen>\begin{equation} + \begin{vmatrix}{cc} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc +\end{equation} +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="8.3" id="center"> <title><literal>center</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>center environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>center</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>center</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, environment for</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{center} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end{center} </screen> -<para>Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within the -left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, &latex; will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash <literal>\\</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). +<para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (see <link linkend="_005c_005c">\\</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ (for <literal>center</literal>)</primary></indexterm> +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, &latex; +will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. </para> <para>This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See <link linkend="_005ccentering">\centering</link> to avoid such space, for example inside a <literal>figure</literal> environment. </para> -<para>In this example, depending on the line width, &latex; may choose a break -for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or two, -then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. +<para>This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. +</para> +<screen>\begin{center} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering +\end{center} +</screen> +<para>In this example, depending on the page’s line width, &latex; may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then &latex; will break at the double backslash, and will center the +ending. </para> <screen>\begin{center} My father considered that anyone who went to chapel and didn't drink @@ -1946,7 +2573,7 @@ then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\centering</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>centering text, declaration for</primary></indexterm> -<para>Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +<para>A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as <literal>figure</literal>, or in a <literal>parbox</literal>. </para> @@ -1982,7 +2609,8 @@ centered. <sect1 label="8.4" id="description"> <title><literal>description</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>description environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>description</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>description</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>labelled lists, creating</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>description lists, creating</primary></indexterm> @@ -1994,26 +2622,26 @@ centered. ... \end{description} </screen> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> <para>Environment to make a labelled list of items. Each item’s <replaceable>label</replaceable> is typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item’s text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> -<para>The list consists of at least one item; see <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link> (having no -items causes the &latex; error ‘<literal>Something's wrong--perhaps a -missing \item</literal>’). Each item is produced with an <literal>\item</literal> command. +<para>The list consists of at least one item, created with the <literal>\item</literal> +command (see <link linkend="_005citem">\item</link>). Having no items causes the &latex; error +‘<literal>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</literal>’). </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>bold typewriter, avoiding</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>typewriter labels in lists</primary></indexterm> <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font -change given in argument style (see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>) then it will come -out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with -<literal>\item[\texttt{label text}]</literal> then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style <literal>\item[{\tt label text}]</literal>. -Similarly, get normal text use <literal>\item[{\rm label text}]</literal>. +change given in argument style (see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>) then it will +come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter +with <literal>\item[\texttt{label text}]</literal> then it will appear in bold +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: <literal>\item[{\tt label +text}]</literal>. Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use +<literal>\item[{\rm label text}]</literal>. </para> <para>For other major &latex; labelled list environments, see <link linkend="itemize">itemize</link> and <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>. For information about customizing list layout, see @@ -2032,12 +2660,13 @@ and <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>. For information about customizi <title><literal>displaymath</literal></title> <!-- http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath --> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{displaymath} - .. math text .. + ... math text ... \end{displaymath} </screen> <para>Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style @@ -2080,7 +2709,8 @@ spacing, and because the <literal>displaymath</literal> environment honors the <sect1 label="8.6" id="document"> <title><literal>document</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>document environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>document</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>document</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>document</literal> environment encloses the entire body of a document. It is required in every &latex; document. See <link linkend="Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</link>. @@ -2130,7 +2760,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <sect1 label="8.7" id="enumerate"> <title><literal>enumerate</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>enumerate environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>enumerate</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>enumerate</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, numbered</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -2208,7 +2839,8 @@ period: <sect1 label="8.8" id="eqnarray"> <title><literal>eqnarray</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>eqnarray environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>eqnarray</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>eqnarray</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, aligning</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>aligning equations</primary></indexterm> @@ -2277,7 +2909,8 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <sect1 label="8.9" id="equation"> <title><literal>equation</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>equations, environment for</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, environment for</primary></indexterm> @@ -2301,7 +2934,8 @@ new documents. <sect1 label="8.10" id="figure"> <title><literal>figure</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>figure</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>figure</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>figure</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>inserting figures</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>figures, inserting</primary></indexterm> @@ -2338,7 +2972,7 @@ in <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>. <para>The figure body is typeset in a <literal>parbox</literal> of width <literal>\textwidth</literal> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </para> -<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross +<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross references</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> The optional <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption text for the @@ -2362,7 +2996,10 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <sect1 label="8.11" id="filecontents"> <title><literal>filecontents</literal>: Write an external file</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>filecontents</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>filecontents</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>filecontents*</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>filecontents*</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>external files, writing</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>writing external files</primary></indexterm> @@ -2419,7 +3056,8 @@ Article by \myname. <sect1 label="8.12" id="flushleft"> <title><literal>flushleft</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushleft environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>flushleft</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushleft</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>left-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged right text, environment for</primary></indexterm> @@ -2460,7 +3098,8 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <sect1 label="8.13" id="flushright"> <title><literal>flushright</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>flushright environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>flushright</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>flushright</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ragged left text, environment for</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>right-justifying text, environment for</primary></indexterm> @@ -2501,7 +3140,8 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <sect1 label="8.14" id="itemize"> <title><literal>itemize</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>itemize environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>itemize</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>itemize</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\item</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>unordered lists</primary></indexterm> @@ -2516,7 +3156,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. \end{itemize} </screen> <para>The <literal>itemize</literal> environment produces an “unordered”, “bulleted” -list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four +list. Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as <literal>enumerate</literal> (see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). </para> @@ -2628,7 +3268,8 @@ see <link linkend="_005cparskip">\parskip</link>): <sect1 label="8.15" id="letter"> <title><literal>letter</literal> environment: writing letters</title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>letter environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>letter</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>letter</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <para>This environment is used for creating letters. See <link linkend="Letters">Letters</link>. </para> @@ -2637,7 +3278,8 @@ see <link linkend="_005cparskip">\parskip</link>): <sect1 label="8.16" id="list"> <title><literal>list</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>list</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>list</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>list</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lists of items, generic</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>list</literal> environment is a generic environment which is used for @@ -2664,7 +3306,8 @@ empty, i.e., <literal>{}</literal>, which leaves the default spacing. </para> -<anchor id="_005citem"/> +<sect2 label="8.16.1" id="_005citem"> +<title><literal>\item</literal>: An entry in a list.</title> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2699,11 +3342,13 @@ not get a ‘<literal>3.</literal>’). </para> +</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 label="8.17" id="math"> <title><literal>math</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>in-line formulas</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -2721,7 +3366,8 @@ See <link linkend="Math-formulas">Math formulas</link>. <sect1 label="8.18" id="minipage"> <title><literal>minipage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>minipage environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>minipage</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>minipage</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>minipage, creating a</primary></indexterm> <screen>\begin{minipage}[<replaceable>position</replaceable>][<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable>]{<replaceable>width</replaceable>} @@ -2760,7 +3406,8 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. <sect1 label="8.19" id="picture"> <title><literal>picture</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>picture</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>picture</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>picture</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating pictures</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>pictures, creating</primary></indexterm> @@ -2783,6 +3430,14 @@ centimeters. <literal>\setlength</literal> command, outside of a <literal>picture</literal> environment. The default value is <literal>1pt</literal>. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>picture</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>picture</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>The <literal>picture</literal> package redefine the <literal>picture</literal> environment so +that everywhere a number is used in a <replaceable>picture commands</replaceable> to specify +a coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing <literal>\unitlength</literal>. +</para> + <indexterm role="cp"><primary>position, in picture</primary></indexterm> <para>A <firstterm>position</firstterm> is a pair of coordinates, such as <literal>(2.4,-5)</literal>, specifying the point with x-coordinate <literal>2.4</literal> and y-coordinate <literal>-5</literal>. @@ -3106,11 +3761,13 @@ values must lie between −4 and +4, inclusive. <sect1 label="8.20" id="quotation-and-quote"> <title><literal>quotation</literal> and <literal>quote</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quotation</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quotation</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quotation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>quote</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>quote</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>quote</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</primary></indexterm> @@ -3145,7 +3802,7 @@ quotations. </para> <screen>\begin{quotation} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln \end{quotation} </screen> @@ -3154,7 +3811,8 @@ quotations. <sect1 label="8.21" id="tabbing"> <title><literal>tabbing</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabbing environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>tabbing</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabbing</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tab stops, using</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up using tab stops</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>alignment via tabbing</primary></indexterm> @@ -3259,7 +3917,8 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ <sect1 label="8.22" id="table"> <title><literal>table</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>table</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>table</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>table</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tables, creating</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>creating tables</primary></indexterm> @@ -3282,7 +3941,7 @@ float placement algorithm, see <link linkend="Floats">Floats</link>. <para>The table body is typeset in a <literal>parbox</literal> of width <literal>\textwidth</literal> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </para> -<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross +<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <link linkend="Cross-references">Cross references</link>). <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\caption</primary></indexterm> The optional <literal>\caption</literal> command specifies caption text for the @@ -3309,7 +3968,8 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <sect1 label="8.23" id="tabular"> <title><literal>tabular</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>tabular environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>tabular</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lines in tables</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lining text up in tables</primary></indexterm> @@ -3356,7 +4016,7 @@ the width of the <literal>tabular*</literal> environment. The space between col should be rubber, as with <literal>@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</literal>, to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the <literal>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment -..</literal> warning. +...</literal> warning. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>pos</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Optional. Specifies the table’s vertical position. The default is to @@ -3391,14 +4051,14 @@ column and intercolumn material. <replaceable>text or space</replaceable> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> -<para>This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own @-expression -then &latex;’s book, article, and report classes will put on either -side of each column a space of length <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, which by -default is ‘<literal>6pt</literal>’. That is, by default adjacent columns are +<para>This specifier is optional: with no @-expression, &latex;’s +<literal>book</literal>, <literal>article</literal>, and <literal>report</literal> classes will put on +either side of each column a space of length <literal>\tabcolsep</literal>, which +by default is ‘<literal>6pt</literal>’. That is, by default adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> is misleadingly-named since it -is not the separation between tabular columns). Also by default a space -of 6pt comes before the first column as well as after the final column, -unless you put a <literal>@{..}</literal> or <literal>|</literal> there. +is not the separation between tabular columns). By implication, a +space of 6pt also comes before the first column and after the final +column, unless you put a <literal>@{...}</literal> or <literal>|</literal> there. </para> <para>If you override the default and use an @-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <literal>@{\hspace{1em}}</literal>. @@ -3409,7 +4069,7 @@ lines need to lie on the left margin. </para> <screen>\begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} - .. + ... \end{tabular} \end{flushleft} </screen> @@ -3460,7 +4120,7 @@ ending the row. positive integer and <replaceable>cols</replaceable> is a list of specifiers. Thus <literal>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</literal> is equivalent to <literal>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</literal>. Note that <replaceable>cols</replaceable> may -contain another <literal>*-expression</literal>. +contain another <literal>*</literal>-expression. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Parameters that control formatting: @@ -3514,7 +4174,7 @@ spanned by the single heading ‘<literal>Name</literal>’. <screen>\begin{tabular}{lccl} \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end{tabular} </screen> <para>What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the @@ -3527,7 +4187,7 @@ and <literal>p{1.5in}|</literal>. <para>The <replaceable>cols</replaceable> argument overrides the <literal>array</literal> or <literal>tabular</literal> environment’s intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars -<literal>|</literal> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <literal>@{..}</literal> +<literal>|</literal> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <literal>@{...}</literal> expressions. Thus if <replaceable>cols</replaceable> is ‘<literal>|c|</literal>’ then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -3538,7 +4198,8 @@ area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entry three &z % entry four \end{tabular} -</screen><para>Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because +</screen> +<para>Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the <literal>\multicolumn</literal> has the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> specifier ‘<literal>r</literal>’ with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical rule; although the first <replaceable>cols</replaceable> does not have an ending @@ -3584,13 +4245,13 @@ vertical bar in the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> of either of the first row&# <title><literal>\vline</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vline</primary></indexterm> - <para>Draw a vertical line in a <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment -extending the full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be used -in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical bar <literal>|</literal> is -more common. This command is rarely used; typically a table’s vertical -lines are specified in <literal>tabular</literal>’s <replaceable>cols</replaceable> argument and -overriden as needed with <literal>\multicolumn</literal>. +extending the full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be +used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical +bar <literal>|</literal> is more common. This command is rarely used in the +body of a table; typically a table’s vertical lines are specified in +<literal>tabular</literal>’s <replaceable>cols</replaceable> argument and overridden as needed with +<literal>\multicolumn</literal>. </para> <para>This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line’s second entry the <literal>\hfill</literal> moves the <literal>\vline</literal> to the left edge of the @@ -3663,7 +4324,8 @@ is required. <sect1 label="8.24" id="thebibliography"> <title><literal>thebibliography</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>thebibliography environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>thebibliography</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>thebibliography</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>bibliography, creating (manually)</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -3700,18 +4362,19 @@ less than 10 references, <literal>99</literal> for ones with less than 100, etc. </para> <screen>\bibitem[<replaceable>label</replaceable>]{<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>The <literal>\bibitem</literal> command generates an entry labelled by -<replaceable>label</replaceable>. If the <replaceable>label</replaceable> argument is missing, a number is -automatically generated using the <literal>enumi</literal> counter. The -<replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation -symbols not containing a comma. +<para>The <literal>\bibitem</literal> command generates an entry labelled by <replaceable>label</replaceable>. +If the <replaceable>label</replaceable> argument is missing, a number is automatically +generated using the <literal>enumi</literal> counter. The <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> is a +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>citation key</primary></indexterm> +<firstterm>citation key</firstterm> consisting in any sequence of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. </para> <para>This command writes an entry to the <filename>.aux</filename> file containing the -item’s <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and label. When the <filename>.aux</filename> file is read by -the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command, the item’s <literal>label</literal> is +item’s <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> and <replaceable>label</replaceable>. When the <filename>.aux</filename> file is +read by the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> command, the item’s <replaceable>label</replaceable> is associated with <literal>cite_key</literal>, causing references to <replaceable>cite_key</replaceable> -with a <literal>\cite</literal> command (see next section) to produce the -associated label. +with a <literal>\cite</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005ccite">\cite</link>) to produce the associated +<replaceable>label</replaceable>. </para> </sect2> @@ -3724,14 +4387,14 @@ associated label. </para> <screen>\cite[<replaceable>subcite</replaceable>]{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>The <replaceable>keys</replaceable> argument is a list of one or more citation keys, -separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to -the references associated with <replaceable>keys</replaceable> by entries in the -<filename>.aux</filename> file. +<para>The <replaceable>keys</replaceable> argument is a list of one or more citation keys +(see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>), separated by commas. This command generates an +in-text citation to the references associated with <replaceable>keys</replaceable> by entries +in the <filename>.aux</filename> file. </para> <para>The text of the optional <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> argument appears after the citation. For example, <literal>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</literal> might produce -‘[Knuth, p. 314]’. +‘<literal>[Knuth, p. 314]</literal>’. </para> </sect2> @@ -3740,8 +4403,10 @@ citation. For example, <literal>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</literal> might produce <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nocite</primary></indexterm> -<para><literal>\nocite{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}</literal> +<para>Synopsis: </para> +<screen><literal>\nocite{<replaceable>keys</replaceable>}</literal> +</screen> <para>The <literal>\nocite</literal> command produces no text, but writes <replaceable>keys</replaceable>, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the <filename>.aux</filename> file. </para> @@ -3769,7 +4434,7 @@ you include the lines its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable> refers to a file <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable><filename>.bst</filename>, which defines how your citations will look. -The standard <replaceable>style</replaceable> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: +The standard <replaceable>bibstyle</replaceable> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>alpha</literal> </term><listitem><para>Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year of @@ -3787,7 +4452,8 @@ the demands of various publications. See </para> <para>The <literal>\bibliography</literal> command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to <literal>\bibliography</literal> refers to files -named <filename><replaceable>bibfile</replaceable>.bib</filename>, which should contain your database in +named <filename><replaceable>bibfile1</replaceable>.bib</filename>, <filename><replaceable>bibfile2</replaceable>.bib</filename>, …, +which should contain your database in Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <literal>\cite</literal> and <literal>\nocite</literal> will be listed in the bibliography. </para> @@ -3797,7 +4463,8 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <literal>\cite</literal> and <sect1 label="8.25" id="theorem"> <title><literal>theorem</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>theorem environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>theorem</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>theorem</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorems, typesetting</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -3816,31 +4483,54 @@ possibilities for <replaceable>n</replaceable> are described under <literal>\new <sect1 label="8.26" id="titlepage"> <title><literal>titlepage</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>titlepage environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>titlepage</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>titlepage</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>making a title page</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>title pages, creating</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\begin{titlepage} -<replaceable>text</replaceable> + ... text and spacing ... \end{titlepage} </screen> -<para>The <literal>titlepage</literal> environment creates a title page, i.e., a page -with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following -page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to -you. The <literal>\today</literal> command may be useful on title pages -(see <link linkend="_005ctoday">\today</link>). +<para>Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. The +following page will be numbered page one. </para> -<para>You can use the <literal>\maketitle</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>) to -produce a standard title page without a <literal>titlepage</literal> environment. +<para>To instead produce a standard title page without a <literal>titlepage</literal> +environment you can use <literal>\maketitle</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>). </para> +<para>Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical spacing, +is left to the author. +</para> +<screen>\begin{titlepage} +\vspace*{\stretch{1}} +\begin{center} + {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title} \\[6.5ex] + {\large\bfseries Author name} \\ + \vspace{4ex} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit{University name} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy} \\[2ex] + \textsc{\large Mathematics} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today +\end{center} +\vspace{\stretch{2}} +\end{titlepage} +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="8.27" id="verbatim"> <title><literal>verbatim</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verbatim environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>verbatim</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verbatim</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>verbatim text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>simulating typed text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>typed text, simulating</primary></indexterm> @@ -3889,7 +4579,8 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <replaceable>literal-text</repl <sect1 label="8.28" id="verse"> <title><literal>verse</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>verse environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>verse</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>verse</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>poetry, an environment for</primary></indexterm> <para>Synopsis: @@ -3953,7 +4644,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment. </para> -<para>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <literal>p{..}</literal> column +<para>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <literal>p{...}</literal> column in a <literal>tabular</literal> environment) the <literal>\newline</literal> command is a synonym for <literal>\\</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cnewline">\newline</link>). </para> @@ -3992,7 +4683,7 @@ in the output. breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. </para> <para>Inside a <literal>tabular</literal> or <literal>array</literal> environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <literal>p{..}</literal>, +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <literal>p{...}</literal>, <literal>\newline</literal> will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use <literal>\\</literal> or its equivalent <literal>\tabularnewline</literal>. @@ -4024,9 +4715,20 @@ cases. hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that &latex; might otherwise have chosen. </para> +</sect1> +<sect1 label="9.5" id="_005cdiscretionary"> +<title><literal>\discretionary</literal> (generalized hyphenation point)</title> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, discretionary</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>discretionary hyphenation</primary></indexterm> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\discretionary{<replaceable>pre-break-text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>post-break-text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>no-break-text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<!-- xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr --> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.5" id="_005cfussy"> +<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cfussy"> <title><literal>\fussy</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm> @@ -4036,11 +4738,11 @@ picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. </para> <para>This command cancels the effect of a previous <literal>\sloppy</literal> command -(see <link linkend="_005csloppy">\sloppy</link>. +(see <link linkend="_005csloppy">\sloppy</link>). </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005csloppy"> +<sect1 label="9.7" id="_005csloppy"> <title><literal>\sloppy</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sloppy</primary></indexterm> @@ -4053,7 +4755,7 @@ interword spacing. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.7" id="_005chyphenation"> +<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005chyphenation"> <title><literal>\hyphenation</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm> @@ -4074,7 +4776,7 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words): </screen> </sect1> -<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"> +<sect1 label="9.9" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak"> <title><literal>\linebreak</literal> & <literal>\nolinebreak</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm> @@ -4338,7 +5040,8 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. \textit{HMS Sophie} &Master and Commander \\ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ - \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with HMS Surprise.} + \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with + HMS Surprise.} \end{tabular} \end{center} </screen> @@ -4347,7 +5050,7 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. </para> <screen>\begin{center} \begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end{minipage} \end{center} </screen> @@ -4374,22 +5077,28 @@ sequence with other footnotes. <sect1 label="11.5" id="Footnotes-in-section-headings"> <title>Footnotes in section headings</title> -<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>footnotes, in section headings</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents, avoiding footnotes</primary></indexterm> +<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </para> -<screen>\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +<screen>\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}} </screen> -<para>causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where the -section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To have -it not appear on the table of contents use the package <filename>footmisc</filename> -with the <literal>stable</literal> option. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>footmisc</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>footmisc</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>stable</literal> option to <literal>footmisc</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package <filename>footmisc</filename> with the +<literal>stable</literal> option. </para> <screen>\usepackage[stable]{footmisc} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. -\section{Full sets\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +... +\section{Full sets\footnote{This material due to ...}} </screen> -<para>Note that the <literal>\protect</literal> is gone; putting it in causes the +<para>Note that the <literal>\protect</literal> is gone; including it would cause the footnote to reappear on the table of contents. </para> @@ -4405,12 +5114,12 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. <screen>\usepackage{bigfoot} \DeclareNewFootnote{Default} \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. +... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} - .. +... </screen> </sect1> @@ -4423,13 +5132,13 @@ uses the package <filename>cleverref</filename>. <!-- from SE user Jake http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/10116/339 --> <screen>\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. +... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker and Evers, 1994.} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers and Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} - .. +... </screen> <para>This solution will work with the package <filename>hyperref</filename>. See <link linkend="_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</link> for a simpler solution in the common case @@ -4483,75 +5192,80 @@ footnotes. This is ‘<literal>6.65pt</literal>’ for ‘<literal> <para><literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\renewcommand</literal> define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: </para> -<screen> \newcommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} - \newcommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\renewcommand{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} -\renewcommand*{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +<screen> \newcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} + \newcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\renewcommand{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} +\renewcommand*{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>defn</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>The <literal>*</literal>-form of these two commands requires that the arguments -not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <literal>\long</literal>, in plain -&tex; terms). +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>starred form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>*-form, defining new commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <literal>\long</literal>, in plain &tex; +terms). </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>cmd</replaceable> -</term><listitem><para>Required; the command name. It must begin with <literal>\</literal>. For -<literal>\newcommand</literal>, it must not be already defined and must not begin -with <literal>\end</literal>. For <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, it must already be -defined. +</term><listitem><para>Required; <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is the command name. For <literal>\newcommand</literal>, it +must not be already defined and must not begin with <literal>\end</literal>. For +<literal>\renewcommand</literal>, it must already be defined. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments -that the command will take. If this argument is not present, the -default is for the command to have no arguments. When redefining a -command, the new version can have a different number of arguments than -the old version. +that the command can take, including any optional argument. If this +argument is not present, the default is for the command to have no +arguments. When redefining a command, the new version can have a +different number of arguments than the old version. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of defined -command <replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> is optional, with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> +command <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is optional, with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable> (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> does not take an optional argument. -</para> -<para>That is, if <replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> is used with square brackets following, as in -<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal>, then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> <literal>#1</literal> expands -<replaceable>myval</replaceable>. While if <replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> is called without square brackets -following, then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the <literal>#1</literal> expands to the default -<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <literal>#2</literal>. -</para> -<para>Omitting <literal>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal> in the call is different from having the +<literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> does not take an optional argument. +</para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>positional parameter</primary></indexterm> +<para>That is, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is used with square brackets following, +as in <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal>, then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the first +<firstterm>positional parameter</firstterm> <literal>#1</literal> expands <replaceable>myval</replaceable>. On the +other hand, if <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> is called without square brackets +following, then within <replaceable>defn</replaceable> the positional parameter <literal>#1</literal> +expands to the default <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, any +required arguments will be referred to starting with <literal>#2</literal>. +</para> +<para>Omitting <literal>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal> in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <literal>[]</literal>. The former results in <literal>#1</literal> expanding to <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>; the latter results in <literal>#1</literal> expanding to the empty string. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>defn</replaceable> -</term><listitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <literal>cmd</literal>; a -construct of the form <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is replaced by the -text of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. +</term><listitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>; the +positional parameter <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> in <replaceable>defn</replaceable> is replaced by +the text of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the -command and before the space. +<para>&tex; ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in ‘<literal>\cmd </literal>’. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type <literal>{}</literal> after the command (‘<literal>\cmd{} </literal>’; +another solution is to use an explicit control space (‘<literal>\cmd\ </literal>’). </para> <para>A simple example of defining a new command: -<literal>\newcommand{\JH}{Jim Hef{}feron}</literal> causes the abbreviation -<literal>\JH</literal> to be replaced by the longer text. +<literal>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</literal> results in +<literal>\RS</literal> being replaced by the longer text. </para> -<para>Redefining a command is basically the same: +<para>Redefining an existing command is similar: <literal>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</literal>. </para> -<para>Here’s a command definition that uses arguments: +<para>Here’s a command definition with one required argument: </para> -<screen>\newcommand{\defreference}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} +<screen>\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} </screen> -<para>Then, <literal>\defreference{def:basis}</literal> will expand to +<para>Then, <literal>\defref{def:basis}</literal> expands to +<literal>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</literal>, which will ultimately expand to something like ‘<literal>Definition~3.14</literal>’. </para> -<para>An example with two arguments: -<literal>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{#1\!\times\!#2}</literal> is invoked as +<para>An example with two required arguments: +<literal>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</literal> is invoked as <literal>\nbym{2}{k}</literal>. </para> -<para>An example with optional arguments: +<para>An example with an optional argument: </para> <screen>\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:} </screen> @@ -4559,15 +5273,17 @@ something like ‘<literal>Definition~3.14</literal>’. <literal>\salutation[John]</literal> gives ‘<literal>Dear John:</literal>’. And <literal>\salutation[]</literal> gives ‘<literal>Dear :</literal>’. </para> -<para>The braces around <replaceable>defn</replaceable> do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding <replaceable>defn</replaceable>. So <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</literal> -is wrong since in the sentence +<para>The braces around <replaceable>defn</replaceable> do not define a group, that is, they do +not delimit the scope of the result of expanding <replaceable>defn</replaceable>. So +<literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</literal> is problematic; in this +sentence, </para> -<screen>The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Virginia}. +<screen>The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}. </screen> -<para>the words ‘<literal>met the</literal>’ will incorrectly be in italics. An -extra pair of braces <literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal> -fixes it. +<para>the words ‘<literal>met the</literal>’ would incorrectly be in italics. Another +pair of braces in the definition is needed, like this: +<literal>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</literal>. Those braces are +part of the definition and thus do define a group. </para> </sect1> @@ -4599,19 +5315,22 @@ loaded more than once. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, defining new</primary></indexterm> -<para>Synopsis: +<para>Synopsis, one of: </para> -<screen>\newcounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>}[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>] +<screen>\newcounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>} +\newcounter{<replaceable>countername</replaceable>}[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>] </screen> -<para>The <literal>\newcounter</literal> command globally defines a new counter named -<replaceable>countername</replaceable>. The name consists of letters only and does not begin -with a backslash (‘<literal>\</literal>’). The name must not already be used by -another counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. +<para>Globally defines a new counter named <replaceable>countername</replaceable> and initialize +the new counter to zero. +</para> +<para>The name <replaceable>countername</replaceable> must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. </para> -<para>If the optional argument <literal>[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>]</literal> appears, then +<para>When you use the optional argument <literal>[<replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>]</literal> then <replaceable>countername</replaceable> will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter <replaceable>supercounter</replaceable>. For example, ordinarily -<literal>subsection</literal> is numbered within <literal>section</literal>. Any time +<literal>subsection</literal> is numbered within <literal>section</literal> so that any time <replaceable>supercounter</replaceable> is incremented with <literal>\stepcounter</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</link>) or <literal>\refstepcounter</literal> (see <link linkend="_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</link>) then <replaceable>countername</replaceable> is reset to zero. @@ -4675,19 +5394,21 @@ be already defined. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>redefining environments</primary></indexterm> <para>These commands define or redefine an environment <replaceable>env</replaceable>, that is, -<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>} … \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Synopses: +<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>} <replaceable>body</replaceable> \end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Synopses: </para> -<screen> \newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} +<screen> \newenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} \newenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} -\renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} + \renewenvironment{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} \renewenvironment*{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>nargs</replaceable>][<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]{<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>}{<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Unlike <literal>\newcommand</literal> and <literal>\renewcommand</literal>, the <literal>*</literal>-forms -<literal>\newenvironment*</literal> and <literal>\renewcommand*</literal> have the same effect -as the forms with no <literal>*</literal>. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>*</literal>-form of environment commands</primary></indexterm> +<para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>env</replaceable> -</term><listitem><para>Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash +</term><listitem><para>Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the +<literal>*</literal> character, and thus does not begin with backslash (<literal>\</literal>). It must not begin with the string <literal>end</literal>. For <literal>\newenvironment</literal>, the name <replaceable>env</replaceable> must not be the name of an already existing environment, and also the command <literal>\<replaceable>env</replaceable></literal> @@ -4696,8 +5417,8 @@ name of an existing environment. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>nargs</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of -that the environment will take. These arguments appear after the -<literal>\begin</literal>, as in +that the environment will take. When the environment is used these +arguments appear after the <literal>\begin</literal>, as in <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}{<replaceable>arg1</replaceable>}…{<replaceable>argn</replaceable>}</literal>. If this argument is not present then the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have @@ -4709,16 +5430,16 @@ defined environment is optional, with default value <replaceable>optargdefault</ (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then the environment does not take an optional argument. </para> -<para>That is, when <literal>[<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]</literal> is present in the environment -definition, if <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal> is used with square brackets -following, as in <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal>, then within -the environment <literal>#1</literal> expands <replaceable>myval</replaceable>. If -<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal> is called without square brackets following, -then within the environment the <literal>#1</literal> expands to the default -<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <literal>#2</literal>. +<para>That is, when <literal>[<replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>]</literal> is present in the +environment definition, if <literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal> is used with +square brackets following, as in +<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal>, then, within <replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>, +the positional parameter <literal>#1</literal> expands to <replaceable>myval</replaceable>. If +<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal> is called without square brackets +following, then, within within <replaceable>begdefn</replaceable>, the positional parameter +<literal>#1</literal> expands to the default <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>. In either case, +any required arguments will be referred to starting with <literal>#2</literal>. </para> - <para>Omitting <literal>[<replaceable>myval</replaceable>]</literal> in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <literal>[]</literal>. The former results in <literal>#1</literal> expanding to <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>; the latter results in @@ -4726,22 +5447,24 @@ in <literal>#1</literal> expanding to <replaceable>optargdefault</replaceable>; </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>begdefn</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>; a construct of the form <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> in -<replaceable>begdef</replaceable> is replaced by the text of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. +<literal>\begin{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Within <replaceable>begdef</replaceable>, the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th +positional parameter (i.e., <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal>) is replaced by the text +of the <replaceable>n</replaceable>th argument. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>enddefn</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<literal>\end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. Note that it may not contain any argument -parameters, so <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> cannot be used here. +<literal>\end{<replaceable>env</replaceable>}</literal>. This may not contain any positional +parameters, so <literal>#<replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> cannot be used here (but see the final +example below). </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>The environment <replaceable>env</replaceable> delimits the scope of the result of expanding -<replaceable>begdefn</replaceable> and <replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>. Thus, in the first example below, the -effect of the <literal>\small</literal> is limited to the quote and does not extend -to material following the environment. +<para>All environments, that is to say the <replaceable>begdefn</replaceable> code, the environment +body and the <replaceable>enddefn</replaceable> code, are processed within a group. Thus, in +the first example below, the effect of the <literal>\small</literal> is limited to +the quote and does not extend to material following the environment. </para> -<para>This example gives an environment like &latex;’s <literal>quotation</literal> except that -it will be set in smaller type. +<para>This example gives an environment like &latex;’s <literal>quotation</literal> +except that it will be set in smaller type: </para> <screen>\newenvironment{smallquote}{% \small\begin{quotation} @@ -4749,8 +5472,8 @@ it will be set in smaller type. \end{quotation} } </screen> -<para>This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment that -cites the author. +<para>This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: </para> <screen>\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% \begin{quotation} @@ -4759,15 +5482,15 @@ cites the author. \end{quotation} } </screen> -<para>The author’s name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. -In the document, use the environment as here: +<para>The author’s name is optional, and defaults to ‘<literal>Shakespeare</literal>’. +In the document, use the environment like this: </para> <screen>\begin{citequote}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end{citequote} </screen> <para>The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in -<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>. +<replaceable>enddefn</replaceable>, in this case in a box (see <link linkend="_005csbox">\sbox</link>): </para> <screen>\newsavebox{\quoteauthor} \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% @@ -4789,36 +5512,36 @@ In the document, use the environment as here: <indexterm role="cp"><primary>theorem-like environment</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>environment, theorem-like</primary></indexterm> -<para>Define a new <firstterm>theorem-like environment</firstterm>. Synopses: +<para>Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: </para> -<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>] +<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} +\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>] \newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} </screen> -<para>Both create a theorem-like environment <replaceable>name</replaceable>. Using the first -form, +<para>Using the first form, <literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal> +creates an environment that will be labelled with <replaceable>title</replaceable>. See the +first example below. </para> -<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>] -</screen> -<para>with the optional argument after the second required argument, +<para>The second form +<literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>]</literal> creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing -counter <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable>: it will be reset when +counter <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> (its counter will be reset when <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> is reset). </para> -<para>Using the second form, -</para> -<screen>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>} -</screen> -<para>with the optional argument between the two required -arguments, will create an environment whose counter will share the -previously defined counter <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>. + +<para>The third form +<literal>\newtheorem{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}[<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>]{<replaceable>title</replaceable>}</literal>, +with optional argument between the two required arguments, will create +an environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +<replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>. </para> <para>You can specify one of <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> and <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable>, or neither, but not both. </para> <para>This command creates a counter named <replaceable>name</replaceable>. In addition, unless -the optional argument <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable> is used, the current -<literal>\ref</literal> value will be that of <literal>\the<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable></literal> -(see <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>). +the optional argument <replaceable>numbered_like</replaceable> is used, inside of the +theorem-like environment the current <literal>\ref</literal> value will be that of +<literal>\the<replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable></literal> (see <link linkend="_005cref">\ref</link>). </para> <para>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> @@ -4848,8 +5571,9 @@ new environment will be numbered in sequence with <replaceable>numbered_like</re </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <para>Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that -results in ‘<literal>Definition 1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Definition 2</literal>’ in the output. +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that +results in ‘<literal>Definition 1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Definition 2</literal>’ in the +output. </para> <screen>\newtheorem{defn}{Definition} \begin{document} @@ -4863,7 +5587,7 @@ results in ‘<literal>Definition 1</literal>’ and ‘<litera Second def \end{defn} </screen> -<para>Because this example specifies the optional argument +<para>Because the next example specifies the optional argument <replaceable>numbered_within</replaceable> to <literal>\newtheorem</literal> as <literal>section</literal>, the example, with the same document body, gives ‘<literal>Definition 1.1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Definition 2.1</literal>’. @@ -4880,8 +5604,8 @@ and ‘<literal>Definition 2.1</literal>’. Second def \end{defn} </screen> -<para>In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second -of which calls for the new <literal>thm</literal> environment to use the same +<para>In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the +second of which calls for the new <literal>thm</literal> environment to use the same counter as <literal>defn</literal>. It gives ‘<literal>Definition 1.1</literal>’, followed by ‘<literal>Theorem 2.1</literal>’ and ‘<literal>Definition 2.2</literal>’. </para> @@ -4944,7 +5668,7 @@ size, which is a value defined in the <filename>.tfm</filename> file. characters in each: </para> <screen>\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt} -\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 11pt} +\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc </screen> @@ -4956,23 +5680,25 @@ characters in each: <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>fragile commands</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>robust commands</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>moving arguments</primary></indexterm> <para>All &latex; commands are either <firstterm>fragile</firstterm> or <firstterm>robust</firstterm>. Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more, are fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain commands. To prevent such commands from -breaking they must be preceded by the command <literal>\protect</literal>. +breaking one solution is to have them preceded by the command +<literal>\protect</literal>. </para> <para>For example, when &latex; runs the <literal>\section{<replaceable>section name</replaceable>}</literal> command it writes the <replaceable>section name</replaceable> text to the <filename>.aux</filename> auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is -referred to as a <firstterm>moving argument</firstterm>. A command is fragile if it can +referred to as a +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>moving arguments</primary></indexterm> +<firstterm>moving argument</firstterm>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of -moving arguments are those that appear in the <literal>\caption{..}</literal> -command (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>), in the <literal>\thanks{..}</literal> command +moving arguments are those that appear in the <literal>\caption{...}</literal> +command (see <link linkend="figure">figure</link>), in the <literal>\thanks{...}</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</link>), and in @-expressions in the <literal>tabular</literal> and <literal>array</literal> environments (see <link linkend="tabular">tabular</link>). </para> @@ -4985,12 +5711,12 @@ commands are robust and should not be preceded by a <literal>\protect</literal> command. Nor can a <literal>\protect</literal> command be used in the argument to <literal>\addtocounter</literal> or <literal>\setcounter</literal> command. </para> -<para>In this example the <literal>caption</literal> command gives a mysterious error +<para>In this example the <literal>\caption</literal> command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each <literal>\raisebox</literal> command with <literal>\protect</literal>. </para> <screen>\begin{figure} - .. + ... \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}} \end{figure} </screen> @@ -5001,9 +5727,9 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>. </para> <screen>\begin{document} \tableofcontents - .. +... \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} - .. +... </screen> </sect1> @@ -5016,11 +5742,13 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>. <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the -environment or command associated with the number, except with no -backslash (<literal>\</literal>). Thus the <literal>\chapter</literal> command starts a -chapter and the <literal>chapter</literal> counter keeps track of the chapter -number. Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;’s standard -document classes to control numbering. +environment or command associated with the number, except that the +counter’s name has no backslash <literal>\</literal>. Thus, associated with +the <literal>\chapter</literal> command is the <literal>chapter</literal> counter that keeps +track of the chapter number. +</para> +<para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;’s standard document +classes to control numbering. </para> <screen>part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -5029,11 +5757,9 @@ subsection equation mpfootnote enumiv subsubsection </screen> <para>The <literal>mpfootnote</literal> counter is used by the <literal>\footnote</literal> command -inside of a minipage (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>). -</para> -<para>The <literal>enumi</literal> through <literal>enumiv</literal> counters are used in the -<literal>enumerate</literal> environment, for up to four nested levels -(see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). +inside of a minipage (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>). The counters <literal>enumi</literal> +through <literal>enumiv</literal> are used in the <literal>enumerate</literal> environment, for +up to four levels of nesting (see <link linkend="enumerate">enumerate</link>). </para> <para>New counters are created with <literal>\newcounter</literal>. See <link linkend="_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</link>. </para> @@ -5045,36 +5771,48 @@ inside of a minipage (see <link linkend="minipage">minipage</link>). <indexterm role="cp"><primary>counters, printing</primary></indexterm> +<para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter <replaceable>counter</replaceable> has the value 1 then a +<literal>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> in your source will result in a lower case +letter a appearing in the output. +</para> <para>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, <literal>\alph{enumi}</literal>. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\alph</literal> -</term><listitem><para>prints <replaceable>counter</replaceable> using lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Print the value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph</primary></indexterm><literal>\Alph</literal> -</term><listitem><para>uses uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\Alph{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arabic</primary></indexterm><literal>\arabic</literal> -</term><listitem><para>uses Arabic numbers: ‘1’, ‘2’, ... +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\arabic{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\arabic{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers: ‘1’, ‘2’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman</literal> -</term><listitem><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Roman</primary></indexterm><literal>\Roman</literal> -</term><listitem><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\Roman{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, ... </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol</primary></indexterm><literal>\fnsymbol</literal> -</term><listitem><para>prints the value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> in a specific sequence of nine +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fnsymbol{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\fnsymbol{<replaceable>counter</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Prints the value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of <replaceable>counter</replaceable> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. </para> -<para>Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): -</para> -<literallayout>asterisk(*) dagger(‡) ddagger(‡) -section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(∥) -double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡) -</literallayout> +<para>Here are the symbols: +</para> +<informaltable><tgroup cols="3"><colspec colwidth="33*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="33*"></colspec><colspec colwidth="33*"></colspec><thead><row><entry><para>Name</para></entry><entry><para>Command</para></entry><entry><para>Equivalent Unicode symbol and/or numeric code point<!-- --> +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry><para>asterisk</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ast</literal></para></entry><entry><para>*<!-- --> +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>dagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\dagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>† +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>ddagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ddagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>‡ +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>section-sign</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\S</literal></para></entry><entry><para>§ +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\P</literal></para></entry><entry><para>¶ +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>double-vert</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\parallel</literal></para></entry><entry><para>‖ +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ast\ast</literal></para></entry><entry><para>**<!-- --> +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>double-dagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\dagger\dagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>†† +</para></entry></row><row><entry><para>double-ddagger</para></entry><entry><para><literal>\ddagger\ddagger</literal></para></entry><entry><para>‡‡ +</para></entry></row></tbody></tgroup></informaltable> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> @@ -5160,6 +5898,11 @@ Other counter is \arabic{other}. to the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </para> +<para>In this example the section value appears as ‘<literal>V</literal>’. +</para> +<screen>\setcounter{section}{5} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="13.5" id="_005caddtocounter"> @@ -5170,6 +5913,12 @@ with a backslash. <para>The <literal>\addtocounter</literal> command globally increments <replaceable>counter</replaceable> by the amount specified by the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument, which may be negative. </para> +<para>In this example the section value appears as ‘<literal>VII</literal>’. +</para> +<screen>\setcounter{section}{5} +\addtocounter{section}{2} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</screen> </sect1> <sect1 label="13.6" id="_005crefstepcounter"> @@ -5338,27 +6087,37 @@ math symbols family. See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math m </sect1> <sect1 label="14.2" id="_005csetlength"> -<title><literal>\setlength{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>value</replaceable>}</literal></title> +<title><literal>\setlength</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\setlength</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, setting</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\setlength</literal> sets the value of <replaceable>\len</replaceable> to the <replaceable>value</replaceable> -argument, which can be expressed in any units that &latex; -understands, i.e., inches (<literal>in</literal>), millimeters (<literal>mm</literal>), points -(<literal>pt</literal>), big points (<literal>bp</literal>, etc. +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\setlength{<replaceable>\len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\setlength</literal> sets the value of <firstterm>length command</firstterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>length command</primary></indexterm> +<literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> to the <replaceable>value</replaceable> argument which can be expressed in any +units that &latex; understands, i.e., inches (<literal>in</literal>), millimeters +(<literal>mm</literal>), points (<literal>pt</literal>), big points (<literal>bp</literal>), etc. </para> </sect1> <sect1 label="14.3" id="_005caddtolength"> -<title><literal>\addtolength{<replaceable>\len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>}</literal></title> +<title><literal>\addtolength</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addtolength</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>lengths, adding to</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\addtolength</literal> command increments a “length command” -<replaceable>\len</replaceable> by the amount specified in the <replaceable>amount</replaceable> argument, which -may be negative. +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\addtolength{<replaceable>\len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>amount</replaceable>} +</screen> + +<para>The <literal>\addtolength</literal> command increments a length command <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> +by the amount specified in the <replaceable>amount</replaceable> argument, which may be +negative. </para> </sect1> @@ -5367,10 +6126,12 @@ may be negative. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settodepth</primary></indexterm> -<para><literal>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</literal> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>The <literal>\settodepth</literal> command sets the value of a <literal>length</literal> command -equal to the depth of the <literal>text</literal> argument. +<screen>\settodepth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\settodepth</literal> command sets the value of a length command +<literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> equal to the depth of the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. </para> </sect1> @@ -5379,9 +6140,11 @@ equal to the depth of the <literal>text</literal> argument. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settoheight</primary></indexterm> -<para><literal>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</literal> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>The <literal>\settoheight</literal> command sets the value of a <literal>length</literal> command +<screen>\settoheight{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{text} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\settoheight</literal> command sets the value of a length command <literal>\<replaceable>len</replaceable></literal> equal to the height of the <literal>text</literal> argument. </para> @@ -5392,6 +6155,10 @@ equal to the height of the <literal>text</literal> argument. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\settowidth</primary></indexterm> +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\settowidth{\<replaceable>len</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +</screen> <para>The <literal>\settowidth</literal> command sets the value of the command <replaceable>\len</replaceable> to the width of the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. </para> @@ -5417,12 +6184,12 @@ to the width of the <replaceable>text</replaceable> argument. </para> <para>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>). They specify the natural width, etc., of -the text in the box. <literal>\totalheight</literal> equals <literal>\height</literal> + -<literal>\depth</literal>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +the text in the box. <literal>\totalheight</literal> equals <inlineequation><mathphrase><literal>\height</literal> + +<literal>\depth</literal></mathphrase></inlineequation>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </para> -<para><literal>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</literal> -</para> +<screen>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} +</screen> </sect1> </chapter> @@ -5465,7 +6232,7 @@ mode, otherwise <literal>15pt</literal> for <literal>10pt</literal> documents, < <para>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, this command suppresses any paragraph indentation, as in this example. </para> -<screen>.. end of the prior paragraph. +<screen>... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. </screen> @@ -5554,9 +6321,12 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>math formulas</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>formulas, math</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, entering</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>math environment</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>displaymath environment</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>equation environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>math</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>math</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>displaymath</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>displaymath</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>equation</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>equation</literal> environment</primary></indexterm> <para>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: </para> @@ -5615,7 +6385,7 @@ below summations. For example: <indexterm role="fn"><primary>^</primary></indexterm> <para>In math mode, use the caret character <literal>^</literal> to make the -<replaceable>exp</replaceable> appear as a superscript, ie. type <literal>^{<replaceable>exp</replaceable>}</literal>. +<replaceable>exp</replaceable> appear as a superscript: <literal>^{<replaceable>exp</replaceable>}</literal>. Similarly, in math mode, underscore <literal>_{<replaceable>exp</replaceable>}</literal> makes a subscript out of <replaceable>exp</replaceable>. </para> @@ -5663,9 +6433,13 @@ the pi symbol π. <para>Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. </para> +<para>To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, +see <link linkend="_005censuremath">\ensuremath</link>. +</para> + <!-- xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols --> <!-- Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> @@ -5696,7 +6470,7 @@ five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\asymp</primary></indexterm><literal>\asymp</literal> -</term><listitem><para>≍ Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). +</term><listitem><para>≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm><literal>\backslash</literal> </term><listitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <literal>\setminus</literal>, and @@ -5748,16 +6522,15 @@ union <literal>\cup</literal>. </term><listitem><para>⋀ Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bot</primary></indexterm><literal>\bot</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a contradiction -(ordinary). See also <literal>\top</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <literal>\top</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bowtie</primary></indexterm><literal>\bowtie</literal> </term><listitem><para>⋈ Natural join of two relations (relation). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal> -</term><listitem><para>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). This -is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the -<filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</term><listitem><para>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box +(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. <!-- bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal> @@ -5785,8 +6558,7 @@ variable-sized operator <literal>\bigcirc</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal> </term><listitem><para>∁ Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). This is not available in Plain -&tex;. In &latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also +<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also used: <literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or <literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal> @@ -5816,8 +6588,7 @@ turnstile <literal>\vdash</literal>. </term><listitem><para>δ Greek lower case delta (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal> -</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you must load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</term><listitem><para>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. <!-- bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal> @@ -5846,15 +6617,15 @@ arrow <literal>\downarrow</literal>. </term><listitem><para>ℓ Lower-case cursive letter l (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\emptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\emptyset</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty -set <literal>\varnothing</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is +<literal>\varnothing</literal>. <!-- bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? --> -</para> +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\epsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\epsilon</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ϵ Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used in -mathematics is the curly epsilon -<literal>\varepsilon</literal> ε. Related: the set membership relation -<literal>\in</literal> ∈. +</term><listitem><para>ϵ Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to +Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small +letter epsilon <literal>\varepsilon</literal> ε. Related: +the set membership relation <literal>\in</literal> ∈. <!-- src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and --> <!-- Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. --> </para> @@ -5918,8 +6689,8 @@ with a <literal>\thickmuskip</literal> on either side. </term><listitem><para>ℑ Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <literal>\Re</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\in</primary></indexterm><literal>\in</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter -epsilon <literal>\epsilon</literal>ϵ and rounded small +</term><listitem><para>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate +epsilon <literal>\epsilon</literal>ϵ and small letter script epsilon <literal>\varepsilon</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\infty</primary></indexterm><literal>\infty</literal> @@ -5969,8 +6740,7 @@ shaved off (opening). Matches <literal>\rceil</literal>. for <literal>\leq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\leadsto</primary></indexterm><literal>\leadsto</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</term><listitem><para>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <literal>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</literal> in the preamble and then use <literal>\Leadsto</literal> instead. @@ -6004,12 +6774,11 @@ double-line double headed arrow <literal>\Leftrightarrow</literal>. for <literal>\le</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\lfloor</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). +</term><listitem><para>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <literal>\floor</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal> -</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This is -not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> @@ -6045,8 +6814,7 @@ Similar: longer version <literal>\longmapsto</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mho</primary></indexterm><literal>\mho</literal> </term><listitem><para>℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<filename>amssymb</filename> package. +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mid</primary></indexterm><literal>\mid</literal> </term><listitem><para>∣ Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of @@ -6170,21 +6938,21 @@ ordinary. </term><listitem><para>± Plus or minus (binary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prec</primary></indexterm><literal>\prec</literal> -</term><listitem><para>≺ Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than <literal><</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <literal><</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\preceq</primary></indexterm><literal>\preceq</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⪯ Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or +</term><listitem><para>⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <literal>\leq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prime</primary></indexterm><literal>\prime</literal> -</term><listitem><para>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically -used as a superscript <literal>$A^\prime$</literal>. Note that <literal>$f^\prime$</literal> -and <literal>$f'$</literal> produce the same result. An advantage of the second is -that <literal>$f'''$</literal> produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same -result as <literal>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</literal>, but uses somewhat less -typing. Note that you can only use <literal>\prime</literal> in math mode but you -can type right single quote <literal>'</literal> in text mode also, although it -resuts in a different look than in math mode. +</term><listitem><para>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). +Typically used as a superscript: <literal>$f^\prime$</literal>; <literal>$f^\prime$</literal> +and <literal>$f'$</literal> produce the same result. An advantage of the second +is that <literal>$f'''$</literal> produces the desired symbol, that is, the same +result as <literal>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</literal>, but uses rather less +typing. You can only use <literal>\prime</literal> in math mode. Using the right +single quote <literal>'</literal> in text mode produces a different character +(apostrophe). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\prod</primary></indexterm><literal>\prod</literal> </term><listitem><para>∏ Product (operator). @@ -6199,7 +6967,7 @@ resuts in a different look than in math mode. </term><listitem><para>ψ Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\rangle</literal> -</term><listitem><para>➹ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater +</term><listitem><para>⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <literal>></literal>. Matches:<literal>\langle</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rbrace</primary></indexterm><literal>\rbrace</literal> @@ -6220,18 +6988,20 @@ this, load the <filename>amsfonts</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal> </term><listitem><para>↾ Restriction of a function -(relation). Synonym: <literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +(relation). Synonym: <literal>\upharpoonright</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal> +</term><listitem><para>⦰ Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +<literal>\varnothing</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>stix</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rfloor</primary></indexterm><literal>\rfloor</literal> </term><listitem><para>⌋ Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <literal>\lfloor</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal> -</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This is -not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should -instead load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which +</term><listitem><para>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal> @@ -6283,7 +7053,7 @@ right single-line arrow <literal>\rightarrow</literal>. display (operator). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smile</primary></indexterm><literal>\smile</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⌣ Upward curving arc (ordinary). +</term><listitem><para>⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\spadesuit</primary></indexterm><literal>\spadesuit</literal> </term><listitem><para>♠ Spade card suit (ordinary). @@ -6299,8 +7069,7 @@ operator <literal>\bigsqcup</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊏ Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <literal>\subset</literal>. This is not available in Plain &tex;. In -&latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +subset <literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊑ Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or @@ -6308,8 +7077,7 @@ equal to <literal>\subseteq</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊐ Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <literal>\supset</literal>. This is not available in Plain &tex;. In -&latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +superset <literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal> </term><listitem><para>⊒ Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or @@ -6348,7 +7116,7 @@ sigma <literal>\Sigma</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\surd</primary></indexterm><literal>\surd</literal> </term><listitem><para>√ Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command -<literal>\sqrt{..}</literal> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar +<literal>\sqrt{...}</literal> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\swarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\swarrow</literal> @@ -6370,8 +7138,8 @@ also <literal>\cdot</literal>. Synonym: <literal>\rightarrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\top</primary></indexterm><literal>\top</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊤ Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See -also <literal>\bot</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set +(ordinary). See also <literal>\bot</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangle</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangle</literal> </term><listitem><para>△ Triangle (ordinary). @@ -6383,36 +7151,39 @@ should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleleft< is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal> -</term><listitem><para>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal -subgroup symbol you should instead load <filename>amssymb</filename> and -use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a relation and so gives -better spacing). +</term><listitem><para>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right +(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load +<filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a +relation and so gives better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; -you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which -is a relation and so gives better spacing). +</term><listitem><para>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and +use <literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; -you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use <literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> -(which is a relation and so gives better spacing). +</term><listitem><para>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and +use <literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Uparrow</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line up-pointing arrow <literal>\uparrow</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing +arrow <literal>\uparrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uparrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\uparrow</literal> -</term><listitem><para>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: -double-line up-pointing arrow <literal>\Uparrow</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges +(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing +arrow <literal>\Uparrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\Updownarrow</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <literal>\updownarrow</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing +arrow <literal>\updownarrow</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\updownarrow</primary></indexterm><literal>\updownarrow</literal> </term><listitem><para>↕ Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: @@ -6420,13 +7191,12 @@ double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <literal>\Updownarrow</liter </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal> </term><listitem><para>↾ Up harpoon, with barb on right side -(relation). Synonym: <literal>\restriction</literal>. Not available in Plain -&tex;. In &latex; you should load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. +(relation). Synonym: <literal>\restriction</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle -(binary). Similar: union <literal>\cup</literal>. Related: variable-sized -operator <literal>\biguplus</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in +the middle (binary). Similar: union <literal>\cup</literal>. Related: +variable-sized operator <literal>\biguplus</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Upsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\Upsilon</literal> </term><listitem><para>Υ Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). @@ -6435,53 +7205,62 @@ operator <literal>\biguplus</literal>. </term><listitem><para>υ Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varepsilon</primary></indexterm><literal>\varepsilon</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ε Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in -mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter form -<literal>\epsilon</literal> ϵ. Related: set membership <literal>\in</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is +more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form +<literal>\epsilon</literal> ϵ. Related: set +membership <literal>\in</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal> +</term><listitem><para>∅ Empty set symbol. Similar: +<literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related: <literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal> -</term><listitem><para>φ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <literal>\phi</literal> ϕ. +</term><listitem><para>φ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <literal>\phi</literal> ϕ. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varpi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varpi</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ϖ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <literal>\pi</literal> π. +</term><listitem><para>ϖ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <literal>\pi</literal> π. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varrho</primary></indexterm><literal>\varrho</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ϱ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <literal>\rho</literal> ρ. +</term><listitem><para>ϱ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <literal>\rho</literal> ρ. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varsigma</primary></indexterm><literal>\varsigma</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ς Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <literal>\sigma</literal> σ. +</term><listitem><para>ς Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<literal>\sigma</literal> σ. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vartheta</primary></indexterm><literal>\vartheta</literal> -</term><listitem><para>ϑ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <literal>\theta</literal> θ. +</term><listitem><para>ϑ Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<literal>\theta</literal> θ. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdash</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdash</literal> -</term><listitem><para>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: -turnstile rotated a half-circle <literal>\dashv</literal>. +</term><listitem><para>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash +(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a +half-circle <literal>\dashv</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vee</primary></indexterm><literal>\vee</literal> -</term><listitem><para>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical -and <literal>\wedge</literal>. Similar: variable-sized +</term><listitem><para>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: +logical and <literal>\wedge</literal>. Similar: variable-sized operator <literal>\bigvee</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\Vert</literal> </term><listitem><para>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar <literal>\vert</literal>. </para> -<para>For a norm you can use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package and add +<para>For a norm symbol, you can use the <filename>mathtools</filename> package and add <literal>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</literal> to your -preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical -bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you -write the starred version <literal>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</literal> then the height of -the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<literal>\norm{M^\perp}</literal> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <literal>\norm[<replaceable>size -command</replaceable>]{M^\perp}</literal> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <replaceable>size command</replaceable>, e.g., <literal>\Bigg</literal>. +preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line +vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the +document body you write the starred version <literal>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</literal> +then the height of the vertical bars will match the height of the +argument, whereas with <literal>\norm{M^\perp}</literal> the bars do not grow +with the height of the argument but instead are the default height, +and <literal>\norm[<replaceable>size command</replaceable>]{M^\perp}</literal> also gives bars that +do not grow but are set to the size given in the <replaceable>size command</replaceable>, +e.g., <literal>\Bigg</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vert</primary></indexterm><literal>\vert</literal> </term><listitem><para>| Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line @@ -6626,10 +7405,10 @@ spacing. </term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sinh</mathphrase></inlineequation> </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sup</primary></indexterm><literal>\sup</literal> -</term><listitem><para>sup -<!-- don't try to use \sup since that turned into a Texinfo command --> -<!-- and it's not worth hassling with different versions when it's --> -<!-- just three roman letters anyway. --> +</term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\sup</mathphrase></inlineequation> +<!-- don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a --> +<!-- Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions --> +<!-- when it's just three roman letters anyway. --> </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\tan</primary></indexterm><literal>\tan</literal> </term><listitem><para><inlineequation><mathphrase>\tan</mathphrase></inlineequation> @@ -6750,7 +7529,7 @@ math symbols family (see <link linkend="Units-of-length">Units of length</link>) </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\,</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thinspace</primary></indexterm> <para>Normally <literal>3mu</literal>. The longer name is <literal>\thinspace</literal>. This can -be used in both math mode and text mode. +be used in both math mode and text mode. See <link linkend="_005cthinspace">\thinspace</link>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\!</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\!</primary></indexterm> @@ -6784,8 +7563,29 @@ infinitesimal. <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\*</primary></indexterm><literal>\*</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>discretionary multiplication</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</primary></indexterm> -<para>A “discretionary” multiplication symbol, at which a line break is -allowed. +<para>A <firstterm>discretionary</firstterm> multiplication symbol, at which a line break is +allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated by a +space, while in the case of a break a × symbol is +printed immediately before the break. So +</para> +<screen>\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) +through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is +equal to zero. +\end{document} +</screen> +<para>will make that sort of output<!-- --> + <!-- /@w -->(the ellipsis ‘<literal>[…]</literal>’ is here to show the line break at +the same place as in a &tex; output)<!-- --> +: +</para> +<para>Now <inlineequation><mathphrase>A_3 = 0</mathphrase></inlineequation>, +[…] +<inlineequation><mathphrase>A_1</mathphrase></inlineequation> +through <inlineequation><mathphrase>A_4</mathphrase></inlineequation>, that is <inlineequation><mathphrase>A_1 A_2 \times</mathphrase></inlineequation> +<inlineequation><mathphrase>A_3 A_4</mathphrase></inlineequation>, is +equal to zero. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\cdots</literal> </term><listitem><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. @@ -6793,47 +7593,64 @@ allowed. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ddots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ddots</literal> </term><listitem><para>A diagonal ellipsis: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddots</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac{num}{den}</primary></indexterm><literal>\frac{num}{den}</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>den</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\frac{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}{<replaceable>den</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frac</primary></indexterm> -<para>Produces the fraction <literal>num</literal> divided by <literal>den</literal>. +<para>Produces the fraction <replaceable>num</replaceable> divided by <replaceable>den</replaceable>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\left <replaceable>delim1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delim2</replaceable></primary></indexterm><literal>\left <replaceable>delim1</replaceable> ... \right <replaceable>delim2</replaceable></literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\right</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>null delimiter</primary></indexterm> -<para>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<literal>.</literal>’ acts as a null delimiter, +<para>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<literal>.</literal>’ acts as a <firstterm>null delimiter</firstterm>, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math -in between. Example: <literal>\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</literal>. +in between. Example: <literal>\left( \sum_{i=1}^{10} a_i \right]</literal>. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathdollar</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathdollar</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathellipsis</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: …. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathparagraph</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: ¶. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsection</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsection</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Section sign in math mode. +</para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathsterling</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overbrace{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Generates a brace over <replaceable>text</replaceable>. -For example, <inlineequation><mathphrase>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\mathunderscore</primary></indexterm><literal>\mathunderscore</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Generates a brace over <replaceable>math</replaceable>. +For example, <literal>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \;\textrm{times}}</literal>. +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\overline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><para>Generates a horizontal line over <replaceable>tex</replaceable>. -For example, <inlineequation><mathphrase>\overline{x+y}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +For example, <literal>\overline{x+y}</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{arg}</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{arg}</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqrt[<replaceable>root</replaceable>]{<replaceable>arg</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <replaceable>arg</replaceable>. The optional argument <replaceable>root</replaceable> determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of <literal>x+y</literal> would be typed as -<literal>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</literal>. +<literal>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</literal>. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\stackrel{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>relation</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><para>Puts <replaceable>text</replaceable> above <replaceable>relation</replaceable>. For example, <literal>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</literal>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{math}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{math}</literal> -</term><listitem><para>Generates <replaceable>math</replaceable> with a brace underneath. +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underbrace{<replaceable>math</replaceable>}</literal> +</term><listitem><para>Generates <replaceable>math</replaceable> with a brace underneath. For example, <literal>\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}</literal> </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underline{text}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underline{text}</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\underline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\underline{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> </term><listitem><para>Causes <replaceable>text</replaceable>, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm><literal>\vdots</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vdots</primary></indexterm> -<para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. +</term><listitem><para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> @@ -6886,6 +7703,42 @@ be in “inner paragraph mode” (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. </para> +<sect1 label="17.1" id="_005censuremath"> +<title><literal>\ensuremath</literal></title> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\ensuremath{<replaceable>formula</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\ensuremath</literal> command ensures that <replaceable>formula</replaceable> is typeset in +math mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. +</para> +<para>For instance: +</para> +<screen>\documentclass{report} +\newcommand{\ab}{\ensuremath{(\delta, \varepsilon)}} +\begin{document} +Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac{1}{\pi}, 0)\), ... +\end{document} +</screen> +<para>One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +<literal>\leadsto</literal>: +</para> +<!-- Vincent 2 Karl : "Tous les chemins mènent à Rome" is a French saying --> +<!-- meaning that there are many different ways to get the same result. I --> +<!-- am not sure whether in English the given example is also funny. --> +<screen>\documentclass{report} +\usepackage{amssymb} +\newcommand{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}{} +\let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto +\renewcommand\leadsto{\ensuremath{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}} +\begin{document} +All roads \leadsto\ Rome. +\end{document} +</screen> + +</sect1> </chapter> <chapter label="18" id="Page-styles"> <title>Page styles</title> @@ -7058,7 +7911,7 @@ space is like backspacing. <para>Normally when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. This -command’s starred version <literal>\hspace*{..}</literal> puts a non-discardable +command’s starred version <literal>\hspace*{...}</literal> puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. </para> @@ -7106,7 +7959,7 @@ colon) more than the space between words sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or -bracket, or right single or double quote, then the intersentence space +bracket, or right single or double quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. </para> <para>If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a @@ -7115,60 +7968,44 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space (<literal>\ </literal>) a tie (<literal>~</literal>). Examples are <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal>, and <literal>Mr.~Bean</literal>, and <literal>(manure, etc.)\ for sale</literal>. </para> -<para>For other use of <literal>\ </literal>, see also <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS">\(SPACE) after CS</link>. +<para>For another use of <literal>\ </literal>, see <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence">\(SPACE) after control sequence</link>. </para> <para>In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put <literal>\@</literal> on the left of that -period. For example, <literal>book by the MAA\@.</literal> will have intersentence +period that ends the sentence, then put <literal>\@</literal> before that period. +For example, <literal>book by the MAA\@.</literal> will have inter-sentence spacing after the period. </para> -<para>In contrast, putting <literal>\@</literal> on the right of a period tells &tex; -that the period does not end the sentence. In the example -<literal>reserved words (if, then, etc.\@) are different</literal>, &tex; will put -interword space after the closing parenthesis (note that <literal>\@</literal> is -before the parenthesis). +<para>In contrast, putting <literal>\@</literal> after a period tells &tex; that the +period does not end the sentence. In the example <literal>reserved words +(if, then, etc.\@) are different</literal>, &tex; will put interword space +after the closing parenthesis (note that <literal>\@</literal> is before the +parenthesis). </para> + </sect1> -<sect1 label="19.4" id="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS"> -<title><literal>\ </literal> after a control sequence</title> +<sect1 label="19.4" id="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence"> +<title><literal>\ </literal> after control sequence</title> -<para>The <literal>\ </literal> command is often used after control sequences to keep them -from gobbling the space that follows, as in <literal>\TeX\ is a nice -system.</literal> And, under normal circumstances <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and -<literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap> are equivalent to <literal>\ </literal>. For other use of +<para>The <literal>\ </literal> command is often used after control sequences to keep +them from gobbling the space that follows, as in ‘<literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>’. +And, under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and +<literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap> are equivalent to <literal>\ </literal>. For another use of <literal>\ </literal>, see also <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040">\(SPACE) and \@</link>. </para> <para>Some people prefer to use <literal>{}</literal> for the same purpose, as in -<literal>\TeX{} is a nice system.</literal> This has the advantage that you can -always write it the same way, like <literal>\TeX{}</literal>, whether it is -followed by a space or by a punctuation mark. Please compare: +<literal>\TeX{} is nice</literal>. This has the advantage that you can always +write it the same way, namely <literal>\TeX{}</literal>, whether it is followed +by a space or by a punctuation mark. Compare: </para> <screen>\TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system. \TeX{} is a nice system. \TeX{}, a nice system. </screen> - -<para>When you define user commands (see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</link>) you -can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the package -<literal>xspace</literal> and inserting <literal>\xspace</literal> at the end of the definition -For instance: -</para><screen>\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\Loup}{Grand Cric\xspace} -\begin{document} -Que le \Loup me croque ! -\end{document} -</screen> -<para>A quick hack to use <literal>\xspace</literal> for existing command is as follows: -</para><screen>\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\SansXspaceTeX}{} -\let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX -\renewcommand{\TeX}{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace} -\begin{document} -\TeX is a nice system. -\end{document} -</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm> +<para>Some individual commands, notably those defined with the <literal>xspace</literal>, +package do not follow the standard behavior. +</para> </sect1> <sect1 label="19.5" id="_005cfrenchspacing"> @@ -7176,10 +8013,10 @@ Que le \Loup me croque ! <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\frenchspacing</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nonfrenchspacing</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, intersentence</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, inter-sentence</primary></indexterm> <para>This declaration (from Plain &tex;) causes &latex; to treat -intersentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. +inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. </para> <para>In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or after other @@ -7279,10 +8116,10 @@ then this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to <replaceable>length</replaceable>. </para> <para>Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in <literal>\addvspace{..}</literal> so -that two consecutive Theorem’s are separated by one vertical space, not -two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with <literal>\addvspace{...}</literal> +so that two consecutive Theorem’s are separated by one vertical space, +not two. </para> <para>This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>). </para> @@ -7298,23 +8135,20 @@ change that is to precede this command with a <literal>\par</literal> command. <para>These commands produce a given amount of space, specified by the document class. </para> -<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\bigskip</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm> +<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\bigskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bigskipamount</primary></indexterm> <para>The same as <literal>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <literal>book</literal> and <literal>article</literal> classes is <literal>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</literal>). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\medskip</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\medskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\medskipamount</primary></indexterm> <para>The same as <literal>\vspace{\medskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <literal>book</literal> and <literal>article</literal> classes is <literal>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</literal>). </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\smallskip</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskip</primary></indexterm><literal>\smallskip</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\smallskipamount</primary></indexterm> <para>The same as <literal>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</literal>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <literal>book</literal> and <literal>article</literal> classes is <literal>3pt plus 1pt minus @@ -7370,9 +8204,13 @@ Lost Dog! <para>Add the vertical space <replaceable>length</replaceable>. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>). </para> -<para>&latex; removes the vertical space from <literal>\vfill</literal> at a page break, -that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version -<literal>\vspace*{..}</literal> causes the space to stay. +<para>&latex; removes the vertical space from <literal>\vspace</literal> at a page +break, that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version +<literal>\vspace*{...}</literal> causes the space to stay. +</para> +<para>If <literal>\vspace</literal> is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted <emphasis>after</emphasis> the line with +the <literal>\vspace</literal> command. A new paragraph is not started. </para> <para>In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -7445,12 +8283,16 @@ argument. <!-- xxref --> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>lrbox</primary></indexterm> -<para><literal>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</literal> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>This is the environment form of <literal>\sbox</literal>. +<screen>\begin{lrbox}{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>} + <replaceable>text </replaceable> +\end{lrbox} +</screen> +<para>This is the environment form of <link linkend="_005csbox"><literal>\sbox</literal></link>. </para> -<para>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <literal>cmd</literal>, which -must have been declared with <literal>\newsavebox</literal>. +<para>The <replaceable>text</replaceable> inside the environment is saved in the box <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal>, +which must have been declared with <literal>\newsavebox</literal>. </para> </sect1> @@ -7508,9 +8350,13 @@ containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -<para>The optional <replaceable>position</replaceable> argument allows you to align either the -top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding -text (default is top). +<para>By default &latex; will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional <replaceable>position</replaceable> argument is present and equal either to ‘<literal>t</literal>’ +or ‘<literal>b</literal>’, this allows you respectively to align either the top or +bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You +may also specify ‘<literal>m</literal>’ for <replaceable>position</replaceable> to get the default +behaviour. </para> <para>The optional <replaceable>height</replaceable> argument overrides the natural height of the box. </para> @@ -7536,16 +8382,16 @@ for this to work. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\raisebox{distance}[<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>depth</replaceable>]{text} +<screen>\raisebox{<replaceable>distance</replaceable>}[<replaceable>height</replaceable>][<replaceable>depth</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para>The <literal>\raisebox</literal> command raises or lowers <replaceable>text</replaceable>. The first mandatory argument specifies how high <replaceable>text</replaceable> is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). <replaceable>text</replaceable> itself is processed in LR mode. </para> -<para>The optional arguments <replaceable>height</replaceable> and <replaceable>depth</replaceable> are dimensions. -If they are specified, &latex; treats <replaceable>text</replaceable> as extending a -certain distance above the baseline (height) or below (depth), +<para>The optional arguments <replaceable>height</replaceable> and <replaceable>depth</replaceable> are dimensions. If +they are specified, &latex; treats <replaceable>text</replaceable> as extending a certain +distance above the baseline (<replaceable>height</replaceable>) or below (<replaceable>depth</replaceable>), ignoring its natural height and depth. </para> @@ -7614,11 +8460,13 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>reserved characters</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, reserved</primary></indexterm> - -<para>The following characters play a special role in &latex; and are called -“reserved characters” or “special characters”. +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>special characters</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, special</primary></indexterm> +<para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign <literal>%</literal> is for comments) so they are +called <firstterm>reserved characters</firstterm> or <firstterm>special characters</firstterm>. </para> -<screen># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +<screen># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </screen> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\#</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\$</primary></indexterm> @@ -7627,39 +8475,53 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\_</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\{</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\}</primary></indexterm> -<para>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; -will do something special. If you simply want the character to be -printed as itself, include a <literal>\</literal> in front of the character. For -example, <literal>\$</literal> will produce <literal>$</literal> in your output. -</para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\backslash</primary></indexterm> -<para>One exception to this rule is <literal>\</literal> itself, because <literal>\\</literal> has -its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by -typing <literal>$\backslash$</literal> in your file, and a typewriter <literal>\</literal> is -produced by using ‘<literal>\</literal>’ in a verbatim command (see <link linkend="verbatim">verbatim</link>). +<para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash <literal>\</literal> in front of the character. Thus, +<literal>\$1.23</literal> will produce <literal>$1.23</literal> in your output. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\~</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\^</primary></indexterm> -<para>Also, <literal>\~</literal> and <literal>\^</literal> place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in õ and ô (see <link linkend="Accents">Accents</link>); to get -a standalone <literal>~</literal> or <literal>^</literal>, you can again use a verbatim -command. +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textbackslash</primary></indexterm> +<para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use <literal>\~{}</literal> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text +body font circumflex use <literal>\^{}</literal>. A text body font backslash +results from <literal>\textbackslash{}</literal>. +</para> +<para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +<literal>\verb!!</literal>, as below. </para> +<screen>\begin{center} + \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \! +\end{center} +</screen> +<para>In that example the double backslash <literal>\\</literal> is only there to +split the lines. +</para> + +</sect1> +<sect1 label="21.2" id="Symbols-by-font-position"> +<title>Symbols by font position</title> + <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\symbol</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>accessing any character of a font</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>font symbols, by number</primary></indexterm> -<para>Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the <literal>\symbol</literal> command. For example, the -visible space character used in the <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>. +<para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the <literal>\symbol</literal> command. For example, the visible space character +used in the <literal>\verb*</literal> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be +typed as <literal>\symbol{32}</literal>. </para> -<para>You can also specify octal numbers with <literal>'</literal> or hexadecimal numbers -with <literal>"</literal>, so the previous example could also be written as -<literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or <literal>\symbol{"20}</literal>. +<para>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <literal>'</literal> +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <literal>"</literal> prefix, so the previous +example could also be written as <literal>\symbol{'40}</literal> or +<literal>\symbol{"20}</literal>. </para> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.2" id="Text-symbols"> +<sect1 label="21.3" id="Text-symbols"> <title>Text symbols</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>text symbols</primary></indexterm> @@ -7724,7 +8586,7 @@ and <literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode. </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textparagraph</primary></indexterm><literal>\textparagraph</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph symbol</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>pilcrow</primary></indexterm> -<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow): ¶. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\pounds</primary></indexterm><literal>\pounds</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textsterling</primary></indexterm><literal>\textsterling</literal> @@ -7746,8 +8608,9 @@ and <literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode. <para>Right (closing) quote: ’. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\S</primary></indexterm><literal>\S</literal> -</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>section symbol</primary></indexterm> -<para>Section symbol. +</term><listitem><para>\itemx \textsection +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>section symbol</primary></indexterm> +Section sign: §. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TeX</primary></indexterm><literal>\TeX</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>&tex; logo</primary></indexterm> @@ -7808,8 +8671,8 @@ and <literal>\dots</literal> also work in math mode. <para><replaceable>letter</replaceable> in a circle, as in ®. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcompwordmark</literal> -</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalwordmark</literal> -</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textascenderwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textascenderwordmark</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textcapitalcompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textcapitalcompwordmark</literal> +</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textascendercompwordmark</primary></indexterm><literal>\textascendercompwordmark</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>composite word mark, in text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>cap height</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ascender height</primary></indexterm> @@ -7826,7 +8689,7 @@ has the ascender height. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>double dagger, in text</primary></indexterm> <para>Double dagger: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\ddag</mathphrase></inlineequation>. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdollar (or <literal>$</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdollar (or <literal>$</literal>)</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textdollar (or <literal>\$</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textdollar (or <literal>\$</literal>)</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>dollar sign</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>currency, dollar</primary></indexterm> <para>Dollar sign: $. @@ -7872,7 +8735,7 @@ has the ascender height. </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textperiodcentered</primary></indexterm><literal>\textperiodcentered</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, centered, in text</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>centered period, in text</primary></indexterm> -<para>Centered period: <inlineequation><mathphrase>\cdot</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +<para>Centered period: ·. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquestiondown (or <literal>?`</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquestiondown (or <literal>?`</literal>)</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>question mark, upside-down</primary></indexterm> @@ -7883,7 +8746,7 @@ has the ascender height. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>double left quote</primary></indexterm> <para>Double left quote: “. </para> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblright (or <literal>'</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblright (or <literal>'</literal>)</literal> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotedblright (or <literal>''</literal>)</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotedblright (or <literal>''</literal>)</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>right quote, double</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>double right quote</primary></indexterm> <para>Double right quote: ”. @@ -7898,6 +8761,12 @@ has the ascender height. <indexterm role="cp"><primary>single right quote</primary></indexterm> <para>Single right quote: ’. </para> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotesingle</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotesingle</literal> +</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quote, single straight</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>straight single quote</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>single quote, straight</primary></indexterm> +<para>Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +</para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightbase</literal> </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textquotestraightdblbase</primary></indexterm><literal>\textquotestraightdblbase</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>quote, straight base</primary></indexterm> @@ -7922,7 +8791,7 @@ has the ascender height. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttrademark</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttrademark</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>trademark symbol</primary></indexterm> -<para>Trademark symbol: <inlineequation><mathphrase>^{\hbox{TM}}</mathphrase></inlineequation>. +<para>Trademark symbol: ™. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\texttwelveudash</primary></indexterm><literal>\texttwelveudash</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>two-thirds em-dash</primary></indexterm> @@ -7940,13 +8809,14 @@ has the ascender height. </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.3" id="Accents"> +<sect1 label="21.4" id="Accents"> <title>Accents</title> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>accents</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, accented</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, accented</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>babel</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>babel</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>multilingual support</primary></indexterm> <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and @@ -8105,16 +8975,19 @@ See also <literal>\b</literal> above. </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.4" id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"> -<title>Non-English characters</title> +<sect1 label="21.5" id="Additional-Latin-letters"> +<title>Additional Latin letters</title> +<anchor id="Non_002dEnglish-characters"/><indexterm role="cp"><primary>Latin letters, additional</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, additional Latin</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>extended Latin</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>special characters</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-English characters</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>characters, non-English</primary></indexterm> -<indexterm role="cp"><primary>letters, non-English</primary></indexterm> -<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting characters commonly -used in languages other than English. +<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters (beyond +A–Z) extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other +than English. </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>\aa</literal> </term><term><literal>\AA</literal> @@ -8136,13 +9009,17 @@ used in languages other than English. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DH (Ð)</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic eth</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>eth, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm> -<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. +<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with OT1 +encoding, you need the <filename>fontenc</filename> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as T1. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\dj</literal> </term><term><literal>\DJ</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\dj</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\DJ</primary></indexterm> -<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. +<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. Not +available with OT1 encoding, you need the <filename>fontenc</filename> package to +select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\ij</literal> </term><term><literal>\IJ</literal> @@ -8162,7 +9039,7 @@ used in languages other than English. </term><term><literal>\NG</literal> </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ng</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\NG</primary></indexterm> -<para>Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. +<para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </para> </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>\o</literal> </term><term><literal>\O</literal> @@ -8192,12 +9069,14 @@ used in languages other than English. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\TH (Þ)</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Icelandic thorn</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>thorn, Icelandic letter</primary></indexterm> -<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. +<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with OT1 +encoding, you need the <filename>fontenc</filename> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as T1. </para> </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.5" id="_005crule"> +<sect1 label="21.6" id="_005crule"> <title><literal>\rule</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rule</primary></indexterm> @@ -8220,18 +9099,30 @@ rectangles. The arguments are: </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> </sect1> -<sect1 label="21.6" id="_005ctoday"> +<sect1 label="21.7" id="_005ctoday"> <title><literal>\today</literal></title> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\today</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>date, today’s</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>\today</literal> command produces today’s date, in the format -‘<literal><replaceable>month</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>, <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></literal>’; for example, ‘July 4, 1976’. +‘<literal><replaceable>month</replaceable> <replaceable>dd</replaceable>, <replaceable>yyyy</replaceable></literal>’; for example, ‘<literal>July 4, 1976</literal>’. It uses the predefined counters <literal>\day</literal>, <literal>\month</literal>, and <literal>\year</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</link>) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. </para> +<para>Multilingual packages like <filename>babel</filename> or classes like <filename>lettre</filename>, +among others, will localize <literal>\today</literal>. For example, the following +will output ‘<literal>4 juillet 1976</literal>’: +</para> +<screen>\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 +\documentclass{minimal} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\begin{document} +\today +\end{document} +</screen> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>datetime</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>datetime</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>datetime</literal> package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -8248,7 +9139,10 @@ of other date formats. <para>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it’s more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>root file</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>file, root</primary></indexterm> +<firstterm>root file</firstterm>; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. </para> <para>See <link linkend="filecontents">filecontents</link>, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -8272,7 +9166,7 @@ command executes <literal>\clearpage</literal> to start a new page </para> <para>Given an <literal>\includeonly</literal> command, the <literal>\include</literal> actions are only run if <replaceable>file</replaceable> is listed as an argument to -<literal>\includeonly</literal>. See the next section. +<literal>\includeonly</literal>. See <link linkend="_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</link>. </para> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>nested <literal>\include</literal>, not allowed</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>\include</literal> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file @@ -8291,9 +9185,9 @@ read by another <literal>\include</literal> command. </screen> <para>The <literal>\includeonly</literal> command controls which files will be read by subsequent <literal>\include</literal> commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each <replaceable>file</replaceable> must exactly match a filename -specified in a <literal>\include</literal> command for the selection to be -effective. +comma-separated. Each element <replaceable>file1</replaceable>, <replaceable>file2</replaceable>, … must +exactly match a filename specified in a <literal>\include</literal> command for the +selection to be effective. </para> <para>This command can only appear in the preamble. </para> @@ -8360,11 +9254,15 @@ as for the table of contents. <sect2 label="23.1.1" id="_005caddcontentsline"> <title><literal>\addcontentsline</literal></title> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\addcontentsline</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents entry, manually adding</primary></indexterm> -<para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal>{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} -command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<screen>\addcontentsline{<replaceable>ext</replaceable>}{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} +</screen> +<para>The <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: </para> <variablelist><varlistentry><term><replaceable>ext</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, @@ -8379,16 +9277,17 @@ following, matching the value of the <replaceable>ext</replaceable> argument: </term><listitem><para>The name of the sectional unit: <literal>part</literal>, <literal>chapter</literal>, <literal>section</literal>, <literal>subsection</literal>, <literal>subsubsection</literal>. </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lof</literal> -</term><listitem><para>For the list of figures. +</term><listitem><para>For the list of figures: <literal>figure</literal>. </para></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>lot</literal> -</term><listitem><para>For the list of tables. +</term><listitem><para>For the list of tables: <literal>table</literal>. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> -</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>entry</replaceable> +</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><replaceable>text</replaceable> </term><listitem><para>The text of the entry. </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\contentsline</primary></indexterm> -<para>What is written to the <filename>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename> file is the -command <literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>name</replaceable>}</literal>. +<para>What is written to the <filename>.<replaceable>ext</replaceable></filename> file is the command +<literal>\contentsline{<replaceable>unit</replaceable>}{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}{<replaceable>num</replaceable>}</literal>, where +<literal><replaceable>num</replaceable></literal> is the current value of counter <literal><replaceable>unit</replaceable></literal>. </para> <!-- xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> @@ -8450,7 +9349,7 @@ the preamble. <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\index</primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><filename>.idx</filename> file</primary></indexterm> <para>The command <literal>\index{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal> writes an index entry for -<replaceable>text</replaceable> to an auxiliary file with the <filename>.idx</filename> extension. +<replaceable>text</replaceable> to an auxiliary file named with the <filename>.idx</filename> extension. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexentry</primary></indexterm> <para>Specifically, what gets written is the command @@ -8479,22 +9378,25 @@ multi-lingual) <command>xindy</command> (<ulink url="http://xindy.sourceforge.ne This results in a <filename>.ind</filename> file, which can then be read to typeset the index. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>printindex</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\printindex</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>makeidx</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>makeidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>The index is usually generated with the <literal>\printindex</literal> command. This is defined in the <literal>makeidx</literal> package, so <literal>\usepackage{makeidx}</literal> needs to be in the preamble. </para> -<indexterm role="fn"><primary>indexspace</primary></indexterm> +<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\indexspace</primary></indexterm> <para>The rubber length <literal>\indexspace</literal> is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is ‘<literal>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</literal>’. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>showidx</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>showidx</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>showidx</literal> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. </para> +<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>multind</literal></primary></indexterm> <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>multind</literal> package</primary></indexterm> <para>The <literal>multind</literal> package supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, @@ -8520,7 +9422,7 @@ preparing the index. <replaceable>letter body</replaceable> \closing{<replaceable>closing text</replaceable>} \end{letter} - ... more letters ... +... more letters ... \end{document} </screen> <para>Produce one or more letters. @@ -8546,13 +9448,13 @@ backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). &latex; will put the <replaceable>sende under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. </para> -<para>Each letter environment begins with a required <literal>\opening</literal> command +<para>Each <literal>letter</literal> environment body begins with a required <literal>\opening</literal> command such as <literal>\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}</literal>. The <replaceable>letter body</replaceable> -text is ordinary &latex; so it can contain everything from from +text is ordinary &latex; so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to displayed math, except that commands such as <literal>\chapter</literal> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each -letter environment typically ends with a <literal>\closing</literal> command such as -<literal>\closing{Yours,}</literal>. +<literal>letter</literal> environment body typically ends with a <literal>\closing</literal> +command such as <literal>\closing{Yours,}</literal>. </para> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for letters</primary></indexterm> <para>Additional material may come after the <literal>\closing</literal>. You can say who @@ -8629,12 +9531,12 @@ formatted as a personal letter. <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\cc{<replaceable>first name</replaceable> \\ - .. } + ... } </screen> <para>Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after <literal>\closing</literal>. Separate multiple lines with a double -backslash <literal>\\</literal>. +backslash <literal>\\</literal>, as in: </para> <screen>\cc{President \\ Vice President} @@ -8650,7 +9552,7 @@ backslash <literal>\\</literal>. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\closing{text} +<screen>\closing{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para>Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there is a <literal>\closing</literal> (although this command is optional). For example, @@ -8668,7 +9570,7 @@ is a <literal>\closing</literal> (although this command is optional). For examp <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\encl{<replaceable>first enclosed object</replaceable> \\ - .. } + ... } </screen> <para>Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is optional; when it is used, it typically is put after <literal>\closing</literal>. @@ -8718,6 +9620,8 @@ address</replaceable>). The <replaceable>sender address</replaceable> is the val in the argument to the <literal>letter</literal> environment. By default <literal>\mlabel</literal> ignores the first argument, the <replaceable>sender address</replaceable>. </para> +<!-- xxx TODO, align on latex2e-fr.texi, see https://mail.gna.org/public/latexrefman-discuss/2015-10/msg00000.html --> + </sect1> <sect1 label="24.7" id="_005cname"> <title><literal>\name</literal></title> @@ -8744,7 +9648,7 @@ return address. <screen>\opening{<replaceable>text</replaceable>} </screen> <para>This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -<literal>\begin{letter}{..}</literal>. The mandatory argument <replaceable>text</replaceable> is the +<literal>\begin{letter}{...}</literal>. The mandatory argument <replaceable>text</replaceable> is the text that starts your letter. For instance: </para> <screen>\opening{Dear John:} @@ -8763,7 +9667,7 @@ text that starts your letter. For instance: <para>Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after <literal>\closing</literal>. </para> -<screen>\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} +<screen>\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} </screen> </sect1> @@ -8773,7 +9677,7 @@ text that starts your letter. For instance: <para>Synopsis: </para> <screen>\signature{<replaceable>first line</replaceable> \\ - .. } + ... } </screen> <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\signature</primary></indexterm> @@ -8853,13 +9757,13 @@ page. <para>Synopsis: </para> -<screen>\typein[<replaceable>\cmd</replaceable>]{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>} +<screen>\typein[\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>]{<replaceable>msg</replaceable>} </screen> <para><literal>\typein</literal> prints <replaceable>msg</replaceable> on the terminal and causes &latex; to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If -the optional <replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> argument is omitted, the typed input is +the optional <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the -<literal>\typein</literal> command. If the <replaceable>\cmd</replaceable> argument is present, it +<literal>\typein</literal> command. If the <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. </para> @@ -9002,6 +9906,7 @@ The end. <ulink url="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</ulink>. </para> <screen>\documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -9010,6 +9915,8 @@ The end. \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -9018,51 +9925,56 @@ The end. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html index 5606ddbb59b..e8a7e781622 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> <html> <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a -document preparation system, version of October 2015. +document preparation system, version of August 2017. This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015 Karl Berry. +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 Karl Berry. Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore. @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. --> -<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.0, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> +<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.1, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ --> <head> -<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)</title> +<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (August 2017)</title> -<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)"> -<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)"> +<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (August 2017)"> +<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (August 2017)"> <meta name="resource-type" content="document"> <meta name="distribution" content="global"> <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo"> @@ -69,9 +69,8 @@ pre.smalldisplay {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller} pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller} pre.smallformat {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller} pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller} -span.nocodebreak {white-space: nowrap} span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap} -span.roman {font-family: serif; font-weight: normal} +span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal} span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal} ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} --> @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} </head> <body lang="en"> -<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)</h1> +<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (August 2017)</h1> @@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li> -<li><a name="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li> +<li><a name="stoc-Environments-2" href="#toc-Environments-2">8 Environments</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li> <li><a name="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li> @@ -137,11 +136,25 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li> <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environment">2.4.1 Environments</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Command-declarations" href="#Declaration">2.4.2 Command declarations</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code></a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li> + </ul></li> + </ul></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-Document-class-options-1" href="#Document-class-options">3.1 Document class options</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Additional-packages-1" href="#Additional-packages">3.2 Additional packages</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-construction-1" href="#Class-and-package-construction">3.3 Class and package construction</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-structure-1" href="#Class-and-package-structure">3.3.1 Class and package structure</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Class-and-package-commands-1" href="#Class-and-package-commands">3.3.2 Class and package commands</a></li> + </ul></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -158,14 +171,17 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-Page-layout-parameters-1" href="#Page-layout-parameters">5.5 Page layout parameters</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Floats-1" href="#Floats">5.6 Floats</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Sectioning-1" href="#Sectioning">6 Sectioning</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040startsection-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">6.1 <code>\@startsection</code></a></li> + </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Cross-references-1" href="#Cross-references">7 Cross references</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-_005clabel-1" href="#g_t_005clabel">7.1 <code>\label</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cpageref_007bkey_007d" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cref_007bkey_007d" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> + <li><a name="toc-Environments-2" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li> @@ -191,7 +207,10 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-itemize-1" href="#itemize">8.14 <code>itemize</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-letter-environment_003a-writing-letters" href="#letter">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code>list</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-list-1" href="#list">8.16 <code>list</code></a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list_002e" href="#g_t_005citem">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list.</a></li> + </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-math-1" href="#math">8.17 <code>math</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-minipage-1" href="#minipage">8.18 <code>minipage</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-picture-1" href="#picture">8.19 <code>picture</code></a> @@ -242,10 +261,11 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">9.2 <code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="#g_t_005cnewline">9.3 <code>\newline</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cfussy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy">9.5 <code>\fussy</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005csloppy">9.6 <code>\sloppy</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cfussy-1" href="#g_t_005cfussy">9.6 <code>\fussy</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005csloppy-1" href="#g_t_005csloppy">9.7 <code>\sloppy</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="#g_t_005chyphenation">9.8 <code>\hyphenation</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">9.9 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Page-breaking-1" href="#Page-breaking">10 Page breaking</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> @@ -292,8 +312,8 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-Lengths-1" href="#Lengths">14 Lengths</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-Units-of-length-1" href="#Units-of-length">14.1 Units of length</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005csetlength_007b_005clen_007d_007bvalue_007d" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005caddtolength_007b_005clen_007d_007bamount_007d" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code>\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005csetlength-1" href="#g_t_005csetlength">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005caddtolength-1" href="#g_t_005caddtolength">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005csettodepth-1" href="#g_t_005csettodepth">14.4 <code>\settodepth</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005csettoheight-1" href="#g_t_005csettoheight">14.5 <code>\settoheight</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005csettowidth_007b_005clen_007d_007btext_007d" href="#g_t_005csettowidth">14.6 <code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></a></li> @@ -315,7 +335,10 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.5 Spacing in math mode</a></li> <li><a name="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.6 Math miscellany</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a name="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Modes-1" href="#Modes">17 Modes</a> + <ul class="no-bullet"> + <li><a name="toc-_005censuremath-1" href="#g_t_005censuremath">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></a></li> + </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Page-styles-1" href="#Page-styles">18 Page styles</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-_005cmaketitle-1" href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">18.1 <code>\maketitle</code></a></li> @@ -328,7 +351,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-_005chspace-1" href="#g_t_005chspace">19.1 <code>\hspace</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005chfill-1" href="#g_t_005chfill">19.2 <code>\hfill</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040-1" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040">19.3 <code>\(SPACE)</code> and \@</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005c--after-a-control-sequence" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS">19.4 <code>\ </code> after a control sequence</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005c--after-control-sequence" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence">19.4 <code>\ </code> after control sequence</a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cfrenchspacing-1" href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">19.5 <code>\frenchspacing</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cthinspace_003a-Insert-1_002f6em" href="#g_t_005cthinspace">19.6 <code>\thinspace</code>: Insert 1/6em</a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005c_002f_003a-Insert-italic-correction" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.7 <code>\/</code>: Insert italic correction</a></li> @@ -353,16 +376,18 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} <li><a name="toc-Special-insertions-1" href="#Special-insertions">21 Special insertions</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-Reserved-characters-1" href="#Reserved-characters">21.1 Reserved characters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Text-symbols-1" href="#Text-symbols">21.2 Text symbols</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Accents-1" href="#Accents">21.3 Accents</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-Non_002dEnglish-characters-1" href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">21.4 Non-English characters</a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">21.5 <code>\rule</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">21.6 <code>\today</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Upper-and-lower-case-1" href="#Upper-and-lower-case">21.2 Upper and lower case</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Symbols-by-font-position-1" href="#Symbols-by-font-position">21.3 Symbols by font position</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Text-symbols-1" href="#Text-symbols">21.4 Text symbols</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Accents-1" href="#Accents">21.5 Accents</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-Additional-Latin-letters-1" href="#Additional-Latin-letters">21.6 Additional Latin letters</a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005crule-1" href="#g_t_005crule">21.7 <code>\rule</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005ctoday-1" href="#g_t_005ctoday">21.8 <code>\today</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Splitting-the-input-1" href="#Splitting-the-input">22 Splitting the input</a> <ul class="no-bullet"> <li><a name="toc-_005cinclude-1" href="#g_t_005cinclude">22.1 <code>\include</code></a></li> - <li><a name="toc-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cincludeonly">22.2 \<code>includeonly</code></a></li> + <li><a name="toc-_005cincludeonly-1" href="#g_t_005cincludeonly">22.2 <code>\includeonly</code></a></li> <li><a name="toc-_005cinput-1" href="#g_t_005cinput">22.3 <code>\input</code></a></li> </ul></li> <li><a name="toc-Front_002fback-matter-1" href="#Front_002fback-matter">23 Front/back matter</a> @@ -408,6 +433,8 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} + + <a name="Top"></a> <div class="header"> <p> @@ -417,7 +444,7 @@ Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this documen <h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1> <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2015) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +August 2017) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -490,31 +517,31 @@ Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="About-this-document-1"></a> <h2 class="chapter">1 About this document</h2> -<a name="index-bug-reporting"></a> -<a name="index-reporting-bugs"></a> -<a name="index-http_003a_002f_002fhome_002egna_002eorg_002flatexrefman-home-page"></a> +<a name="index-http_003a_002f_002fpuszcza_002egnu_002eorg_002eua_002fsoftware_002flatexrefman_002f-home-page"></a> <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>). This document’s home page is -<a href="http://home.gna.org/latexrefman">http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</a>. That page has links to the +<a href="http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</a>. That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and subscriptions, and other infrastructure. </p> <a name="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a> <p>In this document, we will mostly just use ‘LaTeX’ rather than ‘LaTeX2e’, since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was -retired many years ago. +frozen decades ago. </p> <a name="index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual"></a> <a name="index-LaTeX-Project-team"></a> -<a name="index-latexrefman_002ddiscuss_0040gna_002eorg-email-address"></a> +<a name="index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"></a> <p>LaTeX is currently maintained by a group of volunteers (<a href="http://latex-project.org">http://latex-project.org</a>). The official documentation written by the LaTeX project is available from their web site. This document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the LaTeX -maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this -document to them. Instead, please send all comments to -<a href="mailto:latexrefman-discuss@gna.org">latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</a>. +maintainers. +<a name="index-bug-reporting"></a> +<a name="index-reporting-bugs"></a> +Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. +Instead, please send all comments to <a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a>. </p> <p>This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources of information about LaTeX, at all levels. Here are a few @@ -533,8 +560,9 @@ introductions. </dd> <dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide">http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide</a></dt> <dd><a name="index-usrguide-official-documentation"></a> -<p>The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX; -there are plenty of others available elsewhere. +<p>The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of LaTeX. +Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent +of LaTeX itself; one such is the next item: </p> </dd> <dt><a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort">http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort</a></dt> @@ -674,7 +702,7 @@ it to a PostScript <code>.ps</code> file with <code>dvips</code> or to a Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code> file with <code>dvipdfmx</code>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <code>dvitype</code>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware</a>). +available (<a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware">http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</a>). </p> </dd> <dt><code>.pdf</code></dt> @@ -866,6 +894,8 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="2">Declaration</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the value or meaning of a command. </td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character. +</td></tr> </table> @@ -875,13 +905,14 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). <p> Next: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<h4 class="node-heading">Environment</h4> +<a name="Environments-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">2.4.1 Environments</h4> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment name</var>} - .. + ... \end{<var>environment name</var>} </pre></div> @@ -891,11 +922,13 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{verse} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end{verse} </pre></div> +<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments. +</p> <p>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a star (<code>*</code>); both the <code>\begin</code> and <code>\end</code> texts must @@ -908,7 +941,7 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} </pre></div> @@ -917,9 +950,10 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). <a name="Declaration"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<h4 class="node-heading">Declaration</h4> +<a name="Command-declarations"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">2.4.2 Command declarations</h4> <p>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other command or parameter. For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command @@ -927,6 +961,154 @@ changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. </p> <hr> +<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code></h4> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. +\makeatother +</pre></div> + +<p>Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. <code>\makeatletter</code> makes +the at-sign character <code>@</code> have the category code of a letter, +11. <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of <code>@</code> to 12, +its original value. +</p> +<p>As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a +character category code, or +<a name="index-catcode"></a> +<a name="index-character-category-code"></a> +<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a> +<em>catcode</em> for short. For instance, the backslash <code>\</code> is +assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two +commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>@</code>. +</p> +<p>The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX’s commands use +<code>@</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a +command that replaces one of LaTeX’s own. Command names consist of a +category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, +category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist +of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). +So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot +contain an <code>@</code>. But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> +allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>@</code>. +</p> +<p>Use these two commands inside a <samp>.tex</samp> file, in the preamble, when +defining or redefining a command with <code>@</code> in its name. Don’t use +them inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the +<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to +have the character code of a letter. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a> +<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a> +<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign +in their names see <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. These macros are +mainly intended to package or class authors. +</p> +<p>The example below is typical. In the user’s class file is a command +<code>\thesis@universityname</code>. The user wants to change the +definition. These three lines should go in the preamble, before the +<code>\begin{document}</code>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\makeatletter +\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College} +\makeatother +</pre></div> + +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="1">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Up: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="u" rel="up">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsubsection">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></h4> + +<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a> +<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a> +<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}} +\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>non-starred command number of args</var>]{<var>body of non-starred command</var>} +\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>starred command number of args</var>]{<var>body of starred command</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character <code>*</code>, an asterisk. +Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the +<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands. +</p> +<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, LaTeX does not really have a +<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign <code>@</code> +must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block +(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a>). +</p> +<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a +variant <code>\ciel*</code>. Both have one required argument. A call to +<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return "starry night sky" while +<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return "starry not blue sky". +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky} +\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}} +</pre></div> + +<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than does the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent +007’s <code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, +\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to <code>``My name is +\textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code> +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}} +\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{\@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}} +</pre></div> + +<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +<code>\@ifstar</code>. The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct +<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by +<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>. And +LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1 + {<var>starred version</var>}% + {<var>unstarred version</var>}% + } +</pre></div> + + +<hr> <a name="Document-classes"></a> <div class="header"> <p> @@ -988,6 +1170,10 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="1">Document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Global options. </td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="2">Additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bring in packages. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="3">Class and package construction</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Create new classes and packages. +</td></tr> </table> @@ -995,7 +1181,7 @@ such as technical reports or theses, which may contain several chapters. <a name="Document-class-options"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Document-class-options-1"></a> <h3 class="section">3.1 Document class options</h3> @@ -1036,28 +1222,33 @@ size (these show height by width): </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>a4paper</code></dt> -<dd><p>210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +<dd><p>210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>a5paper</code></dt> +<dd><p>148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) </p> </dd> <dt><code>b5paper</code></dt> -<dd><p>176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) +<dd><p>176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) </p> </dd> <dt><code>executivepaper</code></dt> -<dd><p>7.25 by 10.5 inches +<dd><p>7.25 by 10.5 inches </p> </dd> <dt><code>legalpaper</code></dt> -<dd><p>8.5 by 14 inches +<dd><p>8.5 by 14 inches </p> </dd> <dt><code>letterpaper</code></dt> -<dd><p>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) +<dd><p>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </p></dd> </dl> <a name="index-_005cpdfpagewidth"></a> <a name="index-_005cpdfpageheight"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-geometry"></a> <a name="index-geometry-package"></a> <p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set @@ -1113,7 +1304,10 @@ black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. <dt><code>titlepage</code></dt> <dt><code>notitlepage</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-title-page_002c-separate-or-run_002din"></a> -<p>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +<p>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and +for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the +<code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is +<code>notitlepage</code>. </p></dd> </dl> @@ -1157,28 +1351,567 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <p>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </p> + +<hr> +<a name="Additional-packages"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package construction</a>, Previous: <a href="#Document-class-options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document class options</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Additional-packages-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">3.2 Additional packages</h3> + <a name="index-loading-additional-packages"></a> <a name="index-packages_002c-loading-additional"></a> <a name="index-additional-packages_002c-loading"></a> <a name="index-_005cusepackage"></a> -<p>Additional packages are loaded like this: +<p>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated +list <var>options</var>, as here. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>} +<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>}. </pre></div> -<p>To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, +<p>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </p> <a name="index-global-options-1"></a> <a name="index-options_002c-global"></a> <p>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown -by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. </p> <hr> +<a name="Class-and-package-construction"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#Additional-packages" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional packages</a>, Up: <a href="#Document-classes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Document classes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Class-and-package-construction-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">3.3 Class and package construction</h3> + +<a name="index-document-class-commands"></a> +<a name="index-commands_002c-document-class"></a> +<a name="index-new-class-commands"></a> + +<p>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a +standard header for each page, then you could create a new class +<code>smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with +<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>. +</p> +<p>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a +package are useful across classes while those in a document class are +specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a +package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the +SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. +<a name="index-class-and-package-difference"></a> +<a name="index-difference-between-class-and-package"></a> +</p> +<p>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>@</code> as a +character in command names without having to surround the code +containing that command with <code>\makeatletter</code> and +<code>\makeatother</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a>. This allow +you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine. +Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with +some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with +others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands +<code>\smc@tolist</code>, <code>\smc@fromlist</code>, etc. +</p> + +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="1">Class and package structure</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Layout of the file. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="2">Class and package commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">List of commands. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<a name="Class-and-package-structure"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and package commands</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Class-and-package-structure-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">3.3.1 Class and package structure</h4> + +<a name="index-class-and-package-structure"></a> +<a name="index-class-file-layout"></a> +<a name="index-package-file-layout"></a> +<a name="index-options_002c-document-class-1"></a> +<a name="index-options_002c-package"></a> +<a name="index-class-options-1"></a> +<a name="index-package-options"></a> + +<p>A class file or package file typically has four parts. +</p><ol> +<li>In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX +package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code> +and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands. +</li><li> The <em>preliminary declarations part</em> declares some commands and +can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed +for the code used in the next part. For example, an <code>smcmemo</code> +class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of +people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and +therefore needs to define a command +<code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> used in that +file. +</li><li> In the <em>handle options part</em> the class or package declares +and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their +document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class +name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you +declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default +document font size. +</li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package usually does +most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and +loading other files. +</li></ol> + + +<p>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <samp>stub.cls</samp> +where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the +<samp>.tex</samp> file. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\LoadClass{article} +</pre></div> +<a name="index-class-file-example"></a> + +<p>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the +<code>article</code> class to provide the basis for this class’s code. +</p> +<p>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +<a href="http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf">http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</a> (much +of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +<a href="https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf">https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</a>. +</p> +<hr> +<a name="Class-and-package-commands"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Previous: <a href="#Class-and-package-structure" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Class and package structure</a>, Up: <a href="#Class-and-package-construction" accesskey="u" rel="up">Class and package construction</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Class-and-package-commands-1"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">3.3.2 Class and package commands</h4> +<a name="index-class-and-package-commands"></a> +<a name="index-commands_002c-class-and-package"></a> + +<p>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><code>\AtBeginDvi{specials}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cAtBeginDvi"></a> +<p>Save in a box register things that are written to the <samp>.dvi</samp> file +at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cAtEndOfClass"></a> +<a name="index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"></a> +<p>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when LaTeX finishes +processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks +multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you +called it. See also <a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cCheckCommand"></a> +<a name="index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"></a> +<a name="index-new-command_002c-check"></a> +<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but does +not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of +<var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not +<a name="index-long-command"></a> +<em>long</em> as expected. A long command is a command that accepts +<code>\par</code> within an argument. The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be +long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>. Raises an +error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start +redefining <code>cmd</code> yourself that no other package has already +redefined this command. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cClassError"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPackageError"></a> +<a name="index-_005cClassWarning"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPackageWarning"></a> +<a name="index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"></a> +<a name="index-_005cClassInfo"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPackageInfo"></a> +<a name="index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"></a> +<p>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. +</p> +<p>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is +<var>error text</var>, followed by TeX’s <code>?</code> error prompt. If the +user then asks for help by typing <code>h</code>, they see the <var>help +text</var>. +</p> +<p>The four warning commands are similar except that they write +<var>warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info +commands write <var>info text</var> only in the transcript file. The +<code>NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the +message, while the other versions do show that number. +</p> +<p>To format the messages, including the <var>help text</var>: use +<code>\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with +<code>\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code>\space</code> when a space +character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that LaTeX +appends a period to the messages. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\CurrentOption</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cCurrentOption"></a> +<p>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only +be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> +or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cDeclareOption"></a> +<a name="index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"></a> +<a name="index-class-options-2"></a> +<a name="index-package-options-1"></a> +<a name="index-options_002c-class"></a> +<a name="index-options_002c-package-1"></a> +<p>Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their +<code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class +could have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the +first page with <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code>. The class file +must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later, +<code>\ProcessOptions</code>). +</p> +<p>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this +will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</code> +Change this behaviour with the starred version +<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes extend +an existing class, using a declaration such as +<code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the +underlying class use code such as this. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareOption*{% +\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% +} +</pre></div> + +<p>Another example is that the class <code>smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep +lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke +<code>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file +<code>math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise +passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}} +</pre></div> + +</dd> +<dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"></a> +<a name="index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"></a> +<a name="index-new-command_002c-definition"></a> +<p>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code +within the <var>definition</var> is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and +fragile commands see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>.) Use this command to define new +robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them +robust. Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> these do not give an error if macro +<var>cmd</var> already exists; instead, a log message is put into the +transcript file if a command is redefined. +</p> +<p>Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined +using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command’s data is fragile and the +command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-etoolbox"></a> +<a name="index-etoolbox-package"></a> +<p>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers commands <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, +<code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, +<code>\providerobustcmd</code>, and <code>\providerobustcmd*</code> which are similar +to <code>\newcommand</code>, <code>\newcommand*</code>, <code>\renewcommand</code>, +<code>\renewcommand*</code>, <code>\providecommand</code>, and +<code>\providecommand*</code>, but define a robust <var>cmd</var> with two advantages +as compared to <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code>: +</p><ol> +<li> They use the low-level e-TeX protection mechanism rather than the +higher level LaTeX <code>\protect</code> mechanism, so they do not incur +the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and +</li><li> They make the same distinction between <code>\new…</code>, +<code>\renew…</code>, and <code>\provide…</code>, as the standard +commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine +<var>cmd</var> that already exists, in that case you need to use either +<code>\renew…</code> or <code>\provide…</code> or you get an error. +</li></ol> + + +</dd> +<dt><code>\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cIfFileExists"></a> +<a name="index-_005cInputIfFileExists"></a> +<p>Execute <var>true code</var> if LaTeX can find the file <samp><var>file +name</var></samp> and <var>false code</var> otherwise. In the second case it inputs the +file immediately after executing <var>true code</var>. Thus +<code>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{WARNING: +img.pdf not found}}</code> will include the graphic <samp>img.pdf</samp> if it is +found but otherwise just give a warning. +</p> +<p>This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX uses, +not only in the current directory. To look only in the current +directory do something like <code>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var>true +code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a +<code>.tex</code> extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by +appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how LaTeX handles file +extensions see <a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dt><code>\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cLoadClass"></a> +<a name="index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"></a> +<p>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options +list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is +<code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. +</p> +<p>The <var>options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<var>release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form +<var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. +</p> +<p>If you request a <var>release date</var> and the date of +the package installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning +on the screen and in the log like <code>You have requested, on input +line 4, version `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only version +`2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is available.</code> +</p> +<p>The command version <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of +options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed +to it via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command +that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard +<code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cExecuteOptions"></a> +<p>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command +executes the command <code>\ds@<var>option</var></code>. If this command is not +defined then that option is silently ignored. +</p> +<p>It can be used to provide a default option list before +<code>\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the +default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify +<code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"></a> +<p>Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued +as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: +<code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. When a document using that class is +processed, the format name given here must match the format that is +actually being run (including that the <var>format</var> string is case +sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error +like ‘<samp>This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.</samp>’ +</p> +<p>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain +features, include the optional <var>format date</var> on which those features +were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. +If the format version installed on your system is earlier than +<var>format date</var> then you get a warning like ‘<samp>You have requested +release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is +available.</samp>’ +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cOptionNotUsed"></a> +<p>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used +within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or +<code>\DeclareOption*</code>. +</p> + +</dd> +<dt><code>\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</code></dt> +<dt><code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"></a> +<a name="index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"></a> +<p>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the +options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> +command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. +</p> +<p>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of +times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply +them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options +more than once will get you an error like <code>Option clash for package +foo.</code> (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no conflict between the +options.) +</p> +<p>If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse +that to once, for example replacing the two +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> +with the single +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>. But if you +are loading a package that in turn loads another package then you need +to queue up the options you desire for this other package. For +instance, suppose the package <code>foo</code> loads the package +<code>geometry</code>. Instead of +<code>\RequirePackage{foo}\RequirePackage[draft]{graphics}</code> you must +write <code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphics} +\RequirePackage{foo}</code>. (If <code>foo.sty</code> loads an option in conflict +with what you want then you may have to look into altering its source.) +</p> +<p>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package +writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code>graphicx</code> +package with the option <code>draft</code> and also wants to use a class +<code>foo</code> that loads the <code>graphicx</code> package, but without that +option. The user could start their LaTeX file with +<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\ProcessOptions</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ProcessOptions*<var>\@options</var></code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cProcessOptions"></a> +<a name="index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"></a> +<p>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it +in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the +existence of the starred command). +</p> +<p>Options come in two types. <em>Local options</em> have been specified for this +particular package in the <var>options</var> argument of +<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options</var>}</code>, +<code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, or +<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>. <em>Global options</em> are those given +by the class user in <code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code> (If an option +is specified both locally and globally then it is local.) +</p> +<p>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <samp>pkg.sty</samp>, the +following happens: +</p><ol> +<li> For each option <var>option</var> so far declared +with <code>\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a +global or a local option for <code>pkg</code>. If so then it executes the +declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were +given in <samp>pkg.sty</samp>. +</li><li> For each remaining local option, it executes the command +<code>\ds@</code><var>option</var> if it has been defined somewhere (other than by +a <code>\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it executes the default option code +given in <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. If no default option code has been +declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in +which these options were specified. +</li></ol> + +<p>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same +way except that all options are local, and the default <var>code</var> for +<code>\DeclareOption*</code> is <code>\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error. +</p> +<p>The starred version <code>\ProcessOptions*</code> executes the +options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in +the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this +means that the global options are processed first. +</p> + +</dd> +<dt><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</code></dt> +<dt><code>\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cProvidesClass"></a> +<a name="index-_005cProvidesPackage"></a> +<p>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. +</p> +<p>When a user writes <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then LaTeX loads +the file <samp>smcmemo.cls</samp>. Similarly, a user writing +<code>\usepackage{test}</code> prompts LaTeX to load the file +<code>test.sty</code>. If the name of the file does not match the declared +class or package name then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke +<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <samp>smcmemo.cls</samp> has +the statement <code>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like +<code>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document +class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent LaTeX from +processing the rest of the class file normally. +</p> +<p>If you include the optional argument, then you must include the date, before +the first space if any, and it must have the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest +of the optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies +the class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the +log file. Thus, if your file <samp>smcmemo.cls</samp> contains the line +<code>\ProvidesClass{smcmemo}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]</code> and your +document’s first line is <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then you will +see <code>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class</code>. +</p> +<p>The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask +to be warned if the version of the class or package installed on their +system is earlier than <var>release date</var>, by using the optional arguments +such as <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}[2018/10/12]</code> or +<code>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code>. (Note that package users only +rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cProvidesFile"></a> +<p>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as +configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that +file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code> for <var>file name</var> equal to +‘<samp>test.config</samp>’ and <var>additional information</var> equal to +‘<samp>2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</samp>’. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dt><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</code></dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cRequirePackage"></a> +<a name="index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"></a> +<p>Load a package, like the document author command <code>\usepackage</code>. +See <a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a>. An example is +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>. Note that the +LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these commands over +Plain TeX’s <code>\input</code>; see the Class Guide. +</p> +<p>The <var>option list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<var>release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If +the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier +than <var>release date</var> then you get a warning like <code>You have +requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but +only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>. +</p> +<p>The <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options +for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it +via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow +easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which +options were passed. +</p> +<p>The difference between <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\RequirePackage</code> is +small. The <code>\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file +while <code>\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files. +Thus, using <code>\usepackage</code> before the <code>\documentclass</code> command +causes LaTeX to give error like <code>\usepackage before +\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code>\RequirePackage</code> there. +</p></dd> +</dl> + + +<hr> <a name="Fonts"></a> <div class="header"> <p> @@ -1448,6 +2181,7 @@ formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. <a name="index-numerals_002c-old_002dstyle"></a> <a name="index-old_002dstyle-numerals"></a> <a name="index-lining-numerals"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-textcomp"></a> <a name="index-textcomp-package"></a> <p>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset so-called “old-style” numerals, which have differing heights and @@ -1661,6 +2395,7 @@ takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called. You can make line skip changes happen for the entire document by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in the preamble. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-setspace"></a> <a name="index-setspace-package"></a> <a name="index-double-spacing"></a> <p>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the @@ -1744,9 +2479,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn" accesskey="n" rel="next">\twocolumn</a>, Up: <a name="index-_005conecolumn"></a> <a name="index-one_002dcolumn-output"></a> -<p>The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -<code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default behavior (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). +<p>Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option <code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default +behavior (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <p>This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> @@ -1764,15 +2499,16 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\flushbottom</a>, <a name="index-multicolumn-text"></a> <a name="index-two_002dcolumn-output"></a> -<p>Synopsis: +<p>Synopses: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\twocolumn[<var>prelim one column text</var>] +<pre class="example">\twocolumn +\twocolumn[<var>prelim one column text</var>] </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -<code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). +<p>Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given +the class option <code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default +(see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <p>If the optional <var>prelim one column text</var> argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column @@ -1827,7 +2563,7 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code> . If the height of your starred float -environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following actions +environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </p> <ul> @@ -1881,25 +2617,25 @@ default is <code>2</code>. </dd> </dl> -<p>This example shows the use of the optional argument of <code>\twocolumn</code> -to create a title that spans the two-column article: +<p>This example uses <code>\twocolumn</code>’s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}} \begin{document} \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark{1}, - Author Two\authormark{2}, - Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} - \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part -}] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark{1}, + Author Two\authormark{2}, + Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} + \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part + }] Two column text here. </pre></div> @@ -1916,22 +2652,23 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raggedbottom</a> <a name="index-_005cflushbottom"></a> -<p>The <code>\flushbottom</code> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical -space where necessary to fill out the page. +<p>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. </p> <p>If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like ‘<samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</samp>’. You can change to -<code>\raggedbottom</code> (see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust -the <code>textheight</code> to be compatible, or you can add some vertical -stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in -<code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. In a final editing -stage you can adjust the height of individual pages +occurred while \output is active</samp>’. If you get that, one option is to +change to <code>\raggedbottom</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a>). Alternatively, +you can adjust the <code>textheight</code> to make compatible pages, or you +can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, +as in <code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Your last option +is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (see <a href="#g_t_005cenlargethispage">\enlargethispage</a>). </p> -<p>This is the default only if you select the <code>twoside</code> document class -option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). +<p>The <code>\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the +<code>twoside</code> document class option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). </p> <hr> @@ -1946,11 +2683,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Page-layout-parameters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Page layout par <a name="index-_005craggedbottom"></a> <a name="index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical"></a> -<p>The <code>\raggedbottom</code> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on -that page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -<code>\flushbottom</code> above. +<p>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See <a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a>. </p> <p>This is the default unless you select the <code>twoside</code> document class option (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>). @@ -2198,14 +2934,14 @@ while the first table appears in the source before the first figure, it appears in the output after it. </p> <p>The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that -limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent +limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and +the bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and -defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far -from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. +defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up +being typeset far from their place in the source. In particular, a +float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which +event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, +every following float in that class also appears at the end. </p> <a name="index-placement-of-floats"></a> <a name="index-specifier_002c-float-placement"></a> @@ -2234,6 +2970,7 @@ appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </p> <a name="index-here_002c-putting-floats"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-float"></a> <a name="index-float-package"></a> <p>To absolutely force a float to appear “here”, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it @@ -2272,12 +3009,14 @@ use the <samp>afterpage</samp> package and issue <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-flafter"></a> +<a name="index-flafter-package"></a> <p>LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source -(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in the -<var>placement</var> paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the -<code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at -the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the -<samp>flafter</samp> package or using the command +(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in +the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting +the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed +at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using +the <samp>flafter</samp> package or using the command <a name="index-_005csuppressfloats"></a> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -2390,10 +3129,11 @@ default 2. <p>The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</a> contains suggestions for relaxing LaTeX’s default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to -infuence the position of float environments like figure and table in -LaTeX?” <a href="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</a>. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach’s article “How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +LaTeX?” +(<a href="http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf">http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</a>). </p> <hr> @@ -2479,7 +3219,7 @@ command is something like <a name="index-secnumdepth-counter"></a> <a name="index-section-numbers_002c-printing"></a> -<p>The <code>secnumdepth</code> counter controls printing of section numbers. +<a name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"></a><p>The <code>secnumdepth</code> counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting </p> <div class="example"> @@ -2489,6 +3229,211 @@ The setting <p>suppresses heading numbers at any depth <em>> <var>level</var></em>, where <code>chapter</code> is level zero. (See <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a>.) </p> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection" accesskey="1">\@startsection</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Redefine layout of start of sections, subsections, etc. +</td></tr> +</table> + + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Up: <a href="#Sectioning" accesskey="u" rel="up">Sectioning</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">6.1 <code>\@startsection</code></h3> + +<a name="index-_005c_0040startsection"></a> +<a name="index-section_002c-redefining"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\@startsection{<var>name</var>}{<var>level</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>beforeskip</var>}{<var>afterskip</var>}{<var>style</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such +as <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>. +</p> +<p>Note that the <samp>titlesec</samp> package makes manipulation of sectioning +easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be +satisfied with <code>\@startsection</code>, some cannot. For instance, in +the standard LaTeX <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> classes the commands +<code>\chapter</code> and <code>\report</code> are not constructed in this way. To +make such a command you may want to use the <code>\secdef</code> command. +</p> +<p>Technically, this command has the form: +</p><div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\@startsection{<var>name</var>}{<var>level</var>}{<var>indent</var>}{<var>beforeskip</var>}{<var>afterskip</var>}{<var>style</var>} + *[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>} +</pre></div> +<p>so that issuing: +</p><div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection{<var>name</var>}{<var>level</var>}{<var>indent</var>}% + {<var>beforeskip</var>}{<var>afterskip</var>}{<var>style</var>}} +</pre></div> +<p>redefine <code>\section</code> while keeping its standard calling form +<code>\section*[<var>toctitle</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code>. See <a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a> and +the examples below. +</p> +<dl compact="compact"> +<dt><var>name</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"></a><p>Name of the counter (which must be defined +separately) used to number for the sectioning header. Most commonly +either <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, or <code>paragraph</code>. Although +in those three cases the name of the counter is also the name of the +sectioning command itself, using the same name is not required. +</p> +<p>Then <code>\the</code><var>name</var> displays the title number and +<code>\</code><var>name</var><code>mark</code> is for the page headers. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><var>level</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"></a><p>An integer giving the depth of the +sectioning command: 0 for <code>chapter</code> (only applies to the standard +<code>book</code> and <code>report</code> classes), 1 for <code>section</code>, 2 for +<code>subsection</code>, 3 for <code>subsubsection</code>, 4 for <code>paragraph</code>, +and 5 for <code>subparagraph</code>. In the <code>book</code> and <code>report</code> +classes <code>part</code> has level -1, while in the <code>article</code> class +<code>part</code> has level 0. +</p> +<p>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of <code>secnumdepth</code> +then the titles for this sectioning command will be numbered. For +instance, in an <code>article</code>, if <code>secnumdepth</code> is 1 then a +<code>\section{Introduction}</code> command will produce output like <code>1 +Introduction</code> while <code>\subsection{History}</code> will produce output +like <code>History</code>, without the number +prefix. See <a href="#Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</a>. +</p> +<p>If <var>level</var> is less than or equal to the value of <var>tocdepth</var> then +the table of contents will have an entrie for this sectioning unit. +For instance, in an <code>article</code>, if <var>tocdepth</var> is 1 then the table of +contents will list sections but not subsections. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><var>indent</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"></a><p>A length giving the indentation of all +of the title lines with respect to the left margin. To have the +title flush with the margin use <code>0pt</code>. A negative indentation +such as <code>-1em</code> will move the title into the left margin. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><var>beforeskip</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"></a><p>The absolute value of this length is +the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning +unit’s title. This space will be discarded if the sectioning unit +happens to start at the top of a fresh page. If this number is negative +then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is +non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the +negative of <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> is <code>-1pt plus -2pt minus +-3pt</code>.) +</p> +<p>For example, if <var>beforeskip</var> is <code>-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex</code> +then to start the new sectioning unit, LaTeX will add about 3.5 times +the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph in +the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with +<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code>, is good practice here since it gives +LaTeX more flexibility in making up the page. +</p> +<p>The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of the +line prior to this sectioning unit’s header and the baseline of the +header is that it is the sum of the <code>\parskip</code> of the text font, +the <code>\baselineskip</code> of the title font, and the absolute value of +the <var>beforeskip</var>. This space is typically rubber so it may stretch +or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page so that the +vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the header text will be +where LaTeX would put the baseline of the first text line on that +page.) +</p> +</dd> +<dt><var>afterskip</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"></a><p>This is a length. If <var>afterskip</var> +is non-negative then this is the vertical space inserted after the +sectioning unit’s title header. If it is negative then the title header +becomes a run-in header, so that it becomes part of the next paragraph. +In this case the absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space +between the end of the title and the beginning of the following +paragraph. (Note that the negative of <code>1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt</code> is +<code>-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt</code>.) +</p> +<p>As with <var>beforeskip</var>, using a rubber length with <code>plus</code> and +<code>minus</code> components is good practice here since it gives LaTeX +more flexibility in putting the page together. +</p> +<p>If <code>afterskip</code> is non-negative then the full accounting of the +vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit’s header and +the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is that it is +the sum of the <code>\parskip</code> of the title font, the +<code>\baselineskip</code> of the text font, and the value of <var>after</var>. +That space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that +because the sign of <code>afterskip</code> changes the sectioning unit +header’s from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative +<code>afterskip</code> to cancel part of the <code>\parskip</code>.) +</p> +</dd> +<dt><var>style</var></dt> +<dd><a name="g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"></a><p>Controls the styling of the title. See +the examples below. Typical commands to use here are <code>\centering</code>, +<code>\raggedright</code>, <code>\normalfont</code>, <code>\hrule</code>, or +<code>\newpage</code>. The last command in <var>style</var> may be one such as +<code>\MakeUppercase</code> or <code>\fbox</code> that takes one argument. The +section title will be supplied as the argument to this command. For +instance, setting <var>style</var> to <code>\bfseries\MakeUppercase</code> would +produce titles that are bold and upper case. +</p></dd> +</dl> + +<p>Here are examples. To use them, either put them in a package or class +file, or put them in the preamble of a LaTeX document between a +<code>\makeatletter</code> command and a <code>\makeatother</code>. (Probably the +error message <code>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.</code> +means that you forgot this.) See <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a>. +</p> +<p>This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\renewcommand\section{% + \@startsection{section}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var>name</var></a>. + {1}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var>level</var></a>. + {0pt}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var>indent</var></a>. + {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var>beforeskip</var></a>. + {2.3ex plus.2ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var>afterskip</var></a>. + {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var>style</var></a>. + } +</pre></div> + +<p>This will put <code>subsection</code> titles in small caps type, inline with the paragraph. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\renewcommand\subsection{% + \@startsection{subsection}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fname"><var>name</var></a>. + {2}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002flevel"><var>level</var></a>. + {0em}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002findent"><var>indent</var></a>. + {-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip"><var>beforeskip</var></a>. + {-1em plus 0.2em}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip"><var>afterskip</var></a>. + {\scshape}% <a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle"><var>style</var></a>. + } +</pre></div> + +<p>The prior examples redefined existing sectional unit title commands. This defines a new one, illustrating the needed counter and macros to display that counter. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\setcounter{secnumdepth}{6}% show counters this far down +\newcounter{subsubparagraph}[subparagraph]% counter for numbering +\renewcommand{\thesubsubparagraph}% how to display + {\thesubparagraph.\@arabic\c@subsubparagraph}% numbering +\newcommand{\subsubparagraph}{\@startsection + {subsubparagraph}% + {6}% + {0em}% + {\baselineskip}% + {0.5\baselineskip}% + {\normalfont\normalsize}} +\newcommand*\l@subsubparagraph{\@dottedtocline{6}{10em}{5em}}% for toc +\newcommand{\subsubparagraphmark}[1]{}% for page headers +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="Cross-references"></a> @@ -2501,8 +3446,38 @@ Next: <a href="#Environments" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environments</a>, Previou <a name="index-cross-references"></a> -<p>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in “See Figure 3 for more details.” +<p>One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in “See Figure~3 for more details.” +</p> +<a name="index-label"></a> +<p>Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if that +number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to update +this reference by hand. Instead, LaTeX has you write a <em>label</em> +like <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and refer to it with <code>See +equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</code>. +</p> +<p>LaTeX writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the <code>\label{...}</code> but with an +<samp>.aux</samp> extension. (The information has the format +<code>\newlabel{<var>label</var>}{{<var>currentlabel</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}}</code> +where <var>currentlabel</var> is the current value of the macro +<code>\@currentlabel</code> that is usually updated whenever you call +<code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code>.) +</p> +<a name="index-forward-reference"></a> +<a name="index-reference_002c-forward"></a> +<p>The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a <em>forward reference</em>, a <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> that +appears earlier than the associated <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code>; see the +example in the <code>\pageref{...}</code> description. LaTeX gets the +information for references from the <samp>.aux</samp> file. If this is the +first time you are compiling the document then you will get a message +<code>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get +cross references right.</code> and in the output the reference will appear as +two question marks ‘<samp>??</samp>’, in boldface. Or, if you change some +things so the references change then you get the same warning and the +output contains the old reference information. The solution in either +case is just to compile the document a second time. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clabel" accesskey="1">\label</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. @@ -2531,37 +3506,22 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\pageref</a>, Up: <a h <pre class="example">\label{<var>key</var>} </pre></div> -<p>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to -<var>key</var> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing -inside a numbered environment assigns that number to <var>key</var>. The -assigned number can be retrieved with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> -command (see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). -</p> -<p>Thus, in the example below the key <code>sec:test</code> holds the number of -the current section and the key <code>fig:test</code> that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and -tables.) +<p>Assign a reference number to <var>key</var>. In ordinary text +<code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> assigns to <var>key</var> the number of the +current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a +<code>table</code> or <code>theorem</code> environment, <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> +assigns to <var>key</var> the number of that environment. Retrieve the +assigned number with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> command +(see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). </p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\section{section name} -\label{sec:test} -This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. -\begin{figure} - ... - \caption{caption text} - \label{fig:test} -\end{figure} -See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. -</pre></div> - <p>A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. </p> -<p>Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention is -to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon -or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels with -the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: +<p>A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>ch</code></dt> @@ -2581,9 +3541,26 @@ the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: </p></dd> </dl> -<p>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:test</code> or -<code>fig.test</code>. +<p>Thus, <code>\label{fig:Euler}</code> is a label for a figure with a portrait +of the great man. +</p> +<p>In this example below the key <code>sec:test</code> will get the number of the +current section and the key <code>fig:test</code> will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) </p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\section{section name} +\label{sec:test} +This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. +\begin{figure} + ... + \caption{caption text} + \label{fig:test} +\end{figure} +See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005cpageref"></a> @@ -2604,10 +3581,22 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cref" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ref</a>, Previous: <a hre <pre class="example">\pageref{<var>key</var>} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\pageref</code>{<var>key</var>} command produces the page number of -the place in the text where the corresponding +<p>Produce the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding <code>\label</code>{<var>key</var>} command appears. </p> +<p>In this example the <code>\label{eq:main}</code> is used both for the +formula number and for the page number. (Note that the two references +are forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice +to resolve those.) +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}. + ... +\begin{equation} \label{eq:main} + \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP} +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005cref"></a> @@ -2631,11 +3620,24 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cpageref" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\pageref</a>, Up: <pre class="example">\ref{<var>key</var>} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit, +<p>Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, …, of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a>). It does not produce any text, such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare number itself. </p> +<p>In this example, the <code>\ref{popular}</code> produces ‘<samp>2</samp>’. Note +that it is a forward reference since it comes before +<code>\label{popular}</code>. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}. +\begin{enumerate} +\item Plain \TeX +\item \label{popular} \LaTeX +\item Con\TeX t +\end{enumerate} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="Environments"></a> @@ -2643,22 +3645,32 @@ such as the word ‘Section’ or ‘Figure’, just the bare nu <p> Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Environments-1"></a> +<a name="Environments-2"></a> <h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2> <a name="index-environments"></a> <a name="index-_005cbegin"></a> <a name="index-_005cend"></a> -<p>LaTeX provides many environments for marking off certain text. -Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: +<p>LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. +An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, +like this: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\begin{<var>envname</var>} -... -\end{<var>envname</var>} +<pre class="example">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>} + ... +\end{<var>environment-name</var>} </pre></div> +<p>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. For instance, the input +<code>\begin{table*}...\end{table}</code> will cause an error like: +‘<samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by +\end{table}.</samp>’ +</p> +<a name="index-group_002c-and-environments"></a> +<p>Environments are executed within a group. +</p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#abstract" accesskey="1">abstract</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Produce an abstract. </td></tr> @@ -2728,6 +3740,7 @@ Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environ <a name="abstract-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.1 <code>abstract</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-abstract"></a> <a name="index-abstract-environment"></a> <a name="index-abstracts"></a> @@ -2739,8 +3752,47 @@ Next: <a href="#array" accesskey="n" rel="next">array</a>, Up: <a href="#Environ \end{abstract} </pre></div> -<p>Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. +<p>Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This environment +is only defined in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> document classes +(see <a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a>). </p> +<p>Using the example below in the <code>article</code> class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option <code>titlepage</code> causes the abstract +to be on a separate page (see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>); this is the +default only in the <code>report</code> class. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{abstract} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. +\end{abstract} +</pre></div> + +<p>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for +a more flexible solution, use the package <samp>abstract</samp>). +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + ... +\begin{document} +\title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach} +\author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}} +\twocolumn[ + \begin{@twocolumnfalse} + \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end{abstract} + \end{@twocolumnfalse} + ] +{ % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} + \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.} +} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="array"></a> @@ -2751,6 +3803,7 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href=" <a name="array-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.2 <code>array</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-array"></a> <a name="index-array-environment"></a> <a name="index-arrays_002c-math"></a> @@ -2758,8 +3811,8 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href=" </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{array}{<var>cols</var>} -<var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ -... + <var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ + ... \end{array} </pre></div> @@ -2767,8 +3820,8 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href=" </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{array}[<var>pos</var>]{<var>cols</var>} -<var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ -... + <var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ + ... \end{array} </pre></div> @@ -2776,7 +3829,7 @@ Next: <a href="#center" accesskey="n" rel="next">center</a>, Previous: <a href=" mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as <code>equation</code> (see <a href="#equation">equation</a>). Column entries are separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes (<code>\\</code>) (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). +double-backslashes (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). </p> <p>The required argument <var>cols</var> describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See @@ -2785,24 +3838,26 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional <var>pos</var> argument. </p> <p>There are two ways that <code>array</code> diverges from <code>tabular</code>. The -first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in +first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies the column with -<code>@p{..}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). +<code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>’s parameter -<code>\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX’s intercolumn space in an array is governed +<code>\tabcolsep</code>, LaTeX’s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by <a name="index-_005carraycolsep"></a> -<code>\arraycolsep</code> which gives half the width between columns. The +<code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is ‘<samp>5pt</samp>’. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package"></a> <p>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <samp>amsmath</samp> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array -surrounded by parentheses <code>(..)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array -surrounded by square brackets <code>[..]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an -array surrounded by curly braces <code>{..}</code>, <code>vmatrix</code> for -an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|..|</code>, and +surrounded by parentheses <code>(...)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array +surrounded by square brackets <code>[...]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an +array surrounded by curly braces <code>{...}</code>, <code>vmatrix</code> for +an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars <code>||..||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. +bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </p> <p>Here is an example of an array: </p> @@ -2815,6 +3870,18 @@ bars <code>||..||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></div> +<p>The next example works if <code>\usepackage{amsmath}</code> is in the +preamble: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{equation} + \begin{vmatrix}{cc} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc +\end{equation} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="center"></a> @@ -2825,6 +3892,7 @@ Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: <a name="center-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.3 <code>center</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-center"></a> <a name="index-center-environment"></a> <a name="index-centering-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -2832,25 +3900,38 @@ Next: <a href="#description" accesskey="n" rel="next">description</a>, Previous: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{center} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end{center} </pre></div> -<p>Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within the -left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash <code>\\</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). +<p>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (see <a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a>). <a name="index-_005c_005c-_0028for-center_0029"></a> +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX +will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. </p> <p>This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See <a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code>figure</code> environment. </p> -<p>In this example, depending on the line width, LaTeX may choose a break -for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or two, -then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. +<p>This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{center} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering +\end{center} +</pre></div> + +<p>In this example, depending on the page’s line width, LaTeX may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the +ending. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{center} @@ -2880,7 +3961,7 @@ Up: <a href="#center" accesskey="u" rel="up">center</a> [<a href="#SEC_Co <a name="index-_005ccentering"></a> <a name="index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for"></a> -<p>Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +<p>A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as <code>figure</code>, or in a <code>parbox</code>. </p> @@ -2922,6 +4003,7 @@ Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: <a name="description-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.4 <code>description</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-description"></a> <a name="index-description-environment"></a> <a name="index-labelled-lists_002c-creating"></a> <a name="index-description-lists_002c-creating"></a> @@ -2936,26 +4018,26 @@ Next: <a href="#displaymath" accesskey="n" rel="next">displaymath</a>, Previous: \end{description} </pre></div> -<a name="index-_005citem"></a> <p>Environment to make a labelled list of items. Each item’s <var>label</var> is typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item’s text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. </p> -<a name="index-_005citem-1"></a> -<p>The list consists of at least one item; see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a> (having no -items causes the LaTeX error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a -missing \item</samp>’). Each item is produced with an <code>\item</code> command. +<a name="index-_005citem"></a> +<p>The list consists of at least one item, created with the <code>\item</code> +command (see <a href="#g_t_005citem">\item</a>). Having no items causes the LaTeX error +‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>’). </p> <a name="index-bold-typewriter_002c-avoiding"></a> <a name="index-typewriter-labels-in-lists"></a> <p>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font -change given in argument style (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>) then it will come -out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with -<code>\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style <code>\item[{\tt label text}]</code>. -Similarly, get normal text use <code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>. +change given in argument style (see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>) then it will +come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter +with <code>\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: <code>\item[{\tt label +text}]</code>. Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use +<code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>. </p> <p>For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see <a href="#itemize">itemize</a> and <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>. For information about customizing list layout, see @@ -2980,13 +4062,14 @@ Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="displaymath-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.5 <code>displaymath</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-displaymath"></a> <a name="index-displaymath-environment"></a> <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{displaymath} - .. math text .. +<var>math text</var> \end{displaymath} </pre></div> @@ -2994,29 +4077,30 @@ Next: <a href="#document" accesskey="n" rel="next">document</a>, Previous: <a hr and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option <code>fleqn</code>; see <a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a>. </p> -<p>LaTeX will not break the math text across lines. -</p> <p>In the <code>displaymath</code> environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the <code>equation</code> environment (see <a href="#equation">equation</a>). </p> -<p>Note that the <samp>amsmath</samp> package has extensive displayed equation -facilities. Those facilities are the best approach for such output in -new documents. For example, there are a number of options in that -package for having math text broken across lines. +<p>LaTeX will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines. +</p> +<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-1"></a> +<a name="index-amsmath-package-1"></a> +<p>Note that the <samp>amsmath</samp> package has significantly more extensive +displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of +ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. </p> -<p>The construct <code>\[..math text..\]</code> is essentially a synonym for -<code>\begin{displaymath}..math text..\end{displaymath}</code> but the +<p>The construct <code>\[<var>math text</var>\]</code> is essentially a synonym for +<code>\begin{displaymath}<var>math text</var>\end{displaymath}</code> but the latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. (The construct <code>$$..math -text..$$</code> from Plain TeX is sometimes mistakenly used as a -synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is not a synonym, because the -<code>displaymath</code> environment checks that it isn’t started in math mode -and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching environment start, -because the <code>displaymath</code> environment has different vertical -spacing, and because the <code>displaymath</code> environment honors the -<code>fleqn</code> option.) +<code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique. (The construct +<code>$$<var>math text</var>$$</code> from Plain TeX is sometimes +mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>. It is not a +synonym, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment checks that it isn’t +started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching +environment start, because the <code>displaymath</code> environment has +different vertical spacing, and because the <code>displaymath</code> +environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.) </p> <p>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. </p><div class="example"> @@ -3037,6 +4121,7 @@ Next: <a href="#enumerate" accesskey="n" rel="next">enumerate</a>, Previous: <a <a name="document-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.6 <code>document</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-document"></a> <a name="index-document-environment"></a> <p>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. @@ -3114,6 +4199,7 @@ Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="enumerate-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.7 <code>enumerate</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-enumerate"></a> <a name="index-enumerate-environment"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered"></a> @@ -3131,7 +4217,7 @@ Next: <a href="#eqnarray" accesskey="n" rel="next">eqnarray</a>, Previous: <a hr label numbering depends on whether this environment is nested within another; see below. </p> -<a name="index-_005citem-2"></a> +<a name="index-_005citem-1"></a> <p>The list consists of at least one item. Having no items causes the LaTeX error ‘<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>’. Each item is produced with an <code>\item</code> command. @@ -3205,6 +4291,7 @@ Next: <a href="#equation" accesskey="n" rel="next">equation</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="eqnarray-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.8 <code>eqnarray</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-eqnarray"></a> <a name="index-eqnarray-environment"></a> <a name="index-equations_002c-aligning"></a> <a name="index-aligning-equations"></a> @@ -3285,6 +4372,7 @@ Next: <a href="#figure" accesskey="n" rel="next">figure</a>, Previous: <a href=" <a name="equation-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.9 <code>equation</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-equation"></a> <a name="index-equation-environment"></a> <a name="index-equations_002c-environment-for"></a> <a name="index-formulas_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -3316,7 +4404,8 @@ Next: <a href="#filecontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">filecontents</a>, Previou <a name="figure-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.10 <code>figure</code></h3> -<a name="index-figure"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-figure"></a> +<a name="index-figure-environment"></a> <a name="index-inserting-figures"></a> <a name="index-figures_002c-inserting"></a> @@ -3357,7 +4446,7 @@ in <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. <p>The figure body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </p> -<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). +<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). <a name="index-_005ccaption"></a> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is @@ -3386,7 +4475,10 @@ Next: <a href="#flushleft" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushleft</a>, Previous: <a <a name="filecontents_003a-Write-an-external-file"></a> <h3 class="section">8.11 <code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</h3> -<a name="index-filecontents"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-filecontents"></a> +<a name="index-filecontents-environment"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"></a> +<a name="index-filecontents_002a-environment"></a> <a name="index-external-files_002c-writing"></a> <a name="index-writing-external-files"></a> @@ -3456,6 +4548,7 @@ Next: <a href="#flushright" accesskey="n" rel="next">flushright</a>, Previous: < <a name="flushleft-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.12 <code>flushleft</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-flushleft"></a> <a name="index-flushleft-environment"></a> <a name="index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> <a name="index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -3513,6 +4606,7 @@ Next: <a href="#itemize" accesskey="n" rel="next">itemize</a>, Previous: <a href <a name="flushright-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.13 <code>flushright</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-flushright"></a> <a name="index-flushright-environment"></a> <a name="index-ragged-left-text_002c-environment-for"></a> <a name="index-right_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for"></a> @@ -3570,8 +4664,9 @@ Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href=" <a name="itemize-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.14 <code>itemize</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-itemize"></a> <a name="index-itemize-environment"></a> -<a name="index-_005citem-3"></a> +<a name="index-_005citem-2"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items"></a> <a name="index-unordered-lists"></a> <a name="index-bulleted-lists"></a> @@ -3587,7 +4682,7 @@ Next: <a href="#letter" accesskey="n" rel="next">letter</a>, Previous: <a href=" </pre></div> <p>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces an “unordered”, “bulleted” -list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four +list. Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as <code>enumerate</code> (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). </p> @@ -3742,6 +4837,7 @@ Next: <a href="#list" accesskey="n" rel="next">list</a>, Previous: <a href="#ite <a name="letter-environment_003a-writing-letters"></a> <h3 class="section">8.15 <code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-letter"></a> <a name="index-letter-environment"></a> <p>This environment is used for creating letters. See <a href="#Letters">Letters</a>. @@ -3756,7 +4852,8 @@ Next: <a href="#math" accesskey="n" rel="next">math</a>, Previous: <a href="#let <a name="list-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.16 <code>list</code></h3> -<a name="index-list"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-list"></a> +<a name="index-list-environment"></a> <a name="index-lists-of-items_002c-generic"></a> <p>The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for @@ -3795,7 +4892,8 @@ empty, i.e., <code>{}</code>, which leaves the default spacing. <p> Up: <a href="#list" accesskey="u" rel="up">list</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<h4 class="node-heading">\item</h4> +<a name="g_t_005citem_003a-An-entry-in-a-list_002e"></a> +<h4 class="subsection">8.16.1 <code>\item</code>: An entry in a list.</h4> <p>Synopsis: </p> @@ -3845,6 +4943,7 @@ Next: <a href="#minipage" accesskey="n" rel="next">minipage</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="math-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.17 <code>math</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-math"></a> <a name="index-math-environment"></a> <a name="index-in_002dline-formulas"></a> @@ -3870,6 +4969,7 @@ Next: <a href="#picture" accesskey="n" rel="next">picture</a>, Previous: <a href <a name="minipage-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.18 <code>minipage</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-minipage"></a> <a name="index-minipage-environment"></a> <a name="index-minipage_002c-creating-a"></a> @@ -3915,7 +5015,8 @@ Next: <a href="#quotation-and-quote" accesskey="n" rel="next">quotation and quot <a name="picture-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.19 <code>picture</code></h3> -<a name="index-picture"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-picture"></a> +<a name="index-picture-environment"></a> <a name="index-creating-pictures"></a> <a name="index-pictures_002c-creating"></a> @@ -3940,6 +5041,14 @@ centimeters. <code>\setlength</code> command, outside of a <code>picture</code> environment. The default value is <code>1pt</code>. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-picture"></a> +<a name="index-picture-package"></a> +<p>The <code>picture</code> package redefine the <code>picture</code> environment so +that everywhere a number is used in a <var>picture commands</var> to specify +a coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing <code>\unitlength</code>. +</p> + <a name="index-position_002c-in-picture"></a> <p>A <em>position</em> is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>. @@ -4410,11 +5519,13 @@ Next: <a href="#tabbing" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabbing</a>, Previous: <a href <a name="quotation-and-quote-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.20 <code>quotation</code> and <code>quote</code></h3> -<a name="index-quotation"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-quotation"></a> +<a name="index-quotation-environment"></a> <a name="index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> <a name="index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation"></a> <a name="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text"></a> -<a name="index-quote"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-quote"></a> +<a name="index-quote-environment"></a> <a name="index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying"></a> <a name="index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation"></a> <a name="index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting"></a> @@ -4454,7 +5565,7 @@ quotations. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{quotation} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln \end{quotation} </pre></div> @@ -4469,6 +5580,7 @@ Next: <a href="#table" accesskey="n" rel="next">table</a>, Previous: <a href="#q <a name="tabbing-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.21 <code>tabbing</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-tabbing"></a> <a name="index-tabbing-environment"></a> <a name="index-tab-stops_002c-using"></a> <a name="index-lining-text-up-using-tab-stops"></a> @@ -4624,7 +5736,8 @@ Next: <a href="#tabular" accesskey="n" rel="next">tabular</a>, Previous: <a href <a name="table-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.22 <code>table</code></h3> -<a name="index-table"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-table"></a> +<a name="index-table-environment"></a> <a name="index-tables_002c-creating"></a> <a name="index-creating-tables"></a> @@ -4649,7 +5762,7 @@ float placement algorithm, see <a href="#Floats">Floats</a>. <p>The table body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </p> -<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). +<p>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (see <a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a>). <a name="index-_005ccaption-1"></a> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If <var>lottitle</var> is present, it is @@ -4681,6 +5794,7 @@ Next: <a href="#thebibliography" accesskey="n" rel="next">thebibliography</a>, P <a name="tabular-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.23 <code>tabular</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-tabular"></a> <a name="index-tabular-environment"></a> <a name="index-lines-in-tables"></a> <a name="index-lining-text-up-in-tables"></a> @@ -4735,7 +5849,7 @@ the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. The space between columns should be rubber, as with <code>@{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment -..</code> warning. +...</code> warning. </p> </dd> <dt><var>pos</var></dt> @@ -4777,14 +5891,14 @@ column and intercolumn material. <var>text or space</var> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> -<p>This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own @-expression -then LaTeX’s book, article, and report classes will put on either -side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which by -default is ‘<samp>6pt</samp>’. That is, by default adjacent columns are +<p>This specifier is optional: with no @-expression, LaTeX’s +<code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will put on +either side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which +by default is ‘<samp>6pt</samp>’. That is, by default adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so <code>\tabcolsep</code> is misleadingly-named since it -is not the separation between tabular columns). Also by default a space -of 6pt comes before the first column as well as after the final column, -unless you put a <code>@{..}</code> or <code>|</code> there. +is not the separation between tabular columns). By implication, a +space of 6pt also comes before the first column and after the final +column, unless you put a <code>@{...}</code> or <code>|</code> there. </p> <p>If you override the default and use an @-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <code>@{\hspace{1em}}</code>. @@ -4796,7 +5910,7 @@ lines need to lie on the left margin. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} - .. + ... \end{tabular} \end{flushleft} </pre></div> @@ -4853,7 +5967,7 @@ ending the row. positive integer and <var>cols</var> is a list of specifiers. Thus <code>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> is equivalent to <code>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Note that <var>cols</var> may -contain another <code>*-expression</code>. +contain another <code>*</code>-expression. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -4943,7 +6057,7 @@ spanned by the single heading ‘<samp>Name</samp>’. <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{lccl} \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end{tabular} </pre></div> @@ -4957,7 +6071,7 @@ and <code>p{1.5in}|</code>. <p>The <var>cols</var> argument overrides the <code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code> environment’s intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars -<code>|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code>@{..}</code> +<code>|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code>@{...}</code> expressions. Thus if <var>cols</var> is ‘<samp>|c|</samp>’ then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -4970,6 +6084,7 @@ area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. &z % entry four \end{tabular} </pre></div> + <p>Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the <code>\multicolumn</code> has the <var>cols</var> specifier ‘<samp>r</samp>’ with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a @@ -5023,13 +6138,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccline" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cline</a>, Previous: <a <h4 class="subsection">8.23.2 <code>\vline</code></h4> <a name="index-_005cvline"></a> - <p>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment -extending the full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be used -in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical bar <code>|</code> is -more common. This command is rarely used; typically a table’s vertical -lines are specified in <code>tabular</code>’s <var>cols</var> argument and -overriden as needed with <code>\multicolumn</code>. +extending the full height and depth of an entry’s row. Can also be +used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical +bar <code>|</code> is more common. This command is rarely used in the +body of a table; typically a table’s vertical lines are specified in +<code>tabular</code>’s <var>cols</var> argument and overridden as needed with +<code>\multicolumn</code>. </p> <p>This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line’s second entry the <code>\hfill</code> moves the <code>\vline</code> to the left edge of the @@ -5124,6 +6239,7 @@ Next: <a href="#theorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">theorem</a>, Previous: <a href <a name="thebibliography-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.24 <code>thebibliography</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-thebibliography"></a> <a name="index-thebibliography-environment"></a> <a name="index-bibliography_002c-creating-_0028manually_0029"></a> @@ -5183,18 +6299,19 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ccite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\cite</a>, Up: <a href="# <pre class="example">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by -<var>label</var>. If the <var>label</var> argument is missing, a number is -automatically generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The -<var>cite_key</var> is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation -symbols not containing a comma. +<p>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <var>label</var>. +If the <var>label</var> argument is missing, a number is automatically +generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <var>cite_key</var> is a +<a name="index-citation-key"></a> +<em>citation key</em> consisting in any sequence of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. </p> <p>This command writes an entry to the <samp>.aux</samp> file containing the -item’s <var>cite_key</var> and label. When the <samp>.aux</samp> file is read by -the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item’s <code>label</code> is +item’s <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var>. When the <samp>.aux</samp> file is +read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item’s <var>label</var> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing references to <var>cite_key</var> -with a <code>\cite</code> command (see next section) to produce the -associated label. +with a <code>\cite</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a>) to produce the associated +<var>label</var>. </p> <hr> @@ -5214,14 +6331,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnocite" accesskey="n" rel="next">\nocite</a>, Previous: <pre class="example">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]{<var>keys</var>} </pre></div> -<p>The <var>keys</var> argument is a list of one or more citation keys, -separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to -the references associated with <var>keys</var> by entries in the -<samp>.aux</samp> file. +<p>The <var>keys</var> argument is a list of one or more citation keys +(see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>), separated by commas. This command generates an +in-text citation to the references associated with <var>keys</var> by entries +in the <samp>.aux</samp> file. </p> <p>The text of the optional <var>subcite</var> argument appears after the citation. For example, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> might produce -‘[Knuth, p. 314]’. +‘<samp>[Knuth, p. 314]</samp>’. </p> <hr> @@ -5235,8 +6352,12 @@ Next: <a href="#Using-BibTeX" accesskey="n" rel="next">Using BibTeX</a>, Previou <a name="index-_005cnocite"></a> -<p><code>\nocite{<var>keys</var>}</code> +<p>Synopsis: </p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example"><code>\nocite{<var>keys</var>}</code> +</pre></div> + <p>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <var>keys</var>, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the <samp>.aux</samp> file. </p> @@ -5271,7 +6392,7 @@ you include the lines its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: <var>bibstyle</var> refers to a file <var>bibstyle</var><samp>.bst</samp>, which defines how your citations will look. -The standard <var>style</var> names distributed with BibTeX are: +The standard <var>bibstyle</var> names distributed with BibTeX are: </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>alpha</code></dt> @@ -5295,7 +6416,8 @@ the demands of various publications. See </p> <p>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to files -named <samp><var>bibfile</var>.bib</samp>, which should contain your database in +named <samp><var>bibfile1</var>.bib</samp>, <samp><var>bibfile2</var>.bib</samp>, …, +which should contain your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code> will be listed in the bibliography. </p> @@ -5309,6 +6431,7 @@ Next: <a href="#titlepage" accesskey="n" rel="next">titlepage</a>, Previous: <a <a name="theorem-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.25 <code>theorem</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-theorem"></a> <a name="index-theorem-environment"></a> <a name="index-theorems_002c-typesetting"></a> @@ -5335,6 +6458,7 @@ Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a hr <a name="titlepage-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.26 <code>titlepage</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-titlepage"></a> <a name="index-titlepage-environment"></a> <a name="index-making-a-title-page"></a> <a name="index-title-pages_002c-creating"></a> @@ -5343,19 +6467,42 @@ Next: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="n" rel="next">verbatim</a>, Previous: <a hr </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{titlepage} -<var>text</var> + ... text and spacing ... \end{titlepage} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e., a page -with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following -page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to -you. The <code>\today</code> command may be useful on title pages -(see <a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a>). +<p>Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. The +following page will be numbered page one. </p> -<p>You can use the <code>\maketitle</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>) to -produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> environment. +<p>To instead produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> +environment you can use <code>\maketitle</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>). </p> +<p>Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical spacing, +is left to the author. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{titlepage} +\vspace*{\stretch{1}} +\begin{center} + {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title} \\[6.5ex] + {\large\bfseries Author name} \\ + \vspace{4ex} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit{University name} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy} \\[2ex] + \textsc{\large Mathematics} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today +\end{center} +\vspace{\stretch{2}} +\end{titlepage} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="verbatim"></a> @@ -5366,6 +6513,7 @@ Next: <a href="#verse" accesskey="n" rel="next">verse</a>, Previous: <a href="#t <a name="verbatim-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.27 <code>verbatim</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-verbatim"></a> <a name="index-verbatim-environment"></a> <a name="index-verbatim-text"></a> <a name="index-simulating-typed-text"></a> @@ -5433,6 +6581,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#verbatim" accesskey="p" rel="prev">verbatim</a>, Up: <a href <a name="verse-1"></a> <h3 class="section">8.28 <code>verse</code></h3> +<a name="index-environment_002c-verse"></a> <a name="index-verse-environment"></a> <a name="index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for"></a> @@ -5485,13 +6634,15 @@ you but in some environments you manually force line breaks. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="4">\- (hyphenation)</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="5">\fussy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be fussy about line breaking. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="5">\discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert explicit hyphenation with control of hyphen character. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="6">\fussy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be fussy about line breaking. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="6">\sloppy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be sloppy about line breaking. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="7">\sloppy</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Be sloppy about line breaking. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="7">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="8">\hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="8">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="9">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Forcing & avoiding line breaks. </td></tr> </table> @@ -5531,7 +6682,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. </p> -<p>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <code>p{..}</code> column +<p>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <code>p{...}</code> column in a <code>tabular</code> environment) the <code>\newline</code> command is a synonym for <code>\\</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a>). </p> @@ -5582,7 +6733,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="n" rel="next">\- breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. </p> <p>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <code>p{..}</code>, +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <code>p{...}</code>, <code>\newline</code> will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use <code>\\</code> or its equivalent <code>\tabularnewline</code>. @@ -5603,7 +6754,7 @@ single cell of the table. <a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="n" rel="next">\discretionary</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewline" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newline</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029"></a> <h3 class="section">9.4 <code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3> @@ -5621,15 +6772,32 @@ cases. hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. </p> +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005cdiscretionary"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fussy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029"></a> +<h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3> +<a name="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></a> +<a name="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\discretionary{<var>pre-break-text</var>}{<var>post-break-text</var>}{<var>no-break-text</var>} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005cfussy"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\- (hyphenation)</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="n" rel="next">\sloppy</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\discretionary</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfussy-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.5 <code>\fussy</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\fussy</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfussy"></a> @@ -5638,7 +6806,7 @@ picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. </p> <p>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command -(see <a href="#g_t_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>. +(see <a href="#g_t_005csloppy">\sloppy</a>). </p> <hr> @@ -5648,7 +6816,7 @@ words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. Next: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\hyphenation</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cfussy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\fussy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005csloppy-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.6 <code>\sloppy</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\sloppy</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csloppy"></a> @@ -5666,7 +6834,7 @@ interword spacing. Next: <a href="#g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" accesskey="n" rel="next">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csloppy" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\sloppy</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005chyphenation-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.7 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\hyphenation</code></h3> <a name="index-_005chyphenation"></a> <a name="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></a> @@ -5696,7 +6864,7 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words): Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chyphenation" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hyphenation</a>, Up: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">9.8 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">9.9 <code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></h3> <a name="index-_005clinebreak"></a> <a name="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a> @@ -6061,7 +7229,8 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. \textit{HMS Sophie} &Master and Commander \\ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ - \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with HMS Surprise.} + \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with + HMS Surprise.} \end{tabular} \end{center} </pre></div> @@ -6072,7 +7241,7 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{center} \begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end{minipage} \end{center} </pre></div> @@ -6107,26 +7276,32 @@ Next: <a href="#Footnotes-of-footnotes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Footnotes of fo <a name="Footnotes-in-section-headings-1"></a> <h3 class="section">11.5 Footnotes in section headings</h3> -<p>Putting a footnote in a section heading +<a name="index-footnotes_002c-in-section-headings"></a> +<a name="index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes"></a> +<p>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +<pre class="example">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}} </pre></div> -<p>causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where the -section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To have -it not appear on the table of contents use the package <samp>footmisc</samp> -with the <code>stable</code> option. +<a name="index-package_002c-footmisc"></a> +<a name="index-footmisc-package"></a> +<a name="index-stable-option-to-footmisc-package"></a> +<p>causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package <samp>footmisc</samp> with the +<code>stable</code> option. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage[stable]{footmisc} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. -\section{Full sets\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +... +\section{Full sets\footnote{This material due to ...}} </pre></div> -<p>Note that the <code>\protect</code> is gone; putting it in causes the +<p>Note that the <code>\protect</code> is gone; including it would cause the footnote to reappear on the table of contents. </p> @@ -6148,12 +7323,12 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. <pre class="example">\usepackage{bigfoot} \DeclareNewFootnote{Default} \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. +... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} - .. +... </pre></div> @@ -6172,13 +7347,13 @@ uses the package <samp>cleverref</samp>. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. +... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker and Evers, 1994.} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers and Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} - .. +... </pre></div> <p>This solution will work with the package <samp>hyperref</samp>. @@ -6276,84 +7451,89 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="n" rel="next">\providecommand command, respectively. Synopses: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example"> \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} - \newcommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre class="example"> \newcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} + \newcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></div> -<p>The <code>*</code>-form of these two commands requires that the arguments -not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <code>\long</code>, in plain -TeX terms). +<a name="index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands"></a> +<a name="index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands"></a> +<p>The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <code>\long</code>, in plain TeX +terms). </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><var>cmd</var></dt> -<dd><p>Required; the command name. It must begin with <code>\</code>. For -<code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined and must not begin -with <code>\end</code>. For <code>\renewcommand</code>, it must already be -defined. +<dd><p>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it +must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>. For +<code>\renewcommand</code>, it must already be defined. </p> </dd> <dt><var>nargs</var></dt> <dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments -that the command will take. If this argument is not present, the -default is for the command to have no arguments. When redefining a -command, the new version can have a different number of arguments than -the old version. +that the command can take, including any optional argument. If this +argument is not present, the default is for the command to have no +arguments. When redefining a command, the new version can have a +different number of arguments than the old version. </p> </dd> <dt><var>optargdefault</var></dt> <dd><p>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of defined -command <var>\cmd</var> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> +command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<var>\cmd</var> does not take an optional argument. -</p> -<p>That is, if <var>\cmd</var> is used with square brackets following, as in -<code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within <var>defn</var> <code>#1</code> expands -<var>myval</var>. While if <var>\cmd</var> is called without square brackets -following, then within <var>defn</var> the <code>#1</code> expands to the default -<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. -</p> -<p>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in the call is different from having the +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. +</p> +<a name="index-positional-parameter"></a> +<p>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets following, +as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the first +<em>positional parameter</em> <code>#1</code> expands <var>myval</var>. On the +other hand, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called without square brackets +following, then within <var>defn</var> the positional parameter <code>#1</code> +expands to the default <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any +required arguments will be referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. +</p> +<p>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former results in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in <code>#1</code> expanding to the empty string. </p> </dd> <dt><var>defn</var></dt> -<dd><p>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a -construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>defn</var> is replaced by the -text of the <var>n</var>th argument. +<dd><p>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>; the +positional parameter <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>defn</var> is replaced by +the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. </p> </dd> </dl> -<p>A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the -command and before the space. +<p>TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in ‘<samp>\cmd </samp>’. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command (‘<samp>\cmd{} </samp>’; +another solution is to use an explicit control space (‘<samp>\cmd\ </samp>’). </p> <p>A simple example of defining a new command: -<code>\newcommand{\JH}{Jim Hef{}feron}</code> causes the abbreviation -<code>\JH</code> to be replaced by the longer text. +<code>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in +<code>\RS</code> being replaced by the longer text. </p> -<p>Redefining a command is basically the same: +<p>Redefining an existing command is similar: <code>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</code>. </p> -<p>Here’s a command definition that uses arguments: +<p>Here’s a command definition with one required argument: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcommand{\defreference}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} </pre></div> -<p>Then, <code>\defreference{def:basis}</code> will expand to +<p>Then, <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to +<code>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which will ultimately expand to something like ‘<samp>Definition~3.14</samp>’. </p> -<p>An example with two arguments: -<code>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{#1\!\times\!#2}</code> is invoked as +<p>An example with two required arguments: +<code>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</code> is invoked as <code>\nbym{2}{k}</code>. </p> -<p>An example with optional arguments: +<p>An example with an optional argument: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:} @@ -6363,17 +7543,19 @@ something like ‘<samp>Definition~3.14</samp>’. <code>\salutation[John]</code> gives ‘<samp>Dear John:</samp>’. And <code>\salutation[]</code> gives ‘<samp>Dear :</samp>’. </p> -<p>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding <var>defn</var>. So <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code> -is wrong since in the sentence +<p>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not define a group, that is, they do +not delimit the scope of the result of expanding <var>defn</var>. So +<code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code> is problematic; in this +sentence, </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Virginia}. +<pre class="example">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}. </pre></div> -<p>the words ‘<samp>met the</samp>’ will incorrectly be in italics. An -extra pair of braces <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code> -fixes it. +<p>the words ‘<samp>met the</samp>’ would incorrectly be in italics. Another +pair of braces in the definition is needed, like this: +<code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>. Those braces are +part of the definition and thus do define a group. </p> <hr> @@ -6417,21 +7599,24 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Prev <a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a> <a name="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a> -<p>Synopsis: +<p>Synopsis, one of: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}[<var>supercounter</var>] +<pre class="example">\newcounter{<var>countername</var>} +\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}[<var>supercounter</var>] </pre></div> -<p>The <code>\newcounter</code> command globally defines a new counter named -<var>countername</var>. The name consists of letters only and does not begin -with a backslash (‘<samp>\</samp>’). The name must not already be used by -another counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. +<p>Globally defines a new counter named <var>countername</var> and initialize +the new counter to zero. </p> -<p>If the optional argument <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> appears, then +<p>The name <var>countername</var> must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. +</p> +<p>When you use the optional argument <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> then <var>countername</var> will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter <var>supercounter</var>. For example, ordinarily -<code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code>. Any time +<code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code> so that any time <var>supercounter</var> is incremented with <code>\stepcounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a>) or <code>\refstepcounter</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a>) then <var>countername</var> is reset to zero. @@ -6514,22 +7699,24 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Pr <a name="index-redefining-environments"></a> <p>These commands define or redefine an environment <var>env</var>, that is, -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} … \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Synopses: +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} <var>body</var> \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Synopses: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} +<pre class="example"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} \newenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} -\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} + \renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} \renewenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\renewcommand</code>, the <code>*</code>-forms -<code>\newenvironment*</code> and <code>\renewcommand*</code> have the same effect -as the forms with no <code>*</code>. +<a name="index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"></a> +<p>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><var>env</var></dt> -<dd><p>Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash +<dd><p>Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the +<code>*</code> character, and thus does not begin with backslash (<code>\</code>). It must not begin with the string <code>end</code>. For <code>\newenvironment</code>, the name <var>env</var> must not be the name of an already existing environment, and also the command <code>\<var>env</var></code> @@ -6539,8 +7726,8 @@ name of an existing environment. </dd> <dt><var>nargs</var></dt> <dd><p>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of -that the environment will take. These arguments appear after the -<code>\begin</code>, as in +that the environment will take. When the environment is used these +arguments appear after the <code>\begin</code>, as in <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}{<var>arg1</var>}…{<var>argn</var>}</code>. If this argument is not present then the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have @@ -6553,16 +7740,16 @@ defined environment is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then the environment does not take an optional argument. </p> -<p>That is, when <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is present in the environment -definition, if <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is used with square brackets -following, as in <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within -the environment <code>#1</code> expands <var>myval</var>. If -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is called without square brackets following, -then within the environment the <code>#1</code> expands to the default -<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. +<p>That is, when <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is present in the +environment definition, if <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is used with +square brackets following, as in +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then, within <var>begdefn</var>, +the positional parameter <code>#1</code> expands to <var>myval</var>. If +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is called without square brackets +following, then, within within <var>begdefn</var>, the positional parameter +<code>#1</code> expands to the default <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, +any required arguments will be referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. </p> - <p>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former results in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in @@ -6571,25 +7758,27 @@ in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in </dd> <dt><var>begdefn</var></dt> <dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>; a construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in -<var>begdef</var> is replaced by the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>. Within <var>begdef</var>, the <var>n</var>th +positional parameter (i.e., <code>#<var>n</var></code>) is replaced by the text +of the <var>n</var>th argument. </p> </dd> <dt><var>enddefn</var></dt> <dd><p>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Note that it may not contain any argument -parameters, so <code>#<var>n</var></code> cannot be used here. +<code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. This may not contain any positional +parameters, so <code>#<var>n</var></code> cannot be used here (but see the final +example below). </p> </dd> </dl> -<p>The environment <var>env</var> delimits the scope of the result of expanding -<var>begdefn</var> and <var>enddefn</var>. Thus, in the first example below, the -effect of the <code>\small</code> is limited to the quote and does not extend -to material following the environment. +<p>All environments, that is to say the <var>begdefn</var> code, the environment +body and the <var>enddefn</var> code, are processed within a group. Thus, in +the first example below, the effect of the <code>\small</code> is limited to +the quote and does not extend to material following the environment. </p> -<p>This example gives an environment like LaTeX’s <code>quotation</code> except that -it will be set in smaller type. +<p>This example gives an environment like LaTeX’s <code>quotation</code> +except that it will be set in smaller type: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newenvironment{smallquote}{% @@ -6599,8 +7788,8 @@ it will be set in smaller type. } </pre></div> -<p>This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment that -cites the author. +<p>This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% @@ -6611,17 +7800,17 @@ cites the author. } </pre></div> -<p>The author’s name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. -In the document, use the environment as here: +<p>The author’s name is optional, and defaults to ‘<samp>Shakespeare</samp>’. +In the document, use the environment like this: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{citequote}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end{citequote} </pre></div> <p>The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in -<var>enddefn</var>. +<var>enddefn</var>, in this case in a box (see <a href="#g_t_005csbox">\sbox</a>): </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor} @@ -6650,42 +7839,38 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous <a name="index-theorem_002dlike-environment"></a> <a name="index-environment_002c-theorem_002dlike"></a> -<p>Define a new <em>theorem-like environment</em>. Synopses: +<p>Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] +<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>} +\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] \newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>} </pre></div> -<p>Both create a theorem-like environment <var>name</var>. Using the first -form, +<p>Using the first form, <code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}</code> +creates an environment that will be labelled with <var>title</var>. See the +first example below. </p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] -</pre></div> - -<p>with the optional argument after the second required argument, +<p>The second form +<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>]</code> creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing -counter <var>numbered_within</var>: it will be reset when +counter <var>numbered_within</var> (its counter will be reset when <var>numbered_within</var> is reset). </p> -<p>Using the second form, -</p> -<div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>} -</pre></div> -<p>with the optional argument between the two required -arguments, will create an environment whose counter will share the -previously defined counter <var>numbered_like</var>. +<p>The third form +<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code>, +with optional argument between the two required arguments, will create +an environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +<var>numbered_like</var>. </p> <p>You can specify one of <var>numbered_within</var> and <var>numbered_like</var>, or neither, but not both. </p> <p>This command creates a counter named <var>name</var>. In addition, unless -the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, the current -<code>\ref</code> value will be that of <code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> -(see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). +the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, inside of the +theorem-like environment the current <code>\ref</code> value will be that of +<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a>). </p> <p>This declaration is global. It is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> @@ -6721,8 +7906,9 @@ new environment will be numbered in sequence with <var>numbered_like</var>. </dl> <p>Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that -results in ‘<samp>Definition 1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition 2</samp>’ in the output. +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that +results in ‘<samp>Definition 1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition 2</samp>’ in the +output. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition} @@ -6738,7 +7924,7 @@ results in ‘<samp>Definition 1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definit \end{defn} </pre></div> -<p>Because this example specifies the optional argument +<p>Because the next example specifies the optional argument <var>numbered_within</var> to <code>\newtheorem</code> as <code>section</code>, the example, with the same document body, gives ‘<samp>Definition 1.1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition 2.1</samp>’. @@ -6757,8 +7943,8 @@ and ‘<samp>Definition 2.1</samp>’. \end{defn} </pre></div> -<p>In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second -of which calls for the new <code>thm</code> environment to use the same +<p>In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the +second of which calls for the new <code>thm</code> environment to use the same counter as <code>defn</code>. It gives ‘<samp>Definition 1.1</samp>’, followed by ‘<samp>Theorem 2.1</samp>’ and ‘<samp>Definition 2.2</samp>’. </p> @@ -6830,7 +8016,7 @@ characters in each: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt} -\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 11pt} +\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc </pre></div> @@ -6848,23 +8034,28 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a name="index-_005cprotect"></a> <a name="index-fragile-commands"></a> <a name="index-robust-commands"></a> -<a name="index-moving-arguments"></a> -<p>All LaTeX commands are either <em>fragile</em> or <em>robust</em>. -Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and -many more, are fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in -the argument to certain commands. To prevent such commands from -breaking they must be preceded by the command <code>\protect</code>. +<p>All LaTeX commands are either <em>fragile</em> or <em>robust</em>. A +fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain +other commands. Commands that contain data that LaTeX writes to an +auxiliary file and re-reads later are fragile. This includes material +that goes into a table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, +etc. Fragile commands also include line breaks, any command that has an +optional argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from +breaking, one solution is to preceded them with the command +<code>\protect</code>. </p> <p>For example, when LaTeX runs the <code>\section{<var>section name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to the <samp>.aux</samp> auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without typesetting it directly is -referred to as a <em>moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can +referred to as a +<a name="index-moving-arguments"></a> +<em>moving argument</em>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of -moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{..}</code> -command (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>), in the <code>\thanks{..}</code> command +moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> +command (see <a href="#figure">figure</a>), in the <code>\thanks{...}</code> command (see <a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a>), and in @-expressions in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments (see <a href="#tabular">tabular</a>). </p> @@ -6877,13 +8068,13 @@ commands are robust and should not be preceded by a <code>\protect</code> command. Nor can a <code>\protect</code> command be used in the argument to <code>\addtocounter</code> or <code>\setcounter</code> command. </p> -<p>In this example the <code>caption</code> command gives a mysterious error +<p>In this example the <code>\caption</code> command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each <code>\raisebox</code> command with <code>\protect</code>. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{figure} - .. + ... \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}} \end{figure} </pre></div> @@ -6896,9 +8087,9 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\begin{document} \tableofcontents - .. +... \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} - .. +... </pre></div> @@ -6916,11 +8107,13 @@ Next: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Lengths</a>, Previous: <a href <p>Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the -environment or command associated with the number, except with no -backslash (<code>\</code>). Thus the <code>\chapter</code> command starts a -chapter and the <code>chapter</code> counter keeps track of the chapter -number. Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX’s standard -document classes to control numbering. +environment or command associated with the number, except that the +counter’s name has no backslash <code>\</code>. Thus, associated with +the <code>\chapter</code> command is the <code>chapter</code> counter that keeps +track of the chapter number. +</p> +<p>Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX’s standard document +classes to control numbering. </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">part paragraph figure enumi @@ -6931,11 +8124,9 @@ subsubsection </pre></div> <p>The <code>mpfootnote</code> counter is used by the <code>\footnote</code> command -inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). -</p> -<p>The <code>enumi</code> through <code>enumiv</code> counters are used in the -<code>enumerate</code> environment, for up to four nested levels -(see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). +inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). The counters <code>enumi</code> +through <code>enumiv</code> are used in the <code>enumerate</code> environment, for +up to four levels of nesting (see <a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a>). </p> <p>New counters are created with <code>\newcounter</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">\newcounter</a>. </p> @@ -6945,15 +8136,15 @@ inside of a minipage (see <a href="#minipage">minipage</a>). </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="2">\usecounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use a specified counter in a list environment. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cvalue" accesskey="3">\value</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Use the value of a counter in an expression. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005csetcounter" accesskey="4">\setcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Set the value of a counter. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="5">\addtocounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add a quantity to a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="6">\refstepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter" accesskey="7">\stepcounter</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" accesskey="8">\day \month \year</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Numeric date values. </td></tr> @@ -6971,55 +8162,67 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cusecounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\usecounter</a>, Up <a name="index-counters_002c-printing"></a> +<p>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a +<code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> in your source will result in a lower case +letter a appearing in the output. +</p> <p>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\alph</code> -<a name="index-_005calph"></a> +<dt><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>prints <var>counter</var> using lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, <small class="enddots">...</small> +<dd><p>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: ‘a’, ‘b’, <small class="enddots">...</small> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Alph</code> -<a name="index-_005cAlph"></a> +<dt><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>uses uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, <small class="enddots">...</small> +<dd><p>Print in uppercase letters: ‘A’, ‘B’, <small class="enddots">...</small> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\arabic</code> -<a name="index-_005carabic"></a> +<dt><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>uses Arabic numbers: ‘1’, ‘2’, <small class="enddots">...</small> +<dd><p>Print in Arabic numbers: ‘1’, ‘2’, <small class="enddots">...</small> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\roman</code> -<a name="index-_005croman"></a> +<dt><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>uses lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, <small class="enddots">...</small> +<dd><p>Print in lowercase roman numerals: ‘i’, ‘ii’, <small class="enddots">...</small> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\Roman</code> -<a name="index-_005cRoman"></a> +<dt><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>uses uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, <small class="enddots">...</small> +<dd><p>Print in uppercase roman numerals: ‘I’, ‘II’, <small class="enddots">...</small> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\fnsymbol</code> -<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol"></a> +<dt><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine +<dd><p>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of <var>counter</var> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. </p> -<p>Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): +<p>Here are the symbols: </p> -<div class="display"> -<pre class="display">asterisk(*) dagger(‡) ddagger(‡) -section-sign(§) paragraph-sign(¶) parallel(∥) -double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(††) double-ddagger(‡‡) -</pre></div> +<table> +<thead><tr><th width="33%">Name</th><th width="33%">Command</th><th width="33%">Equivalent Unicode symbol and/or numeric code point</th></tr></thead> +<tr><td width="33%">asterisk</td><td width="33%"><code>\ast</code></td><td width="33%">*</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">dagger</td><td width="33%"><code>\dagger</code></td><td width="33%">†</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">ddagger</td><td width="33%"><code>\ddagger</code></td><td width="33%">‡</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">section-sign</td><td width="33%"><code>\S</code></td><td width="33%">§</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">paragraph-sign</td><td width="33%"><code>\P</code></td><td width="33%">¶</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">double-vert</td><td width="33%"><code>\parallel</code></td><td width="33%">‖</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">double-asterisk</td><td width="33%"><code>\ast\ast</code></td><td width="33%">**</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">double-dagger</td><td width="33%"><code>\dagger\dagger</code></td><td width="33%">††</td></tr> +<tr><td width="33%">double-ddagger</td><td width="33%"><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></td><td width="33%">‡‡</td></tr> +</table> </dd> </dl> @@ -7135,6 +8338,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocounter</a> to the <var>value</var> argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </p> +<p>In this example the section value appears as ‘<samp>V</samp>’. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\setcounter{section}{5} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005caddtocounter"></a> @@ -7150,6 +8360,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\refstepcounter <p>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command globally increments <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. </p> +<p>In this example the section value appears as ‘<samp>VII</samp>’. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\setcounter{section}{5} +\addtocounter{section}{2} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005crefstepcounter"></a> @@ -7374,16 +8592,23 @@ math symbols family. See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</ <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtolength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtolength</a>, Previous: <a href="#Units-of-length" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Units of length</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005csetlength_007b_005clen_007d_007bvalue_007d"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></h3> +<a name="g_t_005csetlength-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">14.2 <code>\setlength</code></h3> <a name="index-_005csetlength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-setting"></a> -<p>The <code>\setlength</code> sets the value of <var>\len</var> to the <var>value</var> -argument, which can be expressed in any units that LaTeX -understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), points -(<code>pt</code>), big points (<code>bp</code>, etc. +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\setlength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\setlength</code> sets the value of <em>length command</em> +<a name="index-length-command"></a> +<code>\<var>len</var></code> to the <var>value</var> argument which can be expressed in any +units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters +(<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), big points (<code>bp</code>), etc. </p> <hr> @@ -7392,15 +8617,22 @@ understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), poin <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settodepth</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csetlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\setlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Lengths" accesskey="u" rel="up">Lengths</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005caddtolength_007b_005clen_007d_007bamount_007d"></a> -<h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</code></h3> +<a name="g_t_005caddtolength-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">14.3 <code>\addtolength</code></h3> <a name="index-_005caddtolength"></a> <a name="index-lengths_002c-adding-to"></a> -<p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a “length command” -<var>\len</var> by the amount specified in the <var>amount</var> argument, which -may be negative. +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +</pre></div> + + +<p>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a length command <code>\<var>len</var></code> +by the amount specified in the <var>amount</var> argument, which may be +negative. </p> <hr> @@ -7414,10 +8646,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settoheight</a>, <a name="index-_005csettodepth"></a> -<p><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> +<p>Synopsis: </p> -<p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command -equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\settodepth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a length command +<code>\<var>len</var></code> equal to the depth of the <var>text</var> argument. </p> <hr> @@ -7431,9 +8667,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="n" rel="next">\settowidth</a>, Pr <a name="index-_005csettoheight"></a> -<p><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> +<p>Synopsis: </p> -<p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\settoheight{\<var>len</var>}{text} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a length command <code>\<var>len</var></code> equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. </p> @@ -7449,6 +8689,12 @@ Next: <a href="#Predefined-lengths" accesskey="n" rel="next">Predefined lengths< <a name="index-_005csettowidth"></a> +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></div> + <p>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of the command <var>\len</var> to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. </p> @@ -7479,12 +8725,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\settowidth</a> </p> <p>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>). They specify the natural width, etc., of -the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + -<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <em><code>\height</code> + +<code>\depth</code></em>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </p> -<p><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> -</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="Making-paragraphs"></a> @@ -7553,7 +8801,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cparskip" accesskey="n" rel="next">\parskip</a>, Previous paragraph indentation, as in this example. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">.. end of the prior paragraph. +<pre class="example">... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. </pre></div> @@ -7669,8 +8917,11 @@ Next: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Modes</a>, Previous: <a href="#M <a name="index-math-formulas"></a> <a name="index-formulas_002c-math"></a> <a name="index-math-mode_002c-entering"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-math-1"></a> <a name="index-math-environment-1"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"></a> <a name="index-displaymath-environment-1"></a> +<a name="index-environment_002c-equation-1"></a> <a name="index-equation-environment-1"></a> <p>There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode: @@ -7759,7 +9010,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math symbols</a>, Up: <a <a name="index-_005e"></a> <p>In math mode, use the caret character <code>^</code> to make the -<var>exp</var> appear as a superscript, ie. type <code>^{<var>exp</var>}</code>. +<var>exp</var> appear as a superscript: <code>^{<var>exp</var>}</code>. Similarly, in math mode, underscore <code>_{<var>exp</var>}</code> makes a subscript out of <var>exp</var>. </p> @@ -7815,10 +9066,14 @@ the pi symbol π. <p>Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. +</p> +<p>To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, +see <a href="#g_t_005censuremath">\ensuremath</a>. </p> + <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\|</code> <a name="index-_005c_007c"></a> @@ -7870,7 +9125,7 @@ sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. <dt><code>\asymp</code> <a name="index-_005casymp"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>≍ Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). +<dd><p>≍ Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\backslash</code> @@ -7966,8 +9221,8 @@ union <code>\cup</code>. <dt><code>\bot</code> <a name="index-_005cbot"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a contradiction -(ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. +<dd><p>⊥ Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bowtie</code> @@ -7979,9 +9234,8 @@ union <code>\cup</code>. <dt><code>\Box</code> <a name="index-_005cBox"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). This -is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the -<samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<dd><p>□ Modal operator for necessity; square open box +(ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\bullet</code> @@ -8029,8 +9283,7 @@ variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. <a name="index-_005ccomplement"></a> </dt> <dd><p>∁ Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). This is not available in Plain -TeX. In LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also +<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </p> </dd> @@ -8087,8 +9340,7 @@ turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. <dt><code>\Diamond</code> <a name="index-_005cDiamond"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in -Plain TeX. In LaTeX you must load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<dd><p>◇ Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\diamond</code> @@ -8140,17 +9392,17 @@ arrow <code>\downarrow</code>. <dt><code>\emptyset</code> <a name="index-_005cemptyset"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty -set <code>\varnothing</code>. -</p> +<dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is +<code>\varnothing</code>. +</p> </dd> <dt><code>\epsilon</code> <a name="index-_005cepsilon"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ϵ Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used in -mathematics is the curly epsilon -<code>\varepsilon</code> ε. Related: the set membership relation -<code>\in</code> ∈. +<dd><p>ϵ Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to +Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small +letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> ε. Related: +the set membership relation <code>\in</code> ∈. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\equiv</code> @@ -8269,8 +9521,8 @@ with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. <dt><code>\in</code> <a name="index-_005cin"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter -epsilon <code>\epsilon</code>ϵ and rounded small +<dd><p>∈ Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate +epsilon <code>\epsilon</code>ϵ and small letter script epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </p> </dd> @@ -8362,8 +9614,7 @@ for <code>\leq</code>. <dt><code>\leadsto</code> <a name="index-_005cleadsto"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in -Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +<dd><p>⇝ Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. @@ -8420,15 +9671,14 @@ for <code>\le</code>. <dt><code>\lfloor</code> <a name="index-_005clfloor"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). +<dd><p>⌊ Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\lhd</code> <a name="index-_005clhd"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This is -not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the -<samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). +Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> @@ -8491,8 +9741,7 @@ Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. <a name="index-_005cmho"></a> </dt> <dd><p>℧ Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the -<samp>amssymb</samp> package. +Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\mid</code> @@ -8711,27 +9960,27 @@ ordinary. <dt><code>\prec</code> <a name="index-_005cprec"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>≺ Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. +<dd><p>≺ Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\preceq</code> <a name="index-_005cpreceq"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⪯ Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or +<dd><p>⪯ Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\prime</code> <a name="index-_005cprime"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically -used as a superscript <code>$A^\prime$</code>. Note that <code>$f^\prime$</code> -and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second is -that <code>$f'''$</code> produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same -result as <code>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses somewhat less -typing. Note that you can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode but you -can type right single quote <code>'</code> in text mode also, although it -resuts in a different look than in math mode. +<dd><p>′ Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). +Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> +and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second +is that <code>$f'''$</code> produces the desired symbol, that is, the same +result as <code>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses rather less +typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right +single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character +(apostrophe). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\prod</code> @@ -8761,7 +10010,7 @@ resuts in a different look than in math mode. <dt><code>\rangle</code> <a name="index-_005crangle"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>➹ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater +<dd><p>⟩ Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </p> </dd> @@ -8797,8 +10046,14 @@ this, load the <samp>amsfonts</samp> package. <a name="index-_005crestriction"></a> </dt> <dd><p>↾ Restriction of a function -(relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in -Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +(relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\revemptyset</code> +<a name="index-_005crevemptyset"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>⦰ Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +<code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>stix</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\rfloor</code> @@ -8811,10 +10066,9 @@ off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. <dt><code>\rhd</code> <a name="index-_005crhd"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This is -not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the -<samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should -instead load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which +<dd><p>◁ Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). +Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> @@ -8911,7 +10165,7 @@ display (operator). <dt><code>\smile</code> <a name="index-_005csmile"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⌣ Upward curving arc (ordinary). +<dd><p>⌣ Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\spadesuit</code> @@ -8939,8 +10193,7 @@ operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. <a name="index-_005csqsubset"></a> </dt> <dd><p>⊏ Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <code>\subset</code>. This is not available in Plain TeX. In -LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsubseteq</code> @@ -8954,8 +10207,7 @@ equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. <a name="index-_005csqsupset"></a> </dt> <dd><p>⊐ Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <code>\supset</code>. This is not available in Plain TeX. In -LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\sqsupseteq</code> @@ -9024,7 +10276,7 @@ sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. <a name="index-_005csurd"></a> </dt> <dd><p>√ Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command -<code>\sqrt{..}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar +<code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </p> </dd> @@ -9064,8 +10316,8 @@ Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. <dt><code>\top</code> <a name="index-_005ctop"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊤ Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See -also <code>\bot</code>. +<dd><p>⊤ Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set +(ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\triangle</code> @@ -9086,51 +10338,54 @@ is a relation and so gives better spacing). <dt><code>\triangleright</code> <a name="index-_005ctriangleright"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal -subgroup symbol you should instead load <samp>amssymb</samp> and -use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives -better spacing). +<dd><p>▷ Not-filled triangle pointing right +(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load +<samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +relation and so gives better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\unlhd</code> <a name="index-_005cunlhd"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX -you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which -is a relation and so gives better spacing). +<dd><p>⊴ Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and +use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\unrhd</code> <a name="index-_005cunrhd"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX -you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> -(which is a relation and so gives better spacing). +<dd><p>⊵ Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and +use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Uparrow</code> <a name="index-_005cUparrow"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line up-pointing arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. +<dd><p>⇑ Double-line upward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing +arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\uparrow</code> <a name="index-_005cuparrow"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: -double-line up-pointing arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. +<dd><p>↑ Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges +(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing +arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Updownarrow</code> <a name="index-_005cUpdownarrow"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. +<dd><p>⇕ Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing +arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\updownarrow</code> @@ -9144,16 +10399,15 @@ double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. <a name="index-_005cupharpoonright"></a> </dt> <dd><p>↾ Up harpoon, with barb on right side -(relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>. Not available in Plain -TeX. In LaTeX you should load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. +(relation). Synonym: <code>\restriction</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\uplus</code> <a name="index-_005cuplus"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle -(binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: variable-sized -operator <code>\biguplus</code>. +<dd><p>⊎ Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in +the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: +variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\Upsilon</code> @@ -9171,58 +10425,69 @@ operator <code>\biguplus</code>. <dt><code>\varepsilon</code> <a name="index-_005cvarepsilon"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ε Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in -mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter form -<code>\epsilon</code> ϵ. Related: set membership <code>\in</code>. +<dd><p>ε Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is +more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form +<code>\epsilon</code> ϵ. Related: set +membership <code>\in</code>. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\vanothing</code> +<a name="index-_005cvanothing"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>∅ Empty set symbol. Similar: +<code>\emptyset</code>. Related: <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varphi</code> <a name="index-_005cvarphi"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>φ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> ϕ. +<dd><p>φ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> ϕ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varpi</code> <a name="index-_005cvarpi"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ϖ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> π. +<dd><p>ϖ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> π. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varrho</code> <a name="index-_005cvarrho"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ϱ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. +<dd><p>ϱ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> ρ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\varsigma</code> <a name="index-_005cvarsigma"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ς Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\sigma</code> σ. +<dd><p>ς Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<code>\sigma</code> σ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vartheta</code> <a name="index-_005cvartheta"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>ϑ Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\theta</code> θ. +<dd><p>ϑ Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<code>\theta</code> θ. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vdash</code> <a name="index-_005cvdash"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: -turnstile rotated a half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. +<dd><p>⊢ Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash +(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a +half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vee</code> <a name="index-_005cvee"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical -and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized +<dd><p>∨ Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: +logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </p> </dd> @@ -9232,16 +10497,17 @@ operator <code>\bigvee</code>. <dd><p>‖ Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar <code>\vert</code>. </p> -<p>For a norm you can use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package and add +<p>For a norm symbol, you can use the <samp>mathtools</samp> package and add <code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</code> to your -preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical -bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you -write the starred version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> then the height of -the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <code>\norm[<var>size -command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <var>size command</var>, e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. +preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line +vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the +document body you write the starred version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> +then the height of the vertical bars will match the height of the +argument, whereas with <code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow +with the height of the argument but instead are the default height, +and <code>\norm[<var>size command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that +do not grow but are set to the size given in the <var>size command</var>, +e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\vert</code> @@ -9510,7 +10776,7 @@ spacing. <dt><code>\sup</code> <a name="index-_005csup"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>sup +<dd><p><em>\sup</em> </p> </dd> <dt><code>\tan</code> @@ -9698,7 +10964,7 @@ LaTeX provides the following commands for use in math mode: <dd><a name="index-_005c_002c"></a> <a name="index-_005cthinspace"></a> <p>Normally <code>3mu</code>. The longer name is <code>\thinspace</code>. This can -be used in both math mode and text mode. +be used in both math mode and text mode. See <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace">\thinspace</a>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\!</code></dt> @@ -9747,9 +11013,31 @@ Previous: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Spacing in ma </dt> <dd><a name="index-discretionary-multiplication"></a> <a name="index-multiplication-symbol_002c-discretionary-line-break"></a> -<p>A “discretionary” multiplication symbol, at which a line break is -allowed. +<p>A <em>discretionary</em> multiplication symbol, at which a line break is +allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated by a +space, while in the case of a break a × symbol is +printed immediately before the break. So </p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) +through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is +equal to zero. +\end{document} +</pre></div> + +<p>will make that sort of output <!-- /@w -->(the ellipsis ‘<samp>[…]</samp>’ is here to show the line break at +the same place as in a TeX output): +</p> +<blockquote class="indentedblock"> +<p>Now <em>A_3 = 0</em>, +[…] +<em>A_1</em> +through <em>A_4</em>, that is <em>A_1 A_2 \times</em><br><em>A_3 A_4</em>, is +equal to zero. +</p></blockquote> + </dd> <dt><code>\cdots</code> <a name="index-_005ccdots"></a> @@ -9763,11 +11051,11 @@ allowed. <dd><p>A diagonal ellipsis: <em>\ddots</em>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\frac{num}{den}</code> +<dt><code>\frac{<var>num</var>}{<var>den</var>}</code> <a name="index-_005cfrac_007bnum_007d_007bden_007d"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-_005cfrac"></a> -<p>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. +<p>Produces the fraction <var>num</var> divided by <var>den</var>. </p> </dd> @@ -9776,32 +11064,68 @@ allowed. </dt> <dd><a name="index-_005cright"></a> <a name="index-null-delimiter"></a> -<p>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<samp>.</samp>’ acts as a null delimiter, +<p>The two delimiters need not match; ‘<samp>.</samp>’ acts as a <em>null delimiter</em>, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math -in between. Example: <code>\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</code>. +in between. Example: <code>\left( \sum_{i=1}^{10} a_i \right]</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</code> -<a name="index-_005coverbrace_007btext_007d"></a> +<dt><code>\mathdollar</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathdollar"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>Generates a brace over <var>text</var>. -For example, <em>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}</em>. +<dd><p>Dollar sign in math mode: $. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\mathellipsis</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathellipsis"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: …. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\mathparagraph</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathparagraph"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: ¶. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\mathsection</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathsection"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Section sign in math mode. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\mathsterling</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathsterling"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Sterling sign in math mode: £. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\mathunderscore</code> +<a name="index-_005cmathunderscore"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Underscore in math mode: _. +</p> +</dd> +<dt><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> +<a name="index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"></a> +</dt> +<dd><p>Generates a brace over <var>math</var>. +For example, <code>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \;\textrm{times}}</code>. +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code> <a name="index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"></a> </dt> <dd><p>Generates a horizontal line over <var>tex</var>. -For example, <em>\overline{x+y}</em>. +For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</code> +<dt><code>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{<var>arg</var>}</code> <a name="index-_005csqrt_005broot_005d_007barg_007d"></a> </dt> <dd><p>Produces the representation of the square root of <var>arg</var>. The optional argument <var>root</var> determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as -<code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. +<code>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</code>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</code> @@ -9811,13 +11135,13 @@ example, the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\underbrace{math}</code> +<dt><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code> <a name="index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"></a> </dt> -<dd><p>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. +<dd><p>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. For example, <code>\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}</code> </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\underline{text}</code> +<dt><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code> <a name="index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"></a> </dt> <dd><p>Causes <var>text</var>, which may be either math mode or not, to be @@ -9828,8 +11152,7 @@ descenders. <dt><code>\vdots</code> <a name="index-_005cvdots"></a> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cvdots-1"></a> -<p>Produces a vertical ellipsis. +<dd><p>Produces a vertical ellipsis. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -9889,6 +11212,54 @@ When LaTeX is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in “inner paragraph mode” (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called “outer paragraph mode”. </p> +<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active +</td></tr> +</table> + +<hr> +<a name="g_t_005censuremath"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Up: <a href="#Modes" accesskey="u" rel="up">Modes</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="g_t_005censuremath-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">17.1 <code>\ensuremath</code></h3> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\ensuremath{<var>formula</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\ensuremath</code> command ensures that <var>formula</var> is typeset in +math mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. +</p> +<p>For instance: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass{report} +\newcommand{\ab}{\ensuremath{(\delta, \varepsilon)}} +\begin{document} +Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac{1}{\pi}, 0)\), ... +\end{document} +</pre></div> + +<p>One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +<code>\leadsto</code>: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\documentclass{report} +\usepackage{amssymb} +\newcommand{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}{} +\let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto +\renewcommand\leadsto{\ensuremath{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}} +\begin{document} +All roads \leadsto\ Rome. +\end{document} +</pre></div> + <hr> <a name="Page-styles"></a> @@ -10127,17 +11498,18 @@ Next: <a href="#Boxes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Boxes</a>, Previous: <a href="#P </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040" accesskey="3">\(SPACE) and \@</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space after a period. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS" accesskey="4">\(SPACE) after CS</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Controlling space gobbling after a control sequence. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence" accesskey="4">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Space (gobbling) after a control sequence. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="5">\frenchspacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make interword and intersentence space equal. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="5">\frenchspacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="6">\thinspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">One-sixth of an em. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="7">\/</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert italic correction. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="7">\/</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Insert italic correction. </td></tr> <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_005cdotfill" accesskey="8">\hrulefill \dotfill</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. </td></tr> <tr><th colspan="3" align="left" valign="top"><pre class="menu-comment"> + Vertical space </pre></th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005caddvspace" accesskey="9">\addvspace</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Add arbitrary vertical space if needed. </td></tr> @@ -10178,7 +11550,7 @@ space is like backspacing. <p>Normally when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. This -command’s starred version <code>\hspace*{..}</code> puts a non-discardable +command’s starred version <code>\hspace*{...}</code> puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. </p> @@ -10217,7 +11589,7 @@ space that does not disappear at line breaks use <a name="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS" accesskey="n" rel="next">\(SPACE) after CS</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence" accesskey="n" rel="next">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005chfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\hfill</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040-1"></a> <h3 class="section">19.3 <code>\(SPACE)</code> and \@</h3> @@ -10237,7 +11609,7 @@ colon) more than the space between words sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or -bracket, or right single or double quote, then the intersentence space +bracket, or right single or double quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. </p> <p>If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a @@ -10246,38 +11618,39 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space (<code>\ </code>) or a tie (<code>~</code>). Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and <code>(manure, etc.)\ for sale</code>. </p> -<p>For other use of <code>\ </code>, see also <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS">\(SPACE) after CS</a>. +<p>For another use of <code>\ </code>, see <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a>. </p> <p>In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put <code>\@</code> on the left of that -period. For example, <code>book by the MAA\@.</code> will have intersentence +period that ends the sentence, then put <code>\@</code> before that period. +For example, <code>book by the MAA\@.</code> will have inter-sentence spacing after the period. </p> -<p>In contrast, putting <code>\@</code> on the right of a period tells TeX -that the period does not end the sentence. In the example -<code>reserved words (if, then, etc.\@) are different</code>, TeX will put -interword space after the closing parenthesis (note that <code>\@</code> is -before the parenthesis). +<p>In contrast, putting <code>\@</code> after a period tells TeX that the +period does not end the sentence. In the example <code>reserved words +(if, then, etc.\@) are different</code>, TeX will put interword space +after the closing parenthesis (note that <code>\@</code> is before the +parenthesis). </p> + <hr> -<a name="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS"></a> +<a name="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence"></a> <div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\frenchspacing</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\(SPACE) and \@</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="g_t_005c--after-a-control-sequence"></a> -<h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\ </code> after a control sequence</h3> +<a name="g_t_005c--after-control-sequence"></a> +<h3 class="section">19.4 <code>\ </code> after control sequence</h3> -<p>The <code>\ </code> command is often used after control sequences to keep them -from gobbling the space that follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is a nice -system.</code> And, under normal circumstances <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and -<code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt> are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. For other use of +<p>The <code>\ </code> command is often used after control sequences to keep +them from gobbling the space that follows, as in ‘<samp>\TeX\ is nice</samp>’. +And, under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and +<code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt> are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. For another use of <code>\ </code>, see also <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040">\(SPACE) and \@</a>. </p> <p>Some people prefer to use <code>{}</code> for the same purpose, as in -<code>\TeX{} is a nice system.</code> This has the advantage that you can -always write it the same way, like <code>\TeX{}</code>, whether it is -followed by a space or by a punctuation mark. Please compare: +<code>\TeX{} is nice</code>. This has the advantage that you can always +write it the same way, namely <code>\TeX{}</code>, whether it is followed +by a space or by a punctuation mark. Compare: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system. @@ -10285,48 +11658,27 @@ followed by a space or by a punctuation mark. Please compare: \TeX{} is a nice system. \TeX{}, a nice system. </pre></div> - -<p>When you define user commands (see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a>) you -can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the package -<code>xspace</code> and inserting <code>\xspace</code> at the end of the definition -For instance: -</p><div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\Loup}{Grand Cric\xspace} -\begin{document} -Que le \Loup me croque ! -\end{document} -</pre></div> - -<p>A quick hack to use <code>\xspace</code> for existing command is as follows: -</p><div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\SansXspaceTeX}{} -\let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX -\renewcommand{\TeX}{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace} -\begin{document} -\TeX is a nice system. -\end{document} -</pre></div> - +<a name="index-package_002c-xspace"></a> +<a name="index-xspace-package"></a> +<p>Some individual commands, notably those defined with the <code>xspace</code>, +package do not follow the standard behavior. +</p> <hr> <a name="g_t_005cfrenchspacing"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\(SPACE) after CS</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next">\thinspace</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cfrenchspacing-1"></a> <h3 class="section">19.5 <code>\frenchspacing</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cfrenchspacing"></a> <a name="index-_005cnonfrenchspacing"></a> -<a name="index-spacing_002c-intersentence"></a> +<a name="index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence"></a> <p>This declaration (from Plain TeX) causes LaTeX to treat -intersentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. +inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. </p> <p>In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or after other @@ -10446,10 +11798,10 @@ then this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to <var>length</var>. </p> <p>Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in <code>\addvspace{..}</code> so -that two consecutive Theorem’s are separated by one vertical space, not -two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with <code>\addvspace{...}</code> +so that two consecutive Theorem’s are separated by one vertical space, +not two. </p> <p>This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). </p> @@ -10471,25 +11823,28 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="n" rel="next">\vfill</a>, Previous: <a document class. </p> <dl compact="compact"> -<dt><code>\bigskip</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cbigskip"></a> -<a name="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a> +<dt><code>\bigskip</code> +<a name="index-_005cbigskip"></a> +</dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cbigskipamount"></a> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\medskip</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005cmedskip"></a> -<a name="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a> +<dt><code>\medskip</code> +<a name="index-_005cmedskip"></a> +</dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005cmedskipamount"></a> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>). </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\smallskip</code></dt> -<dd><a name="index-_005csmallskip"></a> -<a name="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a> +<dt><code>\smallskip</code> +<a name="index-_005csmallskip"></a> +</dt> +<dd><a name="index-_005csmallskipamount"></a> <p>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus @@ -10561,9 +11916,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cvfill" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\vfill</a>, Up: <a h <p>Add the vertical space <var>length</var>. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (see <a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>). </p> -<p>LaTeX removes the vertical space from <code>\vfill</code> at a page break, -that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version -<code>\vspace*{..}</code> causes the space to stay. +<p>LaTeX removes the vertical space from <code>\vspace</code> at a page +break, that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version +<code>\vspace*{...}</code> causes the space to stay. +</p> +<p>If <code>\vspace</code> is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted <em>after</em> the line with +the <code>\vspace</code> command. A new paragraph is not started. </p> <p>In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -10679,12 +12038,18 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makebox</a>, Previous <a name="index-lrbox"></a> -<p><code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> +<p>Synopsis: </p> -<p>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>. +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{lrbox}{\<var>cmd</var>} + <var>text </var> +\end{lrbox} +</pre></div> + +<p>This is the environment form of <a href="#g_t_005csbox"><code>\sbox</code></a>. </p> -<p>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which -must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. +<p>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, +which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. </p> <hr> @@ -10747,8 +12112,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005craisebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\raisebox</a>, Previo <pre class="example">\parbox[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>}{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> +<a name="index-paragraph-mode-1"></a> <p>The <code>\parbox</code> command produces a box whose contents are created -in <code>paragraph</code> mode. It should be used to make a box small +in <em>paragraph mode</em>. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn’t use any paragraph-making environments inside a <code>\parbox</code> argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones @@ -10766,9 +12132,13 @@ containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a </p></dd> </dl> -<p>The optional <var>position</var> argument allows you to align either the -top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding -text (default is top). +<p>By default LaTeX will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional <var>position</var> argument is present and equal either to ‘<samp>t</samp>’ +or ‘<samp>b</samp>’, this allows you respectively to align either the top or +bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You +may also specify ‘<samp>m</samp>’ for <var>position</var> to get the default +behaviour. </p> <p>The optional <var>height</var> argument overrides the natural height of the box. </p> @@ -10806,7 +12176,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\savebox</a>, Previous <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\raisebox{distance}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{text} +<pre class="example">\raisebox{<var>distance</var>}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> <p>The <code>\raisebox</code> command raises or lowers <var>text</var>. The first @@ -10814,9 +12184,9 @@ mandatory argument specifies how high <var>text</var> is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). <var>text</var> itself is processed in LR mode. </p> -<p>The optional arguments <var>height</var> and <var>depth</var> are dimensions. -If they are specified, LaTeX treats <var>text</var> as extending a -certain distance above the baseline (height) or below (depth), +<p>The optional arguments <var>height</var> and <var>depth</var> are dimensions. If +they are specified, LaTeX treats <var>text</var> as extending a certain +distance above the baseline (<var>height</var>) or below (<var>depth</var>), ignoring its natural height and depth. </p> @@ -10904,17 +12274,21 @@ Next: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="n" rel="next">Splitting the inpu special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </p> <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0"> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting ‘<samp># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }</samp>’ +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="1">Reserved characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting ‘<samp># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \</samp>’ +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="2">Upper and lower case</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Make text upper or lower case. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="2">Text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="3">Symbols by font position</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting font symbols by number. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="3">Accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="4">Text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="4">Non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Accents" accesskey="5">Accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting accents. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="5">\rule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="6">Additional Latin letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting other non-English characters. </td></tr> -<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="6">\today</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="7">\rule</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting lines and rectangles. +</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="8">\today</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Inserting today’s date. </td></tr> </table> @@ -10923,19 +12297,21 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. <a name="Reserved-characters"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="n" rel="next">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Reserved-characters-1"></a> <h3 class="section">21.1 Reserved characters</h3> <a name="index-reserved-characters"></a> <a name="index-characters_002c-reserved"></a> - -<p>The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called -“reserved characters” or “special characters”. +<a name="index-special-characters"></a> +<a name="index-characters_002c-special"></a> +<p>LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments) so they are +called <em>reserved characters</em> or <em>special characters</em>. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example"># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +<pre class="example"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </pre></div> <a name="index-_005c_0023"></a> @@ -10945,45 +12321,123 @@ Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a <a name="index-_005c_005f"></a> <a name="index-_005c_007b"></a> <a name="index-_005c_007d"></a> -<p>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX -will do something special. If you simply want the character to be -printed as itself, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character. For -example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output. -</p> -<a name="index-_005cbackslash-1"></a> -<p>One exception to this rule is <code>\</code> itself, because <code>\\</code> has -its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by -typing <code>$\backslash$</code> in your file, and a typewriter <code>\</code> is -produced by using ‘<samp>\</samp>’ in a verbatim command (see <a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a>). +<p>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus, +<code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output. </p> <a name="index-_005c_007e"></a> <a name="index-_005c_005e"></a> -<p>Also, <code>\~</code> and <code>\^</code> place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in õ and ô (see <a href="#Accents">Accents</a>); to get -a standalone <code>~</code> or <code>^</code>, you can again use a verbatim -command. +<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a> +<p>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text +body font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. A text body font backslash +results from <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. +</p> +<p>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +<code>\verb!!</code>, as below. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\begin{center} + \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \! +\end{center} +</pre></div> + +<p>In that example the double backslash <code>\\</code> is only there to +split the lines. </p> + +<hr> +<a name="Upper-and-lower-case"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="n" rel="next">Symbols by font position</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Upper-and-lower-case-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">21.2 Upper and lower case</h3> + +<a name="index-Upper-case"></a> +<a name="index-Lower-case"></a> +<a name="index-characters_002c-case"></a> + +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\uppercase{<var>text</var>} +\lowercase{<var>text</var>} +\MakeUppercase{<var>text</var>} +\MakeLowercase{<var>text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>Change the case of characters. The TeX primitives commands +<code>\uppercase</code> and <code>\lowercase</code> only work for American +characters. The LaTeX commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and +<code>\MakeLowercase</code> commands also change characters accessed by +commands such as <code>\ae</code> or <code>\aa</code>. The commands +<code>\MakeUppercase</code> and <code>\MakeLowercase</code> are robust but they have +moving arguments (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>). +</p> +<p>These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a +command within <var>text</var>. But they do change the case of every other +latin character inside the argument <var>text</var>. Thus, +<code>\MakeUppercase{Let $y=f(x)$</code>} produces “LET Y=F(X)”. Another +example is that the name of an environment will be changed, so that +<code>\MakeUppercase{\begin{tabular} ... \end{tabular}</code> will +produce an error because the first half is changed to +<code>\begin{TABULAR}</code>. +</p> +<p>LaTeX uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a +document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this +works well with the standard TeX fonts for all Latin alphabets but +will cause problems when using other alphabets. +</p> +<p>To change the case of text that results from a command inside <var>text</var> +you need to do expansion. Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces +“COLLEGE OF MATHEMATICS”. +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\newcommand{\schoolname}{College of Mathematics} +\newcommand{\Schoolname}{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\expandafter{\schoolname}} +</pre></div> + +<p>To uppercase only the first letter of words use the package +<samp>mfirstuc</samp>. +</p> + +<hr> +<a name="Symbols-by-font-position"></a> +<div class="header"> +<p> +Next: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="n" rel="next">Text symbols</a>, Previous: <a href="#Upper-and-lower-case" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Upper and lower case</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +</div> +<a name="Symbols-by-font-position-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">21.3 Symbols by font position</h3> + <a name="index-_005csymbol"></a> <a name="index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font"></a> +<a name="index-font-symbols_002c-by-number"></a> -<p>Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the -visible space character used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. +<p>You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character +used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be +typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. </p> -<p>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers -with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as -<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. +<p>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code>'</code> +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the previous +example could also be written as <code>\symbol{'40}</code> or +<code>\symbol{"20}</code>. </p> <hr> <a name="Text-symbols"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reserved-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reserved characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="n" rel="next">Accents</a>, Previous: <a href="#Symbols-by-font-position" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Symbols by font position</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Text-symbols-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.2 Text symbols</h3> +<h3 class="section">21.4 Text symbols</h3> <a name="index-text-symbols"></a> <a name="index-symbols_002c-text"></a> @@ -11088,7 +12542,7 @@ and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </dt> <dd><a name="index-paragraph-symbol"></a> <a name="index-pilcrow"></a> -<p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +<p>Paragraph sign (pilcrow): ¶. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\pounds</code> @@ -11126,8 +12580,9 @@ and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. <dt><code>\S</code> <a name="index-_005cS"></a> </dt> -<dd><a name="index-section-symbol"></a> -<p>Section symbol. +<dd><p>\itemx \textsection +<a name="index-section-symbol"></a> +Section sign: §. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\TeX</code> @@ -11163,7 +12618,7 @@ and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textbackslash</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash"></a> +<a name="index-_005ctextbackslash-1"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-backslash_002c-in-text"></a> <p>Backslash: \. @@ -11227,11 +12682,11 @@ and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. <dt><code>\textcompwordmark</code> <a name="index-_005ctextcompwordmark"></a> </dt> -<dt><code>\textcapitalwordmark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextcapitalwordmark"></a> +<dt><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> +<a name="index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"></a> </dt> -<dt><code>\textascenderwordmark</code> -<a name="index-_005ctextascenderwordmark"></a> +<dt><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> +<a name="index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text"></a> <a name="index-cap-height"></a> @@ -11256,8 +12711,8 @@ has the ascender height. <p>Double dagger: <em>\ddag</em>. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>$</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_0024_0029"></a> +<dt><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code> +<a name="index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-dollar-sign"></a> <a name="index-currency_002c-dollar"></a> @@ -11333,7 +12788,7 @@ has the ascender height. </dt> <dd><a name="index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text"></a> <a name="index-centered-period_002c-in-text"></a> -<p>Centered period: <em>\cdot</em>. +<p>Centered period: ·. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code> @@ -11351,8 +12806,8 @@ has the ascender height. <p>Double left quote: “. </p> </dd> -<dt><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code> -<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0029"></a> +<dt><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code> +<a name="index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-right-quote_002c-double"></a> <a name="index-double-right-quote"></a> @@ -11375,6 +12830,15 @@ has the ascender height. <p>Single right quote: ’. </p> </dd> +<dt><code>\textquotesingle</code> +<a name="index-_005ctextquotesingle"></a> +</dt> +<dd><a name="index-quote_002c-single-straight"></a> +<a name="index-straight-single-quote"></a> +<a name="index-single-quote_002c-straight"></a> +<p>Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +</p> +</dd> <dt><code>\textquotestraightbase</code> <a name="index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"></a> </dt> @@ -11415,7 +12879,7 @@ has the ascender height. <a name="index-_005ctexttrademark"></a> </dt> <dd><a name="index-trademark-symbol"></a> -<p>Trademark symbol: <em>^{\hbox{TM}}</em>. +<p>Trademark symbol: ™. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\texttwelveudash</code> @@ -11447,15 +12911,16 @@ has the ascender height. <a name="Accents"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Non-English characters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Additional Latin letters</a>, Previous: <a href="#Text-symbols" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Text symbols</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="Accents-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.3 Accents</h3> +<h3 class="section">21.5 Accents</h3> <a name="index-accents"></a> <a name="index-characters_002c-accented"></a> <a name="index-letters_002c-accented"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-babel"></a> <a name="index-babel-package"></a> <a name="index-multilingual-support"></a> <p>LaTeX has wide support for many of the world’s scripts and @@ -11635,21 +13100,24 @@ See also <code>\b</code> above. <hr> -<a name="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></a> +<a name="Additional-Latin-letters"></a> <div class="header"> <p> Next: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="n" rel="next">\rule</a>, Previous: <a href="#Accents" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Accents</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> -<a name="Non_002dEnglish-characters-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.4 Non-English characters</h3> +<a name="Additional-Latin-letters-1"></a> +<h3 class="section">21.6 Additional Latin letters</h3> -<a name="index-special-characters"></a> +<a name="Non_002dEnglish-characters"></a><a name="index-Latin-letters_002c-additional"></a> +<a name="index-letters_002c-additional-Latin"></a> +<a name="index-extended-Latin"></a> +<a name="index-special-characters-1"></a> <a name="index-non_002dEnglish-characters"></a> <a name="index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></a> -<a name="index-letters_002c-non_002dEnglish"></a> -<p>Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly -used in languages other than English. +<p>Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters (beyond +A–Z) extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other +than English. </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><code>\aa</code></dt> @@ -11674,14 +13142,18 @@ used in languages other than English. <a name="index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"></a> <a name="index-Icelandic-eth"></a> <a name="index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a> -<p>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. +<p>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <small>OT1</small> +encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\dj</code></dt> <dt><code>\DJ</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-_005cdj"></a> <a name="index-_005cDJ"></a> -<p>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. +<p>Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. Not +available with <small>OT1</small> encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to +select an alternate font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\ij</code></dt> @@ -11704,7 +13176,7 @@ used in languages other than English. <dt><code>\NG</code></dt> <dd><a name="index-_005cng"></a> <a name="index-_005cNG"></a> -<p>Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. +<p>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </p> </dd> <dt><code>\o</code></dt> @@ -11738,7 +13210,9 @@ used in languages other than English. <a name="index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"></a> <a name="index-Icelandic-thorn"></a> <a name="index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter"></a> -<p>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. +<p>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <small>OT1</small> +encoding, you need the <samp>fontenc</samp> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as <small>T1</small>. </p> </dd> </dl> @@ -11748,10 +13222,10 @@ used in languages other than English. <a name="g_t_005crule"></a> <div class="header"> <p> -Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Non-English characters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> +Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctoday" accesskey="n" rel="next">\today</a>, Previous: <a href="#Additional-Latin-letters" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Additional Latin letters</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005crule-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.5 <code>\rule</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">21.7 <code>\rule</code></h3> <a name="index-_005crule"></a> @@ -11786,17 +13260,31 @@ rectangles. The arguments are: Previous: <a href="#g_t_005crule" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\rule</a>, Up: <a href="#Special-insertions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Special insertions</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005ctoday-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">21.6 <code>\today</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">21.8 <code>\today</code></h3> <a name="index-_005ctoday"></a> <a name="index-date_002c-today_0027s"></a> <p>The <code>\today</code> command produces today’s date, in the format -‘<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>’; for example, ‘July 4, 1976’. +‘<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>’; for example, ‘<samp>July 4, 1976</samp>’. It uses the predefined counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear">\day \month \year</a>) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. </p> +<p>Multilingual packages like <samp>babel</samp> or classes like <samp>lettre</samp>, +among others, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, the following +will output ‘<samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>’: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 +\documentclass{minimal} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\begin{document} +\today +\end{document} +</pre></div> + +<a name="index-package_002c-datetime"></a> <a name="index-datetime-package"></a> <p>The <code>datetime</code> package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -11817,7 +13305,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Front_002fback-matter" accesskey="n" rel="next">Front/back matte <p>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it’s more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the +<a name="index-root-file"></a> +<a name="index-file_002c-root"></a> +<em>root file</em>; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. </p> <p>See <a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a>, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -11857,7 +13348,7 @@ command executes <code>\clearpage</code> to start a new page </p> <p>Given an <code>\includeonly</code> command, the <code>\include</code> actions are only run if <var>file</var> is listed as an argument to -<code>\includeonly</code>. See the next section. +<code>\includeonly</code>. See <a href="#g_t_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</a>. </p> <a name="index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed"></a> <p>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file @@ -11871,7 +13362,7 @@ read by another <code>\include</code> command. Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cinclude" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\include</a>, Up: <a href="#Splitting-the-input" accesskey="u" rel="up">Splitting the input</a> [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Concept-Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p> </div> <a name="g_t_005cincludeonly-1"></a> -<h3 class="section">22.2 \<code>includeonly</code></h3> +<h3 class="section">22.2 <code>\includeonly</code></h3> <a name="index-_005cincludeonly"></a> @@ -11883,9 +13374,9 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cinput" accesskey="n" rel="next">\input</a>, Previous: <a <p>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each <var>file</var> must exactly match a filename -specified in a <code>\include</code> command for the selection to be -effective. +comma-separated. Each element <var>file1</var>, <var>file2</var>, … must +exactly match a filename specified in a <code>\include</code> command for the +selection to be effective. </p> <p>This command can only appear in the preamble. </p> @@ -11989,15 +13480,21 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents" accesskey="n" rel="next">\addtocontents</ <a name="g_t_005caddcontentsline-1"></a> <h4 class="subsection">23.1.1 <code>\addcontentsline</code></h4> -<a name="index-_005caddcontentsline_007bext_007d_007bunit_007d_007btext_007d"></a> +<a name="index-_005caddcontentsline"></a> <a name="index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding"></a> -<p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} -command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: +<p>Synopsis: +</p> +<div class="example"> +<pre class="example">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></div> + +<p>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: </p> <dl compact="compact"> <dt><var>ext</var></dt> -<dd><p>The extension of the file on which information is to be written, +<dd><p>The filename extension of the file on which information is to be written, typically one of: <code>toc</code> (table of contents), <code>lof</code> (list of figures), or <code>lot</code> (list of tables). </p> @@ -12012,22 +13509,23 @@ following, matching the value of the <var>ext</var> argument: <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, <code>subsubsection</code>. </p></dd> <dt><code>lof</code></dt> -<dd><p>For the list of figures. +<dd><p>For the list of figures: <code>figure</code>. </p></dd> <dt><code>lot</code></dt> -<dd><p>For the list of tables. +<dd><p>For the list of tables: <code>table</code>. </p></dd> </dl> </dd> -<dt><var>entry</var></dt> +<dt><var>text</var></dt> <dd><p>The text of the entry. </p></dd> </dl> <a name="index-_005ccontentsline"></a> -<p>What is written to the <samp>.<var>ext</var></samp> file is the -command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var>}</code>. +<p>What is written to the <samp>.<var>ext</var></samp> file is the command +<code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where +<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>. </p> @@ -12106,7 +13604,7 @@ the preamble. <a name="index-_005cindex"></a> <a name="index-_002eidx-file"></a> <p>The command <code>\index{<var>text</var>}</code> writes an index entry for -<var>text</var> to an auxiliary file with the <samp>.idx</samp> extension. +<var>text</var> to an auxiliary file named with the <samp>.idx</samp> extension. </p> <a name="index-_005cindexentry"></a> <p>Specifically, what gets written is the command @@ -12135,22 +13633,25 @@ multi-lingual) <code>xindy</code> (<a href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net">http:/ This results in a <samp>.ind</samp> file, which can then be read to typeset the index. </p> -<a name="index-printindex"></a> +<a name="index-_005cprintindex"></a> +<a name="index-package_002c-makeidx"></a> <a name="index-makeidx-package"></a> <p>The index is usually generated with the <code>\printindex</code> command. This is defined in the <code>makeidx</code> package, so <code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> needs to be in the preamble. </p> -<a name="index-indexspace"></a> +<a name="index-_005cindexspace"></a> <p>The rubber length <code>\indexspace</code> is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is ‘<samp>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</samp>’. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-showidx"></a> <a name="index-showidx-package"></a> <p>The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. </p> +<a name="index-package_002c-multind"></a> <a name="index-multind-package"></a> <p>The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See also the TeX FAQ entry on this topic, @@ -12181,7 +13682,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput" accesskey="n" rel="next">Terminal inp <var>letter body</var> \closing{<var>closing text</var>} \end{letter} - ... more letters ... +... more letters ... \end{document} </pre></div> @@ -12210,13 +13711,13 @@ backslash (<code>\\</code>). LaTeX will put the <var>sender name</var> under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. </p> -<p>Each letter environment begins with a required <code>\opening</code> command +<p>Each <code>letter</code> environment body begins with a required <code>\opening</code> command such as <code>\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}</code>. The <var>letter body</var> -text is ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from from +text is ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to displayed math, except that commands such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each -letter environment typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> command such as -<code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. +<code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> +command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. </p> <a name="index-_005c_005c-for-letters"></a> <p>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who @@ -12335,13 +13836,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cclosing" accesskey="n" rel="next">\closing</a>, Previous </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\cc{<var>first name</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></div> <p>Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after <code>\closing</code>. Separate multiple lines with a double -backslash <code>\\</code>. +backslash <code>\\</code>, as in: </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\cc{President \\ @@ -12365,7 +13866,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cencl" accesskey="n" rel="next">\encl</a>, Previous: <a h <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\closing{text} +<pre class="example">\closing{<var>text</var>} </pre></div> <p>Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there @@ -12392,7 +13893,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005clocation" accesskey="n" rel="next">\location</a>, Previo </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\encl{<var>first enclosed object</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></div> <p>Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is @@ -12459,6 +13960,7 @@ address</var>). The <var>sender address</var> is the value returned by the macro in the argument to the <code>letter</code> environment. By default <code>\mlabel</code> ignores the first argument, the <var>sender address</var>. </p> + <hr> <a name="g_t_005cname"></a> <div class="header"> @@ -12499,7 +14001,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cps" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ps</a>, Previous: <a href= </pre></div> <p>This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -<code>\begin{letter}{..}</code>. The mandatory argument <var>text</var> is the +<code>\begin{letter}{...}</code>. The mandatory argument <var>text</var> is the text that starts your letter. For instance: </p> <div class="example"> @@ -12528,7 +14030,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005csignature" accesskey="n" rel="next">\signature</a>, Prev <code>\closing</code>. </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} +<pre class="example">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} </pre></div> @@ -12545,7 +14047,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctelephone" accesskey="n" rel="next">\telephone</a>, Prev </p> <div class="example"> <pre class="example">\signature{<var>first line</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></div> <a name="index-_005csignature"></a> @@ -12637,14 +14139,14 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005ctypeout" accesskey="n" rel="next">\typeout</a>, Up: <a h <p>Synopsis: </p> <div class="example"> -<pre class="example">\typein[<var>\cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} +<pre class="example">\typein[\<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} </pre></div> <p><code>\typein</code> prints <var>msg</var> on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If -the optional <var>\cmd</var> argument is omitted, the typed input is +the optional <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the -<code>\typein</code> command. If the <var>\cmd</var> argument is present, it +<code>\typein</code> command. If the <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. </p> @@ -12829,6 +14331,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, U <a href="http://tug.org/TUGboat">http://tug.org/TUGboat</a>. </p> <pre class="verbatim">\documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -12837,6 +14340,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, U \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -12845,51 +14350,56 @@ Previous: <a href="#book-template" accesskey="p" rel="prev">book template</a>, U \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. @@ -12971,7 +14481,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_symbol-1">*</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a-prompt">‘<samp>*</samp>’ prompt</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line">Command line</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-environment-commands"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform-of-sectioning-commands"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002a_002dform_002c-defining-new-commands">*-form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_symbol-2">.</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_002eglo-file"><samp>.glo</samp> file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> @@ -12985,17 +14497,19 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstracts">abstracts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents">accents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accents_002c-mathematical">accents, mathematical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-accessing-any-character-of-a-font">accessing any character of a font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent">acute accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-acute-accent_002c-math">acute accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-additional-packages_002c-loading">additional packages, loading</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ae-ligature">ae ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-align-environment_002c-from-amsmath">align <span class="roman">environment, from <code>amsmath</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aligning-equations">aligning equations</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-alignment-via-tabbing">alignment via tabbing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-1"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-appendix_002c-creating">appendix, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-aring">aring</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrays_002c-math">arrays, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-left_002c-in-text">arrow, left, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-arrow_002c-right_002c-in-text">arrow, right, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13008,7 +14522,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-auxiliary-file">auxiliary file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-B">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code>babel</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-babel-package"><code>babel</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-backslash_002c-in-text">backslash, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-double-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, double vertical, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-bar_002c-vertical_002c-in-text">bar, vertical, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13045,6 +14559,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-calligraphic-letters-for-math">calligraphic letters for math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cap-height">cap height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-caron-accent">caron accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-catcode">catcode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-category-code_002c-character">category code, character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cc-list_002c-in-letters">cc list, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccc">\cc</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cedilla-accent">cedilla accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centered-asterisk_002c-in-text">centered asterisk, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13053,9 +14569,12 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-declaration-for">centering text, declaration for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-centering-text_002c-environment-for">centering text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Centimeter">Centimeter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case">characters, case</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-reserved">characters, reserved</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-special">characters, special</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent">check accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-check-accent_002c-math">check accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Cicero">Cicero</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> @@ -13064,16 +14583,27 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent">circumflex accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex-accent_002c-math">circumflex accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-circumflex_002c-ASCII_002c-in-text">circumflex, ASCII, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-citation-key">citation key</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-commands">class and package commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-difference">class and package difference</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-and-package-structure">class and package structure</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-file-example">class file example</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-file-layout">class file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options-1">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-class-options-2">class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-classes-of-documents">classes of documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-line">command line</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Command-line">Command line</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-command-syntax">command syntax</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-class-and-package">commands, class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-defining-new-ones-1">commands, defining new ones</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-document-class">commands, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-redefining">commands, redefining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants">commands, star-variants</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-composite-word-mark_002c-in-text">composite word mark, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-computer-programs_002c-typesetting">computer programs, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-contents-file">contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> @@ -13099,7 +14629,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dagger_002c-in-text-1">dagger, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-for-titlepage">date, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-date_002c-today_0027s">date, today’s</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code>datetime</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-datetime-package"><code>datetime</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-a-new-command-1">defining a new command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-defining-new-environments">defining new environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> @@ -13110,9 +14640,12 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions">design size, in font definitions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Didot-point">Didot point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dieresis-accent">dieresis accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-difference-between-class-and-package">difference between class and package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-hyphenation">discretionary hyphenation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-discretionary-multiplication">discretionary multiplication</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaying-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class-commands">document class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class-options">document class options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-class_002c-defined">document class, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-classes">document classes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> @@ -13162,12 +14695,14 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-aligning">equations, aligning</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-environment-for">equations, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equations_002c-flush-left-vs_002e-centered">equations, flush left vs. centered</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-es_002dzet-German-letter">es-zet German letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eth_002c-Icelandic-letter">eth, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etoolbox-package"><code>etoolbox</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-euro-symbol">euro symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-exponent">exponent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts & superscripts</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-extended-Latin">extended Latin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-external-files_002c-writing">external files, writing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-F">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> @@ -13176,8 +14711,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-number_002c-cross-referencing">figure number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-footnotes-in">figures, footnotes in</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figures_002c-inserting">figures, inserting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-file_002c-root">file, root</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fixed_002dwidth-font">fixed-width font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-package"><code>float</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flafter-package"><code>flafter</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-package"><code>float</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-float-page">float page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flush-left-equations">flush left equations</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushing-floats-and-starting-a-page">flushing floats and starting a page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr> @@ -13186,28 +14723,32 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-size">font size</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-sizes">font sizes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-styles">font styles</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-font-symbols_002c-by-number">font symbols, by number</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts">fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for">fonts, new commands for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer-style">footer style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footer_002c-parameters-for">footer, parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footmisc-package"><code>footmisc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-number_002c-cross-referencing">footnote number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnote-parameters">footnote parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnote-parameters">Footnote parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes-in-figures">footnotes in figures</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-creating">footnotes, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes">Footnotes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-minipage">Footnotes, in a minipage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Footnotes_002c-in-a-table">Footnotes, in a table</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-in-section-headings">footnotes, in section headings</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-footnotes_002c-symbols-instead-of-numbers">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-environment-for">formulas, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-formulas_002c-math">formulas, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forward-reference">forward reference</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-forward-references_002c-resolving">forward references, resolving</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fragile-commands">fragile commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-French-quotation-marks">French quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-functions_002c-math">functions, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-G">G</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code>geometry</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-geometry-package"><code>geometry</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glossary-package">glossary <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Glossaries">Glossaries</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-glue-register_002c-plain-TeX">glue register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> @@ -13216,6 +14757,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-grave-accent_002c-math">grave accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greater-than-symbol_002c-in-text">greater than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-greek-letters">greek letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-group_002c-and-environments">group, and environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Environments">Environments</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-H">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">háček accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> @@ -13228,13 +14770,14 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-here_002c-putting-floats">here, putting floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-defining">hyphenation, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary">hyphenation, discretionary</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cdiscretionary">\discretionary</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-forcing">hyphenation, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">\- (hyphenation)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyphenation_002c-preventing">hyphenation, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-I">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-eth">Icelandic eth</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-thorn">Icelandic thorn</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch">ij letter, Dutch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-eth">Icelandic eth</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Icelandic-thorn">Icelandic thorn</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ij-letter_002c-Dutch">ij letter, Dutch</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in_002dline-formulas">in-line formulas</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent">\indent</a></td></tr> @@ -13259,6 +14802,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Knuth_002c-Donald-E_002e">Knuth, Donald E.</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-L">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-label">label</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-labelled-lists_002c-creating">labelled lists, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport-TeX">Lamport TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lamport_002c-Leslie">Lamport, Leslie</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> @@ -13268,6 +14812,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-Project-team">LaTeX Project team</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e">LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LaTeX2e-logo">LaTeX2e logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Latin-letters_002c-additional">Latin letters, additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout-commands">layout commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Layout">Layout</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-layout_002c-page-parameters-for">layout, page parameters for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left-angle-quotation-marks">left angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13280,6 +14825,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text">left-justifying text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002djustifying-text_002c-environment-for">left-justifying text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-left_002dto_002dright-mode">left-to-right mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-length-command">length command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-adding-to">lengths, adding to</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-allocating-new">lengths, allocating new</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-defining-and-using">lengths, defining and using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Lengths">Lengths</a></td></tr> @@ -13287,8 +14833,8 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lengths_002c-setting">lengths, setting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetlength">\setlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-less-than-symbol_002c-in-text">less than symbol, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-accented">letters, accented</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-additional-Latin">letters, additional Latin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-ending">letters, ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-non_002dEnglish">letters, non-English</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-starting">letters, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letters_002c-writing">letters, writing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Letters">Letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-line-break_002c-forcing">line break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr> @@ -13305,13 +14851,15 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items">lists of items</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-generic">lists of items, generic</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lists-of-items_002c-numbered">lists of items, numbered</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-loading-additional-packages">loading additional packages</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-log-file">log file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX">logo, LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-LaTeX2e">logo, LaTeX2e</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-logo_002c-TeX">logo, TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-long-command">long command</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-low_002d9-quotation-marks_002c-single-and-double">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-low_002dlevel-font-commands">low-level font commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Lower-case">Lower case</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LR-mode">LR mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ltugboat-class"><code>ltugboat</code> class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tugboat-template">tugboat template</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-LuaTeX">LuaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> @@ -13321,8 +14869,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macro-package_002c-LaTeX-as">macro package, LaTeX as</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent">macron accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macron-accent_002c-math">macron accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-macros2e-package"><code>macros2e</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Madsen_002c-Lars">Madsen, Lars</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code>makeidx</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeidx-package"><code>makeidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-makeindex-program"><code>makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-a-title-page">making a title page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-making-paragraphs">making paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr> @@ -13346,18 +14895,21 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu_002c-math-unit">mu, math unit</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multicolumn-text">multicolumn text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctwocolumn">\twocolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multilingual-support">multilingual support</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code>multind</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multind-package"><code>multind</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-multiplication-symbol_002c-discretionary-line-break">multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-N">N</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-nested-_005cinclude_002c-not-allowed">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinclude">\include</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-class-commands">new class commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-construction">Class and package construction</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-check">new command, check</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-command_002c-definition">new command, definition</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-commands_002c-defining-1">new commands, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-output-as-input">new line, output as input</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting">new line, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_005c">\\</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-notes-in-the-margin">notes in the margin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-null-delimiter">null delimiter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-numbered-items_002c-specifying-counter">numbered items, specifying counter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr> @@ -13365,22 +14917,46 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-O">O</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oblique-font">oblique font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oe-ligature">oe ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oe-ligature">oe ligature</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ogonek">ogonek</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-old_002dstyle-numerals">old-style numerals</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-one_002dcolumn-output">one-column output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-opening-quote">opening quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-OpenType-fonts">OpenType fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-class">options, class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-document-class-1">options, document class</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-global">options, global</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-package">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-options_002c-package-1">options, package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-oslash">oslash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overbar-accent">overbar accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overdot-accent_002c-math">overdot accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-overview-of-LaTeX">overview of LaTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Overview">Overview</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Concept-Index_cp_letter-P">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-file-layout">package file layout</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-structure">Class and package structure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package-options-1">package options</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-babel"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>babel</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datetime"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datetime</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctoday">\today</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-etoolbox"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>etoolbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-flafter"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>flafter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-float"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>float</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-footmisc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>footmisc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter and \makeatother</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-makeidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>makeidx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-multind"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>multind</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-picture"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>picture</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-setspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>setspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-showidx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>showidx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcomp"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcomp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-preventing">page break, preventing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a></td></tr> @@ -13392,6 +14968,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text">paragraph indentations in quoted text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-indentations-in-quoted-text_002c-omitting">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-mode-1">paragraph mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparbox">\parbox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraph-symbol">paragraph symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-paragraphs">paragraphs</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-parameters_002c-for-footnotes">parameters, for footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnote-parameters">Footnote parameters</a></td></tr> @@ -13401,14 +14978,16 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-period_002c-centered_002c-in-text">period, centered, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pica">pica</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pict2e-package"><code>pict2e</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture-package"><code>picture</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pictures_002c-creating">pictures, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pilcrow">pilcrow</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-placement-of-floats">placement of floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-poetry_002c-an-environment-for">poetry, an environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Point">Point</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-polish-l">polish l</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-portrait-orientation">portrait orientation</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble_002c-defined">preamble, defined</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> @@ -13420,6 +14999,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown">question mark, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation-marks_002c-French">quotation marks, French</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote_002c-single-straight">quote, single straight</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote_002c-straight-base">quote, straight base</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> @@ -13430,6 +15010,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text">ragged right text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedright">\raggedright</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ragged-right-text_002c-environment-for">ragged right text, environment for</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-redefining-environments">redefining environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-reference_002c-forward">reference, forward</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-references_002c-resolving-forward">references, resolving forward</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-registered-symbol">registered symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-remarks-in-the-margin">remarks in the margin</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr> @@ -13448,6 +15029,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ring-accent_002c-math">ring accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-robust-commands">robust commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-roman-font">roman font</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-root-file">root file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-rubber-lengths_002c-defining-new">rubber lengths, defining new</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer">running header and footer</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-running-header-and-footer-style">running header and footer style</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> @@ -13459,18 +15041,20 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-number_002c-cross-referencing">section number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-numbers_002c-printing">section numbers, printing</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section-symbol">section symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-section_002c-redefining">section, redefining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sectioning-commands">sectioning commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setspace-package"><code>setspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csetcounter">\setcounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-shapes_002c-of-fonts">shapes, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sharp-S-letters">sharp S letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code>showidx</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sharp-S-letters">sharp S letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-showidx-package"><code>showidx</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-simulating-typed-text">simulating typed text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-angle-quotation-marks">single angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-guillemets">single guillemets</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-left-quote">single left quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-low_002d9-quotation-mark">single low-9 quotation mark</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-quote_002c-straight">single quote, straight</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-single-right-quote">single right quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sizes-of-text">sizes of text</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-sizes">Font sizes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr> @@ -13480,12 +15064,16 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-space_002c-vertical">space, vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spaces">spaces</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spaces">Spaces</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-intersentence">spacing, intersentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-insertions">special insertions</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-specifier_002c-float-placement">specifier, float placement</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-splitting-the-input-file">splitting the input file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Splitting-the-input">Splitting the input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stable-option-to-footmisc-package"><code>stable</code> option to <code>footmisc</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands">star-variants, commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starred-form_002c-defining-new-commands">starred form, defining new commands</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page">starting a new page</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-a-new-page-and-clearing-floats">starting a new page and clearing floats</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-starting-and-ending">starting and ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Starting-and-ending">Starting and ending</a></td></tr> @@ -13493,6 +15081,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sterling-symbol">sterling symbol</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-double-quote_002c-base">straight double quote, base</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-quote_002c-base">straight quote, base</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-straight-single-quote">straight single quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-horizontal">stretch, infinite horizontal</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-infinite-vertical">stretch, infinite vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-stretch_002c-omitting-vertical">stretch, omitting vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005craggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a></td></tr> @@ -13507,6 +15096,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tab-stops_002c-using">tab stops, using</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-entry_002c-manually-adding">table of contents entry, manually adding</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Tables-of-contents">Tables of contents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template_002c-beamer">template, <code>beamer</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#beamer-template">beamer template</a></td></tr> @@ -13516,12 +15106,12 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-terminal-input_002foutput">terminal input/output</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Terminal-input_002foutput">Terminal input/output</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-TeX-logo">TeX logo</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-text-symbols">text symbols</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp</code> package</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package"><code>textcomp</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage">thanks, for titlepage</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem_002dlike-environment">theorem-like environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-defining">theorems, defining</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorems_002c-typesetting">theorems, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter">thorn, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thorn_002c-Icelandic-letter">thorn, Icelandic letter</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-three_002dquarters-em_002ddash">three-quarters em-dash</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tie_002dafter-accent">tie-after accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tilde-accent">tilde accent</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> @@ -13552,6 +15142,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-units_002c-of-length">units, of length</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unofficial-nature-of-this-manual">unofficial nature of this manual</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-unordered-lists">unordered lists</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Upper-case">Upper case</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> @@ -13581,6 +15172,7 @@ Next: <a href="#Command-Index" accesskey="n" rel="next">Command Index</a>, Previ <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-x_002dheight">x-height</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-XeTeX">XeTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xindy-program"><code>xindy</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence">\(SPACE) after control sequence</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> </table> <table><tr><th valign="top">Jump to: </th><td><a class="summary-letter" href="#Concept-Index_cp_symbol-1"><b>*</b></a> @@ -13776,32 +15368,34 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_003e-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\> <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040"><code>\@</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040">\(SPACE) and \@</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040fnsymbol"><code>\@fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040ifstar"><code>\@ifstar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005c_0040startsection"><code>\@startsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040startsection">\@startsection</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca-_0028tabbing_0029"><code>\a <span class="roman">(tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0027-_0028acute-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a' <span class="roman">(acute accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_003d-_0028macron-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a= <span class="roman">(macron accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa (å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA (Å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caa-_0028aa_0029"><code>\aa (å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAA-_0028AA_0029"><code>\AA (Å)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cacute"><code>\acute</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline_007bext_007d_007bunit_007d_007btext_007d"><code>\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddcontentsline"><code>\addcontentsline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddcontentsline">\addcontentsline</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddress"><code>\address</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddress">\address</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocontents_007bext_007d_007btext_007d"><code>\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocontents">\addtocontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtocounter"><code>\addtocounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtocounter">\addtocounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddtolength"><code>\addtolength</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddtolength">\addtolength</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caddvspace"><code>\addvspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae (æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE (Æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cae-_0028ae_0029"><code>\ae (æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAE-_0028AE_0029"><code>\AE (Æ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005caleph"><code>\aleph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calph"><code>\alph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph"><code>\Alph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph-example"><code>\Alph <span class="roman">example</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calpha"><code>\alpha</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAlph_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005calsoname"><code>\alsoname</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005camalg"><code>\amalg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cand-for-_005cauthor"><code>\and <span class="roman">for <code>\author</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cangle"><code>\angle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cappendix"><code>\appendix</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005capprox"><code>\approx</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carabic"><code>\arabic</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carabic_007bcounter_007d"><code>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carccos"><code>\arccos</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carcsin"><code>\arcsin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005carctan"><code>\arctan</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> @@ -13812,12 +15406,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cast"><code>\ast</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005casymp"><code>\asymp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDocument"><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtBeginDocument">\AtBeginDocument</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtBeginDvi"><code>\AtBeginDvi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndDocument"><code>\AtEndDocument</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cAtEndDocument">\AtEndDocument</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfClass"><code>\AtEndOfClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cAtEndOfPackage"><code>\AtEndOfPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cauthor_007bname-_005cand-name2_007d"><code>\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ca_0060-_0028grave-accent-in-tabbing_0029"><code>\a` <span class="roman">(grave accent in tabbing)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cb-_0028bar_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\b <span class="roman">(bar-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbackslash-1"><code>\backslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbar"><code>\bar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselineskip"><code>\baselineskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cbaselinestretch"><code>\baselinestretch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> @@ -13877,10 +15473,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccentering"><code>\centering</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccentering">\centering</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchapter"><code>\chapter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccheck"><code>\check</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand"><code>\CheckCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCheckCommand_002a"><code>\CheckCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cchi"><code>\chi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccirc"><code>\circ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccircle"><code>\circle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccircle">\circle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccite"><code>\cite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccite">\cite</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassError"><code>\ClassError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfo"><code>\ClassInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassInfoNoLine"><code>\ClassInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarning"><code>\ClassWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cClassWarningNoLine"><code>\ClassWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccleardoublepage"><code>\cleardoublepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cclearpage"><code>\clearpage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclearpage">\clearpage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccline"><code>\cline</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ccline">\cline</a></td></tr> @@ -13906,6 +15509,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccoth"><code>\coth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccsc"><code>\csc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ccup"><code>\cup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cCurrentOption"><code>\CurrentOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cd-_0028dot_002dunder-accent_0029"><code>\d <span class="roman">(dot-under accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdag"><code>\dag</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdagger"><code>\dagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13922,21 +15526,25 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddagger"><code>\ddagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddot"><code>\ddot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cddots"><code>\ddots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption"><code>\DeclareOption</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareOption_002a"><code>\DeclareOption*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDeclareRobustCommand_002a"><code>\DeclareRobustCommand*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdeg"><code>\deg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDelta"><code>\Delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdelta"><code>\delta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdepth"><code>\depth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Predefined-lengths">Predefined lengths</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdet"><code>\det</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh (ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH (Ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdh-_0028d_0029"><code>\dh (ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDH-_0028D_0029"><code>\DH (Ð)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDiamond"><code>\Diamond</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamond"><code>\diamond</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiamondsuit"><code>\diamondsuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdim"><code>\dim</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdisplaystyle"><code>\displaystyle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdiv"><code>\div</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdj"><code>\dj</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cDJ"><code>\DJ</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdocumentclass"><code>\documentclass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdot"><code>\dot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cdoteq"><code>\doteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -13961,6 +15569,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-1"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cevensidemargin-2"><code>\evensidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cExecuteOptions"><code>\ExecuteOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexists"><code>\exists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cexp"><code>\exp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cextracolsep"><code>\extracolsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> @@ -13976,8 +15585,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfloatsep-1"><code>\floatsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cflushbottom"><code>\flushbottom</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cflushbottom">\flushbottom</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol"><code>\fnsymbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_002c-and-footnotes"><code>\fnsymbol<span class="roman">, and footnotes</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnote">\footnote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfnsymbol_007bcounter_007d"><code>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontencoding"><code>\fontencoding</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontfamily"><code>\fontfamily</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfontseries"><code>\fontseries</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> @@ -13993,7 +15602,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfootskip-1"><code>\footskip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cforall"><code>\forall</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac"><code>\frac</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac_007bnum_007d_007bden_007d"><code>\frac{num}{den}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cfrac_007bnum_007d_007bden_007d"><code>\frac{<var>num</var>}{<var>den</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframe"><code>\frame</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframe">\frame</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029">\framebox (picture)</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cframebox-1"><code>\framebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox">\fbox and \framebox</a></td></tr> @@ -14037,8 +15646,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005chyphenation"><code>\hyphenation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chyphenation">\hyphenation</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ci-_0028dotless-i_0029"><code>\i <span class="roman">(dotless i)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciff"><code>\iff</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij (ij)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ (IJ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIfFileExists"><code>\IfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cij-_0028ij_0029"><code>\ij (ij)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIJ-_0028IJ_0029"><code>\IJ (IJ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cIm"><code>\Im</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cimath"><code>\imath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cin"><code>\in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14047,18 +15657,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindent"><code>\indent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent">\indent</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindex"><code>\index</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexentry"><code>\indexentry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cindexspace"><code>\indexspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinf"><code>\inf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinfty"><code>\infty</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cinput"><code>\input</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cinput">\input</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cInputIfFileExists"><code>\InputIfFileExists</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cint"><code>\int</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cintextsep-1"><code>\intextsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ciota"><code>\iota</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cit"><code>\it</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-3"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-1"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citem-2"><code>\item</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemindent"><code>\itemindent</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citemsep"><code>\itemsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005citshape"><code>\itshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -14069,8 +15680,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckappa"><code>\kappa</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cker"><code>\ker</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ckill"><code>\kill</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (Ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cl-_0028l_0029"><code>\l (ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cL-_0028L_0029"><code>\L (Ł)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabel"><code>\label</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clabel">\label</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumi"><code>\labelenumi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clabelenumii"><code>\labelenumii</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> @@ -14131,6 +15742,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cll"><code>\ll</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cln"><code>\ln</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clnot"><code>\lnot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClass"><code>\LoadClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cLoadClassWithOptions"><code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clocation"><code>\location</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005clocation">\location</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clog"><code>\log</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005clongleftarrow"><code>\longleftarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14160,11 +15773,17 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmarkright_007bright_007d"><code>\markright{<var>right</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathbf"><code>\mathbf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathcal"><code>\mathcal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathdollar"><code>\mathdollar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathellipsis"><code>\mathellipsis</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathnormal"><code>\mathnormal</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathparagraph"><code>\mathparagraph</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathring"><code>\mathring</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathrm"><code>\mathrm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsection"><code>\mathsection</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsf"><code>\mathsf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathsterling"><code>\mathsterling</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathtt"><code>\mathtt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathunderscore"><code>\mathunderscore</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmathversion"><code>\mathversion</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmax"><code>\max</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cmbox"><code>\mbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmbox">\mbox</a></td></tr> @@ -14187,6 +15806,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnatural"><code>\natural</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cne"><code>\ne</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnearrow"><code>\nearrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNeedsTeXFormat"><code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneg"><code>\neg</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cneq"><code>\neq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewcommand"><code>\newcommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr> @@ -14200,8 +15820,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewsavebox"><code>\newsavebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">\newsavebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtheorem"><code>\newtheorem</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">\newtheorem</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnewtie"><code>\newtie</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnocorr"><code>\nocorr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -14219,15 +15839,15 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnotin"><code>\notin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnu"><code>\nu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cnwarrow"><code>\nwarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (Ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005co-_0028o_0029"><code>\o (ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cO-_0028O_0029"><code>\O (Ø)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cobeycr"><code>\obeycr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-1"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coddsidemargin-2"><code>\oddsidemargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005codot"><code>\odot</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe (œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE (Œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coe-_0028oe_0029"><code>\oe (œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOE-_0028OE_0029"><code>\OE (Œ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coint"><code>\oint</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coldstylenums"><code>\oldstylenums</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOmega"><code>\Omega</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14236,13 +15856,19 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005conecolumn"><code>\onecolumn</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005conecolumn">\onecolumn</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005copening"><code>\opening</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005copening">\opening</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coplus"><code>\oplus</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cOptionNotUsed"><code>\OptionNotUsed</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coslash"><code>\oslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cotimes"><code>\otimes</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coval"><code>\oval</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005coval">\oval</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007btext_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005coverline_007btext_007d"><code>\overline{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cowns"><code>\owns</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cP"><code>\P</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageError"><code>\PackageError</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfo"><code>\PackageInfo</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageInfoNoLine"><code>\PackageInfoNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarning"><code>\PackageWarning</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPackageWarningNoLine"><code>\PackageWarningNoLine</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagebreak"><code>\pagebreak</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpagenumbering"><code>\pagenumbering</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpageref"><code>\pageref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpageref">\pageref</a></td></tr> @@ -14262,6 +15888,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpart"><code>\part</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartial"><code>\partial</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpartopsep"><code>\partopsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToClass"><code>\PassOptionsToClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPassOptionsToPackage"><code>\PassOptionsToPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpageheight"><code>\pdfpageheight</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpdfpagewidth"><code>\pdfpagewidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cperp"><code>\perp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14277,10 +15905,16 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprec"><code>\prec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpreceq"><code>\preceq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprime"><code>\prime</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprintindex"><code>\printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions"><code>\ProcessOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProcessOptions_002a"><code>\ProcessOptions*</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprod"><code>\prod</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpropto"><code>\propto</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprotect"><code>\protect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cprovidecommand"><code>\providecommand</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">\providecommand</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesClass"><code>\ProvidesClass</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesFile"><code>\ProvidesFile</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cProvidesPackage"><code>\ProvidesPackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cps"><code>\ps</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cPsi"><code>\Psi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cpsi"><code>\psi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14303,8 +15937,11 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cref"><code>\ref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crefstepcounter"><code>\refstepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crefstepcounter">\refstepcounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crenewenvironment"><code>\renewenvironment</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackage"><code>\RequirePackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRequirePackageWithOptions"><code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Class-and-package-commands">Class and package commands</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestorecr"><code>\restorecr</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr">\obeycr & \restorecr</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crestriction"><code>\restriction</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crevemptyset"><code>\revemptyset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005creversemarginpar"><code>\reversemarginpar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Marginal-notes">Marginal notes</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crfloor"><code>\rfloor</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crhd"><code>\rhd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14318,8 +15955,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crightmargin"><code>\rightmargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crm"><code>\rm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crmfamily"><code>\rmfamily</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005croman"><code>\roman</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRoman"><code>\Roman</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005croman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cRoman_007bcounter_007d"><code>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crq"><code>\rq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005crule"><code>\rule</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cS"><code>\S</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14361,13 +15998,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cspadesuit"><code>\spadesuit</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcap"><code>\sqcap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqcup"><code>\sqcup</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqrt_005broot_005d_007barg_007d"><code>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqrt_005broot_005d_007barg_007d"><code>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{<var>arg</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubset"><code>\sqsubset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsubseteq"><code>\sqsubseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupset"><code>\sqsupset</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csqsupseteq"><code>\sqsupseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss (ß)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS (SS)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005css-_0028ss_0029"><code>\ss (ß)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cSS-_0028SS_0029"><code>\SS (SS)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstackrel_007btext_007d_007brelation_007d"><code>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstar"><code>\star</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cstepcounter"><code>\stepcounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cstepcounter">\stepcounter</a></td></tr> @@ -14386,7 +16023,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csupseteq"><code>\supseteq</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csurd"><code>\surd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cswarrow"><code>\swarrow</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005csymbol"><code>\symbol</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Symbols-by-font-position">Symbols by font position</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ct-_0028tie_002dafter-accent_0029"><code>\t <span class="roman">(tie-after accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTAB"><code>\TAB</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040">\(SPACE) and \@</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctabbingsep"><code>\tabbingsep</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> @@ -14397,11 +16034,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctau"><code>\tau</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctelephone"><code>\telephone</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005ctelephone">\telephone</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTeX"><code>\TeX</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextascenderwordmark"><code>\textascenderwordmark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextascendercompwordmark"><code>\textascendercompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciicircum"><code>\textasciicircum</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasciitilde"><code>\textasciitilde</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextasteriskcentered"><code>\textasteriskcentered</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbackslash-1"><code>\textbackslash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbar"><code>\textbar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbardbl"><code>\textbardbl</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbf"><code>\textbf</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr> @@ -14409,13 +16047,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceleft"><code>\textbraceleft</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbraceright"><code>\textbraceright</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextbullet"><code>\textbullet</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalwordmark"><code>\textcapitalwordmark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcapitalcompwordmark"><code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcircled_007bletter_007d"><code>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcompwordmark"><code>\textcompwordmark</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextcopyright"><code>\textcopyright</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdagger"><code>\textdagger</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdaggerdbl"><code>\textdaggerdbl</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextdollar-_0028or-_005c_0024_0029"><code>\textdollar <span class="roman">(or <code>\$</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextellipsis"><code>\textellipsis</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextemdash-_0028or-_002d_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textemdash <span class="roman">(or <code>---</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextendash-_0028or-_002d_002d_0029"><code>\textendash <span class="roman">(or <code>--</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14439,9 +16077,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextperiodcentered"><code>\textperiodcentered</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquestiondown-_0028or-_003f_0060_0029"><code>\textquestiondown <span class="roman">(or <code>?`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblleft-_0028or-_0060_0060_0029"><code>\textquotedblleft <span class="roman">(or <code>``</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotedblright-_0028or-_0027_0027_0029"><code>\textquotedblright <span class="roman">(or <code>''</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteleft-_0028or-_0060_0029"><code>\textquoteleft <span class="roman">(or <code>`</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquoteright-_0028or-_0027_0029"><code>\textquoteright <span class="roman">(or <code>'</code>)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotesingle"><code>\textquotesingle</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightbase"><code>\textquotestraightbase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextquotestraightdblbase"><code>\textquotestraightdblbase</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextregistered"><code>\textregistered</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14460,8 +16099,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextvisiblespace"><code>\textvisiblespace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctextwidth-1"><code>\textwidth</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th (þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH (Þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th (þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH (Þ)</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmaketitle">\maketitle</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cthicklines">\thicklines</a></td></tr> @@ -14495,8 +16134,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cu-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\u <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunboldmath"><code>\unboldmath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbar"><code>\underbar</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\underbrace{math}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{text}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderbrace_007bmath_007d"><code>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunderline_007btext_007d"><code>\underline{<var>text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunitlength"><code>\unitlength</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunlhd"><code>\unlhd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cunrhd"><code>\unrhd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14512,9 +16151,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusebox"><code>\usebox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusebox">\usebox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusecounter"><code>\usecounter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cusecounter">\usecounter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusefont"><code>\usefont</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cusepackage"><code>\usepackage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cv-_0028breve-accent_0029"><code>\v <span class="roman">(breve accent)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvalue"><code>\value</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvalue">\value</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvanothing"><code>\vanothing</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarepsilon"><code>\varepsilon</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarphi"><code>\varphi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvarpi"><code>\varpi</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14523,7 +16163,6 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvartheta"><code>\vartheta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdash"><code>\vdash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvdots-1"><code>\vdots</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-miscellany">Math miscellany</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvec"><code>\vec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-accents">Math accents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvector"><code>\vector</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvector">\vector</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-_005cvee"><code>\vee</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr> @@ -14581,8 +16220,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-A">A</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a4paper-option"><code>a4paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-a5paper-option"><code>a5paper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code>abstract <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code>array <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-abstract-environment"><code><code>abstract</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-array-environment"><code><code>array</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-article-class"><code>article <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-B">B</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> @@ -14594,7 +16233,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-C">C</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cc"><code>cc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-center-environment"><code>center <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-center-environment"><code><code>center</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-clock-option-to-slides-class"><code>clock <span class="roman">option to <code>slides</code> class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> @@ -14602,10 +16241,10 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dbltopnumber-1"><code>dbltopnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dd"><code>dd</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-environment"><code>description <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code>displaymath <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code>displaymath <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code>document <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-description-environment"><code><code>description</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment"><code><code>displaymath</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-displaymath-environment-1"><code><code>displaymath</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-document-environment"><code><code>document</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-draft-option"><code>draft <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvipdfmx-command"><code>dvipdfmx <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-dvips-command"><code>dvips <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> @@ -14613,52 +16252,85 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-E">E</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-em-1"><code>em</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code>enumerate <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code>eqnarray <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code>equation <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code>equation <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-enumerate-environment"><code><code>enumerate</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-abstract"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>abstract</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#abstract">abstract</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-array"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>array</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#array">array</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-center"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>center</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#center">center</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-description"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>description</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#description">description</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#displaymath">displaymath</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-displaymath-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>displaymath</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-document"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>document</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#document">document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-enumerate"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>enumerate</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#enumerate">enumerate</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-eqnarray"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>eqnarray</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-equation-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>equation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-figure"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>figure</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>filecontents</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-filecontents_002a"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>filecontents*</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushleft"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>flushleft</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-flushright"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>flushright</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-itemize"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>itemize</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-letter"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>letter</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-list"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>list</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-math-1"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>math</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-minipage"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>minipage</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-thebibliography"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>thebibliography</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-theorem"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>theorem</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-titlepage"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>titlepage</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verbatim"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>verbatim</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-verse"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>verse</code></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-eqnarray-environment"><code><code>eqnarray</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#equation">equation</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-equation-environment-1"><code><code>equation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-etex-command"><code>etex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-F">F</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure"><code>figure</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents"><code>filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-figure-environment"><code><code>figure</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents-environment"><code><code>filecontents</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-filecontents_002a-environment"><code><code>filecontents*</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-final-option"><code>final <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-first_002dlatex_002ddoc-document"><code>first-latex-doc <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-fleqn-option"><code>fleqn <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushleft-environment"><code>flushleft <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code>flushright <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushleft-environment"><code><code>flushleft</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushleft">flushleft</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-flushright-environment"><code><code>flushright</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#flushright">flushright</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-H">H</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-http_003a_002f_002fhome_002egna_002eorg_002flatexrefman-home-page"><code><a href="http://home.gna.org/latexrefman">http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</a> <span class="roman">home page</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-http_003a_002f_002fpuszcza_002egnu_002eorg_002eua_002fsoftware_002flatexrefman_002f-home-page"><code><a href="http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</a> <span class="roman">home page</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-I">I</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indexspace"><code>indexspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code>itemize <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-L">L</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-landscape-option"><code>landscape <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex-command"><code>latex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latex_002ddoc_002dptr-document"><code>latex-doc-ptr <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexrefman_002ddiscuss_0040gna_002eorg-email-address"><code><a href="mailto:latexrefman-discuss@gna.org">latexrefman-discuss@gna.org</a> <span class="roman">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-latexrefman_0040tug_002eorg-email-address"><code><a href="mailto:latexrefman@tug.org">latexrefman@tug.org</a> <span class="roman">email address</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-legalpaper-option"><code>legalpaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-leqno-option"><code>leqno <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter-class"><code>letter <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter-environment"><code>letter <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letter-environment"><code><code>letter</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#letter">letter</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-letterpaper-option"><code>letterpaper <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list"><code>list</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-list-environment"><code><code>list</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#list">list</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lR-box"><code>lR box</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lrbox"><code>lrbox</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#lrbox">lrbox</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lshort-document"><code>lshort <span class="roman">document</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-lualatex-command"><code>lualatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-M">M</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment"><code>math <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment-1"><code>math <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code>minipage <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment"><code><code>math</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#math">math</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-environment-1"><code><code>math</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-minipage-environment"><code><code>minipage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mm"><code>mm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mu"><code>mu</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> @@ -14675,13 +16347,12 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-P">P</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pc"><code>pc</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pdflatex-command"><code>pdflatex <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture"><code>picture</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-printindex"><code>printindex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Indexes">Indexes</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-picture-environment"><code><code>picture</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-Q">Q</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation"><code>quotation</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote"><code>quote</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quotation-environment"><code><code>quotation</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-quote-environment"><code><code>quote</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-and-quote">quotation and quote</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-R">R</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-report-class"><code>report <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr> @@ -14692,13 +16363,13 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-T">T</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code>tabbing <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table"><code>table</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code>tabular <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabbing-environment"><code><code>tabbing</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-environment"><code><code>table</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-textcomp-package-1"><code>textcomp <span class="roman">package</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code>thebibliography <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code>theorem <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code>titlepage <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-thebibliography-environment"><code><code>thebibliography</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#thebibliography">thebibliography</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-theorem-environment"><code><code>theorem</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-environment"><code><code>titlepage</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-titlepage-option"><code>titlepage <span class="roman">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-class-options">Document class options</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topmargin"><code>topmargin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Page-layout-parameters">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-topnumber"><code>topnumber</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Floats">Floats</a></td></tr> @@ -14712,8 +16383,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Concept-Index" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Concept Index</a>, U <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-usrguide-official-documentation"><code>usrguide <span class="roman">official documentation</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code>verbatim <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> -<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code>verse <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verbatim-environment"><code><code>verbatim</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr> +<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-verse-environment"><code><code>verse</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verse">verse</a></td></tr> <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr> <tr><th><a name="Command-Index_fn_letter-X">X</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr> <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xdvi-command"><code>xdvi <span class="roman">command</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Output-files">Output files</a></td></tr> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf Binary files differindex ab2b1ee03c6..5755f7da379 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi index d4c8da471e9..e1c96ee6755 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ \input texinfo -@c $Id: latex2e.texi 459 2015-10-12 11:33:10Z jhefferon $ +@c $Id: latex2e.texi 578 2017-08-06 00:04:43Z jimhefferon $ @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @setfilename latex2e.info -@set UPDATED October 2015 +@set UPDATED August 2017 +@include common.texi @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED}) @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) @@ -10,12 +11,15 @@ @c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. @c xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file @c +@c xx misc commands from clsguide.pdf: \ignorespacesafterend, +@c \normalsfcodes +@c xx color (include info from clsguide.pdf) @c xx ending a run with errors @c xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX @c xx classes and packages -- required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts @c -@c xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) -@c xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/latex2e-reference.tar.gz +@c xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-info (CTAN package latex-info) +@c xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-reference @c xx merge permuted-index @c xx merge latex-manual from savannah @c xx merge display style math @@ -43,10 +47,11 @@ Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015 Karl Berry.@* +2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 Karl Berry.@* Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@* Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. +@comment start of License Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @@ -65,6 +70,7 @@ notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +@comment end of License @end copying @dircategory TeX @@ -79,7 +85,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. @titlepage @title @LaTeX{}2e: An unofficial reference manual @subtitle @value{UPDATED} -@author @url{http://home.gna.org/latexrefman} +@author @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}} @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll @insertcopying @@ -96,6 +102,9 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. @macro BESU {utf8,math} @code{@backslashchar{}\math\} @end macro +@macro iftexthenelse {then,else} +\then\@c +@end macro @end iftex @ifnottex @macro BES {utf8,math} @@ -104,7 +113,27 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. @macro BESU {utf8,math} @U{\utf8\} @end macro +@macro iftexthenelse {then,else} +\else\@c +@end macro @end ifnottex +@macro EnvIndex {env} +@findex @r{environment}, @code{\env\} +@findex @code{\env\} @r{environment} +@end macro +@macro PkgIndex {pkg} +@cindex @r{package}, @code{\pkg\} +@cindex @code{\pkg\} @r{package} +@end macro + +@set NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}. +@set NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package. +@set NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package. + +@clear HAS-MATH +@iftex +@set HAS-MATH +@end iftex @node Top @top @LaTeX{}2e: An unofficial reference manual @@ -148,31 +177,31 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of @node About this document @chapter About this document -@cindex bug reporting -@cindex reporting bugs -@findex @url{http://home.gna.org/latexrefman} @r{home page} +@findex @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}} @r{home page} This is an unofficial reference manual for the @LaTeX{}2e document preparation system, which is a macro package for the @TeX{} typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}). This document's home page is -@url{http://home.gna.org/latexrefman}. That page has links to the +@url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}. That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and subscriptions, and other infrastructure. @cindex @LaTeX{} vs.@: @LaTeX{}2e In this document, we will mostly just use `@LaTeX{}' rather than `@LaTeX{}2e', since the previous version of @LaTeX{}@tie{}(2.09) was -retired many years ago. +frozen decades ago. @cindex unofficial nature of this manual @cindex @LaTeX{} Project team -@findex @email{latexrefman-discuss@@gna.org} @r{email address} +@findex @email{@value{LTXREFMAN_BUGS}} @r{email address} @LaTeX{} is currently maintained by a group of volunteers (@url{http://latex-project.org}). The official documentation written by the @LaTeX{} project is available from their web site. This document is completely unofficial and has not been reviewed by the @LaTeX{} -maintainers. Do not send bug reports or anything else about this -document to them. Instead, please send all comments to -@email{latexrefman-discuss@@gna.org}. +maintainers. +@cindex bug reporting +@cindex reporting bugs +Do not send bug reports or anything else about this document to them. +Instead, please send all comments to @email{@value{LTXREFMAN_BUGS}}. This document is a reference. There is a vast array of other sources of information about @LaTeX{}, at all levels. Here are a few @@ -189,8 +218,9 @@ Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math. @item http://ctan.org/pkg/usrguide @findex usrguide @r{official documentation} -The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of @LaTeX{}; -there are plenty of others available elsewhere. +The guide for document authors that is maintained as part of @LaTeX{}. +Many other guides by many other people are also available, independent +of @LaTeX{} itself; one such is the next item: @item http://ctan.org/pkg/lshort @findex lshort @r{document} @@ -307,7 +337,7 @@ it to a PostScript @code{.ps} file with @command{dvips} or to a Portable Document Format @code{.pdf} file with @command{dvipdfmx}. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with @command{dvitype}. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (@url{http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware}). +available (@url{http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware}). @item .pdf @findex .pdf @r{file} @@ -478,16 +508,18 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs). @menu * Environment:: Area of the source with distinct behavior. * Declaration:: Change the value or meaning of a command. +* \makeatletter and \makeatother:: Change the status of the at-sign character. @end menu @node Environment +@subsection Environments Synopsis: @example \begin@{@var{environment name}@} - .. + ... \end@{@var{environment name}@} @end example @@ -497,11 +529,13 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} put the lines between @example \begin@{verse@} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end@{verse@} @end example +See@tie{}@ref{Environments} for a list of environments. + The @var{environment name} at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where @var{environment name} ends in a star@tie{}(@code{*}); both the @code{\begin} and @code{\end} texts must @@ -514,18 +548,153 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). @example \begin@{tabular@}[t]@{r|l@} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end@{tabular@} @end example @node Declaration +@subsection Command declarations A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other command or parameter. For instance, the @code{\mainmatter} command changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. +@node \makeatletter and \makeatother +@subsection @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} + +Synopsis: + +@example +\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @@ in their name .. +\makeatother +@end example + +Used to redefine internal @LaTeX{} commands. @code{\makeatletter} makes +the at-sign character@tie{}@code{@@} have the category code of a letter, +11. @code{\makeatother} sets the category code of@tie{}@code{@@} to 12, +its original value. + +As each character is read by @TeX{} for @LaTeX{}, it is assigned a +character category code, or +@cindex catcode +@cindex character category code +@cindex category code, character +@dfn{catcode} for short. For instance, the backslash@tie{}@code{\} is +assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two +commands alter the catcode assigned to @code{@@}. + +The alteration is needed because many of @LaTeX{}'s commands use +@code{@@} in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a +command that replaces one of @LaTeX{}'s own. Command names consist of a +category@tie{}0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, +category@tie{}11 characters (except that a command name can also consist +of a category@tie{}0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). +So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot +contain an @code{@@}. But @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} +allow users to define or redefine commands named with @code{@@}. + +Use these two commands inside a @file{.tex} file, in the preamble, when +defining or redefining a command with @code{@@} in its name. Don't use +them inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the +@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands set the at sign to +have the character code of a letter. + +@PkgIndex{macros2e} +For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign +in their names see @url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. These macros are +mainly intended to package or class authors. + +The example below is typical. In the user's class file is a command +@code{\thesis@@universityname}. The user wants to change the +definition. These three lines should go in the preamble, before the +@code{\begin@{document@}}. + +@example +\makeatletter +\renewcommand@{\thesis@@universityname@}@{Saint Michael's College@} +\makeatother +@end example + +@menu +* \@@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants. +@end menu + + +@node \@@ifstar +@subsubsection @code{\@@ifstar} + +@findex \@@ifstar +@cindex commands, star-variants +@cindex star-variants, commands + +Synopsis: + +@example +\newcommand@{\mycmd@}@{\@@ifstar@{\mycmd@@star@}@{\mycmd@@nostar@}@} +\newcommand@{\mycmd@@nostar@}[@var{non-starred command number of args}]@{@var{body of non-starred command}@} +\newcommand@{\mycmd@@star@}[@var{starred command number of args}]@{@var{body of starred command}@} +@end example + +Many standard @LaTeX{} environments or commands have a variant with the +same name but ending with a star character@tie{}@code{*}, an asterisk. +Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the +@code{\section} and @code{\section*} commands. + +When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward +because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the +environment name to contain a star. For commands the situation is more +complex. As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, +given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed +by a star. For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a +@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks +ahead. This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to +one of two commands that do accept arguments. In the synopsis these two +are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}. They could take the +same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all. +As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@} +must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block +(@pxref{\makeatletter and \makeatother}). + +This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a +variant @code{\ciel*}. Both have one required argument. A call to +@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while +@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky". + +@example +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@} +\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@} +\newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@} +@end example + +In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of +arguments than does the unstarred one. With this definition, Agent +007's @code{``My name is \agentsecret*@{Bond@}, +\agentsecret@{James@}@{Bond@}.''} is equivalent to @code{``My name is +\textsc@{Bond@}, \textit@{James@} textsc@{Bond@}.''} + +@example +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}[2]@{\textit@{#1@} \textsc@{#2@}@} +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@starred@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@} +\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@}@{\@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@} +@end example + +There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of +@code{\@@ifstar}. The @file{suffix} package allows the construct +@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by +@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}. And +@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code. + +@example +\NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1 + @{@var{starred version}@}% + @{@var{unstarred version}@}% + @} +@end example + + @node Document classes @chapter Document classes @@ -577,6 +746,8 @@ Standard @var{options} are described in the next section. @menu * Document class options:: Global options. +* Additional packages:: Bring in packages. +* Class and package construction:: Create new classes and packages. @end menu @@ -619,24 +790,27 @@ size (these show height by width): @table @code @item a4paper -210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +210 by 297@dmn{mm} (about 8.25 by 11.75@tie{}inches) + +@item a5paper +148 by 210@dmn{mm} (about 5.8 by 8.3@tie{}inches) @item b5paper -176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) +176 by 250@dmn{mm} (about 6.9 by 9.8@tie{}inches) @item executivepaper -7.25 by 10.5 inches +7.25 by 10.5@tie{}inches @item legalpaper -8.5 by 14 inches +8.5 by 14@tie{}inches @item letterpaper -8.5 by 11 inches (the default) +8.5 by 11@tie{}inches (the default) @end table @findex \pdfpagewidth @findex \pdfpageheight -@cindex @code{geometry} package +@PkgIndex{geometry} When using one of the engines pdf@LaTeX{}, Lua@LaTeX{}, or Xe@LaTeX{} (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}), options other than @code{letterpaper} set the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way @@ -686,7 +860,10 @@ Use ``open'' bibliography format. @item titlepage @itemx notitlepage @cindex title page, separate or run-in -Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and +for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the +@code{report} class is @code{titlepage}, for the other classes it is +@code{notitlepage}. @end table The following options are not available with the @code{slides} class. @@ -726,27 +903,538 @@ Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default is The @code{slides} class offers the option @code{clock} for printing the time at the bottom of each note. + +@node Additional packages +@section Additional packages + @cindex loading additional packages @cindex packages, loading additional @cindex additional packages, loading @findex \usepackage -Additional packages are loaded like this: +Load a package @var{pkg}, with the package options given in the comma-separated +list @var{options}, as here. @example -\usepackage[@var{options}]@{@var{pkg}@} +\usepackage[@var{options}]@{@var{pkg}@}. @end example -To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, +To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in @code{\usepackage@{@var{pkg1},@var{pkg2},...@}}, or use multiple @code{\usepackage} commands. @cindex global options @cindex options, global Any options given in the @code{\documentclass} command that are unknown -by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with @code{\usepackage}. +@node Class and package construction +@section Class and package construction + +@cindex document class commands +@cindex commands, document class +@cindex new class commands + +You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a +standard header for each page, then you could create a new class +@code{smcmemo.cls} and begin your documents with +@code{\documentclass@{smcmemo@}}. + +What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a +package are useful across classes while those in a document class are +specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a +package while a command to make the page headers say @code{Memo from the +SMC Math Department} is for a class. +@cindex class and package difference +@cindex difference between class and package + +Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign @code{@@} as a +character in command names without having to surround the code +containing that command with @code{\makeatletter} and +@code{\makeatother}. @xref{\makeatletter and \makeatother}. This allow +you to create commands that users will not accidentally redefine. +Another technique is to preface class- or package-specific commands with +some string to prevent your class or package from interfering with +others. For instance, the class @code{smcmemo} might have commands +@code{\smc@@tolist}, @code{\smc@@fromlist}, etc. + + +@menu +* Class and package structure:: Layout of the file. +* Class and package commands:: List of commands. +@end menu + + +@node Class and package structure +@subsection Class and package structure + +@cindex class and package structure +@cindex class file layout +@cindex package file layout +@cindex options, document class +@cindex options, package +@cindex class options +@cindex package options + +A class file or package file typically has four parts. +@enumerate +In the @dfn{identification part}, the file says that it is a @LaTeX{} +package or class and describes itself, using the @code{\NeedsTeXFormat} +and @code{\ProvidesClass} or @code{\ProvidesPackage} commands. +@item +The @dfn{preliminary declarations part} declares some commands and +can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed +for the code used in the next part. For example, an @code{smcmemo} +class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of +people for the to-head, as @code{\documentclass[mathto]@{smcmemo@}}, and +therefore needs to define a command +@code{\newcommand@{\setto@}[1]@{\def\@@tolist@{#1@}@}} used in that +file. +@item +In the @dfn{handle options part} the class or package declares +and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their +document as @code{\documentclass[@var{option list}]@{@var{class +name}@}}, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you +declare @code{\documentclass[11pt]@{article@}} to set the default +document font size. +@item +Finally, in the @dfn{more declarations part} the class or package usually does +most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and +loading other files. +@end enumerate + + +Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as @file{stub.cls} +where @LaTeX{} can find it, for example in the same directory as the +@file{.tex} file. + +@example +\NeedsTeXFormat@{LaTeX2e@} +\ProvidesClass@{stub@}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] +\DeclareOption*@{\PassOptionsToClass@{\CurrentOption@}@{article@}@} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\LoadClass@{article@} +@end example +@cindex class file example + +It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the @code{article} class, and then loads the +@code{article} class to provide the basis for this class's code. + +For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +@url{http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf} (much +of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +@url{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf}. + +@node Class and package commands +@subsection Class and package commands +@cindex class and package commands +@cindex commands, class and package + +These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. + +@table @code +@item \AtBeginDvi@{specials@} +@findex \AtBeginDvi +Save in a box register things that are written to the @file{.dvi} file +at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. + +@item \AtEndOfClass@{@var{code}@} +@item \AtEndOfPackage@{@var{code}@} +@findex \AtEndOfClass +@findex \AtEndOfPackage +Hook to insert @var{code} to be executed when @LaTeX{} finishes +processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks +multiple times; the @code{code} will be executed in the order that you +called it. See also @ref{\AtBeginDocument}. + +@item \CheckCommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@} +@item \CheckCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@} +@findex \CheckCommand +@findex \CheckCommand* +@cindex new command, check +Like @code{\newcommand} (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}) but does +not define @var{cmd}; instead it checks that the current definition of +@var{cmd} is exactly as given by @var{definition} and is or is not +@cindex long command +@dfn{long} as expected. A long command is a command that accepts +@code{\par} within an argument. The @var{cmd} command is expected to be +long with the unstarred version of @code{\CheckCommand}. Raises an +error when the check fails. This allows you to check before you start +redefining @code{cmd} yourself that no other package has already +redefined this command. + +@item \ClassError@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{error text}@}@{@var{help text}@} +@item \PackageError@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{error text}@}@{@var{help text}@} +@item \ClassWarning@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@} +@item \PackageWarning@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@} +@item \ClassWarningNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{warning text}@} +@item \PackageWarningNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{warning text}@} +@item \ClassInfo@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@} +@item \PackageInfo@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@} +@item \ClassInfoNoLine@{@var{class name}@}@{@var{info text}@} +@item \PackageInfoNoLine@{@var{package name}@}@{@var{info text}@} +@findex \ClassError +@findex \PackageError +@findex \ClassWarning +@findex \PackageWarning +@findex \ClassWarningNoLine +@findex \PackageWarningNoLine +@findex \ClassInfo +@findex \PackageInfo +@findex \ClassInfoNoLine +@findex \PackageInfoNoLine +Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. + +For @code{\ClassError} and @code{\PackageError} the message is +@var{error text}, followed by @TeX{}'s @code{?} error prompt. If the +user then asks for help by typing @code{h}, they see the @var{help +text}. + +The four warning commands are similar except that they write +@var{warning text} on the screen with no error prompt. The four info +commands write @var{info text} only in the transcript file. The +@code{NoLine} versions do not show the number of the line generating the +message, while the other versions do show that number. + +To format the messages, including the @var{help text}: use +@code{\protect} to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with +@code{\MessageBreak}, and get a space with @code{\space} when a space +character does not allow it, like after a command. Note that @LaTeX{} +appends a period to the messages. + +@item \CurrentOption +@findex \CurrentOption +Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only +be used within the @var{code} argument of either @code{\DeclareOption} +or @code{\DeclareOption*}. + +@item \DeclareOption@{@var{option}@}@{@var{code}@} +@item \DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@} +@findex \DeclareOption +@findex \DeclareOption* +@cindex class options +@cindex package options +@cindex options, class +@cindex options, package +Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their +@code{\documentclass} command. For example, the @code{smcmemo} class +could have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the +first page with @code{\documentclass[logo]@{smcmemo@}}. The class file +must contain @code{\DeclareOption@{logo@}@{@var{code}@}} (and later, +@code{\ProcessOptions}). + +If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this +will produce a warning like @code{Unused global option(s): [badoption].} +Change this behaviour with the starred version +@code{\DeclareOption*@{@var{code}@}}. For example, many classes extend +an existing class, using a declaration such as +@code{\LoadClass@{article@}}, and for passing extra options to the +underlying class use code such as this. + +@example +\DeclareOption*@{% +\PassOptionsToClass@{\CurrentOption@}@{article@}% +@} +@end example + +Another example is that the class @code{smcmemo} may allow users to keep +lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke +@code{\documentclass[math]@{smcmemo@}} and it will read the file +@code{math.memo}. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise +passes the option to the @code{article} class. + +@example +\DeclareOption*@{\InputIfFileExists@{\CurrentOption.memo@}@{@}@{% + \PassOptionsToClass@{\CurrentOption@}@{article@}@}@} +@end example + +@item \DeclareRobustCommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@} +@item \DeclareRobustCommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{num}][@var{default}]@{@var{definition}@} +@findex \DeclareRobustCommand +@findex \DeclareRobustCommand* +@cindex new command, definition +Like @code{\newcommand} and @code{\newcommand*} (@pxref{\newcommand & +\renewcommand}) but these declare a robust command, even if some code +within the @var{definition} is fragile. (For a discussion of robust and +fragile commands @pxref{\protect}.) Use this command to define new +robust commands or to redefine existing commands and make them +robust. Unlike @code{\newcommand} these do not give an error if macro +@var{cmd} already exists; instead, a log message is put into the +transcript file if a command is redefined. + +Commands defined this way are a bit less efficient than those defined +using @code{\newcommand} so unless the command's data is fragile and the +command is used within a moving argument, use @code{\newcommand}. + +@PkgIndex{etoolbox} +The @code{etoolbox} package offers commands @code{\newrobustcmd}, +@code{\newrobustcmd*}, @code{\renewrobustcmd}, @code{\renewrobustcmd*}, +@code{\providerobustcmd}, and @code{\providerobustcmd*} which are similar +to @code{\newcommand}, @code{\newcommand*}, @code{\renewcommand}, +@code{\renewcommand*}, @code{\providecommand}, and +@code{\providecommand*}, but define a robust @var{cmd} with two advantages +as compared to @code{\DeclareRobustCommand}: +@enumerate +@item +They use the low-level e-@TeX{} protection mechanism rather than the +higher level @LaTeX{} @code{\protect} mechanism, so they do not incur +the slight loss of performance mentioned above, and +@item +They make the same distinction between @code{\new@dots{}}, +@code{\renew@dots{}}, and @code{\provide@dots{}}, as the standard +commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine +@var{cmd} that already exists, in that case you need to use either +@code{\renew@dots{}} or @code{\provide@dots{}} or you get an error. +@end enumerate + + +@item \IfFileExists@{@var{file name}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} +@item \InputIfFileExists@{@var{file name}@}@{@var{true code}@}@{@var{false code}@} +@findex \IfFileExists +@findex \InputIfFileExists +Execute @var{true code} if @LaTeX{} can find the file @file{@var{file +name}} and @var{false code} otherwise. In the second case it inputs the +file immediately after executing @var{true code}. Thus +@code{\IfFileExists@{img.pdf@}@{\includegraphics@{img.pdf@}@}@{\typeout@{WARNING: +img.pdf not found@}@}} will include the graphic @file{img.pdf} if it is +found but otherwise just give a warning. + +This command looks for the file in all search paths that @LaTeX{} uses, +not only in the current directory. To look only in the current +directory do something like @code{\IfFileExists@{./filename@}@{@var{true +code}@}@{@var{false code}@}}. If you ask for a filename without a +@code{.tex} extension then @LaTeX{} will first look for the file by +appending the @code{.tex}; for more on how @LaTeX{} handles file +extensions see @ref{\input}. + +@item \LoadClass[@var{options list}]@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}] +@item \LoadClassWithOptions@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}] +@findex \LoadClass +@findex \LoadClassWithOptions +Load a class, as with @code{\documentclass[@var{options +list}]@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release info}]}. An example is +@code{\LoadClass[twoside]@{article@}}. + +The @var{options list}, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +@var{release date} is optional. If present it must have the form +@var{YYYY/MM/DD}. +@c BTW, there are at-macros documented in macros2e.pdf to check the version +@c and do some actions conditionnally on version later or not to some +@c date. + +If you request a @var{release date} and the date of +the package installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning +on the screen and in the log like @code{You have requested, on input +line 4, version `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only version +`2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is available.} + +The command version @code{\LoadClassWithOptions} uses the list of +options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed +to it via @code{\PassOptionsToClass}. This is a convenience command +that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard +@code{article} class, without having to track which options were passed. + +@item \ExecuteOptions@{@var{options-list}@} +@findex \ExecuteOptions +For each option @var{option} in the @var{options-list}, in order, this command +executes the command @code{\ds@@@var{option}}. If this command is not +defined then that option is silently ignored. + +It can be used to provide a default option list before +@code{\ProcessOptions}. For example, if in a class file you want the +default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify +@code{\ExecuteOptions@{11pt@}\ProcessOptions\relax}. + +@item \NeedsTeXFormat@{@var{format}@}[@var{format date}] +@findex \NeedsTeXFormat +Specifies the format that this class must be run under. Often issued +as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: +@code{\NeedsTeXFormat@{LaTeX2e@}}. When a document using that class is +processed, the format name given here must match the format that is +actually being run (including that the @var{format} string is case +sensitive). If it does not match then execution stops with an error +like @samp{This file needs format `LaTeX2e' but this is `xxx'.} + +To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain +features, include the optional @var{format date} on which those features +were implemented. If present it must be in the form @code{YYYY/MM/DD}. +If the format version installed on your system is earlier than +@var{format date} then you get a warning like @samp{You have requested +release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is +available.} + +@item \OptionNotUsed +@findex \OptionNotUsed +Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used +within the @var{code} argument of either @code{\DeclareOption} or +@code{\DeclareOption*}. + +@c I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. +@c In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues +@c on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global +@c option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it +@c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. + +@item \PassOptionsToClass@{@var{option list}@}@{@var{class name}@} +@item \PassOptionsToPackage@{@var{option list}@}@{@var{package name}@} +@findex \PassOptionsToClass +@findex \PassOptionsToPackage +Adds the options in the comma-separated list @var{option list} to the +options used by any future @code{\RequirePackage} or @code{\usepackage} +command for package @var{package name} or the class @var{class name}. + +The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of +times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply +them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options +more than once will get you an error like @code{Option clash for package +foo.} (@LaTeX{} throws an error even if there is no conflict between the +options.) + +If your own code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse +that to once, for example replacing the two +@code{\RequirePackage[landscape]@{geometry@}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]@{geometry@}} +with the single +@code{\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]@{geometry@}}. But if you +are loading a package that in turn loads another package then you need +to queue up the options you desire for this other package. For +instance, suppose the package @code{foo} loads the package +@code{geometry}. Instead of +@code{\RequirePackage@{foo@}\RequirePackage[draft]@{graphics@}} you must +write @code{\PassOptionsToPackage@{draft@}@{graphics@} +\RequirePackage@{foo@}}. (If @code{foo.sty} loads an option in conflict +with what you want then you may have to look into altering its source.) + +These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package +writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the @code{graphicx} +package with the option @code{draft} and also wants to use a class +@code{foo} that loads the @code{graphicx} package, but without that +option. The user could start their @LaTeX{} file with +@code{\PassOptionsToPackage@{draft@}@{graphicx@}\documentclass@{foo@}}. + +@item \ProcessOptions +@item \ProcessOptions*@var{\@@options} +@findex \ProcessOptions +@findex \ProcessOptions* +Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it +in the class file as @code{\ProcessOptions\relax} (because of the +existence of the starred command). + +Options come in two types. @dfn{Local options} have been specified for this +particular package in the @var{options} argument of +@code{\PassOptionsToPackage@{@var{options}@}}, +@code{\usepackage[@var{options}]}, or +@code{\RequirePackage[@var{options}]}. @dfn{Global options} are those given +by the class user in @code{\documentclass[@var{options}]} (If an option +is specified both locally and globally then it is local.) + +When @code{\ProcessOptions} is called for a package @file{pkg.sty}, the +following happens: +@enumerate +@item +For each option @var{option} so far declared +with @code{\DeclareOption}, it looks to see if that option is either a +global or a local option for @code{pkg}. If so then it executes the +declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were +given in @file{pkg.sty}. +@item +For each remaining local option, it executes the command +@code{\ds@@}@var{option} if it has been defined somewhere (other than by +a @code{\DeclareOption}); otherwise, it executes the default option code +given in @code{\DeclareOption*}. If no default option code has been +declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the order in +which these options were specified. +@end enumerate + +When @code{\ProcessOptions} is called for a class it works in the same +way except that all options are local, and the default @var{code} for +@code{\DeclareOption*} is @code{\OptionNotUsed} rather than an error. + +The starred version @code{\ProcessOptions*} executes the +options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in +the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this +means that the global options are processed first. + + +@item \ProvidesClass@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date} @var{brief additional information}] +@item \ProvidesClass@{@var{class name}@}[@var{release date}] +@item \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date} @var{brief additional information}] +@item \ProvidesPackage@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}] +@findex \ProvidesClass +@findex \ProvidesPackage +Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. + +When a user writes @code{\documentclass@{smcmemo@}} then @LaTeX{} loads +the file @file{smcmemo.cls}. Similarly, a user writing +@code{\usepackage@{test@}} prompts @LaTeX{} to load the file +@code{test.sty}. If the name of the file does not match the declared +class or package name then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke +@code{\documentclass@{smcmemo@}}, and the file @file{smcmemo.cls} has +the statement @code{\ProvidesClass@{xxx@}} then you get a warning like +@code{You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document +class provides 'xxx'.} This warning does not prevent @LaTeX{} from +processing the rest of the class file normally. + +If you include the optional argument, then you must include the date, before +the first space if any, and it must have the form @code{YYYY/MM/DD}. The rest +of the optional argument is free-form, although it traditionally identifies +the class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the +log file. Thus, if your file @file{smcmemo.cls} contains the line +@code{\ProvidesClass@{smcmemo@}[2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class]} and your +document's first line is @code{\documentclass@{smcmemo@}} then you will +see @code{Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 v1.0 SMC memo class}. + +The date in the optional argument allows class and package users to ask +to be warned if the version of the class or package installed on their +system is earlier than @var{release date}, by using the optional arguments +such as @code{\documentclass@{smcmemo@}[2018/10/12]} or +@code{\usepackage@{foo@}[[2017/07/07]]}. (Note that package users only +rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) + +@item \ProvidesFile@{@var{file name}@}[@var{additional information}] +@findex \ProvidesFile +Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as +configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that +file and you get in the log a string like @code{File: test.config +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls} for @var{file name} equal to +@samp{test.config} and @var{additional information} equal to +@samp{2017/10/12 config file for test.cls}. + +@item \RequirePackage[@var{option list}]@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}] +@item \RequirePackageWithOptions@{@var{package name}@}[@var{release date}] +@findex \RequirePackage +@findex \RequirePackageWithOptions +Load a package, like the document author command @code{\usepackage}. +@xref{Additional packages}. An example is +@code{\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]@{geometry@}}. Note that the +@LaTeX{} development team strongly recommends use of these commands over +Plain@tie{}@TeX{}'s @code{\input}; see the Class Guide. + +The @var{option list}, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +@var{release date}, if present, must have the form @var{YYYY/MM/DD}. If +the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier +than @var{release date} then you get a warning like @code{You have +requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but +only version `2000/01/01' is available}. + +The @code{\RequirePackageWithOptions} version uses the list of options +for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it +via @code{\PassOptionsToClass}. This is a convenience command to allow +easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which +options were passed. + +The difference between @code{\usepackage} and @code{\RequirePackage} is +small. The @code{\usepackage} command is intended for the document file +while @code{\RequirePackage} is intended for package and class files. +Thus, using @code{\usepackage} before the @code{\documentclass} command +causes @LaTeX{} to give error like @code{\usepackage before +\documentclass}, but you can use @code{\RequirePackage} there. +@end table + + @node Fonts @chapter Fonts @anchor{Typefaces}@c old name @@ -962,7 +1650,7 @@ formulas. @code{\mathversion@{normal@}} restores the default. @cindex numerals, old-style @cindex old-style numerals @cindex lining numerals -@cindex @code{textcomp} package +@PkgIndex{textcomp} Finally, the command @code{\oldstylenums@{@var{numerals}@}} will typeset so-called ``old-style'' numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard ``lining'' numerals, @@ -1174,7 +1862,7 @@ takes effect when @code{\selectfont} (see below) is called. You can make line skip changes happen for the entire document by doing @code{\renewcommand@{\baselinestretch@}@{2.0@}} in the preamble. -@cindex @code{setspace} package +@PkgIndex{setspace} @cindex double spacing However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the @file{setspace} package. In addition to offering a number of spacing @@ -1235,10 +1923,9 @@ Commands for controlling the general page layout. @findex \onecolumn @cindex one-column output -The @code{\onecolumn} declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -@code{onecolumn} then this is the default behavior (@pxref{Document -class options}). +Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option @code{onecolumn} then this is the default +behavior (@pxref{Document class options}). This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -1250,16 +1937,16 @@ This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @cindex multicolumn text @cindex two-column output -Synopsis: +Synopses: @example +\twocolumn \twocolumn[@var{prelim one column text}] @end example -The @code{\twocolumn} declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -@code{twocolumn} then this is the default (@pxref{Document class -options}). +Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given +the class option @code{twocolumn} then this is the default +(@pxref{Document class options}). If the optional @var{prelim one column text} argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column @@ -1303,7 +1990,7 @@ The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a @code{table*} or @code{figure*} environment must not exceed @code{0.7\textheight} . If the height of your starred float -environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following actions +environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @itemize @bullet @@ -1348,25 +2035,25 @@ default is @code{2}. @end ftable @c From egreg at http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/142232/339 -This example shows the use of the optional argument of @code{\twocolumn} -to create a title that spans the two-column article: +This example uses @code{\twocolumn}'s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: @example \documentclass[twocolumn]@{article@} \newcommand@{\authormark@}[1]@{\textsuperscript@{#1@}@} \begin@{document@} \twocolumn[@{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark@{1@}, - Author Two\authormark@{2@}, - Author Three\authormark@{1@} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin@{tabular@}@{p@{.2\textwidth@}@@@{\hspace@{2em@}@}p@{.2\textwidth@}@} - \authormark@{1@}Department one &\authormark@{2@}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end@{tabular@}\\[3em] % space below title part -@}] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark@{1@}, + Author Two\authormark@{2@}, + Author Three\authormark@{1@} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin@{tabular@}@{p@{.2\textwidth@}@@@{\hspace@{2em@}@}p@{.2\textwidth@}@} + \authormark@{1@}Department one &\authormark@{2@}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end@{tabular@}\\[3em] % space below title part + @}] Two column text here. @end example @@ -1377,22 +2064,23 @@ Two column text here. @findex \flushbottom -The @code{\flushbottom} command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical -space where necessary to fill out the page. +Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. If @TeX{} cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like @samp{Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active}. You can change to -@code{\raggedbottom} (see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust -the @code{textheight} to be compatible, or you can add some vertical -stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in -@code{\setlength@{\parskip@}@{0ex plus0.1ex@}}. In a final editing -stage you can adjust the height of individual pages +occurred while \output is active}. If you get that, one option is to +change to @code{\raggedbottom} (@pxref{\raggedbottom}). Alternatively, +you can adjust the @code{textheight} to make compatible pages, or you +can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, +as in @code{\setlength@{\parskip@}@{0ex plus0.1ex@}}. Your last option +is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (@pxref{\enlargethispage}). -This is the default only if you select the @code{twoside} document class -option (@pxref{Document class options}). +The @code{\flushbottom} state is the default only if you select the +@code{twoside} document class option (@pxref{Document class options}). @node \raggedbottom @@ -1401,11 +2089,10 @@ option (@pxref{Document class options}). @findex \raggedbottom @cindex stretch, omitting vertical -The @code{\raggedbottom} command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on -that page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -@code{\flushbottom} above. +Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See @ref{\flushbottom}. This is the default unless you select the @code{twoside} document class option (@pxref{Document class options}). @@ -1597,14 +2284,14 @@ while the first table appears in the source before the first figure, it appears in the output after it. The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that -limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent +limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and +the bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them all from fitting on a page then @LaTeX{} places what it can and -defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far -from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. +defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up +being typeset far from their place in the source. In particular, a +float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which +event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, +every following float in that class also appears at the end. @cindex placement of floats @cindex specifier, float placement @@ -1631,7 +2318,7 @@ appears. However, @code{h} is not allowed by itself; @code{t} is automatically added. @cindex here, putting floats -@cindex @code{float} package +@PkgIndex{float} To absolutely force a float to appear ``here'', you can @code{\usepackage@{float@}} and use the @code{H} specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at @@ -1666,12 +2353,13 @@ use the @file{afterpage} package and issue @code{\afterpage@{\clearpage@}}. This will wait until the current page is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. +@PkgIndex{flafter} @LaTeX{} can typeset a float before where it appears in the source -(although on the same output page) if there is a @code{t} specifier in the -@var{placement} paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the -@code{t} is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at -the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the -@file{flafter} package or using the command +(although on the same output page) if there is a @code{t} specifier in +the @var{placement} parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting +the @code{t} is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed +at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using +the @file{flafter} package or using the command @findex \suppressfloats @code{\suppressfloats[t]}, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. @@ -1751,10 +2439,11 @@ Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. The principal @TeX{}@tie{}FAQ entry relating to floats @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats} contains suggestions for relaxing @LaTeX{}'s default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach's article ``How to -infuence the position of float environments like figure and table in -@LaTeX{}?'' @url{http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf}. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article ``How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +@LaTeX{}?'' +(@url{http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf}). @node Sectioning @@ -1821,6 +2510,7 @@ command is something like @findex secnumdepth @r{counter} @cindex section numbers, printing +@anchor{Sectioning/secnumdepth} The @code{secnumdepth} counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting @@ -1832,14 +2522,240 @@ The setting suppresses heading numbers at any depth @math{> @var{level}}, where @code{chapter} is level zero. (@xref{\setcounter}.) +@menu +* \@@startsection:: Redefine layout of start of sections, subsections, etc. +@end menu + + +@node \@@startsection +@section @code{\@@startsection} + +@findex \@@startsection +@cindex section, redefining + +Synopsis: + +@example +\@@startsection@{@var{name}@}@{@var{level}@}@{@var{indent}@}@{@var{beforeskip}@}@{@var{afterskip}@}@{@var{style}@} +@end example + +Redefine the behavior of commands that start sectioning divisions such +as @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}. + +Note that the @file{titlesec} package makes manipulation of sectioning +easier. Further, while most requirements for sectioning commands can be +satisfied with @code{\@@startsection}, some cannot. For instance, in +the standard @LaTeX{} @code{book} and @code{report} classes the commands +@code{\chapter} and @code{\report} are not constructed in this way. To +make such a command you may want to use the @code{\secdef} command. +@c xx define, and make a cross reference to, secdef. + +Technically, this command has the form: +@example +\@@startsection@{@var{name}@}@{@var{level}@}@{@var{indent}@}@{@var{beforeskip}@}@{@var{afterskip}@}@{@var{style}@} + *[@var{toctitle}]@{@var{title}@} +@end example +@noindent so that issuing: +@example +\renewcommand@{\section@}@{\@@startsection@{@var{name}@}@{@var{level}@}@{@var{indent}@}% + @{@var{beforeskip}@}@{@var{afterskip}@}@{@var{style}@}@} +@end example +@noindent redefine @code{\section} while keeping its standard calling form +@code{\section*[@var{toctitle}]@{@var{title}@}}. @xref{Sectioning} and +the examples below. + +@table @var + +@item name +@anchor{\@@startsection/name} Name of the counter (which must be defined +separately) used to number for the sectioning header. Most commonly +either @code{section}, @code{subsection}, or @code{paragraph}. Although +in those three cases the name of the counter is also the name of the +sectioning command itself, using the same name is not required. + +Then @code{\the}@var{name} displays the title number and +@code{\}@var{name}@code{mark} is for the page headers. + +@item level +@anchor{\@@startsection/level} An integer giving the depth of the +sectioning command: 0 for @code{chapter} (only applies to the standard +@code{book} and @code{report} classes), 1 for @code{section}, 2 for +@code{subsection}, 3 for @code{subsubsection}, 4 for @code{paragraph}, +and 5 for @code{subparagraph}. In the @code{book} and @code{report} +classes @code{part} has level -1, while in the @code{article} class +@code{part} has level 0. + +If @var{level} is less than or equal to the value of @code{secnumdepth} +then the titles for this sectioning command will be numbered. For +instance, in an @code{article}, if @code{secnumdepth} is 1 then a +@code{\section@{Introduction@}} command will produce output like @code{1 +Introduction} while @code{\subsection@{History@}} will produce output +like @code{History}, without the number +prefix. @xref{Sectioning/secnumdepth}. + +If @var{level} is less than or equal to the value of @var{tocdepth} then +the table of contents will have an entrie for this sectioning unit. +For instance, in an @code{article}, if @var{tocdepth} is 1 then the table of +contents will list sections but not subsections. +@c xx add, and cross reference to, tocdepth + +@item indent +@anchor{\@@startsection/indent} A length giving the indentation of all +of the title lines with respect to the left margin. To have the +title flush with the margin use @code{0pt}. A negative indentation +such as @code{-1em} will move the title into the left margin. + +@item beforeskip +@anchor{\@@startsection/beforeskip} The absolute value of this length is +the amount of vertical space that is inserted before this sectioning +unit's title. This space will be discarded if the sectioning unit +happens to start at the top of a fresh page. If this number is negative +then the first paragraph following the header is not indented, if it is +non-negative then the first paragraph is indented. (Note that the +negative of @code{1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt} is @code{-1pt plus -2pt minus +-3pt}.) + +For example, if @var{beforeskip} is @code{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -0.2ex} +then to start the new sectioning unit, @LaTeX{} will add about 3.5 times +the height of a letter x in vertical space, and the first paragraph in +the section will not be indented. Using a rubber length, with +@code{plus} and @code{minus}, is good practice here since it gives +@LaTeX{} more flexibility in making up the page. + +The full accounting of the vertical space between the baseline of the +line prior to this sectioning unit's header and the baseline of the +header is that it is the sum of the @code{\parskip} of the text font, +the @code{\baselineskip} of the title font, and the absolute value of +the @var{beforeskip}. This space is typically rubber so it may stretch +or shrink. (If the sectioning unit starts on a fresh page so that the +vertical space is discarded then the baseline of the header text will be +where @LaTeX{} would put the baseline of the first text line on that +page.) + +@item afterskip +@anchor{\@@startsection/afterskip} This is a length. If @var{afterskip} +is non-negative then this is the vertical space inserted after the +sectioning unit's title header. If it is negative then the title header +becomes a run-in header, so that it becomes part of the next paragraph. +In this case the absolute value of the length gives the horizontal space +between the end of the title and the beginning of the following +paragraph. (Note that the negative of @code{1pt plus 2pt minus 3pt} is +@code{-1pt plus -2pt minus -3pt}.) + +As with @var{beforeskip}, using a rubber length with @code{plus} and +@code{minus} components is good practice here since it gives @LaTeX{} +more flexibility in putting the page together. + +If @code{afterskip} is non-negative then the full accounting of the +vertical space between the baseline of the sectioning unit's header and +the baseline of the first line of the following paragraph is that it is +the sum of the @code{\parskip} of the title font, the +@code{\baselineskip} of the text font, and the value of @var{after}. +That space is typically rubber so it may stretch or shrink. (Note that +because the sign of @code{afterskip} changes the sectioning unit +header's from standalone to run-in, you cannot use a negative +@code{afterskip} to cancel part of the @code{\parskip}.) + +@item style +@anchor{\@@startsection/style} Controls the styling of the title. See +the examples below. Typical commands to use here are @code{\centering}, +@code{\raggedright}, @code{\normalfont}, @code{\hrule}, or +@code{\newpage}. The last command in @var{style} may be one such as +@code{\MakeUppercase} or @code{\fbox} that takes one argument. The +section title will be supplied as the argument to this command. For +instance, setting @var{style} to @code{\bfseries\MakeUppercase} would +produce titles that are bold and upper case. +@end table + +Here are examples. To use them, either put them in a package or class +file, or put them in the preamble of a @LaTeX{} document between a +@code{\makeatletter} command and a @code{\makeatother}. (Probably the +error message @code{You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode.} +means that you forgot this.) @xref{\makeatletter and \makeatother}. + +This will put section titles in large boldface type, centered. + +@example +\renewcommand\section@{% + \@@startsection@{section@}% @ref{\@@startsection/name,@var{name},@var{name}}. + @{1@}% @ref{\@@startsection/level,@var{level},@var{level}}. + @{0pt@}% @ref{\@@startsection/indent,@var{indent},@var{indent}}. + @{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex@}% @ref{\@@startsection/beforeskip,@var{beforeskip},@var{beforeskip}}. + @{2.3ex plus.2ex@}% @ref{\@@startsection/afterskip,@var{afterskip},@var{afterskip}}. + @{\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries@}% @ref{\@@startsection/style,@var{style},@var{style}}. + @} +@end example + +This will put @code{subsection} titles in small caps type, inline with the paragraph. + +@example +\renewcommand\subsection@{% + \@@startsection@{subsection@}% @ref{\@@startsection/name,@var{name},@var{name}}. + @{2@}% @ref{\@@startsection/level,@var{level},@var{level}}. + @{0em@}% @ref{\@@startsection/indent,@var{indent},@var{indent}}. + @{-1ex plus 0.1ex minus -0.05ex@}% @ref{\@@startsection/beforeskip,@var{beforeskip},@var{beforeskip}}. + @{-1em plus 0.2em@}% @ref{\@@startsection/afterskip,@var{afterskip},@var{afterskip}}. + @{\scshape@}% @ref{\@@startsection/style,@var{style},@var{style}}. + @} +@end example + +The prior examples redefined existing sectional unit title commands. This defines a new one, illustrating the needed counter and macros to display that counter. + +@c From https://groups.google.com/forum/#!searchin/comp.text.tex/startsection%7Csort:relevance/comp.text.tex/sB-nTS-oL08/ZZeKYdG0llMJ +@example +\setcounter@{secnumdepth@}@{6@}% show counters this far down +\newcounter@{subsubparagraph@}[subparagraph]% counter for numbering +\renewcommand@{\thesubsubparagraph@}% how to display + @{\thesubparagraph.\@@arabic\c@@subsubparagraph@}% numbering +\newcommand@{\subsubparagraph@}@{\@@startsection + @{subsubparagraph@}% + @{6@}% + @{0em@}% + @{\baselineskip@}% + @{0.5\baselineskip@}% + @{\normalfont\normalsize@}@} +\newcommand*\l@@subsubparagraph@{\@@dottedtocline@{6@}@{10em@}@{5em@}@}% for toc +\newcommand@{\subsubparagraphmark@}[1]@{@}% for page headers +@end example + @node Cross references @chapter Cross references @cindex cross references -One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in ``See Figure 3 for more details.'' +One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in ``See Figure~3 for more details.'' + +@cindex label +Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if that +number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to update +this reference by hand. Instead, @LaTeX{} has you write a @dfn{label} +like @code{\label@{eq:GreensThm@}} and refer to it with @code{See +equation~\ref@{eq:GreensThm@}}. + +@LaTeX{} writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the @code{\label@{...@}} but with an +@file{.aux} extension. (The information has the format +@code{\newlabel@{@var{label}@}@{@{@var{currentlabel}@}@{@var{pagenumber}@}@}} +where @var{currentlabel} is the current value of the macro +@code{\@@currentlabel} that is usually updated whenever you call +@code{\refstepcounter@{@var{counter}@}}.) + +@cindex forward reference +@cindex reference, forward +The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a @dfn{forward reference}, a @code{\ref@{@var{key}@}} that +appears earlier than the associated @code{\label@{@var{key}@}}; see the +example in the @code{\pageref@{...@}} description. @LaTeX{} gets the +information for references from the @file{.aux} file. If this is the +first time you are compiling the document then you will get a message +@code{LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get +cross references right.} and in the output the reference will appear as +two question marks@tie{}@samp{??}, in boldface. Or, if you change some +things so the references change then you get the same warning and the +output contains the old reference information. The solution in either +case is just to compile the document a second time. @menu * \label:: Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. @@ -1859,37 +2775,22 @@ Synopsis: \label@{@var{key}@} @end example -A @code{\label} command appearing in ordinary text assigns to -@var{key} the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing -inside a numbered environment assigns that number to @var{key}. The -assigned number can be retrieved with the @code{\ref@{@var{key}@}} -command (@pxref{\ref}). - -Thus, in the example below the key @code{sec:test} holds the number of -the current section and the key @code{fig:test} that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and -tables.) - -@example -\section@{section name@} -\label@{sec:test@} -This is Section~\ref@{sec:test@}. -\begin@{figure@} - ... - \caption@{caption text@} - \label@{fig:test@} -\end@{figure@} -See Figure~\ref@{fig:test@}. -@end example +Assign a reference number to @var{key}. In ordinary text +@code{\label@{@var{key}@}} assigns to @var{key} the number of the +current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a +@code{table} or @code{theorem} environment, @code{\label@{@var{key}@}} +assigns to @var{key} the number of that environment. Retrieve the +assigned number with the @code{\ref@{@var{key}@}} command +(@pxref{\ref}). A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. -Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention is -to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon -or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels with -the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: +A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: @table @code @item ch @@ -1904,8 +2805,25 @@ for tables for equations @end table -Thus, a label for a figure would look like @code{fig:test} or -@code{fig.test}. +Thus, @code{\label@{fig:Euler@}} is a label for a figure with a portrait +of the great man. + +In this example below the key @code{sec:test} will get the number of the +current section and the key @code{fig:test} will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) + +@example +\section@{section name@} +\label@{sec:test@} +This is Section~\ref@{sec:test@}. +\begin@{figure@} + ... + \caption@{caption text@} + \label@{fig:test@} +\end@{figure@} +See Figure~\ref@{fig:test@}. +@end example @node \pageref @@ -1921,10 +2839,22 @@ Synopsis: \pageref@{@var{key}@} @end example -The @code{\pageref}@{@var{key}@} command produces the page number of -the place in the text where the corresponding +Produce the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding @code{\label}@{@var{key}@} command appears. +In this example the @code{\label@{eq:main@}} is used both for the +formula number and for the page number. (Note that the two references +are forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice +to resolve those.) + +@example +The main result is formula~\ref@{eq:main@} on page~\pageref@{eq:main@}. + ... +\begin@{equation@} \label@{eq:main@} + \mathbf@{P@}=\mathbf@{NP@} +\end@{equation@} +@end example + @node \ref @section @code{\ref@{@var{key}@}} @@ -1942,11 +2872,24 @@ Synopsis: \ref@{@var{key}@} @end example -The @code{\ref} command produces the number of the sectional unit, +Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, @dots{}, of the corresponding @code{\label} command (@pxref{\label}). It does not produce any text, such as the word `Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. +In this example, the @code{\ref@{popular@}} produces @samp{2}. Note +that it is a forward reference since it comes before +@code{\label@{popular@}}. + +@example +The most widely-used format is item number~\ref@{popular@}. +\begin@{enumerate@} +\item Plain \TeX +\item \label@{popular@} \LaTeX +\item Con\TeX t +\end@{enumerate@} +@end example + @node Environments @chapter Environments @@ -1955,15 +2898,25 @@ such as the word `Section' or `Figure', just the bare number itself. @findex \begin @findex \end -@LaTeX{} provides many environments for marking off certain text. -Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: +@LaTeX{} provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. +An environment begins with @code{\begin} and ends with @code{\end}, +like this: @example -\begin@{@var{envname}@} -... -\end@{@var{envname}@} +\begin@{@var{environment-name}@} + ... +\end@{@var{environment-name}@} @end example +The @var{environment-name} at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. For instance, the input +@code{\begin@{table*@}...\end@{table@}} will cause an error like: +@samp{! LaTeX Error: \begin@{table*@} on input line 5 ended by +\end@{table@}.} + +@cindex group, and environments +Environments are executed within a group. + @menu * abstract:: Produce an abstract. * array:: Math arrays. @@ -1999,7 +2952,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: @node abstract @section @code{abstract} -@findex abstract @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{abstract} @cindex abstracts Synopsis: @@ -2010,21 +2963,61 @@ Synopsis: \end@{abstract@} @end example -Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. +Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This environment +is only defined in the @code{article} and @code{report} document classes +(@pxref{Document classes}). + +Using the example below in the @code{article} class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option @code{titlepage} causes the abstract +to be on a separate page (@pxref{Document class options}); this is the +default only in the @code{report} class. + +@example +\begin@{abstract@} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. +\end@{abstract@} +@end example + +The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for +a more flexible solution, use the package @file{abstract}). + +@c Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html +@example +\documentclass[twocolumn]@{article@} + ... +\begin@{document@} +\title@{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach@} +\author@{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks@{Railroad tracking grant.@}@} +\twocolumn[ + \begin@{@@twocolumnfalse@} + \maketitle + \begin@{abstract@} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end@{abstract@} + \end@{@@twocolumnfalse@} + ] +@{ % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand@{\thefootnote@}@{\fnsymbol@{footnote@}@} + \footnotetext[1]@{Thanks for all the fish.@} +@} +@end example @node array @section @code{array} -@findex array @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{array} @cindex arrays, math Synopsis: @example \begin@{array@}@{@var{cols}@} -@var{column 1 entry} &@var{column 2 entry} ... &@var{column n entry} \\ -... + @var{column 1 entry} &@var{column 2 entry} ... &@var{column n entry} \\ + ... \end@{array@} @end example @@ -2032,8 +3025,8 @@ or @example \begin@{array@}[@var{pos}]@{@var{cols}@} -@var{column 1 entry} &@var{column 2 entry} ... &@var{column n entry} \\ -... + @var{column 1 entry} &@var{column 2 entry} ... &@var{column n entry} \\ + ... \end@{array@} @end example @@ -2041,7 +3034,7 @@ Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as @code{equation} (@pxref{equation}). Column entries are separated by an ampersand@tie{}(@code{&}). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes@tie{}(@code{\\}) (@pxref{\\}). +double-backslashes (@pxref{\\}). The required argument @var{cols} describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See @@ -2050,24 +3043,25 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional @var{pos} argument. There are two ways that @code{array} diverges from @code{tabular}. The -first is that @code{array} entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in +first is that @code{array} entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except if the @var{cols} definition specifies the column with -@code{@@p@{..@}}, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). +@code{p@{...@}}, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of @code{tabular}'s parameter -@code{\tabcolsep}, @LaTeX{}'s intercolumn space in an array is governed +@code{\tabcolsep}, @LaTeX{}'s intercolumn space in an @code{array} is governed by @findex \arraycolsep -@code{\arraycolsep} which gives half the width between columns. The +@code{\arraycolsep}, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is @samp{5pt}. +@PkgIndex{amsmath} To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the @file{amsmath} package. It comes with environments @code{pmatrix} for an array -surrounded by parentheses@tie{}@code{(..)}, @code{bmatrix} for an array -surrounded by square brackets@tie{}@code{[..]}, @code{Bmatrix} for an -array surrounded by curly braces@tie{}@code{@{..@}}, @code{vmatrix} for -an array surrounded by vertical bars@tie{}@code{|..|}, and +surrounded by parentheses@tie{}@code{(...)}, @code{bmatrix} for an array +surrounded by square brackets@tie{}@code{[...]}, @code{Bmatrix} for an +array surrounded by curly braces@tie{}@code{@{...@}}, @code{vmatrix} for +an array surrounded by vertical bars@tie{}@code{|...|}, and @code{Vmatrix} for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars@tie{}@code{||..||}, along with a number of other array constructs. +bars@tie{}@code{||...||}, along with a number of other array constructs. Here is an example of an array: @@ -2080,36 +3074,61 @@ Here is an example of an array: \end@{equation@} @end example +The next example works if @code{\usepackage@{amsmath@}} is in the +preamble: + +@example +\begin@{equation@} + \begin@{vmatrix@}@{cc@} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end@{vmatrix@}=ad-bc +\end@{equation@} +@end example + @node center @section @code{center} -@findex center @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{center} @cindex centering text, environment for Synopsis: @example \begin@{center@} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end@{center@} @end example -Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within the -left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, @LaTeX{} will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash@tie{}@code{\\} (@pxref{\\}). +Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (@pxref{\\}). @findex \\ @r{(for @code{center})} +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, @LaTeX{} +will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See @ref{\centering} to avoid such space, for example inside a @code{figure} environment. -In this example, depending on the line width, @LaTeX{} may choose a break -for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or two, -then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. +This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. + +@example +\begin@{center@} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering +\end@{center@} +@end example + +In this example, depending on the page's line width, @LaTeX{} may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then @LaTeX{} will break at the double backslash, and will center the +ending. @example \begin@{center@} @@ -2132,7 +3151,7 @@ A double backslash after the final line is optional. @findex \centering @cindex centering text, declaration for -Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as @code{figure}, or in a @code{parbox}. @@ -2168,7 +3187,7 @@ The scope of the @code{\centering} ends with the @code{\end@{figure@}}. @node description @section @code{description} -@findex description @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{description} @cindex labelled lists, creating @cindex description lists, creating @@ -2182,26 +3201,26 @@ Synopsis: \end@{description@} @end example -@findex \item Environment to make a labelled list of items. Each item's @var{label} is typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item's text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. @findex \item -The list consists of at least one item; see@tie{}@ref{\item} (having no -items causes the @LaTeX{} error @samp{Something's wrong--perhaps a -missing \item}). Each item is produced with an @code{\item} command. +The list consists of at least one item, created with the @code{\item} +command (@pxref{\item}). Having no items causes the @LaTeX{} error +@samp{Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item}). @cindex bold typewriter, avoiding @cindex typewriter labels in lists Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font -change given in argument style (see @ref{Font styles}) then it will come -out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with -@code{\item[\texttt@{label text@}]} then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style @code{\item[@{\tt label text@}]}. -Similarly, get normal text use @code{\item[@{\rm label text@}]}. +change given in argument style (see @ref{Font styles}) then it will +come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter +with @code{\item[\texttt@{label text@}]} then it will appear in bold +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: @code{\item[@{\tt label +text@}]}. Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use +@code{\item[@{\rm label text@}]}. For other major @LaTeX{} labelled list environments, see @ref{itemize} and @ref{enumerate}. For information about customizing list layout, see @@ -2221,13 +3240,13 @@ This example shows the environment used for a sequence of definitions. @section @code{displaymath} @c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -@findex displaymath @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{displaymath} Synopsis: @example \begin@{displaymath@} - .. math text .. +@var{math text} \end@{displaymath@} @end example @@ -2235,29 +3254,29 @@ Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display style and centered. To make the text be flush-left use the global option @code{fleqn}; see @ref{Document class options}. -@LaTeX{} will not break the math text across lines. - In the @code{displaymath} environment no equation number is added to the math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the @code{equation} environment (@pxref{equation}). -Note that the @file{amsmath} package has extensive displayed equation -facilities. Those facilities are the best approach for such output in -new documents. For example, there are a number of options in that -package for having math text broken across lines. +@LaTeX{} will not break the @var{math text} across lines. + +@PkgIndex{amsmath} +Note that the @file{amsmath} package has significantly more extensive +displayed equation facilities. For example, there are a number of +ways in that package for having math text broken across lines. -The construct @code{\[..math text..\]} is essentially a synonym for -@code{\begin@{displaymath@}..math text..\end@{displaymath@}} but the +The construct @code{\[@var{math text}\]} is essentially a synonym for +@code{\begin@{displaymath@}@var{math text}\end@{displaymath@}} but the latter is easier to work with in the source file; for instance, searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word -@code{displaymath} will likely be unique. (The construct @code{$$..math -text..$$} from Plain@tie{}@TeX{} is sometimes mistakenly used as a -synonym for @code{displaymath}. It is not a synonym, because the -@code{displaymath} environment checks that it isn't started in math mode -and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching environment start, -because the @code{displaymath} environment has different vertical -spacing, and because the @code{displaymath} environment honors the -@code{fleqn} option.) +@code{displaymath} will likely be unique. (The construct +@code{$$@var{math text}$$} from Plain@tie{}@TeX{} is sometimes +mistakenly used as a synonym for @code{displaymath}. It is not a +synonym, because the @code{displaymath} environment checks that it isn't +started in math mode and that it ends in math mode begun by the matching +environment start, because the @code{displaymath} environment has +different vertical spacing, and because the @code{displaymath} +environment honors the @code{fleqn} option.) The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. @example @@ -2272,7 +3291,7 @@ Also, the integral sign is larger than the inline version @node document @section @code{document} -@findex document @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{document} The @code{document} environment encloses the entire body of a document. It is required in every @LaTeX{} document. @xref{Starting and ending}. @@ -2329,7 +3348,7 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. @node enumerate @section @code{enumerate} -@findex enumerate @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{enumerate} @cindex lists of items, numbered Synopsis: @@ -2414,7 +3433,7 @@ For more on customizing the layout see @ref{list}. Also, the package @node eqnarray @section @code{eqnarray} -@findex eqnarray @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{eqnarray} @cindex equations, aligning @cindex aligning equations @@ -2488,7 +3507,7 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. @node equation @section @code{equation} -@findex equation @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{equation} @cindex equations, environment for @cindex formulas, environment for @@ -2513,7 +3532,7 @@ new documents. @node figure @section @code{figure} -@findex figure +@EnvIndex{figure} @cindex inserting figures @cindex figures, inserting @@ -2554,7 +3573,7 @@ in @ref{Floats}. The figure body is typeset in a @code{parbox} of width @code{\textwidth} and so it can contain text, commands, etc. -The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (@pxref{Cross +The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross references}). @findex \caption The optional @code{\caption} command specifies caption text for the @@ -2579,7 +3598,8 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. @node filecontents @section @code{filecontents}: Write an external file -@findex filecontents +@EnvIndex{filecontents} +@EnvIndex{filecontents*} @cindex external files, writing @cindex writing external files @@ -2643,7 +3663,7 @@ produces this file @file{JH.sty}. @node flushleft @section @code{flushleft} -@findex flushleft @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{flushleft} @cindex left-justifying text, environment for @cindex ragged right text, environment for @@ -2687,7 +3707,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. @node flushright @section @code{flushright} -@findex flushright @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{flushright} @cindex ragged left text, environment for @cindex right-justifying text, environment for @@ -2731,7 +3751,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. @node itemize @section @code{itemize} -@findex itemize @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{itemize} @findex \item @cindex lists of items @cindex unordered lists @@ -2748,7 +3768,7 @@ Synopsis: @end example The @code{itemize} environment produces an ``unordered'', ``bulleted'' -list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four +list. Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as @code{enumerate} (@pxref{enumerate}). @@ -2876,7 +3896,7 @@ within a single item (@code{\parskip} is not list-specific, @node letter @section @code{letter} environment: writing letters -@findex letter @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{letter} This environment is used for creating letters. @xref{Letters}. @@ -2884,7 +3904,7 @@ This environment is used for creating letters. @xref{Letters}. @node list @section @code{list} -@findex list +@EnvIndex{list} @cindex lists of items, generic The @code{list} environment is a generic environment which is used for @@ -2917,6 +3937,7 @@ The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by @node \item +@subsection @code{\item}: An entry in a list. Synopsis: @@ -2960,7 +3981,7 @@ not get a @samp{3.}). @node math @section @code{math} -@findex math @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{math} @cindex in-line formulas Synopsis: @@ -2979,7 +4000,7 @@ running text. @code{\(...\)} and @code{$...$} are synonyms. @node minipage @section @code{minipage} -@findex minipage @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{minipage} @cindex minipage, creating a @example @@ -3019,7 +4040,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. @node picture @section @code{picture} -@findex picture +@EnvIndex{picture} @cindex creating pictures @cindex pictures, creating @@ -3044,6 +4065,13 @@ You should only change the value of @code{\unitlength}, using the @code{\setlength} command, outside of a @code{picture} environment. The default value is @code{1pt}. +@PkgIndex{picture} +The @code{picture} package redefine the @code{picture} environment so +that everywhere a number is used in a @var{picture commands} to specify +a coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing @code{\unitlength}. + + @cindex position, in picture A @dfn{position} is a pair of coordinates, such as @code{(2.4,-5)}, specifying the point with x-coordinate @code{2.4} and y-coordinate @code{-5}. @@ -3400,11 +4428,11 @@ values must lie between @minus{}4 and +4, inclusive. @node quotation and quote @section @code{quotation} and @code{quote} -@findex quotation +@EnvIndex{quotation} @cindex quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying @cindex displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation @cindex paragraph indentations in quoted text -@findex quote +@EnvIndex{quote} @cindex quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying @cindex displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation @cindex paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting @@ -3444,7 +4472,7 @@ quotations. @example \begin@{quotation@} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace@{1em plus 1fill@}---Abraham Lincoln \end@{quotation@} @end example @@ -3453,7 +4481,7 @@ quotations. @node tabbing @section @code{tabbing} -@findex tabbing @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{tabbing} @cindex tab stops, using @cindex lining text up using tab stops @cindex alignment via tabbing @@ -3563,7 +4591,7 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ @node table @section @code{table} -@findex table +@EnvIndex{table} @cindex tables, creating @cindex creating tables @@ -3588,7 +4616,7 @@ float placement algorithm, see @ref{Floats}. The table body is typeset in a @code{parbox} of width @code{\textwidth} and so it can contain text, commands, etc. -The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (@pxref{Cross +The label is optional; it is used for cross references (@pxref{Cross references}). @findex \caption The optional @code{\caption} command specifies caption text for the @@ -3616,7 +4644,7 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. @node tabular @section @code{tabular} -@findex tabular @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{tabular} @cindex lines in tables @cindex lining text up in tables @@ -3671,7 +4699,7 @@ the width of the @code{tabular*} environment. The space between columns should be rubber, as with @code{@@@{\extracolsep@{\fill@}@}}, to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the @code{Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment -..} warning. +...} warning. @item pos Optional. Specifies the table's vertical position. The default is to @@ -3707,14 +4735,14 @@ This inserts @var{text or space} at this location in every row. The @var{text or space} material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). -This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own @@-expression -then @LaTeX{}'s book, article, and report classes will put on either -side of each column a space of length @code{\tabcolsep}, which by -default is @samp{6pt}. That is, by default adjacent columns are +This specifier is optional: with no @@-expression, @LaTeX{}'s +@code{book}, @code{article}, and @code{report} classes will put on +either side of each column a space of length @code{\tabcolsep}, which +by default is @samp{6pt}. That is, by default adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so @code{\tabcolsep} is misleadingly-named since it -is not the separation between tabular columns). Also by default a space -of 6pt comes before the first column as well as after the final column, -unless you put a @code{@@@{..@}} or @code{|} there. +is not the separation between tabular columns). By implication, a +space of 6pt also comes before the first column and after the final +column, unless you put a @code{@@@{...@}} or @code{|} there. If you override the default and use an @@-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in @code{@@@{\hspace@{1em@}@}}. @@ -3726,7 +4754,7 @@ lines need to lie on the left margin. @example \begin@{flushleft@} \begin@{tabular@}@{@@@{@}l@} - .. + ... \end@{tabular@} \end@{flushleft@} @end example @@ -3782,7 +4810,7 @@ Equivalent to @var{num} copies of @var{cols}, where @var{num} is a positive integer and @var{cols} is a list of specifiers. Thus @code{\begin@{tabular@}@{|*@{3@}@{l|r@}|@}} is equivalent to @code{\begin@{tabular@}@{|l|rl|rl|r|@}}. Note that @var{cols} may -contain another @code{*-expression}. +contain another @code{*}-expression. @end table @end table @@ -3849,7 +4877,7 @@ spanned by the single heading @samp{Name}. \begin@{tabular@}@{lccl@} \textit@{ID@} &\multicolumn@{2@}@{c@}@{\textit@{Name@}@} &\textit@{Age@} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end@{tabular@} @end example @@ -3863,7 +4891,7 @@ and@tie{}@code{p@{1.5in@}|}. The @var{cols} argument overrides the @code{array} or @code{tabular} environment's intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars -@code{|} indicating the placement of vertical rules, and @code{@@@{..@}} +@code{|} indicating the placement of vertical rules, and @code{@@@{...@}} expressions. Thus if @var{cols} is @samp{|c|} then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -3876,6 +4904,7 @@ area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. &z % entry four \end@{tabular@} @end example + Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the @code{\multicolumn} has the @var{cols} specifier @samp{r} with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a @@ -3923,13 +4952,13 @@ vertical bar in the @var{cols} of either of the first row's @subsection @code{\vline} @findex \vline - Draw a vertical line in a @code{tabular} or @code{array} environment -extending the full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be used -in an @@-expression, although its synonym vertical bar@tie{}@code{|} is -more common. This command is rarely used; typically a table's vertical -lines are specified in @code{tabular}'s @var{cols} argument and -overriden as needed with @code{\multicolumn}. +extending the full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be +used in an @@-expression, although its synonym vertical +bar@tie{}@code{|} is more common. This command is rarely used in the +body of a table; typically a table's vertical lines are specified in +@code{tabular}'s @var{cols} argument and overridden as needed with +@code{\multicolumn}. This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line's second entry the @code{\hfill} moves the @code{\vline} to the left edge of the @@ -4006,7 +5035,7 @@ is required. @node thebibliography @section @code{thebibliography} -@findex thebibliography @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{thebibliography} @cindex bibliography, creating (manually) Synopsis: @@ -4055,18 +5084,19 @@ Synopsis: \bibitem[@var{label}]@{@var{cite_key}@} @end example -The @code{\bibitem} command generates an entry labelled by -@var{label}. If the @var{label} argument is missing, a number is -automatically generated using the @code{enumi} counter. The -@var{cite_key} is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation -symbols not containing a comma. +The @code{\bibitem} command generates an entry labelled by @var{label}. +If the @var{label} argument is missing, a number is automatically +generated using the @code{enumi} counter. The @var{cite_key} is a +@cindex citation key +@dfn{citation key} consisting in any sequence of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. This command writes an entry to the @file{.aux} file containing the -item's @var{cite_key} and label. When the @file{.aux} file is read by -the @code{\begin@{document@}} command, the item's @code{label} is +item's @var{cite_key} and @var{label}. When the @file{.aux} file is +read by the @code{\begin@{document@}} command, the item's @var{label} is associated with @code{cite_key}, causing references to @var{cite_key} -with a @code{\cite} command (see next section) to produce the -associated label. +with a @code{\cite} command (@pxref{\cite}) to produce the associated +@var{label}. @node \cite @@ -4080,14 +5110,14 @@ Synopsis: \cite[@var{subcite}]@{@var{keys}@} @end example -The @var{keys} argument is a list of one or more citation keys, -separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to -the references associated with @var{keys} by entries in the -@file{.aux} file. +The @var{keys} argument is a list of one or more citation keys +(@pxref{\bibitem}), separated by commas. This command generates an +in-text citation to the references associated with @var{keys} by entries +in the @file{.aux} file. The text of the optional @var{subcite} argument appears after the citation. For example, @code{\cite[p.~314]@{knuth@}} might produce -`[Knuth, p.@tie{}314]'. +@samp{[Knuth, p.@tie{}314]}. @node \nocite @@ -4095,7 +5125,11 @@ citation. For example, @code{\cite[p.~314]@{knuth@}} might produce @findex \nocite +Synopsis: + +@example @code{\nocite@{@var{keys}@}} +@end example The @code{\nocite} command produces no text, but writes @var{keys}, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the @file{.aux} file. @@ -4125,7 +5159,7 @@ The @code{\bibliographystyle} command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: @var{bibstyle} refers to a file @var{bibstyle}@file{.bst}, which defines how your citations will look. -The standard @var{style} names distributed with Bib@TeX{} are: +The standard @var{bibstyle} names distributed with Bib@TeX{} are: @table @code @item alpha @@ -4145,7 +5179,8 @@ the demands of various publications. See The @code{\bibliography} command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to @code{\bibliography} refers to files -named @file{@var{bibfile}.bib}, which should contain your database in +named @file{@var{bibfile1}.bib}, @file{@var{bibfile2}.bib}, @dots{}, +which should contain your database in Bib@TeX{} format. Only the entries referred to via @code{\cite} and @code{\nocite} will be listed in the bibliography. @@ -4153,7 +5188,7 @@ Bib@TeX{} format. Only the entries referred to via @code{\cite} and @node theorem @section @code{theorem} -@findex theorem @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{theorem} @cindex theorems, typesetting Synopsis: @@ -4173,7 +5208,7 @@ possibilities for @var{n} are described under @code{\newtheorem} @node titlepage @section @code{titlepage} -@findex titlepage @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{titlepage} @cindex making a title page @cindex title pages, creating @@ -4181,24 +5216,47 @@ Synopsis: @example \begin@{titlepage@} -@var{text} + ... text and spacing ... \end@{titlepage@} @end example -The @code{titlepage} environment creates a title page, i.e., a page -with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following -page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to -you. The @code{\today} command may be useful on title pages -(@pxref{\today}). +Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. The +following page will be numbered page one. -You can use the @code{\maketitle} command (@pxref{\maketitle}) to -produce a standard title page without a @code{titlepage} environment. +To instead produce a standard title page without a @code{titlepage} +environment you can use @code{\maketitle} (@pxref{\maketitle}). + +Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical spacing, +is left to the author. + +@example +\begin@{titlepage@} +\vspace*@{\stretch@{1@}@} +\begin@{center@} + @{\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title@} \\[6.5ex] + @{\large\bfseries Author name@} \\ + \vspace@{4ex@} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit@{University name@} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc@{\Large Doctor of Philosophy@} \\[2ex] + \textsc@{\large Mathematics@} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today +\end@{center@} +\vspace@{\stretch@{2@}@} +\end@{titlepage@} +@end example @node verbatim @section @code{verbatim} -@findex verbatim @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{verbatim} @cindex verbatim text @cindex simulating typed text @cindex typed text, simulating @@ -4255,7 +5313,7 @@ The @code{*}-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a @node verse @section @code{verse} -@findex verse @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{verse} @cindex poetry, an environment for Synopsis: @@ -4297,6 +5355,7 @@ you but in some environments you manually force line breaks. * \obeycr & \restorecr:: Make each input line start a new output line. * \newline:: Break the line * \- (hyphenation):: Insert explicit hyphenation. +* \discretionary:: Insert explicit hyphenation with control of hyphen character. * \fussy:: Be fussy about line breaking. * \sloppy:: Be sloppy about line breaking. * \hyphenation:: Tell @LaTeX{} how to hyphenate a word. @@ -4333,7 +5392,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a @code{tabular} or @code{array} environment. -Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a @code{p@{..@}} column +Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a @code{p@{...@}} column in a @code{tabular} environment) the @code{\newline} command is a synonym for @code{\\} (@pxref{\newline}). @@ -4372,7 +5431,7 @@ In ordinary text this is equivalent to double-backslash (@pxref{\\}); it breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. Inside a @code{tabular} or @code{array} environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically @code{p@{..@}}, +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically @code{p@{...@}}, @code{\newline} will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use @code{\\} or its equivalent @code{\tabularnewline}. @@ -4405,6 +5464,18 @@ When you insert @code{\-} commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that @LaTeX{} might otherwise have chosen. +@node \discretionary +@section @code{\discretionary} (generalized hyphenation point) +@cindex hyphenation, discretionary +@cindex discretionary hyphenation + +Synopsis: + +@example +\discretionary@{@var{pre-break-text}@}@{@var{post-break-text}@}@{@var{no-break-text}@} +@end example + +@c xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr @node \fussy @section @code{\fussy} @@ -4416,7 +5487,7 @@ picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. This command cancels the effect of a previous @code{\sloppy} command -(@pxref{\sloppy}. +(@pxref{\sloppy}). @node \sloppy @@ -4744,7 +5815,8 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. \textit@{HMS Sophie@} &Master and Commander \\ \textit@{HMS Polychrest@} &Post Captain \\ \textit@{HMS Lively@} &Post Captain \\ - \textit@{HMS Surprise@} &A number of books\footnote@{Starting with HMS Surprise.@} + \textit@{HMS Surprise@} &A number of books\footnote@{Starting with + HMS Surprise.@} \end@{tabular@} \end@{center@} @end example @@ -4755,7 +5827,7 @@ The solution is to surround the @code{tabular} environment with a @example \begin@{center@} \begin@{minipage@}@{.5\textwidth@} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end@{minipage@} \end@{center@} @end example @@ -4784,26 +5856,32 @@ sequence with other footnotes. @node Footnotes in section headings @section Footnotes in section headings -Putting a footnote in a section heading +@cindex footnotes, in section headings +@cindex table of contents, avoiding footnotes +Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: @example -\section@{Full sets\protect\footnote@{This material is due to R~Jones.@}@} +\section@{Full sets\protect\footnote@{This material due to ...@}@} @end example -causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where the -section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To have -it not appear on the table of contents use the package @file{footmisc} -with the @code{stable} option. +@PkgIndex{footmisc} +@cindex @code{stable} option to @code{footmisc} package +@noindent +causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package @file{footmisc} with the +@code{stable} option. @example \usepackage[stable]@{footmisc@} - .. +... \begin@{document@} - .. -\section@{Full sets\footnote@{This material is due to R~Jones.@}@} +... +\section@{Full sets\footnote@{This material due to ...@}@} @end example -Note that the @code{\protect} is gone; putting it in causes the +Note that the @code{\protect} is gone; including it would cause the footnote to reappear on the table of contents. @@ -4819,12 +5897,12 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. \usepackage@{bigfoot@} \DeclareNewFootnote@{Default@} \DeclareNewFootnote@{from@}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom@{@} - .. + ... \begin@{document@} - .. +... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom@{First noted in Wilson.\footnote@{Second edition only.@}@} - .. +... @end example @@ -4838,13 +5916,13 @@ uses the package @file{cleverref}. @example \usepackage@{cleveref@}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat@{footnote@}@{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3@} - .. +... \begin@{document@} - .. +... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote@{\label@{fn:TE@}Tinker and Evers, 1994.@} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote@{Evers and Chance, 1990.@} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref@{fn:TE@} - .. +... @end example This solution will work with the package @file{hyperref}. @@ -4883,6 +5961,7 @@ footnotes. This is @samp{6.65pt} for @samp{10pt}, @samp{7.7pt} for @LaTeX{} has support for making new commands of many different kinds. @c xx everything in this chapter needs examples. +@c xx Add DeclareRobustCommand (see clsguide.pdf) @menu * \newcommand & \renewcommand:: (Re)define a new command. @@ -4910,80 +5989,85 @@ footnotes. This is @samp{6.65pt} for @samp{10pt}, @samp{7.7pt} for command, respectively. Synopses: @example - \newcommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} - \newcommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} -\renewcommand@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} -\renewcommand*@{@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} + \newcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} + \newcommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\renewcommand@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} +\renewcommand*@{\@var{cmd}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{defn}@} @end example -The @code{*}-form of these two commands requires that the arguments -not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not @code{\long}, in plain -@TeX{} terms). +@cindex starred form, defining new commands +@cindex *-form, defining new commands +The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text (not @code{\long}, in plain @TeX{} +terms). @table @var @item cmd -Required; the command name. It must begin with @code{\}. For -@code{\newcommand}, it must not be already defined and must not begin -with @code{\end}. For @code{\renewcommand}, it must already be -defined. +Required; @code{\@var{cmd}} is the command name. For @code{\newcommand}, it +must not be already defined and must not begin with @code{\end}. For +@code{\renewcommand}, it must already be defined. @item nargs Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments -that the command will take. If this argument is not present, the -default is for the command to have no arguments. When redefining a -command, the new version can have a different number of arguments than -the old version. +that the command can take, including any optional argument. If this +argument is not present, the default is for the command to have no +arguments. When redefining a command, the new version can have a +different number of arguments than the old version. @item optargdefault Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of defined -command @var{\cmd} is optional, with default value @var{optargdefault} +command @code{\@var{cmd}} is optional, with default value @var{optargdefault} (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -@var{\cmd} does not take an optional argument. - -That is, if @var{\cmd} is used with square brackets following, as in -@code{\@var{cmd}[@var{myval}]}, then within @var{defn} @code{#1} expands -@var{myval}. While if @var{\cmd} is called without square brackets -following, then within @var{defn} the @code{#1} expands to the default -@var{optargdefault}. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with @code{#2}. - -Omitting @code{[@var{myval}]} in the call is different from having the +@code{\@var{cmd}} does not take an optional argument. + +@cindex positional parameter +That is, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is used with square brackets following, +as in @code{\@var{cmd}[@var{myval}]}, then within @var{defn} the first +@dfn{positional parameter} @code{#1} expands @var{myval}. On the +other hand, if @code{\@var{cmd}} is called without square brackets +following, then within @var{defn} the positional parameter @code{#1} +expands to the default @var{optargdefault}. In either case, any +required arguments will be referred to starting with @code{#2}. + +Omitting @code{[@var{myval}]} in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in @code{[]}. The former results in @code{#1} expanding to @var{optargdefault}; the latter results in @code{#1} expanding to the empty string. @item defn -The text to be substituted for every occurrence of @code{cmd}; a -construct of the form @code{#@var{n}} in @var{defn} is replaced by the -text of the @var{n}th argument. +The text to be substituted for every occurrence of @code{\@var{cmd}}; the +positional parameter @code{#@var{n}} in @var{defn} is replaced by +the text of the @var{n}th argument. @end table -A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the -command and before the space. +@TeX{} ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in @samp{\cmd }. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type @code{@{@}} after the command (@samp{\cmd@{@} }; +another solution is to use an explicit control space (@samp{\cmd\ }). A simple example of defining a new command: -@code{\newcommand@{\JH@}@{Jim Hef@{@}feron@}} causes the abbreviation -@code{\JH} to be replaced by the longer text. +@code{\newcommand@{\RS@}@{Robin Smith@}} results in +@code{\RS} being replaced by the longer text. -Redefining a command is basically the same: +Redefining an existing command is similar: @code{\renewcommand@{\qedsymbol@}@{@{\small QED@}@}}. -Here's a command definition that uses arguments: +Here's a command definition with one required argument: @example -\newcommand@{\defreference@}[1]@{Definition~\ref@{#1@}@} +\newcommand@{\defref@}[1]@{Definition~\ref@{#1@}@} @end example -@noindent Then, @code{\defreference@{def:basis@}} will expand to +@noindent Then, @code{\defref@{def:basis@}} expands to +@code{Definition~\ref@{def:basis@}}, which will ultimately expand to something like @samp{Definition~3.14}. -An example with two arguments: -@code{\newcommand@{\nbym@}[2]@{#1\!\times\!#2@}} is invoked as +An example with two required arguments: +@code{\newcommand@{\nbym@}[2]@{$#1 \times #2$@}} is invoked as @code{\nbym@{2@}@{k@}}. -An example with optional arguments: +An example with an optional argument: @example \newcommand@{\salutation@}[1][Sir or Madam]@{Dear #1:@} @@ -4993,17 +6077,19 @@ An example with optional arguments: @code{\salutation[John]} gives @samp{Dear John:}. And @code{\salutation[]} gives @samp{Dear :}. -The braces around @var{defn} do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding @var{defn}. So @code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{\it #1@}} -is wrong since in the sentence +The braces around @var{defn} do not define a group, that is, they do +not delimit the scope of the result of expanding @var{defn}. So +@code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{\it #1@}} is problematic; in this +sentence, @example -The \shipname@{Monitor@} met the \shipname@{Virginia@}. +The \shipname@{Monitor@} met the \shipname@{Merrimac@}. @end example -@noindent the words @samp{met the} will incorrectly be in italics. An -extra pair of braces @code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{@{\it #1@}@}} -fixes it. +@noindent the words @samp{met the} would incorrectly be in italics. Another +pair of braces in the definition is needed, like this: +@code{\newcommand@{\shipname@}[1]@{@{\it #1@}@}}. Those braces are +part of the definition and thus do define a group. @node \providecommand @@ -5035,21 +6121,24 @@ loaded more than once. @findex \newcounter @cindex counters, defining new -Synopsis: +Synopsis, one of: @example +\newcounter@{@var{countername}@} \newcounter@{@var{countername}@}[@var{supercounter}] @end example -The @code{\newcounter} command globally defines a new counter named -@var{countername}. The name consists of letters only and does not begin -with a backslash (@samp{\}). The name must not already be used by -another counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. +Globally defines a new counter named @var{countername} and initialize +the new counter to zero. + +The name @var{countername} must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. -If the optional argument @code{[@var{supercounter}]} appears, then +When you use the optional argument @code{[@var{supercounter}]} then @var{countername} will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter @var{supercounter}. For example, ordinarily -@code{subsection} is numbered within @code{section}. Any time +@code{subsection} is numbered within @code{section} so that any time @var{supercounter} is incremented with @code{\stepcounter} (@pxref{\stepcounter}) or @code{\refstepcounter} (@pxref{\refstepcounter}) then @var{countername} is reset to zero. @@ -5114,22 +6203,24 @@ The allocation of a box is global. This command is fragile @cindex redefining environments These commands define or redefine an environment @var{env}, that is, -@code{\begin@{@var{env}@} @dots{} \end@{@var{env}@}}. Synopses: +@code{\begin@{@var{env}@} @var{body} \end@{@var{env}@}}. Synopses: @example - \newenvironment@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} + \newenvironment@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} \newenvironment*@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} -\renewenvironment@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} + \renewenvironment@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} \renewenvironment*@{@var{env}@}[@var{nargs}][@var{optargdefault}]@{@var{begdefn}@}@{@var{enddefn}@} @end example -Unlike @code{\newcommand} and @code{\renewcommand}, the @code{*}-forms -@code{\newenvironment*} and @code{\renewcommand*} have the same effect -as the forms with no @code{*}. +@cindex @code{*}-form of environment commands +The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. @table @var @item env -Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash +Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the +@code{*} character, and thus does not begin with backslash (@code{\}). It must not begin with the string @code{end}. For @code{\newenvironment}, the name @var{env} must not be the name of an already existing environment, and also the command @code{\@var{env}} @@ -5138,8 +6229,8 @@ name of an existing environment. @item nargs Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of -that the environment will take. These arguments appear after the -@code{\begin}, as in +that the environment will take. When the environment is used these +arguments appear after the @code{\begin}, as in @code{\begin@{@var{env}@}@{@var{arg1}@}@dots{}@{@var{argn}@}}. If this argument is not present then the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have @@ -5151,15 +6242,15 @@ defined environment is optional, with default value @var{optargdefault} (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then the environment does not take an optional argument. -That is, when @code{[@var{optargdefault}]} is present in the environment -definition, if @code{\begin@{@var{env}@}} is used with square brackets -following, as in @code{\begin@{@var{env}@}[@var{myval}]}, then within -the environment @code{#1} expands @var{myval}. If -@code{\begin@{@var{env}@}} is called without square brackets following, -then within the environment the @code{#1} expands to the default -@var{optargdefault}. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with @code{#2}. - +That is, when @code{[@var{optargdefault}]} is present in the +environment definition, if @code{\begin@{@var{env}@}} is used with +square brackets following, as in +@code{\begin@{@var{env}@}[@var{myval}]}, then, within @var{begdefn}, +the positional parameter @code{#1} expands to @var{myval}. If +@code{\begin@{@var{env}@}} is called without square brackets +following, then, within within @var{begdefn}, the positional parameter +@code{#1} expands to the default @var{optargdefault}. In either case, +any required arguments will be referred to starting with @code{#2}. Omitting @code{[@var{myval}]} in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in @code{[]}. The former results @@ -5168,23 +6259,25 @@ in @code{#1} expanding to @var{optargdefault}; the latter results in @item begdefn Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -@code{\begin@{@var{env}@}}; a construct of the form @code{#@var{n}} in -@var{begdef} is replaced by the text of the @var{n}th argument. +@code{\begin@{@var{env}@}}. Within @var{begdef}, the @var{n}th +positional parameter (i.e., @code{#@var{n}}) is replaced by the text +of the @var{n}th argument. @item enddefn Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -@code{\end@{@var{env}@}}. Note that it may not contain any argument -parameters, so @code{#@var{n}} cannot be used here. +@code{\end@{@var{env}@}}. This may not contain any positional +parameters, so @code{#@var{n}} cannot be used here (but see the final +example below). @end table -The environment @var{env} delimits the scope of the result of expanding -@var{begdefn} and @var{enddefn}. Thus, in the first example below, the -effect of the @code{\small} is limited to the quote and does not extend -to material following the environment. +All environments, that is to say the @var{begdefn} code, the environment +body and the @var{enddefn} code, are processed within a group. Thus, in +the first example below, the effect of the @code{\small} is limited to +the quote and does not extend to material following the environment. -This example gives an environment like @LaTeX{}'s @code{quotation} except that -it will be set in smaller type. +This example gives an environment like @LaTeX{}'s @code{quotation} +except that it will be set in smaller type: @example \newenvironment@{smallquote@}@{% @@ -5194,8 +6287,8 @@ it will be set in smaller type. @} @end example -This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment that -cites the author. +This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: @example \newenvironment@{citequote@}[1][Shakespeare]@{% @@ -5206,17 +6299,17 @@ cites the author. @} @end example -@noindent The author's name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. -In the document, use the environment as here: +@noindent The author's name is optional, and defaults to @samp{Shakespeare}. +In the document, use the environment like this: @example \begin@{citequote@}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end@{citequote@} @end example The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in -@var{enddefn}. +@var{enddefn}, in this case in a box (@pxref{\sbox}): @example \newsavebox@{\quoteauthor@} @@ -5239,42 +6332,38 @@ The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in @cindex theorem-like environment @cindex environment, theorem-like -Define a new @dfn{theorem-like environment}. Synopses: +Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: @example +\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}@{@var{title}@} \newtheorem@{@var{name}@}@{@var{title}@}[@var{numbered_within}] \newtheorem@{@var{name}@}[@var{numbered_like}]@{@var{title}@} @end example -Both create a theorem-like environment @var{name}. Using the first -form, - -@example -\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}@{@var{title}@}[@var{numbered_within}] -@end example +Using the first form, @code{\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}@{@var{title}@}} +creates an environment that will be labelled with @var{title}. See the +first example below. -@noindent with the optional argument after the second required argument, +The second form +@code{\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}@{@var{title}@}[@var{numbered_within}]} creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing -counter @var{numbered_within}: it will be reset when +counter @var{numbered_within} (its counter will be reset when @var{numbered_within} is reset). -Using the second form, -@example -\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}[@var{numbered_like}]@{@var{title}@} -@end example - -@noindent with the optional argument between the two required -arguments, will create an environment whose counter will share the -previously defined counter @var{numbered_like}. +The third form +@code{\newtheorem@{@var{name}@}[@var{numbered_like}]@{@var{title}@}}, +with optional argument between the two required arguments, will create +an environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +@var{numbered_like}. You can specify one of @var{numbered_within} and @var{numbered_like}, or neither, but not both. This command creates a counter named @var{name}. In addition, unless -the optional argument @var{numbered_like} is used, the current -@code{\ref} value will be that of @code{\the@var{numbered_within}} -(@pxref{\ref}). +the optional argument @var{numbered_like} is used, inside of the +theorem-like environment the current @code{\ref} value will be that of +@code{\the@var{numbered_within}} (@pxref{\ref}). This declaration is global. It is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -5306,8 +6395,9 @@ new environment will be numbered in sequence with @var{numbered_like}. @end table Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that -results in @samp{Definition@tie{}1} and @samp{Definition@tie{}2} in the output. +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that +results in @samp{Definition@tie{}1} and @samp{Definition@tie{}2} in the +output. @example \newtheorem@{defn@}@{Definition@} @@ -5323,7 +6413,7 @@ results in @samp{Definition@tie{}1} and @samp{Definition@tie{}2} in the output. \end@{defn@} @end example -Because this example specifies the optional argument +Because the next example specifies the optional argument @var{numbered_within} to @code{\newtheorem} as @code{section}, the example, with the same document body, gives @samp{Definition@tie{}1.1} and @samp{Definition@tie{}2.1}. @@ -5342,8 +6432,8 @@ and @samp{Definition@tie{}2.1}. \end@{defn@} @end example -In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second -of which calls for the new @code{thm} environment to use the same +In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the +second of which calls for the new @code{thm} environment to use the same counter as @code{defn}. It gives @samp{Definition@tie{}1.1}, followed by @samp{Theorem@tie{}2.1} and @samp{Definition@tie{}2.2}. @@ -5410,7 +6500,7 @@ characters in each: @example \newfont@{\testfontat@}@{cmb10 at 11pt@} -\newfont@{\testfontscaled@}@{cmb10 scaled 11pt@} +\newfont@{\testfontscaled@}@{cmb10 scaled 1100@} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc @end example @@ -5422,23 +6512,28 @@ characters in each: @findex \protect @cindex fragile commands @cindex robust commands -@cindex moving arguments -All @LaTeX{} commands are either @dfn{fragile} or @dfn{robust}. -Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and -many more, are fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in -the argument to certain commands. To prevent such commands from -breaking they must be preceded by the command @code{\protect}. +All @LaTeX{} commands are either @dfn{fragile} or @dfn{robust}. A +fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain +other commands. Commands that contain data that @LaTeX{} writes to an +auxiliary file and re-reads later are fragile. This includes material +that goes into a table of contents, list of figures, list of tables, +etc. Fragile commands also include line breaks, any command that has an +optional argument, and many more. To prevent such commands from +breaking, one solution is to preceded them with the command +@code{\protect}. For example, when @LaTeX{} runs the @code{\section@{@var{section name}@}} command it writes the @var{section name} text to the @file{.aux} auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by @LaTeX{} without typesetting it directly is -referred to as a @dfn{moving argument}. A command is fragile if it can +referred to as a +@cindex moving arguments +@dfn{moving argument}. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid @TeX{} code. Some examples of -moving arguments are those that appear in the @code{\caption@{..@}} -command (@pxref{figure}), in the @code{\thanks@{..@}} command +moving arguments are those that appear in the @code{\caption@{...@}} +command (@pxref{figure}), in the @code{\thanks@{...@}} command (@pxref{\maketitle}), and in @@-expressions in the @code{tabular} and @code{array} environments (@pxref{tabular}). @@ -5451,13 +6546,13 @@ commands are robust and should not be preceded by a @code{\protect} command. Nor can a @code{\protect} command be used in the argument to @code{\addtocounter} or @code{\setcounter} command. -In this example the @code{caption} command gives a mysterious error +In this example the @code{\caption} command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each @code{\raisebox} command with @code{\protect}. @example \begin@{figure@} - .. + ... \caption@{Company headquarters of A\raisebox@{1pt@}@{B@}\raisebox@{-1pt@}@{C@}@} \end@{figure@} @end example @@ -5470,9 +6565,9 @@ to @code{\protect\(..\protect\)}. @example \begin@{document@} \tableofcontents - .. +... \section@{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)@} - .. +... @end example @@ -5484,11 +6579,13 @@ to @code{\protect\(..\protect\)}. Everything @LaTeX{} numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the -environment or command associated with the number, except with no -backslash (@code{\}). Thus the @code{\chapter} command starts a -chapter and the @code{chapter} counter keeps track of the chapter -number. Below is a list of the counters used in @LaTeX{}'s standard -document classes to control numbering. +environment or command associated with the number, except that the +counter's name has no backslash@tie{}@code{\}. Thus, associated with +the @code{\chapter} command is the @code{chapter} counter that keeps +track of the chapter number. + +Below is a list of the counters used in @LaTeX{}'s standard document +classes to control numbering. @example part paragraph figure enumi @@ -5499,24 +6596,22 @@ subsubsection @end example The @code{mpfootnote} counter is used by the @code{\footnote} command -inside of a minipage (@pxref{minipage}). - -The @code{enumi} through @code{enumiv} counters are used in the -@code{enumerate} environment, for up to four nested levels -(@pxref{enumerate}). +inside of a minipage (@pxref{minipage}). The counters @code{enumi} +through @code{enumiv} are used in the @code{enumerate} environment, for +up to four levels of nesting (@pxref{enumerate}). New counters are created with @code{\newcounter}. @xref{\newcounter}. @menu -* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Print value of a counter. -* \usecounter:: Use a specified counter in a list environment. -* \value:: Use the value of a counter in an expression. -* \setcounter:: Set the value of a counter. -* \addtocounter:: Add a quantity to a counter. -* \refstepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -* \stepcounter:: Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -* \day \month \year:: Numeric date values. +* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol:: Print value of a counter. +* \usecounter:: Use a specified counter in a list environment. +* \value:: Use the value of a counter in an expression. +* \setcounter:: Set the value of a counter. +* \addtocounter:: Add a quantity to a counter. +* \refstepcounter:: Add to a counter. +* \stepcounter:: Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +* \day \month \year:: Numeric date values. @end menu @@ -5525,38 +6620,59 @@ New counters are created with @code{\newcounter}. @xref{\newcounter}. @cindex counters, printing +Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter @var{counter} has the value 1 then a +@code{\alph@{@var{counter}@}} in your source will result in a lower case +letter@tie{}a appearing in the output. + All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, @code{\alph@{enumi@}}. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. @ftable @code -@item \alph -prints @var{counter} using lowercase letters: `a', `b', @enddots{} +@item \alph@{@var{counter}@} +Print the value of @var{counter} in lowercase letters: `a', `b', @enddots{} -@item \Alph -uses uppercase letters: `A', `B', @enddots{} +@item \Alph@{@var{counter}@} +Print in uppercase letters: `A', `B', @enddots{} -@item \arabic -uses Arabic numbers: `1', `2', @enddots{} +@item \arabic@{@var{counter}@} +Print in Arabic numbers: `1', `2', @enddots{} -@item \roman -uses lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', @enddots{} +@item \roman@{@var{counter}@} +Print in lowercase roman numerals: `i', `ii', @enddots{} -@item \Roman -uses uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', @enddots{} +@item \Roman@{@var{counter}@} +Print in uppercase roman numerals: `I', `II', @enddots{} -@item \fnsymbol -prints the value of @var{counter} in a specific sequence of nine +@item \fnsymbol@{@var{counter}@} +Prints the value of @var{counter} in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of @var{counter} must be between@tie{}1 and@tie{}9, inclusive. -Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): +Here are the symbols: -@display -asterisk(*) dagger(@U{2021}) ddagger(@U{2021}) -section-sign(@U{00A7}) paragraph-sign(@U{00B6}) parallel(@U{2225}) -double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(@U{2020}@U{2020}) double-ddagger(@U{2021}@U{2021}) -@end display +@multitable @columnfractions .33 .33 .33 +@headitem Name@tab Command@tab@iftexthenelse{Symbol,Equivalent Unicode symbol and/or numeric code point} +@item +asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast},*} +@item +dagger@tab@code{\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger} +@item +ddagger@tab@code{\ddagger}@tab@BES{2021,\ddagger} +@item +section-sign@tab@code{\S}@tab@BES{00A7,\S} +@item +paragraph-sign@tab@code{\P}@tab@BES{00B6,\P} +@item +double-vert@tab@code{\parallel}@tab@BES{2016,\parallel} +@item +double-asterisk@tab@code{\ast\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast@ast},**} +@item +double-dagger@tab@code{\dagger\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger}@BES{2020,\dagger} +@item +double-ddagger@tab@code{\ddagger\ddagger}@tab@BES{2021,\ddagger}@BES{2021,\ddagger} +@end multitable @end ftable @@ -5653,6 +6769,13 @@ The @code{\setcounter} command globally sets the value of @var{counter} to the @var{value} argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. +In this example the section value appears as @samp{V}. + +@example +\setcounter@{section@}@{5@} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman@{section@}. +@end example + @node \addtocounter @section @code{\addtocounter@{@var{counter}@}@{@var{value}@}} @@ -5662,6 +6785,14 @@ with a backslash. The @code{\addtocounter} command globally increments @var{counter} by the amount specified by the @var{value} argument, which may be negative. +In this example the section value appears as @samp{VII}. + +@example +\setcounter@{section@}@{5@} +\addtocounter@{section@}@{2@} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman@{section@}. +@end example + @node \refstepcounter @section @code{\refstepcounter@{@var{counter}@}} @@ -5835,26 +6966,40 @@ math symbols family. @xref{Spacing in math mode}. @node \setlength -@section @code{\setlength@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{value}@}} +@section @code{\setlength} @findex \setlength @cindex lengths, setting -The @code{\setlength} sets the value of @var{\len} to the @var{value} -argument, which can be expressed in any units that @LaTeX{} -understands, i.e., inches (@code{in}), millimeters (@code{mm}), points -(@code{pt}), big points (@code{bp}, etc. +Synopsis: + +@example +\setlength@{@var{\len}@}@{@var{amount}@} +@end example + +The @code{\setlength} sets the value of @dfn{length command} +@cindex length command +@code{\@var{len}} to the @var{value} argument which can be expressed in any +units that @LaTeX{} understands, i.e., inches (@code{in}), millimeters +(@code{mm}), points (@code{pt}), big points (@code{bp}), etc. @node \addtolength -@section @code{\addtolength@{@var{\len}@}@{@var{amount}@}} +@section @code{\addtolength} @findex \addtolength @cindex lengths, adding to -The @code{\addtolength} command increments a ``length command'' -@var{\len} by the amount specified in the @var{amount} argument, which -may be negative. +Synopsis: + +@example +\addtolength@{@var{\len}@}@{@var{amount}@} +@end example + + +The @code{\addtolength} command increments a length command @code{\@var{len}} +by the amount specified in the @var{amount} argument, which may be +negative. @node \settodepth @@ -5862,10 +7007,14 @@ may be negative. @findex \settodepth -@code{\settodepth@{\gnat@}@{text@}} +Synopsis: + +@example +\settodepth@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} +@end example -The @code{\settodepth} command sets the value of a @code{length} command -equal to the depth of the @code{text} argument. +The @code{\settodepth} command sets the value of a length command +@code{\@var{len}} equal to the depth of the @var{text} argument. @node \settoheight @@ -5873,9 +7022,13 @@ equal to the depth of the @code{text} argument. @findex \settoheight -@code{\settoheight@{\gnat@}@{text@}} +Synopsis: + +@example +\settoheight@{\@var{len}@}@{text@} +@end example -The @code{\settoheight} command sets the value of a @code{length} command +The @code{\settoheight} command sets the value of a length command @code{\@var{len}} equal to the height of the @code{text} argument. @@ -5885,6 +7038,12 @@ equal to the height of the @code{text} argument. @findex \settowidth +Synopsis: + +@example +\settowidth@{\@var{len}@}@{@var{text}@} +@end example + The @code{\settowidth} command sets the value of the command @var{\len} to the width of the @var{text} argument. @@ -5909,11 +7068,13 @@ to the width of the @var{text} argument. These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands (@pxref{Boxes}). They specify the natural width, etc., of -the text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals @code{\height} + -@code{\depth}. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +the text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + +@code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say -@code{\makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@}} +@example +\makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} +@end example @node Making paragraphs @@ -5961,7 +7122,7 @@ When used at the beginning of the paragraph, this command suppresses any paragraph indentation, as in this example. @example -.. end of the prior paragraph. +... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. @end example @@ -6056,9 +7217,9 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. @cindex math formulas @cindex formulas, math @cindex math mode, entering -@findex math @r{environment} -@findex displaymath @r{environment} -@findex equation @r{environment} +@EnvIndex{math} +@EnvIndex{displaymath} +@EnvIndex{equation} There are three environments that put @LaTeX{} in math mode: @@ -6133,7 +7294,7 @@ $\displaystyle \sum_@{n=0@}^\infty x_n $ @findex ^ In math mode, use the caret character@tie{}@code{^} to make the -@var{exp} appear as a superscript, ie.@: type @code{^@{@var{exp}@}}. +@var{exp} appear as a superscript: @code{^@{@var{exp}@}}. Similarly, in math mode, underscore@tie{}@code{_@{@var{exp}@}} makes a subscript out of @var{exp}. @@ -6184,8 +7345,12 @@ the pi symbol @BES{03C0,\pi}. Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. + +To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, +see @ref{\ensuremath}. + @c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols @c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html @@ -6218,7 +7383,7 @@ five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. @item \asymp -@BES{224D,\asymp} Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). +@BES{224D,\asymp} Asymptotically equivalent (relation). @item \backslash \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus@tie{}@code{\setminus}, and @@ -6270,16 +7435,15 @@ union@tie{}@code{\cup}. @BES{22C0,\bigwedge} Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). @item \bot -@BESU{22A5,bot} Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a contradiction -(ordinary). See also@tie{}@code{\top}. +@BESU{22A5,bot} Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also@tie{}@code{\top}. @item \bowtie @BES{22C8,\bowtie} Natural join of two relations (relation). @item \Box -@BESU{25A1,Box} Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). This -is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you need to load the -@file{amssymb} package. +@BESU{25A1,Box} Modal operator for necessity; square open box +(ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @c bb Best Unicode equivalent? @item \bullet @@ -6307,8 +7471,7 @@ variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\bigcirc}. @item \complement @BESU{2201,complement} Set complement, used as a superscript as in -@code{$S^\complement$} (ordinary). This is not available in Plain -@TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. Also +@code{$S^\complement$} (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} Also used: @code{$S^@{\mathsf@{c@}@}$} or@tie{}@code{$\bar@{S@}$}. @item \cong @@ -6338,8 +7501,7 @@ turnstile@tie{}@code{\vdash}. @BES{03B4,\delta} Greek lower case delta (ordinary). @item \Diamond -@BESU{25C7,Diamond} Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in -Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you must load the @file{amssymb} package. +@BESU{25C7,Diamond} Large diamond operator (ordinary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @c bb Best Unicode equivalent? @item \diamond @@ -6368,15 +7530,15 @@ arrow@tie{}@code{\downarrow}. @BES{2113,\ell} Lower-case cursive letter l (ordinary). @item \emptyset -@BES{2205,\emptyset} Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty -set@tie{}@code{\varnothing}. +@BES{2205,\emptyset} Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is +@code{\varnothing}. @c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? - + @item \epsilon -@BES{03F5,\epsilon} Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used in -mathematics is the curly epsilon -@code{\varepsilon}@tie{}@BES{03B5,\varepsilon}. Related: the set membership relation -@code{\in}@tie{}@BES{2208,\in}. +@BES{03F5,\epsilon} Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to +Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small +letter epsilon @code{\varepsilon}@tie{}@BES{03B5,\varepsilon}. Related: +the set membership relation @code{\in}@tie{}@BES{2208,\in}. @c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and @c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. @@ -6440,8 +7602,8 @@ with a @code{\thickmuskip} on either side. @BES{2111,\Im} Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part@tie{}@code{\Re}. @item \in -@BES{2208,\in} Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter -epsilon@tie{}@code{\epsilon}@BES{03F5,\epsilon} and rounded small +@BES{2208,\in} Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate +epsilon@tie{}@code{\epsilon}@BES{03F5,\epsilon} and small letter script epsilon@tie{}@code{\varepsilon}. @item \infty @@ -6491,8 +7653,7 @@ shaved off (opening). Matches@tie{}@code{\rceil}. for@tie{}@code{\leq}. @item \leadsto -@BESU{21DD,leadsto} Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in -Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. +@BESU{21DD,leadsto} Squiggly right arrow (relation). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put @code{\newcommand*@{\Leadsto@}@{\ensuremath@{\leadsto@}@}} in the preamble and then use @code{\Leadsto} instead. @@ -6526,12 +7687,11 @@ double-line double headed arrow@tie{}@code{\Leftrightarrow}. for@tie{}@code{\le}. @item \lfloor -@BES{230A,\lfloor} Left floor bracket (opening). +@BES{230A,\lfloor} Left floor bracket (opening). Matches:@tie{}@code{\floor}. @item \lhd -@BESU{25C1,lhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This is -not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the -@file{amssymb} package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +@BESU{25C1,lhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). +@value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the normal subgroup symbol you should load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -6567,8 +7727,7 @@ Similar: longer version@tie{}@code{\longmapsto}. @item \mho @BESU{2127,mho} Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -This is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the -@file{amssymb} package. +@value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \mid @BES{2223,\mid} Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of @@ -6692,21 +7851,21 @@ ordinary. @BES{00B1,\pm} Plus or minus (binary). @item \prec -@BES{227A,\prec} Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than@tie{}@code{<}. +@BES{227A,\prec} Precedes (relation). Similar: less than@tie{}@code{<}. @item \preceq -@BES{2AAF,\preceq} Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or +@BES{2AAF,\preceq} Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals@tie{}@code{\leq}. @item \prime -@BES{2032,\prime} Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically -used as a superscript @code{$A^\prime$}. Note that @code{$f^\prime$} -and @code{$f'$} produce the same result. An advantage of the second is -that @code{$f'''$} produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same -result as @code{$f^@{\prime\prime\prime@}$}, but uses somewhat less -typing. Note that you can only use @code{\prime} in math mode but you -can type right single quote@tie{}@code{'} in text mode also, although it -resuts in a different look than in math mode. +@BES{2032,\prime} Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). +Typically used as a superscript: @code{$f^\prime$}; @code{$f^\prime$} +and @code{$f'$} produce the same result. An advantage of the second +is that @code{$f'''$} produces the desired symbol, that is, the same +result as @code{$f^@{\prime\prime\prime@}$}, but uses rather less +typing. You can only use @code{\prime} in math mode. Using the right +single quote@tie{}@code{'} in text mode produces a different character +(apostrophe). @item \prod @BES{220F,\prod} Product (operator). @@ -6721,7 +7880,7 @@ resuts in a different look than in math mode. @BES{03C8,\psi} Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). @item \rangle -@BES{27B9,\rangle} Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater +@BES{27E9,\rangle} Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than@tie{}@code{>}. Matches:@code{\langle}. @item \rbrace @@ -6742,18 +7901,20 @@ this, load the @file{amsfonts} package. @item \restriction @BESU{21BE,restriction} Restriction of a function -(relation). Synonym:@tie{}@code{\upharpoonright}. Not available in -Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. +(relation). Synonym:@tie{}@code{\upharpoonright}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} + +@item \revemptyset +@BESU{29B0,revemptyset} Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +@code{\varnothing}. @value{NeedsSTIX} @item \rfloor @BES{230B,\rfloor} Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches@tie{}@code{\lfloor}. @item \rhd -@BESU{25C1,rhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This is -not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the -@file{amssymb} package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should -instead load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which +@BESU{25C1,rhd} Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). +@value{NeedsAMSSymb} For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \rho @@ -6805,7 +7966,7 @@ right single-line arrow@tie{}@code{\rightarrow}. display (operator). @item \smile -@BES{2323,\smile} Upward curving arc (ordinary). +@BES{2323,\smile} Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). @item \spadesuit @BES{2660,\spadesuit} Spade card suit (ordinary). @@ -6821,8 +7982,7 @@ operator@tie{}@code{\bigsqcup}. @item \sqsubset @BESU{228F,sqsubset} Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset@tie{}@code{\subset}. This is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In -@LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. +subset@tie{}@code{\subset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \sqsubseteq @BES{2291,\sqsubseteq} Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or @@ -6830,8 +7990,7 @@ equal to@tie{}@code{\subseteq}. @item \sqsupset @BESU{2290,sqsupset} Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset@tie{}@code{\supset}. This is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In -@LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. +superset@tie{}@code{\supset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \sqsupseteq @BES{2292,\sqsupseteq} Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or @@ -6870,7 +8029,7 @@ sigma@tie{}@code{\Sigma}. @item \surd @BES{221A,\surd} Radical symbol (ordinary). The @LaTeX{} command -@code{\sqrt@{..@}} typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar +@code{\sqrt@{...@}} typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. @item \swarrow @@ -6892,8 +8051,8 @@ also@tie{}@code{\cdot}. Synonym:@tie{}@code{\rightarrow}. @item \top -@BESU{22A4,top} Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See -also@tie{}@code{\bot}. +@BESU{22A4,top} Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set +(ordinary). See also@tie{}@code{\bot}. @item \triangle @BES{25B3,\triangle} Triangle (ordinary). @@ -6905,36 +8064,39 @@ should load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleleft} (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @item \triangleright -@BES{25B7,\triangleright} Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal -subgroup symbol you should instead load @file{amssymb} and -use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a relation and so gives -better spacing). +@BES{25B7,\triangleright} Not-filled triangle pointing right +(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load +@file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartriangleright} (which is a +relation and so gives better spacing). @item \unlhd -@BESU{22B4,unlhd} Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} -you should load the @file{amssymb} package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglelefteq} (which -is a relation and so gives better spacing). +@BESU{22B4,unlhd} Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} For +the normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and +use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglelefteq} (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). @item \unrhd -@BESU{22B5,unrhd} Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain @TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} -you should load the @file{amssymb} package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load @file{amssymb} and use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglerighteq} -(which is a relation and so gives better spacing). +@BESU{22B5,unrhd} Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). @value{NeedsAMSSymb} For +the normal subgroup symbol load @file{amssymb} and +use@tie{}@code{\vartrianglerighteq} (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). @item \Uparrow -@BES{21D1,\Uparrow} Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line up-pointing arrow@tie{}@code{\uparrow}. +@BES{21D1,\Uparrow} Double-line upward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing +arrow@tie{}@code{\uparrow}. @item \uparrow -@BES{2191,\uparrow} Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: -double-line up-pointing arrow@tie{}@code{\Uparrow}. +@BES{2191,\uparrow} Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges +(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing +arrow@tie{}@code{\Uparrow}. @item \Updownarrow -@BES{21D5,\Updownarrow} Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow@tie{}@code{\updownarrow}. +@BES{21D5,\Updownarrow} Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing +arrow@tie{}@code{\updownarrow}. @item \updownarrow @BES{2195,\updownarrow} Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: @@ -6942,13 +8104,12 @@ double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow@tie{}@code{\Updownarrow}. @item \upharpoonright @BESU{21BE,upharpoonright} Up harpoon, with barb on right side -(relation). Synonym:@tie{}@code{@backslashchar{}restriction}. Not available in Plain -@TeX{}. In @LaTeX{} you should load the @file{amssymb} package. +(relation). Synonym:@tie{}@code{@backslashchar{}restriction}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \uplus -@BES{228E,\uplus} Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle -(binary). Similar: union@tie{}@code{\cup}. Related: variable-sized -operator@tie{}@code{\biguplus}. +@BES{228E,\uplus} Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in +the middle (binary). Similar: union@tie{}@code{\cup}. Related: +variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\biguplus}. @item \Upsilon @BES{03A5,\Upsilon} Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). @@ -6957,53 +8118,62 @@ operator@tie{}@code{\biguplus}. @BES{03C5,\upsilon} Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). @item \varepsilon -@BES{03B5,\varepsilon} Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in -mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter form -@code{\epsilon}@tie{}@BES{03F5,\epsilon}. Related: set membership@tie{}@code{\in}. +@BES{03B5,\varepsilon} Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is +more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form +@code{\epsilon}@tie{}@BES{03F5,\epsilon}. Related: set +membership@tie{}@code{\in}. + +@item \vanothing +@BESU{2205,varnothing} Empty set symbol. Similar: +@code{\emptyset}. Related: @code{\revemptyset}. @value{NeedsAMSSymb} @item \varphi -@BES{03C6,\varphi} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is @code{\phi}@tie{}@BES{03D5,\phi}. +@BES{03C6,\varphi} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is @code{\phi}@tie{}@BES{03D5,\phi}. @item \varpi -@BES{03D6,\varpi} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is @code{\pi}@tie{}@BES{03C0,\pi}. +@BES{03D6,\varpi} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is @code{\pi}@tie{}@BES{03C0,\pi}. @item \varrho -@BES{03F1,\varrho} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is @code{\rho}@tie{}@BES{03C1,\rho}. +@BES{03F1,\varrho} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is @code{\rho}@tie{}@BES{03C1,\rho}. @item \varsigma -@BES{03C2,\varsigma} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is @code{\sigma}@tie{}@BES{03C3,\sigma}. +@BES{03C2,\varsigma} Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +@code{\sigma}@tie{}@BES{03C3,\sigma}. @item \vartheta -@BES{03D1,\vartheta} Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is @code{\theta}@tie{}@BES{03B8,\theta}. +@BES{03D1,\vartheta} Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +@code{\theta}@tie{}@BES{03B8,\theta}. @item \vdash -@BES{22A2,\vdash} Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: -turnstile rotated a half-circle@tie{}@code{\dashv}. +@BES{22A2,\vdash} Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash +(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a +half-circle@tie{}@code{\dashv}. @item \vee -@BES{2228,\vee} Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical -and@tie{}@code{\wedge}. Similar: variable-sized +@BES{2228,\vee} Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: +logical and@tie{}@code{\wedge}. Similar: variable-sized operator@tie{}@code{\bigvee}. @item \Vert @BES{2016,\Vert} Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar@tie{}@code{\vert}. -For a norm you can use the @file{mathtools} package and add +For a norm symbol, you can use the @file{mathtools} package and add @code{\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm@{\lVert@}@{\rVert@}} to your -preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical -bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you -write the starred version @code{$\norm*@{M^\perp@}$} then the height of -the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -@code{\norm@{M^\perp@}} the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and @code{\norm[@var{size -command}]@{M^\perp@}} also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the @var{size command}, e.g., @code{\Bigg}. +preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line +vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the +document body you write the starred version @code{$\norm*@{M^\perp@}$} +then the height of the vertical bars will match the height of the +argument, whereas with @code{\norm@{M^\perp@}} the bars do not grow +with the height of the argument but instead are the default height, +and @code{\norm[@var{size command}]@{M^\perp@}} also gives bars that +do not grow but are set to the size given in the @var{size command}, +e.g., @code{\Bigg}. @item \vert @BES{007C,\vert} Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line @@ -7149,10 +8319,15 @@ parenthesized modulus, as in (@math{\pmod 2^n - 1}) @math{\sinh} @item \sup -sup -@c don't try to use \sup since that turned into a Texinfo command -@c and it's not worth hassling with different versions when it's -@c just three roman letters anyway. +@iftex +@math{\mathop {\rm sup}} +@end iftex +@ifnottex +@math{\sup} +@end ifnottex +@c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a +@c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions +@c when it's just three roman letters anyway. @item \tan @math{\tan} @@ -7275,7 +8450,7 @@ Normally @code{4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu}. The longer name is @findex \, @findex \thinspace Normally @code{3mu}. The longer name is @code{\thinspace}. This can -be used in both math mode and text mode. +be used in both math mode and text mode. @xref{\thinspace}. @item \! @findex \! @@ -7312,8 +8487,39 @@ infinitesimal. @item \* @cindex discretionary multiplication @cindex multiplication symbol, discretionary line break -A ``discretionary'' multiplication symbol, at which a line break is -allowed. +A @dfn{discretionary} multiplication symbol, at which a line break is +allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated by a +space, while in the case of a break a @BES{00D7,\times} symbol is +printed immediately before the break. So + +@example +\documentclass@{article@} +\begin@{document@} +Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) +through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is +equal to zero. +\end@{document@} +@end example + +will make that sort of output@c +@ifnottex +@w{ }(the ellipsis @samp{[@dots{}]} is here to show the line break at +the same place as in a @TeX{} output)@c +@end ifnottex +: + +@indentedblock +Now @math{A_3 = 0}, +@iftex +hence the product of all terms +@end iftex +@ifnottex +[@dots{}] +@end ifnottex +@math{A_1} +through @math{A_4}, that is @math{A_1 A_2 \times}@*@math{A_3 A_4}, is +equal to zero. +@end indentedblock @item \cdots A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. @@ -7324,73 +8530,88 @@ As in: `$\cdots$'. @item \ddots A diagonal ellipsis: @math{\ddots}. -@item \frac@{num@}@{den@} +@item \frac@{@var{num}@}@{@var{den}@} @findex \frac -Produces the fraction @code{num} divided by @code{den}. +Produces the fraction @var{num} divided by @var{den}. -@iftex -eg. -@tex -${1}\over{4}$ -@end tex -@end iftex +@ifset HAS-MATH +eg. @math{{1}\over{4}} +@end ifset @item \left @var{delim1} ... \right @var{delim2} @findex \right @cindex null delimiter -The two delimiters need not match; @samp{.} acts as a null delimiter, +The two delimiters need not match; @samp{.} acts as a @dfn{null delimiter}, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math -in between. Example: @code{\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]}. +in between. Example: @code{\left( \sum_@{i=1@}^@{10@} a_i \right]}. -@item \overbrace@{@var{text}@} -Generates a brace over @var{text}. -For example, @math{\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}}. +@item \mathdollar +Dollar sign in math mode: $. +@item \mathellipsis +Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: @dots{}. + +@item \mathparagraph +Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: @BES{00B6,\P}. + +@item \mathsection +Section sign in math mode. + +@item \mathsterling +Sterling sign in math mode: @pounds{}. + +@item \mathunderscore +Underscore in math mode: _. + +@item \overbrace@{@var{math}@} +Generates a brace over @var{math}. +For example, @code{\overbrace@{x+\cdots+x@}^@{k \;\textrm@{times@}@}}. +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like: @math{\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}} +@end ifset + @item \overline@{@var{text}@} Generates a horizontal line over @var{tex}. -For example, @math{\overline{x+y}}. +For example, @code{\overline@{x+y@}}. +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like: @math{\overline{x+y}}. +@end ifset -@item \sqrt[@var{root}]@{arg@} +@item \sqrt[@var{root}]@{@var{arg}@} Produces the representation of the square root of @var{arg}. The optional argument @var{root} determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of @code{x+y} would be typed as -@code{$\sqrt[3]@{x+y@}$}. -@tex -In @TeX{}, the result looks like this: -$\root 3 \of x+y$. -@end tex +@code{\sqrt[3]@{x+y@}}. +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like this: @math{\root 3 \of {x+y}}. +@end ifset @item \stackrel@{@var{text}@}@{@var{relation}@} Puts @var{text} above @var{relation}. For example, @code{\stackrel@{f@}@{\longrightarrow@}}. -@tex -In @TeX{}, the result looks like this: -$\buildrel f \over \longrightarrow$. -@end tex +@ifset HAS-MATH + The result looks like this: @math{\buildrel f \over \longrightarrow}. +@end ifset -@item \underbrace@{math@} -Generates @var{math} with a brace underneath. -@tex -In @TeX{}, the result looks like this: -$\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}$. -@end tex +@item \underbrace@{@var{math}@} +Generates @var{math} with a brace underneath. For example, @code{\underbrace@{x+y+z@}_@{>\,0@}} +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like this: @math{\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}}. +@end ifset -@item \underline@{text@} +@item \underline@{@var{text}@} Causes @var{text}, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. -@tex -In @TeX{}, the result looks like this: -$\underline{xyz}$ -@end tex +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like this: @math{\underline{xyz}} +@end ifset @item \vdots -@findex \vdots Produces a vertical ellipsis. -@tex -In @TeX{}, the result looks like this: -$\vdots$. -@end tex +@ifset HAS-MATH +The result looks like this: @math{\vdots}. +@end ifset @end ftable @@ -7446,6 +8667,50 @@ When @LaTeX{} is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in ``inner paragraph mode'' (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called ``outer paragraph mode''. +@menu +* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active +@end menu + +@node \ensuremath +@section @code{\ensuremath} + +Synopsis: + +@example +\ensuremath@{@var{formula}@} +@end example + +The @code{\ensuremath} command ensures that @var{formula} is typeset in +math mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. + +For instance: + +@example +\documentclass@{report@} +\newcommand@{\ab@}@{\ensuremath@{(\delta, \varepsilon)@}@} +\begin@{document@} +Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac@{1@}@{\pi@}, 0)\), ... +\end@{document@} +@end example + +One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +@code{\leadsto}: + +@c Vincent 2 Karl : "Tous les chemins mènent à Rome" is a French saying +@c meaning that there are many different ways to get the same result. I +@c am not sure whether in English the given example is also funny. +@example +\documentclass@{report@} +\usepackage@{amssymb@} +\newcommand@{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo@}@{@} +\let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto +\renewcommand\leadsto@{\ensuremath@{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo@}@} +\begin@{document@} +All roads \leadsto\ Rome. +\end@{document@} +@end example + @node Page styles @chapter Page styles @@ -7613,11 +8878,11 @@ changes to @var{style} for the current page only. Horizontal space * \hspace:: Fixed horizontal space. * \hfill:: Stretchable horizontal space. -* \(SPACE) and \@@:: Space after a period. -* \(SPACE) after CS:: Controlling space gobbling after a control sequence. -* \frenchspacing:: Make interword and intersentence space equal. +* \(SPACE) and \@@:: Space after a period. +* \(SPACE) after control sequence:: Space (gobbling) after a control sequence. +* \frenchspacing:: Equal interword and inter-sentence space. * \thinspace:: One-sixth of an em. -* \/:: Insert italic correction. +* \/:: Insert italic correction. * \hrulefill \dotfill:: Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. Vertical space @@ -7650,7 +8915,7 @@ space is like backspacing. Normally when @TeX{} breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. This -command's starred version @code{\hspace*@{..@}} puts a non-discardable +command's starred version @code{\hspace*@{...@}} puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. @@ -7698,7 +8963,7 @@ colon) more than the space between words sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or -bracket, or right single or double quote, then the intersentence space +bracket, or right single or double quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a @@ -7707,63 +8972,42 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space (@code{\ }) or a tie (@code{~}). Examples are @code{Nat.\ Acad.\ Science}, and @code{Mr.~Bean}, and @code{(manure, etc.)\ for sale}. -For other use of @code{\ }, see also @ref{\(SPACE) after CS}. +For another use of @code{\ }, @pxref{\(SPACE) after control sequence}. In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put @code{\@@} on the left of that -period. For example, @code{book by the MAA\@@.} will have intersentence +period that ends the sentence, then put @code{\@@} before that period. +For example, @code{book by the MAA\@@.} will have inter-sentence spacing after the period. -In contrast, putting @code{\@@} on the right of a period tells @TeX{} -that the period does not end the sentence. In the example -@code{reserved words (if, then, etc.\@@) are different}, @TeX{} will put -interword space after the closing parenthesis (note that @code{\@@} is -before the parenthesis). +In contrast, putting @code{\@@} after a period tells @TeX{} that the +period does not end the sentence. In the example @code{reserved words +(if, then, etc.\@@) are different}, @TeX{} will put interword space +after the closing parenthesis (note that @code{\@@} is before the +parenthesis). + -@node \(SPACE) after CS -@section @code{\ } after a control sequence +@node \(SPACE) after control sequence +@section @code{\ } after control sequence -The @code{\ } command is often used after control sequences to keep them -from gobbling the space that follows, as in @code{\TeX\ is a nice -system.} And, under normal circumstances @code{\}@key{tab} and -@code{\}@key{newline} are equivalent to @code{\ }. For other use of +The @code{\ } command is often used after control sequences to keep +them from gobbling the space that follows, as in @samp{\TeX\ is nice}. +And, under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{tab} and +@code{\}@key{newline} are equivalent to @code{\ }. For another use of @code{\ }, see also @ref{\(SPACE) and \@@}. Some people prefer to use @code{@{@}} for the same purpose, as in -@code{\TeX@{@} is a nice system.} This has the advantage that you can -always write it the same way, like @code{\TeX@{@}}, whether it is -followed by a space or by a punctuation mark. Please compare: +@code{\TeX@{@} is nice}. This has the advantage that you can always +write it the same way, namely @code{\TeX@{@}}, whether it is followed +by a space or by a punctuation mark. Compare: @example \TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system.@* \TeX@{@} is a nice system. \TeX@{@}, a nice system. @end example - -When you define user commands (@pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}) you -can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the package -@code{xspace} and inserting @code{\xspace} at the end of the definition -For instance: -@example -\documentclass@{minimal@} -\usepackage@{xspace@} -\newcommand*@{\Loup@}@{Grand Cric\xspace@} -\begin@{document@} -Que le \Loup me croque ! -\end@{document@} -@end example - -A quick hack to use @code{\xspace} for existing command is as follows: -@example -\documentclass@{minimal@} -\usepackage@{xspace@} -\newcommand*@{\SansXspaceTeX@}@{@} -\let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX -\renewcommand@{\TeX@}@{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace@} -\begin@{document@} -\TeX is a nice system. -\end@{document@} -@end example +@PkgIndex{xspace} +Some individual commands, notably those defined with the @code{xspace}, +package do not follow the standard behavior. @node \frenchspacing @@ -7771,10 +9015,10 @@ A quick hack to use @code{\xspace} for existing command is as follows: @findex \frenchspacing @findex \nonfrenchspacing -@cindex spacing, intersentence +@cindex spacing, inter-sentence This declaration (from Plain @TeX{}) causes @LaTeX{} to treat -intersentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. +inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or after other @@ -7882,10 +9126,10 @@ then this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to @var{length}. Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in @code{\addvspace@{..@}} so -that two consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, not -two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with @code{\addvspace@{...@}} +so that two consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, +not two. This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}). @@ -7900,30 +9144,27 @@ change that is to precede this command with a @code{\par} command. These commands produce a given amount of space, specified by the document class. -@table @code +@ftable @code @item \bigskip -@findex \bigskip @findex \bigskipamount The same as @code{\vspace@{\bigskipamount@}}, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the @code{book} and @code{article} classes is @code{12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}). @item \medskip -@findex \medskip @findex \medskipamount The same as @code{\vspace@{\medskipamount@}}, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the @code{book} and @code{article} classes is @code{6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}). @item \smallskip -@findex \smallskip @findex \smallskipamount The same as @code{\vspace@{\smallskipamount@}}, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the @code{book} and @code{article} classes is @code{3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}). -@end table +@end ftable @node \vfill @@ -7976,9 +9217,13 @@ Synopsis, one of these two: Add the vertical space @var{length}. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (@pxref{Lengths}). -@LaTeX{} removes the vertical space from @code{\vfill} at a page break, -that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version -@code{\vspace*@{..@}} causes the space to stay. +@LaTeX{} removes the vertical space from @code{\vspace} at a page +break, that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version +@code{\vspace*@{...@}} causes the space to stay. + +If @code{\vspace} is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted @emph{after} the line with +the @code{\vspace} command. A new paragraph is not started. In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -8062,12 +9307,18 @@ Both commands produce a rule of thickness @code{\fboxrule} (default @findex lrbox -@code{\begin@{lrbox@}@{cmd@} text \end@{lrbox@}} +Synopsis: -This is the environment form of @code{\sbox}. +@example +\begin@{lrbox@}@{\@var{cmd}@} + @var{text } +\end@{lrbox@} +@end example -The text inside the environment is saved in the box @code{cmd}, which -must have been declared with @code{\newsavebox}. +This is the environment form of @ref{\sbox,@code{\sbox}}. + +The @var{text} inside the environment is saved in the box @code{\@var{cmd}}, +which must have been declared with @code{\newsavebox}. @node \makebox @@ -8114,8 +9365,9 @@ Synopsis: \parbox[@var{position}][@var{height}][@var{inner-pos}]@{@var{width}@}@{@var{text}@} @end example +@cindex paragraph mode The @code{\parbox} command produces a box whose contents are created -in @code{paragraph} mode. It should be used to make a box small +in @dfn{paragraph mode}. It should be used to make a box small pieces of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you shouldn't use any paragraph-making environments inside a @code{\parbox} argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones @@ -8131,9 +9383,13 @@ the width of the parbox; the text that goes inside the parbox. @end table -The optional @var{position} argument allows you to align either the -top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding -text (default is top). +By default @LaTeX{} will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional @var{position} argument is present and equal either to @samp{t} +or @samp{b}, this allows you respectively to align either the top or +bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You +may also specify @samp{m} for @var{position} to get the default +behaviour. The optional @var{height} argument overrides the natural height of the box. @@ -8161,7 +9417,7 @@ for this to work. Synopsis: @example -\raisebox@{distance@}[@var{height}][@var{depth}]@{text@} +\raisebox@{@var{distance}@}[@var{height}][@var{depth}]@{@var{text}@} @end example The @code{\raisebox} command raises or lowers @var{text}. The first @@ -8169,9 +9425,9 @@ mandatory argument specifies how high @var{text} is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). @var{text} itself is processed in LR mode. -The optional arguments @var{height} and @var{depth} are dimensions. -If they are specified, @LaTeX{} treats @var{text} as extending a -certain distance above the baseline (height) or below (depth), +The optional arguments @var{height} and @var{depth} are dimensions. If +they are specified, @LaTeX{} treats @var{text} as extending a certain +distance above the baseline (@var{height}) or below (@var{depth}), ignoring its natural height and depth. @@ -8235,12 +9491,14 @@ Synopsis: special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @menu -* Reserved characters:: Inserting @samp{# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ @{ @}} -* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. -* Accents:: Inserting accents. -* Non-English characters:: Inserting other non-English characters. -* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. -* \today:: Inserting today's date. +* Reserved characters:: Inserting @samp{# $ % & @{ @} _ ~ ^ \} +* Upper and lower case:: Make text upper or lower case. +* Symbols by font position:: Inserting font symbols by number. +* Text symbols:: Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +* Accents:: Inserting accents. +* Additional Latin letters:: Inserting other non-English characters. +* \rule:: Inserting lines and rectangles. +* \today:: Inserting today's date. @end menu @@ -8249,12 +9507,14 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. @cindex reserved characters @cindex characters, reserved - -The following characters play a special role in @LaTeX{} and are called -``reserved characters'' or ``special characters''. +@cindex special characters +@cindex characters, special +@LaTeX{} sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign@tie{}@code{%} is for comments) so they are +called @dfn{reserved characters} or @dfn{special characters}. @example -# $ % & ~ _ ^ \ @{ @} +# $ % & @{ @} _ ~ ^ \ @end example @findex \# @@ -8264,35 +9524,101 @@ The following characters play a special role in @LaTeX{} and are called @findex \_ @findex \@{ @findex \@} -Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, @LaTeX{} -will do something special. If you simply want the character to be -printed as itself, include a @code{\} in front of the character. For -example, @code{\$} will produce @code{$} in your output. - -@findex \backslash -One exception to this rule is @code{\} itself, because @code{\\} has -its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by -typing @code{$\backslash$} in your file, and a typewriter @code{\} is -produced by using @samp{\} in a verbatim command (@pxref{verbatim}). +If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash@tie{}@code{\} in front of the character. Thus, +@code{\$1.23} will produce@tie{}@code{$1.23} in your output. @findex \~ -@findex \^ -Also, @code{\~} and @code{\^} place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in @~{o} and @^{o} (@pxref{Accents}); to get -a standalone @code{~} or @code{^}, you can again use a verbatim -command. +@findex \^ +@findex \textbackslash +As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use @code{\~@{@}} (omitting the curly braces would result in the next +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text +body font circumflex use @code{\^@{@}}. A text body font backslash +results from @code{\textbackslash@{@}}. + +To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +@code{\verb!!}, as below. + +@example +\begin@{center@} + \# \$ \% \& \@{ \@} \_ \~@{@} \^@{@} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & @{ @} _ ~ ^ \! +\end@{center@} +@end example + +In that example the double backslash@tie{}@code{\\} is only there to +split the lines. + + +@node Upper and lower case +@section Upper and lower case + +@cindex Upper case +@cindex Lower case +@cindex characters, case + +Synopsis: + +@example +\uppercase@{@var{text}@} +\lowercase@{@var{text}@} +\MakeUppercase@{@var{text}@} +\MakeLowercase@{@var{text}@} +@end example + +Change the case of characters. The @TeX{} primitives commands +@code{\uppercase} and @code{\lowercase} only work for American +characters. The @LaTeX{} commands @code{\MakeUppercase} and +@code{\MakeLowercase} commands also change characters accessed by +commands such as @code{\ae} or @code{\aa}. The commands +@code{\MakeUppercase} and @code{\MakeLowercase} are robust but they have +moving arguments (@pxref{\protect}). + +These commands do not change the case of letters used in the name of a +command within @var{text}. But they do change the case of every other +latin character inside the argument @var{text}. Thus, +@code{\MakeUppercase@{Let $y=f(x)$}@} produces ``LET Y=F(X)''. Another +example is that the name of an environment will be changed, so that +@code{\MakeUppercase@{\begin@{tabular@} ... \end@{tabular@}} will +produce an error because the first half is changed to +@code{\begin@{TABULAR@}}. + +@LaTeX{} uses the same fixed table for changing case throughout a +document, The table used is designed for the font encoding T1; this +works well with the standard @TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but +will cause problems when using other alphabets. + +To change the case of text that results from a command inside @var{text} +you need to do expansion. Here the @code{\Schoolname} produces +``COLLEGE OF MATHEMATICS''. + +@example +\newcommand@{\schoolname@}@{College of Mathematics@} +\newcommand@{\Schoolname@}@{\expandafter\MakeUppercase\expandafter@{\schoolname@}@} +@end example + +To uppercase only the first letter of words use the package +@file{mfirstuc}. + + +@node Symbols by font position +@section Symbols by font position @findex \symbol @cindex accessing any character of a font +@cindex font symbols, by number -Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the @code{\symbol} command. For example, the -visible space character used in the @code{\verb*} command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as @code{\symbol@{32@}}. +You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the @code{\symbol} command. For example, the visible space character +used in the @code{\verb*} command has the code decimal 32, so it can be +typed as @code{\symbol@{32@}}. -You can also specify octal numbers with @code{'} or hexadecimal numbers -with @code{"}, so the previous example could also be written as -@code{\symbol@{'40@}} or @code{\symbol@{"20@}}. +You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a @code{'} +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a @code{"} prefix, so the previous +example could also be written as @code{\symbol@{'40@}} or +@code{\symbol@{"20@}}. @node Text symbols @@ -8361,7 +9687,7 @@ Left (opening) quote: `. @itemx \textparagraph @cindex paragraph symbol @cindex pilcrow -Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +Paragraph sign (pilcrow): @BES{00B6,\P}. @item \pounds @itemx \textsterling @@ -8383,8 +9709,9 @@ Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: Right (closing) quote: '. @item \S +\itemx \textsection @cindex section symbol -Section symbol. +Section sign: @BES{00A7,\S}. @item \TeX @cindex @TeX{} logo @@ -8445,8 +9772,8 @@ Bullet: @bullet{}. @var{letter} in a circle, as in @registeredsymbol{}. @item \textcompwordmark -@itemx \textcapitalwordmark -@itemx \textascenderwordmark +@itemx \textcapitalcompwordmark +@itemx \textascendercompwordmark @cindex composite word mark, in text @cindex cap height @cindex ascender height @@ -8463,7 +9790,7 @@ Dagger: @math{\dag}. @cindex double dagger, in text Double dagger: @math{\ddag}. -@item \textdollar @r{(or @code{$})} +@item \textdollar @r{(or @code{\$})} @cindex dollar sign @cindex currency, dollar Dollar sign: $. @@ -8509,7 +9836,7 @@ Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: @ordf{}, @ordm{}. @item \textperiodcentered @cindex period, centered, in text @cindex centered period, in text -Centered period: @math{\cdot}. +Centered period: @BES{00B7,\cdot}. @item \textquestiondown @r{(or @code{?`})} @cindex question mark, upside-down @@ -8520,7 +9847,7 @@ Upside down question mark: @questiondown{}. @cindex double left quote Double left quote: ``. -@item \textquotedblright @r{(or @code{'})} +@item \textquotedblright @r{(or @code{''})} @cindex right quote, double @cindex double right quote Double right quote: ''. @@ -8535,6 +9862,12 @@ Single left quote: `. @cindex single right quote Single right quote: '. +@item \textquotesingle +@cindex quote, single straight +@cindex straight single quote +@cindex single quote, straight +Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) + @item \textquotestraightbase @itemx \textquotestraightdblbase @cindex quote, straight base @@ -8559,7 +9892,7 @@ Right arrow. @item \texttrademark @cindex trademark symbol -Trademark symbol: @math{^{\hbox{TM}}}. +Trademark symbol: @BES{2122,^{\hbox{TM}}}. @item \texttwelveudash @cindex two-thirds em-dash @@ -8584,7 +9917,7 @@ Visible space symbol. @cindex characters, accented @cindex letters, accented -@cindex @code{babel} package +@PkgIndex{babel} @cindex multilingual support @LaTeX{} has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, through the @code{babel} package and related support. This @@ -8743,16 +10076,20 @@ Produces a h@'a@v{c}ek (check, caron) accent, as in `@v{o}'. @end table -@node Non-English characters -@section Non-English characters +@node Additional Latin letters +@section Additional Latin letters +@anchor{Non-English characters} +@cindex Latin letters, additional +@cindex letters, additional Latin +@cindex extended Latin @cindex special characters @cindex non-English characters @cindex characters, non-English -@cindex letters, non-English -Here are the basic @LaTeX{} commands for inserting characters commonly -used in languages other than English. +Here are the basic @LaTeX{} commands for inserting letters (beyond +A--Z) extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other +than English. @table @code @item \aa @@ -8775,13 +10112,17 @@ used in languages other than English. @findex \DH (@DH{}) @cindex Icelandic eth @cindex eth, Icelandic letter -Icelandic letter eth: @dh{} and @DH{}. +Icelandic letter eth: @dh{} and @DH{}. Not available with @sc{OT1} +encoding, you need the @file{fontenc} package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as @sc{T1}. @item \dj @itemx \DJ @findex \dj @findex \DJ -Crossed d and D, a.k.a.@: capital and small letter d with stroke. +Crossed d and D, a.k.a.@: capital and small letter d with stroke. Not +available with @sc{OT1} encoding, you need the @file{fontenc} package to +select an alternate font encoding, such as @sc{T1}. @item \ij @itemx \IJ @@ -8801,7 +10142,7 @@ ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). @itemx \NG @findex \ng @findex \NG -Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. +Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. @item \o @itemx \O @@ -8831,7 +10172,9 @@ Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. @findex \TH (@TH{}) @cindex Icelandic thorn @cindex thorn, Icelandic letter -Icelandic letter thorn: @th{} and @TH{}. +Icelandic letter thorn: @th{} and @TH{}. Not available with @sc{OT1} +encoding, you need the @file{fontenc} package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as @sc{T1}. @end table @@ -8869,12 +10212,25 @@ The thickness of the rule (mandatory). @cindex date, today's The @code{\today} command produces today's date, in the format -@samp{@var{month} @var{dd}, @var{yyyy}}; for example, `July 4, 1976'. +@samp{@var{month} @var{dd}, @var{yyyy}}; for example, @samp{July 4, 1976}. It uses the predefined counters @code{\day}, @code{\month}, and @code{\year} (@pxref{\day \month \year}) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. -@cindex @code{datetime} package +Multilingual packages like @file{babel} or classes like @file{lettre}, +among others, will localize @code{\today}. For example, the following +will output @samp{4 juillet 1976}: + +@example +\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 +\documentclass@{minimal@} +\usepackage[french]@{babel@} +\begin@{document@} +\today +\end@{document@} +@end example + +@PkgIndex{datetime} The @code{datetime} package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -8888,7 +10244,10 @@ of other date formats. A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the +@cindex root file +@cindex file, root +@dfn{root file}; it is the one whose name you type when you run @LaTeX{}. @xref{filecontents}, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -8919,7 +10278,7 @@ command executes @code{\clearpage} to start a new page Given an @code{\includeonly} command, the @code{\include} actions are only run if @var{file} is listed as an argument to -@code{\includeonly}. See the next section. +@code{\includeonly}. See @ref{\includeonly}. @cindex nested @code{\include}, not allowed The @code{\include} command may not appear in the preamble or in a file @@ -8927,7 +10286,7 @@ read by another @code{\include} command. @node \includeonly -@section \@code{includeonly} +@section @code{\includeonly} @findex \includeonly @@ -8939,9 +10298,9 @@ Synopsis: The @code{\includeonly} command controls which files will be read by subsequent @code{\include} commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each @var{file} must exactly match a filename -specified in a @code{\include} command for the selection to be -effective. +comma-separated. Each element @var{file1}, @var{file2}, @dots{} must +exactly match a filename specified in a @code{\include} command for the +selection to be effective. This command can only appear in the preamble. @@ -9016,15 +10375,21 @@ The command @code{\nofiles} overrides these commands, and @node \addcontentsline @subsection @code{\addcontentsline} -@findex \addcontentsline@{@var{ext}@}@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@} +@findex \addcontentsline @cindex table of contents entry, manually adding -The @code{\addcontentsline}@{@var{ext}@}@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@} -command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: +Synopsis: + +@example +\addcontentsline@{@var{ext}@}@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@} +@end example + +The @code{\addcontentsline} command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: @table @var @item ext -The extension of the file on which information is to be written, +The filename extension of the file on which information is to be written, typically one of: @code{toc} (table of contents), @code{lof} (list of figures), or @code{lot} (list of tables). @@ -9037,18 +10402,19 @@ following, matching the value of the @var{ext} argument: The name of the sectional unit: @code{part}, @code{chapter}, @code{section}, @code{subsection}, @code{subsubsection}. @item lof -For the list of figures. +For the list of figures: @code{figure}. @item lot -For the list of tables. +For the list of tables: @code{table}. @end table -@item entry +@item text The text of the entry. @end table @findex \contentsline -What is written to the @file{.@var{ext}} file is the -command @code{\contentsline@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{name}@}}. +What is written to the @file{.@var{ext}} file is the command +@code{\contentsline@{@var{unit}@}@{@var{text}@}@{@var{num}@}}, where +@code{@var{num}} is the current value of counter @code{@var{unit}}. @c xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? @@ -9108,7 +10474,7 @@ the preamble. @findex \index @cindex @file{.idx} file The command @code{\index@{@var{text}@}} writes an index entry for -@var{text} to an auxiliary file with the @file{.idx} extension. +@var{text} to an auxiliary file named with the @file{.idx} extension. @findex \indexentry Specifically, what gets written is the command @@ -9137,23 +10503,23 @@ multi-lingual) @command{xindy} (@url{http://xindy.sourceforge.net}). This results in a @file{.ind} file, which can then be read to typeset the index. -@findex printindex -@cindex @code{makeidx} package +@findex \printindex +@PkgIndex{makeidx} The index is usually generated with the @code{\printindex} command. This is defined in the @code{makeidx} package, so @code{\usepackage@{makeidx@}} needs to be in the preamble. -@findex indexspace +@findex \indexspace The rubber length @code{\indexspace} is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is @samp{10pt plus5pt minus3pt}. -@cindex @code{showidx} package +@PkgIndex{showidx} The @code{showidx} package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. -@cindex @code{multind} package +@PkgIndex{multind} The @code{multind} package supports multiple indexes. See also the @TeX{} FAQ entry on this topic, @url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind}. @@ -9177,7 +10543,7 @@ Synopsis: @var{letter body} \closing@{@var{closing text}@} \end@{letter@} - ... more letters ... +... more letters ... \end@{document@} @end example @@ -9206,13 +10572,13 @@ backslash@tie{}(@code{\\}). @LaTeX{} will put the @var{sender name} under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. -Each letter environment begins with a required @code{\opening} command +Each @code{letter} environment body begins with a required @code{\opening} command such as @code{\opening@{Dear Madam or Sir:@}}. The @var{letter body} -text is ordinary @LaTeX{} so it can contain everything from from +text is ordinary @LaTeX{} so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to displayed math, except that commands such as @code{\chapter} that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each -letter environment typically ends with a @code{\closing} command such as -@code{\closing@{Yours,@}}. +@code{letter} environment body typically ends with a @code{\closing} +command such as @code{\closing@{Yours,@}}. @findex \\ @r{for letters} Additional material may come after the @code{\closing}. You can say who @@ -9309,13 +10675,13 @@ Synopsis: @example \cc@{@var{first name} \\ - .. @} + ... @} @end example Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after @code{\closing}. Separate multiple lines with a double -backslash@tie{}@code{\\}. +backslash@tie{}@code{\\}, as in: @example \cc@{President \\ @@ -9333,7 +10699,7 @@ backslash@tie{}@code{\\}. Synopsis: @example -\closing@{text@} +\closing@{@var{text}@} @end example Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there @@ -9354,7 +10720,7 @@ Synopsis: @example \encl@{@var{first enclosed object} \\ - .. @} + ... @} @end example Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is @@ -9409,6 +10775,8 @@ address}). The @var{sender address} is the value returned by the macro in the argument to the @code{letter} environment. By default @code{\mlabel} ignores the first argument, the @var{sender address}. +@c xxx TODO, align on latex2e-fr.texi, see https://mail.gna.org/public/latexrefman-discuss/2015-10/msg00000.html + @node \name @section @code{\name} @@ -9437,7 +10805,7 @@ Synopsis: @end example This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -@code{\begin@{letter@}@{..@}}. The mandatory argument @var{text} is the +@code{\begin@{letter@}@{...@}}. The mandatory argument @var{text} is the text that starts your letter. For instance: @example @@ -9460,7 +10828,7 @@ Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after @code{\closing}. @example -\ps@{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.@} +\ps@{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.@} @end example @@ -9471,7 +10839,7 @@ Synopsis: @example \signature@{@var{first line} \\ - .. @} + ... @} @end example @findex \signature @@ -9558,14 +10926,14 @@ page. Synopsis: @example -\typein[@var{\cmd}]@{@var{msg}@} +\typein[\@var{cmd}]@{@var{msg}@} @end example @code{\typein} prints @var{msg} on the terminal and causes @LaTeX{} to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If -the optional @var{\cmd} argument is omitted, the typed input is +the optional @code{\@var{cmd}} argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the -@code{\typein} command. If the @var{\cmd} argument is present, it +@code{\typein} command. If the @code{\@var{cmd}} argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. @@ -9716,6 +11084,7 @@ The end. @verbatim \documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -9724,6 +11093,8 @@ The end. \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -9732,51 +11103,56 @@ The end. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt index a2966568b6d..9a70ebbf698 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt @@ -37,6 +37,10 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 2.4 LaTeX command syntax 3 Document classes 3.1 Document class options + 3.2 Additional packages + 3.3 Class and package construction + 3.3.1 Class and package structure + 3.3.2 Class and package commands 4 Fonts 4.1 Font styles 4.2 Font sizes @@ -73,6 +77,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 8.14 'itemize' 8.15 'letter' environment: writing letters 8.16 'list' + 8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list. 8.17 'math' 8.18 'minipage' 8.19 'picture' @@ -113,10 +118,11 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 9.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr' 9.3 '\newline' 9.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen) - 9.5 '\fussy' - 9.6 '\sloppy' - 9.7 '\hyphenation' - 9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' + 9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point) + 9.6 '\fussy' + 9.7 '\sloppy' + 9.8 '\hyphenation' + 9.9 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' 10 Page breaking 10.1 '\cleardoublepage' 10.2 '\clearpage' @@ -153,8 +159,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 13.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters 14 Lengths 14.1 Units of length - 14.2 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' - 14.3 '\addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}' + 14.2 '\setlength' + 14.3 '\addtolength' 14.4 '\settodepth' 14.5 '\settoheight' 14.6 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' @@ -172,6 +178,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 16.5 Spacing in math mode 16.6 Math miscellany 17 Modes + 17.1 '\ensuremath' 18 Page styles 18.1 '\maketitle' 18.2 '\pagenumbering' @@ -181,7 +188,7 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 19.1 '\hspace' 19.2 '\hfill' 19.3 '\(SPACE)' and \@ - 19.4 '\ ' after a control sequence + 19.4 '\ ' after control sequence 19.5 '\frenchspacing' 19.6 '\thinspace': Insert 1/6em 19.7 '\/': Insert italic correction @@ -202,11 +209,12 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual 20.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD}' 21 Special insertions 21.1 Reserved characters - 21.2 Text symbols - 21.3 Accents - 21.4 Non-English characters - 21.5 '\rule' - 21.6 '\today' + 21.2 Symbols by font position + 21.3 Text symbols + 21.4 Accents + 21.5 Additional Latin letters + 21.6 '\rule' + 21.7 '\today' 22 Splitting the input 22.1 '\include' 22.2 \'includeonly' @@ -242,8 +250,8 @@ Command Index LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual *************************************** -This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October -2015) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. +This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of November +2016) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. 1 About this document ********************* @@ -355,7 +363,7 @@ main output file's name ends in either '.dvi' or '.pdf'. '.pdf' file with 'dvipdfmx'. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with 'dvitype'. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are available - (<http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware>). + (<http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware>). '.pdf' If LaTeX is invoked via the system command 'pdflatex', among other @@ -473,7 +481,7 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs). Synopsis: \begin{ENVIRONMENT NAME} - .. + ... \end{ENVIRONMENT NAME} An area of LaTeX source, inside of which there is a distinct @@ -481,10 +489,12 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between '\begin{verse}' and '\end{verse}'. \begin{verse} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end{verse} + See *note Environments:: for a list of environments. + The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a star ('*'); both the '\begin' and '\end' texts must include the star. @@ -495,13 +505,61 @@ the table to be aligned on its top row) while the second argument is required (it specifies the formatting of columns). \begin{tabular}[t]{r|l} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other command or parameter. For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. +Synopsis: + + \makeatletter + ... definition of commands with @ in their name .. + \makeatother + + Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands. '\makeatletter' makes the +at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11. +'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value. + + As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a +character category code, or "catcode" for shorter. For instance, the +backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a +command. These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'. + + The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in +their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that +replaces one of LaTeX's own. Command names consist of a category 0 +character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11 +characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0 +character followed by a single non-letter symbol). So under the default +category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'. But +'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine +commands named with '@'. + + Use these inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble. Don't use them +inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and +'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of +a letter. + + in their names, see document <http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>. These +macros are mainly useful to package or class authors; examples that may +be useful to document authors are provided hereinafter. + + The example code below, if put in the preamble, redefines the section +command to center the section title, put it in bold type, and adjust the +spacing. + + \makeatletter + \renewcommand\section{% + \@startsection{section}% Name + {1}% Level: 0=part, 1=chapter, etc. + {0pt}% Heading indent + {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% Beforeskip (if neg, no head indent) + {2.3ex plus.2ex}% Afterskip (if neg, run-in heading) + {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} % Style of head + \makeatother + 3 Document classes ****************** @@ -556,10 +614,13 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'): paper size (these show height by width): 'a4paper' - 210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) + 210 by 297mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) + +'a5paper' + 148 by 210mm (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) 'b5paper' - 176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) + 176 by 250mm (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) 'executivepaper' 7.25 by 10.5 inches @@ -599,8 +660,10 @@ setting the print area and physical page size. 'titlepage' 'notitlepage' - Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on - the class. + Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title + information and for the abstract also, if there is one. The + default for the 'report' class is 'titlepage', for the other + classes it is 'notitlepage'. The following options are not available with the 'slides' class. @@ -628,18 +691,370 @@ setting the print area and physical page size. The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at the bottom of each note. - Additional packages are loaded like this: +3.2 Additional packages +======================= + +Load a package PKG, with the package options given in the +comma-separated list OPTIONS, as here. - \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG} + \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}. - To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, + To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in '\usepackage{PKG1,PKG2,...}', or use multiple '\usepackage' commands. - Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by + Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with '\usepackage'. +3.3 Class and package construction +================================== + +You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a standard +header for each page, then you could create a new class 'smcmemo.cls' +and begin your documents with '\documentclass{smcmemo}'. + + What separates a package from a document class is that the commands +in a package are useful across classes while those in a document class +are specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for +a package while a command to make the page headers say 'Memo from the +SMC Math Department' is for a class. + + Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign '@' as a +character in command names without having to surround that command with +'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother'. *Note \makeatletter and +\makeatother::. This allow you to create commands that users will not +accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface class- or +package-specific commands with some string to prevent your class or +package from interacting with others. For instance, the class 'smcmemo' +might have commands '\smc@tolist', '\smc@fromlist', etc. + +3.3.1 Class and package structure +--------------------------------- + +A class file or package file typically has four parts. (1) In the +identification part, the file says that it is a LaTeX package or class +and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat' and '\ProvidesClass' +or '\ProvidesPackage' commands. (2) The preliminary declarations part +declares some commands and can also load other files. Usually these +commands will be those needed for the code used in the next part. For +example, an 'smcmemo' class might be called with an option to read in a +file with a list of people for the to-head, as +'\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}', and therefore needs to define a +command '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file. +(3) In the handle options part the class or package declares and +processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their +document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify the +behavior of the class. An example is when you declare +'\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font size. +Finally, (4) in the more declarations part the class or package usually +does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and +loading other files. + + Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as 'stub.cls' +where LaTeX can find it, for example in the same directory as the '.tex' +file. + + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} + \ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] + \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} + \ProcessOptions\relax + \LoadClass{article} + + It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the 'article' class, and then loads the 'article' +class to provide the basis for this class's code. + + For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +<http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf> (much of +the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +<https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf>. + +3.3.2 Class and package commands +-------------------------------- + +These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. + +'\AtBeginDvi{specials}' + Save in a box register things that are written to the '.dvi' file + at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. + +'\AtEndOfClass{CODE}' +'\AtEndOfPackage{CODE}' + Hook to insert CODE to be executed when LaTeX finishes processing + the current class or package. You can use these hooks multiple + times; the 'code' will be executed in the order that you called it. + See also *note \AtBeginDocument::. + +'\ClassError{CLASS NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}' +'\PackageError{PACKAGE NAME}{ERROR TEXT}{HELP TEXT}' +'\ClassWarning{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\PackageWarning{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\ClassWarningNoLine{CLASS NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\PackageWarningNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{WARNING TEXT}' +'\ClassInfo{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\PackageInfo{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\ClassInfoNoLine{CLASS NAME}{INFO TEXT}' +'\PackageInfoNoLine{PACKAGE NAME}{INFO TEXT}' + Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. + + For '\ClassError' and '\PackageError' the message is ERROR TEXT, + followed by TeX's '?' error prompt. If the user then asks for help + by typing 'h', they see the HELP TEXT. + + The four warning commands are similar except that they write + WARNING TEXT on the screen with no error prompt. The four info + commands write INFO TEXT only in the transcript file. The 'NoLine' + versions do not show the number of the line generating the message, + while the other versions do show that number. + + To format the messages, including the HELP TEXT: use '\protect' to + stop a command from expanding, get a line break with + '\MessageBreak', and get a space with '\space'. Note that LaTeX + appends a period to the messages. + +'\CurrentOption' + Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can + only be used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or + '\DeclareOption*'. + +'\DeclareOption{OPTION}{CODE}' +'\DeclareOption*{OPTION}{CODE}' + Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their + '\documentclass' command. For example, the 'smcmemo' class could + have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the + first page with '\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}'. The class file + must contain '\DeclareOption{logo}{CODE}' (and later, + '\ProcessOptions'). + + If you request an option that has not been declared, by default + this will produce a warning like 'Unused global option(s): + [badoption].' Change this behaviour with the starred version + '\DeclareOption*{CODE}'. For example, many classes extend an + existing class, using a declaration such as '\LoadClass{article}', + and for passing extra options to the underlying class use code such + as this. + + \DeclareOption*{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% + } + + Another example is that the class 'smcmemo' may allow users to keep + lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could + invoke '\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}' and it will read the file + 'math.memo'. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise + passes the option to the 'article' class. + + \DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}} + +'\IfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' +'\InputIfFileExists{FILE NAME}{TRUE CODE}{FALSE CODE}' + Execute TRUE CODE if LaTeX can find the file and FALSE CODE + otherwise. In the second case it inputs the file immediately after + executing TRUE CODE. Thus + '\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{WARNING: + img.pdf not found}}' will include the graphic if it is found but + otherwise just give a warning. + + This command looks for the file in all search paths that LaTeX + uses, not only in the current directory. To look only in the + current directory do something like '\IfFileExists{./filename}{TRUE + CODE}{FALSE CODE}'. If you ask for a filename without a '.tex' + extension then LaTeX will first look for the file by appending the + '.tex'; for more on how LaTeX handles file extensions see *note + \input::. + +'\LoadClass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' +'\LoadClassWithOptions{CLASS NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' + Load a class, as with '\documentclass[OPTIONS LIST]{CLASS + NAME}[RELEASE INFO]'. An example is + '\LoadClass[twoside]{article}'. + + The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The + RELEASE DATE is optional. If present it must have the form + YYYY/MM/DD. If you request a RELEASE DATE and the date of the + package installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning + on the screen and in the log like 'You have requested, on input + line 4, version `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only + version `2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is + available.' + + The command version '\LoadClassWithOptions' uses the list of + options for the current class. This means it ignores any options + passed to it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience + command that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the + standard 'article' class, without having to track which options + were passed. + +'\ExecuteOptions{OPTIONS-LIST}' + For each option in the OPTIONS-LIST, in order, this command + executes the command '\ds@'OPTION. If this command is not defined + then that option is silently ignored. + + It can be used to provide a default option list before + '\ProcessOptions'. For example, if in a class file you want the + default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify + '\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax'. + +'\NeedsTeXFormat{FORMAT}[FORMAT DATE]' + Specifies the format that this class should be run under. Often + issued as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: + '\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}'. The format that you specify must + exactly match the one installed on your system that you invoked, + including that the string is case sensitive. If it does not match + then execution stops with an error like 'This file needs format + `xxx' but this is `LaTeX2e'.' + + To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain + features, include the optional FORMAT DATE on which those features + were implemented. If present it must be in the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'. + If the format version installed on your system is earlier than + FORMAT DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested release + `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is available.' + (The LaTeX kernel has been frozen for many years so you probably do + not not need to specify the format date.) + +'\OptionNotUsed' + Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be + used within the CODE argument of either '\DeclareOption' or + '\DeclareOption*'. + +'\PassOptionsToClass{OPTIONS LIST}{CLASS NAME}' +'\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS LIST}{PACKAGE NAME}' + Adds the options in the comma-separated list OPTION LIST to the + options used by any future '\RequirePackage' or '\usepackage' + command for package PACKAGE NAME or the class CLASS NAME. + + The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number + of times with no options but if you want options then you may only + supply them when you first load the package. Loading a package + with options more than once will get you an error like 'Option + clash for package foo.' (LaTeX throws an error even if there is no + conflict between the options.) + + If your code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse + that to once, for example replacing the two + '\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}' + with the single '\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}'. + But if you are loading a package that in turn loads another package + then you need to queue up the options you desire. For instance, + suppose the package 'foo' loads the package 'geometry'. Instead of + ' \RequirePackage{foo}\RequirePackage[draft]{graphics}' you must + write '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphics} + \RequirePackage{foo}'. (If 'foo.sty' loads an option in conflict + with what you want then you may have to look into altering its + source.) + + These commands are useful for general users as well as class and + package writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the + 'graphicx' package with the option 'draft' and also wants to use a + class 'foo' that loads the 'graphicx' package, but without that + option. The user could start their LaTeX file with + '\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}'. + +'\ProcessOptions' +'\ProcessOptions*\@OPTIONS' + Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. + Include it in the class file as '\ProcessOptions\relax' (because of + the existence of the starred command). + + Options come in two types. 'Local' options have been specified for + this particular package in the OPTIONS argument of + '\PassOptionsToPackage{OPTIONS}', '\usepackage[OPTIONS]', or + '\RequirePackage[OPTIONS]'. 'Global' options are those given by + the class user in '\documentclass[OPTIONS]' (If an option is + specified both locally and globally then it is local.) + + When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a package 'pkg.sty', the + following happens. (1) For each option OPTION so far declared with + '\DeclareOption', it looks to see if that option is either a global + or a local option for 'pkg'. If so then it executes the declared + code. This is done in the order in which these options were given + in 'pkg.sty'. (2) For each remaining local option, it executes the + command '\ds@'OPTION if it has been defined somewhere (other than + by a '\DeclareOption'); otherwise, it executes the default option + code given in '\DeclareOption*'. If no default option code has + been declared then it gives an error message. This is done in the + order in which these options were specified. + + When '\ProcessOptions' is called for a class it works in the same + way except that all options are local, and the default value for + '\DeclareOption*' is '\OptionNotUsed' rather than an error. + + The starred version '\ProcessOptions*'\@OPTIONS executes the + options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than + in the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package + this means that the global options are processed first. + +'\ProvidesClass{CLASS NAME}[<RELEASE DATE> <BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION>]' +'\ProvidesPackage{PACKAGE NAME}[<RELEASE DATE> <BRIEF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION>]' + Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen + and the log file. + + When a user writes '\documentclass{smcmemo}' then LaTeX loads the + file 'smcmemo.cls'. Similarly, a user writing '\usepackage{test}' + prompts LaTeX to load the file 'test.sty'. If the name of the file + does not match the declared class or package name then you get a + warning. Thus, if you invoke '\documentclass{smcmemo}', and the + file 'smcmemo.cls' has the statement '\ProvidesClass{xxx}' then you + get a warning like 'You have requested document class `smcmemo', + but the document class provides 'xxx'.' This warning does not + prevent LaTeX from processing the rest of the class file normally. + + If you include the optional part then you must include the date, + before the first space, and it must have the form 'YYYY/MM/DD'. + The rest of the optional part is free-form, although it + traditionally identifies the class, and is written to the screen + during compilation and to the log file. Thus, if your file + 'smcmem.cls' contains the line '\ProvidesClass{smcmem}[2008/06/01 + SMC memo class]' and your document's first line is + '\documentclass{smcmem}' then you will see 'Document Class: smcmemo + 2008/06/01 SMC memo class'. + + The date in the optional portion allows class and package users to + ask to be warned if the version of the class or package installed + on their system is earlier than RELEASE DATE, by using the optional + calls such as '\documentclass{smcmem}[2018/10/12]' or + '\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]'. (Note that package users only + rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) + +'\ProvidesFile{FILE NAME}[ADDITIONAL INFORMATION]' + Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as + configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in + that file and you get in the log a string like 'File: test.config + 2017/10/12 config file for test.cls'. + +'\RequirePackage[OPTIONS LIST]{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' +'\RequirePackageWithOptions{PACKAGE NAME}[RELEASE DATE]' + Load a package, like the author command '\usepackage'. *Note + Additional packages::. An example is + '\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}'. Note that the + LaTeX development team strongly recommends use of these commands + over Plain TeX's '\input'; see the Class Guide. + + The OPTIONS LIST, if present, is a comma-separated list. The + RELEASE DATE, if present, must have the form YYYY/MM/DD. If the + release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier + than RELEASE DATE then you get a warning like 'You have requested, + on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but only + version `2000/01/01' is available'. + + The '\RequirePackageWithOptions' version uses the list of options + for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to + it via '\PassOptionsToClass'. This is a convenience command to + allow easily building classes on existing ones without having to + track which options were passed. + + The difference between '\usepackage' and '\RequirePackage' is + small. The '\usepackage' command is intended for the document file + while '\RequirePackage' is intended for package and class files. + Thus, using '\usepackage' before the '\documentclass' command + causes LaTeX to give error like '\usepackage before + \documentclass', but you can use '\RequirePackage' there. + 4 Fonts ******* @@ -960,23 +1375,23 @@ Commands for controlling the general page layout. 5.1 '\onecolumn' ================ -The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior (*note Document class -options::). +Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option 'onecolumn' then this is the default behavior +(*note Document class options::). This command is fragile (*note \protect::). 5.2 '\twocolumn' ================ -Synopsis: +Synopses: + \twocolumn \twocolumn[PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT] - The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note Document class options::). + Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is +given the class option 'twocolumn' then this is the default (*note +Document class options::). If the optional PRELIM ONE COLUMN TEXT argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts. @@ -1015,7 +1430,7 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a 'table*' or 'figure*' environment must not exceed '0.7\textheight' . If the height of your starred float - environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following + environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: @@ -1055,54 +1470,55 @@ following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The LaTeX default is '2'. - This example shows the use of the optional argument of '\twocolumn' -to create a title that spans the two-column article: + This example uses '\twocolumn''s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: \documentclass[twocolumn]{article} \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}} \begin{document} \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark{1}, - Author Two\authormark{2}, - Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} - \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part - }] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark{1}, + Author Two\authormark{2}, + Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}@{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} + \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part + }] Two column text here. 5.3 '\flushbottom' ================== -The '\flushbottom' command can go at any point in the document body. It -makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical space -where necessary to fill out the page. +Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. If TeX cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like 'Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active'. You can change to '\raggedbottom' -(see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust the 'textheight' to -be compatible, or you can add some vertical stretch glue between lines -or between paragraphs, as in '\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. In -a final editing stage you can adjust the height of individual pages -(*note \enlargethispage::). - - This is the default only if you select the 'twoside' document class -option (*note Document class options::). +occurred while \output is active'. If you get that, one option is to +change to '\raggedbottom' (*note \raggedbottom::). Alternatively, you +can adjust the 'textheight' to make compatible pages, or you can add +some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in +'\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}'. Your last option is to, in a +final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (*note +\enlargethispage::). + + The '\flushbottom' state is the default only if you select the +'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::). 5.4 '\raggedbottom' =================== -The '\raggedbottom' command can go at any point in the document body. -It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on that -page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -'\flushbottom' above. +Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See *note \flushbottom::. This is the default unless you select the 'twoside' document class option (*note Document class options::). @@ -1259,13 +1675,13 @@ appears in the output after it. The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent -them all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and defers -the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far from -their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. +bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them +all from fitting on a page then LaTeX places what it can and defers the +rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up being typeset far +from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big may +migrate to the end of the document. In which event, because all floats +in a class must appear in sequential order, every following float in +that class also appears at the end. In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its @@ -1320,7 +1736,7 @@ outstanding floats. LaTeX can typeset a float before where it appears in the source (although on the same output page) if there is a 't' specifier in the -PLACEMENT paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is +PLACEMENT parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting the 't' is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the 'flafter' package or using the command '\suppressfloats[t]', which causes floats for the @@ -1384,10 +1800,10 @@ BETWEEN 0 AND 1}'): The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats> contains suggestions for relaxing LaTeX's default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach's article "How to infuence -the position of float environments like figure and table in LaTeX?" -<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach's article "How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +LaTeX?" (<http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf>). 6 Sectioning ************ @@ -1444,8 +1860,33 @@ level zero. (*Note \setcounter::.) 7 Cross references ****************** -One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details." +One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in "See Figure~3 for more details." + + Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if +that number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to +update this reference by hand. Instead, LaTeX has you write a "label" +like '\label{eq:GreensThm}' and refer to it with 'See +equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}'. + + LaTeX writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the '\label{...}' but with an '.aux' +extension. (The information has the format +'\newlabel{LABEL}{{CURRENTLABEL}{PAGENUMBER}}' where CURRENTLABEL is the +current value of the macro '\@currentlabel' that is usually updated +whenever you call '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'.) + + The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a "forward reference", a '\ref{KEY}' that appears earlier +than the associated '\label{KEY}'; see the example in the +'\pageref{...}' description. LaTeX gets the information for references +from the '.aux' file. If this is the first time you are compiling the +document then you will get a message 'LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have +changed. Rerun to get cross references right.' and in the output the +reference will appear as two question marks '??', in boldface. Or, if +you change some things so the references change then you get the same +warning and the output contains the old reference information. The +solution in either case is just to compile the document a second time. 7.1 '\label' ============ @@ -1454,33 +1895,20 @@ Synopsis: \label{KEY} - A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the -number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered -environment assigns that number to KEY. The assigned number can be -retrieved with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::). - - Thus, in the example below the key 'sec:test' holds the number of the -current section and the key 'fig:test' that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and tables.) - - \section{section name} - \label{sec:test} - This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. - \begin{figure} - ... - \caption{caption text} - \label{fig:test} - \end{figure} - See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. + Assign a reference number to KEY. In ordinary text '\label{KEY}' +assigns to KEY the number of the current sectional unit. Inside an +environment with numbering, such as a 'table' or 'theorem' environment, +'\label{KEY}' assigns to KEY the number of that environment. Retrieve +the assigned number with the '\ref{KEY}' command (*note \ref::). A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. - Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention -is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a -colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels -with the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: + A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a +suffix separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: 'ch' for chapters @@ -1493,7 +1921,23 @@ with the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: 'eq' for equations - Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:test' or 'fig.test'. + Thus, '\label{fig:Euler}' is a label for a figure with a portrait of +the great man. + + In this example below the key 'sec:test' will get the number of the +current section and the key 'fig:test' will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) + + \section{section name} + \label{sec:test} + This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. + \begin{figure} + ... + \caption{caption text} + \label{fig:test} + \end{figure} + See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. 7.2 '\pageref{KEY}' =================== @@ -1502,8 +1946,19 @@ Synopsis: \pageref{KEY} - The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in -the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. + Produce the page number of the place in the text where the +corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears. + + In this example the '\label{eq:main}' is used both for the formula +number and for the page number. (Note that the two references are +forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice to +resolve those.) + + The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}. + ... + \begin{equation} \label{eq:main} + \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP} + \end{equation} 7.3 '\ref{KEY}' =============== @@ -1512,20 +1967,37 @@ Synopsis: \ref{KEY} - The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit, -equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command -(*note \label::). It does not produce any text, such as the word -'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself. + Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, +figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command (*note \label::). It +does not produce any text, such as the word 'Section' or 'Figure', just +the bare number itself. + + In this example, the '\ref{popular}' produces '2'. Note that it is a +forward reference since it comes before '\label{popular}'. + + The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}. + \begin{enumerate} + \item Plain \TeX + \item \label{popular} \LaTeX + \item Con\TeX t + \end{enumerate} 8 Environments ************** -LaTeX provides many environments for marking off certain text. Each -environment begins and ends in the same manner: +LaTeX provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. An +environment begins with '\begin' and ends with '\end', like this: - \begin{ENVNAME} - ... - \end{ENVNAME} + \begin{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} + ... + \end{ENVIRONMENT-NAME} + + The ENVIRONMENT-NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the +end. For instance, the input '\begin{table*}...\end{table}' will cause +an error like: '! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by +\end{table}.' + + Environments are executed within a group. 8.1 'abstract' ============== @@ -1536,8 +2008,42 @@ Synopsis: ... \end{abstract} - Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple -paragraphs. + Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This +environment is only defined in the 'article' and 'report' document +classes (*note Document classes::). + + Using the example below in the 'article' class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option 'titlepage' causes the abstract to be +on a separate page (*note Document class options::); this is the default +only in the 'report' class. + + \begin{abstract} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. + \end{abstract} + + The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column +document (for a more flexible solution, use the package 'abstract'). + + \documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + ... + \begin{document} + \title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach} + \author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}} + \twocolumn[ + \begin{@twocolumnfalse} + \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end{abstract} + \end{@twocolumnfalse} + ] + { % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} + \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.} + } 8.2 'array' =========== @@ -1545,22 +2051,22 @@ paragraphs. Synopsis: \begin{array}{COLS} - COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ - ... + COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ + ... \end{array} or \begin{array}[POS]{COLS} - COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ - ... + COLUMN 1 ENTRY &COLUMN 2 ENTRY ... &COLUMN N ENTRY \\ + ... \end{array} Produce a mathematical array. This environment can only be used in math mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as 'equation' (*note equation::). Column entries are separated by an ampersand ('&'). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes ('\\') (*note \\::). +double-backslashes (*note \\::). The required argument COLS describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See *note @@ -1568,20 +2074,20 @@ tabular:: for the complete description of COLS, and of the other common features of the two environments, including the optional POS argument. There are two ways that 'array' diverges from 'tabular'. The first -is that 'array' entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in textstyle -(except if the COLS definition specifies the column with '@p{..}', which -causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, -instead of 'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's intercolumn space -in an array is governed by '\arraycolsep' which gives half the width +is that 'array' entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except +if the COLS definition specifies the column with 'p{...}', which causes +the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of +'tabular''s parameter '\tabcolsep', LaTeX's intercolumn space in an +'array' is governed by '\arraycolsep', which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is '5pt'. To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the 'amsmath' package. It comes with environments 'pmatrix' for an array surrounded -by parentheses '(..)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square -brackets '[..]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly -braces '{..}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical -bars '|..|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars '||..||', along with a number of other array constructs. +by parentheses '(...)', 'bmatrix' for an array surrounded by square +brackets '[...]', 'Bmatrix' for an array surrounded by curly +braces '{...}', 'vmatrix' for an array surrounded by vertical +bars '|...|', and 'Vmatrix' for an array surrounded by double vertical +bars '||...||', along with a number of other array constructs. Here is an example of an array: @@ -1592,29 +2098,48 @@ bars '||..||', along with a number of other array constructs. \end{array} \end{equation} + The next example works if '\usepackage{amsmath}' is in the preamble: + + \begin{equation} + \begin{vmatrix}{cc} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc + \end{equation} + 8.3 'center' ============ Synopsis: \begin{center} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end{center} - Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within -the left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash '\\' (*note \\::). + Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (*note \\::). +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, LaTeX will +insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See *note \centering:: to avoid such space, for example inside a 'figure' environment. - In this example, depending on the line width, LaTeX may choose a -break for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or -two, then will break at the double backslash, and will center the + This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. + + \begin{center} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering + \end{center} + + In this example, depending on the page's line width, LaTeX may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then LaTeX will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. \begin{center} @@ -1628,7 +2153,7 @@ ending. 8.3.1 '\centering' ------------------ -Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as 'figure', or in a 'parbox'. @@ -1673,17 +2198,18 @@ typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item's text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. - The list consists of at least one item; see *note \item:: (having no -items causes the LaTeX error 'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing -\item'). Each item is produced with an '\item' command. + The list consists of at least one item, created with the '\item' +command (*note \item::). Having no items causes the LaTeX error +'Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item'). Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font change given in argument style (see *note Font styles::) then it will come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with '\item[\texttt{label text}]' then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style '\item[{\tt label text}]'. -Similarly, get normal text use '\item[{\rm label text}]'. +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: '\item[{\tt label text}]'. +Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use '\item[{\rm label +text}]'. For other major LaTeX labelled list environments, see *note itemize:: and *note enumerate::. For information about customizing list layout, @@ -1703,7 +2229,7 @@ definitions. Synopsis: \begin{displaymath} - .. math text .. + ... math text ... \end{displaymath} Environment to typeset the math text on its own line, in display @@ -1942,7 +2468,7 @@ Floats::. The figure body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth' and so it can contain text, commands, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (*note Cross + The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of TITLE (*note Tables of @@ -2074,7 +2600,7 @@ Synopsis: \end{itemize} The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list. -Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. +Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::). @@ -2194,6 +2720,9 @@ empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing. The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by '\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::). +8.16.1 '\item': An entry in a list. +----------------------------------- + Synopsis: \item text of item @@ -2285,6 +2814,11 @@ a length of 2.54 centimeters. '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture' environment. The default value is '1pt'. + The 'picture' package redefine the 'picture' environment so that +everywhere a number is used in a PICTURE COMMANDS to specify a +coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing '\unitlength'. + A "position" is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'. Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is @@ -2564,7 +3098,7 @@ short quotation or a sequence of short quotations. \begin{quotation} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln \end{quotation} @@ -2681,7 +3215,7 @@ placement algorithm, see *note Floats::. The table body is typeset in a 'parbox' of width '\textwidth' and so it can contain text, commands, etc. - The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (*note Cross + The label is optional; it is used for cross references (*note Cross references::). The optional '\caption' command specifies caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If LOTTITLE is present, it is used in the list of tables instead of TITLE (*note Tables of @@ -2744,7 +3278,7 @@ WIDTH should be rubber, as with '@{\extracolsep{\fill}}', to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment - ..' warning. + ...' warning. POS Optional. Specifies the table's vertical position. The default is @@ -2779,15 +3313,15 @@ COLS TEXT OR SPACE material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (*note \protect::). - This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own - @-expression then LaTeX's book, article, and report classes - will put on either side of each column a space of length - '\tabcolsep', which by default is '6pt'. That is, by default - adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is - misleadingly-named since it is not the separation between - tabular columns). Also by default a space of 6pt comes before - the first column as well as after the final column, unless you - put a '@{..}' or '|' there. + This specifier is optional: with no @-expression, LaTeX's + 'book', 'article', and 'report' classes will put on either + side of each column a space of length '\tabcolsep', which by + default is '6pt'. That is, by default adjacent columns are + separated by 12pt (so '\tabcolsep' is misleadingly-named since + it is not the separation between tabular columns). By + implication, a space of 6pt also comes before the first column + and after the final column, unless you put a '@{...}' or '|' + there. If you override the default and use an @-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in @@ -2799,7 +3333,7 @@ COLS \begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{@{}l} - .. + ... \end{tabular} \end{flushleft} @@ -2849,7 +3383,7 @@ COLS integer and COLS is a list of specifiers. Thus '\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}' is equivalent to '\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}'. Note that COLS may contain - another '*-expression'. + another '*'-expression. Parameters that control formatting: @@ -2895,7 +3429,7 @@ spanned by the single heading 'Name'. \begin{tabular}{lccl} \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end{tabular} What counts as a column is: the column format specifier for the @@ -2907,7 +3441,7 @@ and 'p{1.5in}|'. The COLS argument overrides the 'array' or 'tabular' environment's intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars '|' indicating the -placement of vertical rules, and '@{..}' expressions. Thus if COLS is +placement of vertical rules, and '@{...}' expressions. Thus if COLS is '|c|' then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -2918,6 +3452,7 @@ details the exact behavior. &\multicolumn{1}{|r}{y} % entry three &z % entry four \end{tabular} + Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the '\multicolumn' has the COLS specifier 'r' with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a vertical @@ -2962,9 +3497,9 @@ commands, no rule appears in the first row. Draw a vertical line in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment extending the full height and depth of an entry's row. Can also be used in an @-expression, although its synonym vertical bar '|' is more common. -This command is rarely used; typically a table's vertical lines are -specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overriden as needed with -'\multicolumn'. +This command is rarely used in the body of a table; typically a table's +vertical lines are specified in 'tabular''s COLS argument and overridden +as needed with '\multicolumn'. This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line's second entry the '\hfill' moves the '\vline' to the left edge of the cell. But @@ -3055,14 +3590,15 @@ Synopsis: The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL. If the LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the -'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and -punctuation symbols not containing a comma. +'enumi' counter. The CITE_KEY is a "citation key" consisting in any +sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a +comma. This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's -CITE_KEY and label. When the '.aux' file is read by the -'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with -'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see -next section) to produce the associated label. +CITE_KEY and LABEL. When the '.aux' file is read by the +'\begin{document}' command, the item's LABEL is associated with +'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (*note +\cite::) to produce the associated LABEL. 8.24.2 '\cite' -------------- @@ -3071,9 +3607,10 @@ Synopsis: \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS} - The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated -by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to the references -associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file. + The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys (*note +\bibitem::), separated by commas. This command generates an in-text +citation to the references associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' +file. The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation. For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. @@ -3081,7 +3618,9 @@ For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'. 8.24.3 '\nocite' ---------------- -'\nocite{KEYS}' +Synopsis: + + \nocite{KEYS} The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes KEYS, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the '.aux' file. @@ -3100,7 +3639,7 @@ your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how -your citations will look. The standard STYLE names distributed with +your citations will look. The standard BIBSTYLE names distributed with BibTeX are: 'alpha' @@ -3119,9 +3658,9 @@ demands of various publications. See The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named -'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format. -Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in -the bibliography. +'BIBFILE1.bib', 'BIBFILE2.bib', ..., which should contain your database +in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and +'\nocite' will be listed in the bibliography. 8.25 'theorem' ============== @@ -3142,16 +3681,38 @@ under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::). Synopsis: \begin{titlepage} - TEXT + ... text and spacing ... \end{titlepage} - The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with -no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following page to -be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The -'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::). + Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. +The following page will be numbered page one. - You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce -a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment. + To instead produce a standard title page without a 'titlepage' +environment you can use '\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::). + + Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical +spacing, is left to the author. + + \begin{titlepage} + \vspace*{\stretch{1}} + \begin{center} + {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title} \\[6.5ex] + {\large\bfseries Author name} \\ + \vspace{4ex} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit{University name} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy} \\[2ex] + \textsc{\large Mathematics} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today + \end{center} + \vspace{\stretch{2}} + \end{titlepage} 8.27 'verbatim' =============== @@ -3238,7 +3799,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a 'tabular' or 'array' environment. - Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a 'p{..}' column in a + Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a 'p{...}' column in a 'tabular' environment) the '\newline' command is a synonym for '\\' (*note \newline::). @@ -3265,7 +3826,7 @@ In ordinary text this is equivalent to double-backslash (*note \\::); it breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. Inside a 'tabular' or 'array' environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically 'p{..}', '\newline' +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically 'p{...}', '\newline' will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use '\\' or its equivalent '\tabularnewline'. @@ -3291,7 +3852,14 @@ one. The '\-' command is used for the exceptional cases. hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. -9.5 '\fussy' +9.5 '\discretionary' (generalized hyphenation point) +==================================================== + +Synopsis: + + \discretionary{PRE-BREAK-TEXT}{POST-BREAK-TEXT}{NO-BREAK-TEXT} + +9.6 '\fussy' ============ The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about @@ -3299,9 +3867,9 @@ line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command -(*note \sloppy::. +(*note \sloppy::). -9.6 '\sloppy' +9.7 '\sloppy' ============= The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. @@ -3309,7 +3877,7 @@ This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing. Lasts until a '\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::). -9.7 '\hyphenation' +9.8 '\hyphenation' ================== Synopsis: @@ -3325,7 +3893,7 @@ words): \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases} -9.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' +9.9 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak' ================================= Synopses: @@ -3518,7 +4086,8 @@ set at the bottom of the page. \textit{HMS Sophie} &Master and Commander \\ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ - \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with HMS Surprise.} + \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with + HMS Surprise.} \end{tabular} \end{center} @@ -3527,7 +4096,7 @@ set at the bottom of the page. \begin{center} \begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end{minipage} \end{center} @@ -3552,23 +4121,24 @@ other footnotes. 11.5 Footnotes in section headings ================================== -Putting a footnote in a section heading +Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: - \section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} + \section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}} - causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where -the section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To -have it not appear on the table of contents use the package 'footmisc' -with the 'stable' option. +causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package 'footmisc' with the 'stable' +option. \usepackage[stable]{footmisc} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. - \section{Full sets\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} + ... + \section{Full sets\footnote{This material due to ...}} - Note that the '\protect' is gone; putting it in causes the footnote -to reappear on the table of contents. + Note that the '\protect' is gone; including it would cause the +footnote to reappear on the table of contents. 11.6 Footnotes of footnotes =========================== @@ -3581,12 +4151,12 @@ including allow these two, as in this example. \usepackage{bigfoot} \DeclareNewFootnote{Default} \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. + ... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} - .. + ... 11.7 Multiple references to footnotes ===================================== @@ -3596,13 +4166,13 @@ the package 'cleverref'. \usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. + ... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker and Evers, 1994.} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers and Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} - .. + ... This solution will work with the package 'hyperref'. See *note \footnotemark:: for a simpler solution in the common case of multiple @@ -3635,84 +4205,90 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds. '\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: - \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \newcommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - \renewcommand*{CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \newcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \newcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \renewcommand{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} + \renewcommand*{\CMD}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{DEFN} - The '*'-form of these two commands requires that the arguments not -contain multiple paragraphs of text (not '\long', in plain TeX terms). + The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments +not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not '\long', in plain TeX +terms). CMD - Required; the command name. It must begin with '\'. For - '\newcommand', it must not be already defined and must not begin - with '\end'. For '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. + Required; '\CMD' is the command name. For '\newcommand', it must + not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'. For + '\renewcommand', it must already be defined. NARGS Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of - arguments that the command will take. If this argument is not - present, the default is for the command to have no arguments. When - redefining a command, the new version can have a different number - of arguments than the old version. + arguments that the command can take, including any optional + argument. If this argument is not present, the default is for the + command to have no arguments. When redefining a command, the new + version can have a different number of arguments than the old + version. OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of - defined command \CMD is optional, with default value OPTARGDEFAULT - (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present - then \CMD does not take an optional argument. + defined command '\CMD' is optional, with default value + OPTARGDEFAULT (which may be the empty string). If this argument is + not present then '\CMD' does not take an optional argument. - That is, if \CMD is used with square brackets following, as in - '\CMD[MYVAL]', then within DEFN '#1' expands MYVAL. While if \CMD - is called without square brackets following, then within DEFN the - '#1' expands to the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any - required arguments will be referred to starting with '#2'. + That is, if '\CMD' is used with square brackets following, as in + '\CMD[MYVAL]', then within DEFN the first "positional parameter" + '#1' expands MYVAL. On the other hand, if '\CMD' is called without + square brackets following, then within DEFN the positional + parameter '#1' expands to the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either + case, any required arguments will be referred to starting with + '#2'. - Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different from having the square + Omitting '[MYVAL]' in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1' expanding to OPTARGDEFAULT; the latter results in '#1' expanding to the empty string. DEFN - The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a - construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the + The text to be substituted for every occurrence of '\CMD'; the + positional parameter '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the Nth argument. - A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type '{}' after the command -and before the space. + TeX ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in '\cmd '. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type '{}' after the command ('\cmd{} '; another solution +is to use an explicit control space ('\cmd\ '). - A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\JH}{Jim -Hef{}feron}' causes the abbreviation '\JH' to be replaced by the longer -text. + A simple example of defining a new command: '\newcommand{\RS}{Robin +Smith}' results in '\RS' being replaced by the longer text. - Redefining a command is basically the same: + Redefining an existing command is similar: '\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}'. - Here's a command definition that uses arguments: + Here's a command definition with one required argument: - \newcommand{\defreference}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} + \newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} -Then, '\defreference{def:basis}' will expand to something like -'Definition~3.14'. +Then, '\defref{def:basis}' expands to 'Definition~\ref{def:basis}', +which will ultimately expand to something like 'Definition~3.14'. - An example with two arguments: -'\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{#1\!\times\!#2}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'. + An example with two required arguments: '\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 +\times #2$}' is invoked as '\nbym{2}{k}'. - An example with optional arguments: + An example with an optional argument: \newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:} Then, '\salutation' gives 'Dear Sir or Madam:' while '\salutation[John]' gives 'Dear John:'. And '\salutation[]' gives 'Dear :'. - The braces around DEFN do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding DEFN. So '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}' is wrong since -in the sentence + The braces around DEFN do not define a group, that is, they do not +delimit the scope of the result of expanding DEFN. So +'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}' is problematic; in this sentence, - The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Virginia}. + The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}. -the words 'met the' will incorrectly be in italics. An extra pair of -braces '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}' fixes it. +the words 'met the' would incorrectly be in italics. Another pair of +braces in the definition is needed, like this: +'\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'. Those braces are part of the +definition and thus do define a group. 12.2 '\providecommand' ====================== @@ -3732,21 +4308,24 @@ loaded more than once. 12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter ======================================== -Synopsis: +Synopsis, one of: + \newcounter{COUNTERNAME} \newcounter{COUNTERNAME}[SUPERCOUNTER] - The '\newcounter' command globally defines a new counter named -COUNTERNAME. The name consists of letters only and does not begin with -a backslash ('\'). The name must not already be used by another -counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. + Globally defines a new counter named COUNTERNAME and initialize the +new counter to zero. - If the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' appears, then COUNTERNAME + The name COUNTERNAME must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. + + When you use the optional argument '[SUPERCOUNTER]' then COUNTERNAME will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter SUPERCOUNTER. For example, ordinarily 'subsection' is numbered within -'section'. Any time SUPERCOUNTER is incremented with '\stepcounter' -(*note \stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note \refstepcounter::) -then COUNTERNAME is reset to zero. +'section' so that any time SUPERCOUNTER is incremented with +'\stepcounter' (*note \stepcounter::) or '\refstepcounter' (*note +\refstepcounter::) then COUNTERNAME is reset to zero. *Note Counters::, for more information about counters. @@ -3784,32 +4363,34 @@ backslash ('\'), and must not be already defined. ============================================ These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is, -'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'. Synopses: +'\begin{ENV} BODY \end{ENV}'. Synopses: - \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} + \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} \newenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} - \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} + \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} \renewenvironment*{ENV}[NARGS][OPTARGDEFAULT]{BEGDEFN}{ENDDEFN} - Unlike '\newcommand' and '\renewcommand', the '*'-forms -'\newenvironment*' and '\renewcommand*' have the same effect as the -forms with no '*'. + The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. ENV - Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash - ('\'). It must not begin with the string 'end'. For - '\newenvironment', the name ENV must not be the name of an already - existing environment, and also the command '\ENV' must be - undefined. For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an - existing environment. + Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the + '*' character, and thus does not begin with backslash ('\'). It + must not begin with the string 'end'. For '\newenvironment', the + name ENV must not be the name of an already existing environment, + and also the command '\ENV' must be undefined. For + '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an existing + environment. NARGS Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments - of that the environment will take. These arguments appear after - the '\begin', as in '\begin{ENV}{ARG1}...{ARGN}'. If this argument - is not present then the default is for the environment to have no - arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can - have a different number of arguments than the old version. + of that the environment will take. When the environment is used + these arguments appear after the '\begin', as in + '\begin{ENV}{ARG1}...{ARGN}'. If this argument is not present then + the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When + redefining an environment, the new version can have a different + number of arguments than the old version. OPTARGDEFAULT Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of @@ -3820,11 +4401,12 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT That is, when '[OPTARGDEFAULT]' is present in the environment definition, if '\begin{ENV}' is used with square brackets - following, as in '\begin{ENV}[MYVAL]', then within the environment - '#1' expands MYVAL. If '\begin{ENV}' is called without square - brackets following, then within the environment the '#1' expands to - the default OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments - will be referred to starting with '#2'. + following, as in '\begin{ENV}[MYVAL]', then, within BEGDEFN, the + positional parameter '#1' expands to MYVAL. If '\begin{ENV}' is + called without square brackets following, then, within within + BEGDEFN, the positional parameter '#1' expands to the default + OPTARGDEFAULT. In either case, any required arguments will be + referred to starting with '#2'. Omitting '[MYVAL]' in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in '[]'. The former results in '#1' @@ -3832,22 +4414,22 @@ OPTARGDEFAULT the empty string. BEGDEFN - Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a - construct of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the - Nth argument. + Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'. + Within BEGDEF, the Nth positional parameter (i.e., '#N') is + replaced by the text of the Nth argument. ENDDEFN Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'. - Note that it may not contain any argument parameters, so '#N' - cannot be used here. + This may not contain any positional parameters, so '#N' cannot be + used here (but see the final example below). - The environment ENV delimits the scope of the result of expanding -BEGDEFN and ENDDEFN. Thus, in the first example below, the effect of -the '\small' is limited to the quote and does not extend to material -following the environment. + All environments, that is to say the BEGDEFN code, the environment +body and the ENDDEFN code, are processed within a group. Thus, in the +first example below, the effect of the '\small' is limited to the quote +and does not extend to material following the environment. This example gives an environment like LaTeX's 'quotation' except -that it will be set in smaller type. +that it will be set in smaller type: \newenvironment{smallquote}{% \small\begin{quotation} @@ -3855,8 +4437,8 @@ that it will be set in smaller type. \end{quotation} } - This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment -that cites the author. + This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% \begin{quotation} @@ -3865,15 +4447,15 @@ that cites the author. \end{quotation} } -The author's name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. In the -document, use the environment as here: +The author's name is optional, and defaults to 'Shakespeare'. In the +document, use the environment like this: \begin{citequote}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end{citequote} The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use -in ENDDEFN. +in ENDDEFN, in this case in a box (*note \sbox::): \newsavebox{\quoteauthor} \newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% @@ -3887,33 +4469,33 @@ in ENDDEFN. 12.7 '\newtheorem' ================== -Define a new "theorem-like environment". Synopses: +Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: + \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE} \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN] \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE} - Both create a theorem-like environment NAME. Using the first form, - - \newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN] + Using the first form, '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}' creates an +environment that will be labelled with TITLE. See the first example +below. -with the optional argument after the second required argument, creates + The second form '\newtheorem{NAME}{TITLE}[NUMBERED_WITHIN]' creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing counter -NUMBERED_WITHIN: it will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is reset). - - Using the second form, - - \newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE} +NUMBERED_WITHIN (its counter will be reset when NUMBERED_WITHIN is +reset). -with the optional argument between the two required arguments, will -create an environment whose counter will share the previously defined -counter NUMBERED_LIKE. + The third form '\newtheorem{NAME}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{TITLE}', with +optional argument between the two required arguments, will create an +environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +NUMBERED_LIKE. You can specify one of NUMBERED_WITHIN and NUMBERED_LIKE, or neither, but not both. This command creates a counter named NAME. In addition, unless the -optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, the current '\ref' value will -be that of '\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::). +optional argument NUMBERED_LIKE is used, inside of the theorem-like +environment the current '\ref' value will be that of +'\theNUMBERED_WITHIN' (*note \ref::). This declaration is global. It is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -3943,7 +4525,7 @@ NUMBERED_LIKE NUMBERED_LIKE. Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output. \newtheorem{defn}{Definition} @@ -3958,9 +4540,9 @@ results in 'Definition 1' and 'Definition 2' in the output. Second def \end{defn} - Because this example specifies the optional argument NUMBERED_WITHIN -to '\newtheorem' as 'section', the example, with the same document body, -gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. + Because the next example specifies the optional argument +NUMBERED_WITHIN to '\newtheorem' as 'section', the example, with the +same document body, gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. \newtheorem{defn}{Definition}[section] \begin{document} @@ -3974,7 +4556,7 @@ gives 'Definition 1.1' and 'Definition 2.1'. Second def \end{defn} - In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the + In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second of which calls for the new 'thm' environment to use the same counter as 'defn'. It gives 'Definition 1.1', followed by 'Theorem 2.1' and 'Definition 2.2'. @@ -4027,7 +4609,7 @@ design size, which is a value defined in the '.tfm' file. characters in each: \newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt} - \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 11pt} + \newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc @@ -4037,8 +4619,8 @@ characters in each: All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust". Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more, are fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to -certain commands. To prevent such commands from breaking they must be -preceded by the command '\protect'. +certain commands. To prevent such commands from breaking one solution +is to have them preceded by the command '\protect'. For example, when LaTeX runs the '\section{SECTION NAME}' command it writes the SECTION NAME text to the '.aux' auxiliary file, moving it @@ -4047,7 +4629,7 @@ contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by LaTeX without typesetting it directly is referred to as a "moving argument". A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid TeX code. Some examples of moving arguments are those that appear in the -'\caption{..}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{..}' command +'\caption{...}' command (*note figure::), in the '\thanks{...}' command (*note \maketitle::), and in @-expressions in the 'tabular' and 'array' environments (*note tabular::). @@ -4060,12 +4642,12 @@ are robust and should not be preceded by a '\protect' command. Nor can a '\protect' command be used in the argument to '\addtocounter' or '\setcounter' command. - In this example the 'caption' command gives a mysterious error about + In this example the '\caption' command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each '\raisebox' command with '\protect'. \begin{figure} - .. + ... \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}} \end{figure} @@ -4076,19 +4658,21 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the \begin{document} \tableofcontents - .. + ... \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} - .. + ... 13 Counters *********** Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the environment or -command associated with the number, except with no backslash ('\'). -Thus the '\chapter' command starts a chapter and the 'chapter' counter -keeps track of the chapter number. Below is a list of the counters used -in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. +command associated with the number, except that the counter's name has +no backslash '\'. Thus, associated with the '\chapter' command is the +'chapter' counter that keeps track of the chapter number. + + Below is a list of the counters used in LaTeX's standard document +classes to control numbering. part paragraph figure enumi chapter subparagraph table enumii @@ -4097,45 +4681,58 @@ in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. subsubsection The 'mpfootnote' counter is used by the '\footnote' command inside of -a minipage (*note minipage::). - - The 'enumi' through 'enumiv' counters are used in the 'enumerate' -environment, for up to four nested levels (*note enumerate::). +a minipage (*note minipage::). The counters 'enumi' through 'enumiv' +are used in the 'enumerate' environment, for up to four levels of +nesting (*note enumerate::). New counters are created with '\newcounter'. *Note \newcounter::. 13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters ===================================================================== -All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for +Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter COUNTER has the value 1 then a '\alph{COUNTER}' in your +source will result in a lower case letter a appearing in the output. + + All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, '\alph{enumi}'. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. -'\alph' - prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... +'\alph{COUNTER}' + Print the value of COUNTER in lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ... -'\Alph' - uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... +'\Alph{COUNTER}' + Print in uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ... -'\arabic' - uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... +'\arabic{COUNTER}' + Print in Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ... -'\roman' - uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... +'\roman{COUNTER}' + Print in lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ... -'\Roman' - uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... +'\Roman{COUNTER}' + Print in uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ... -'\fnsymbol' - prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols +'\fnsymbol{COUNTER}' + Prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of COUNTER must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. - Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): - - asterisk(*) dagger(U+2021) ddagger(U+2021) - section-sign(U+00A7) paragraph-sign(U+00B6) parallel(U+2225) - double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(U+2020U+2020) double-ddagger(U+2021U+2021) + Here are the symbols: + + Name Command Equivalent Unicode + symbol and/or numeric + code point + --------------------------------------------------------------------------- + asterisk '\ast' * + dagger '\dagger' U+2020 + ddagger '\ddagger' U+2021 + section-sign '\S' U+00A7 + paragraph-sign '\P' U+00B6 + double-vert '\parallel' U+2016 + double-asterisk '\ast\ast' ** + double-dagger '\dagger\dagger' U+2020U+2020 + double-ddagger '\ddagger\ddagger' U+2021U+2021 13.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}' =========================== @@ -4203,12 +4800,23 @@ Synopsis: VALUE argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. + In this example the section value appears as 'V'. + + \setcounter{section}{5} + Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. + 13.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}' ==================================== The '\addtocounter' command globally increments COUNTER by the amount specified by the VALUE argument, which may be negative. + In this example the section value appears as 'VII'. + + \setcounter{section}{5} + \addtocounter{section}{2} + Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. + 13.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}' =============================== @@ -4318,39 +4926,56 @@ definition given in points. unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current math symbols family. *Note Spacing in math mode::. -14.2 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}' -============================== +14.2 '\setlength' +================= + +Synopsis: -The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can -be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'), -millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc. + \setlength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} -14.3 '\addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}' -================================= + The '\setlength' sets the value of "length command" '\LEN' to the +VALUE argument which can be expressed in any units that LaTeX +understands, i.e., inches ('in'), millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big +points ('bp'), etc. + +14.3 '\addtolength' +=================== + +Synopsis: + + \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT} -The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the + The '\addtolength' command increments a length command '\LEN' by the amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative. 14.4 '\settodepth' ================== -'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}' +Synopsis: + + \settodepth{\LEN}{TEXT} - The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal -to the depth of the 'text' argument. + The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a length command '\LEN' +equal to the depth of the TEXT argument. 14.5 '\settoheight' =================== -'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}' +Synopsis: + + \settoheight{\LEN}{text} - The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal -to the height of the 'text' argument. + The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a length command '\LEN' +equal to the height of the 'text' argument. 14.6 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}' ============================== -The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the +Synopsis: + + \settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT} + + The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the width of the TEXT argument. 14.7 Predefined lengths @@ -4370,7 +4995,7 @@ etc., of the text in the box. '\totalheight' equals '\height' + '\depth'. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say - '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}' + \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} 15 Making paragraphs ******************** @@ -4397,7 +5022,7 @@ for '12pt'. When used at the beginning of the paragraph, this command suppresses any paragraph indentation, as in this example. - .. end of the prior paragraph. + ... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. @@ -4503,8 +5128,8 @@ summations. For example: ============================== In math mode, use the caret character '^' to make the EXP appear as a -superscript, ie. type '^{EXP}'. Similarly, in math mode, -underscore '_{EXP}' makes a subscript out of EXP. +superscript: '^{EXP}'. Similarly, in math mode, underscore '_{EXP}' +makes a subscript out of EXP. In this example the '0' and '1' appear as subscripts while the '2' is a superscript. @@ -4542,8 +5167,11 @@ symbol U+03C0. Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. + + To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current +mode, see *note \ensuremath::. '\|' U+2225 Parallel (relation). Synonym: '\parallel'. @@ -4572,7 +5200,7 @@ mode. reserved for cross-correlation. '\asymp' - U+224D Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). + U+224D Asymptotically equivalent (relation). '\backslash' \ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus '\setminus', and @@ -4624,15 +5252,15 @@ mode. U+22C0 Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). '\bot' - U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a - contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. + U+22A5 Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered set, + or a contradiction (ordinary). See also '\top'. '\bowtie' U+22C8 Natural join of two relations (relation). '\Box' U+25A1 Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\bullet' @@ -4657,8 +5285,8 @@ mode. '\complement' U+2201 Set complement, used as a superscript as in - '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). This is not available in Plain TeX. - In LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: + '$S^\complement$' (ordinary). Not available in plain TeX. In + LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. Also used: '$S^{\mathsf{c}}$' or '$\bar{S}$'. '\cong' @@ -4688,8 +5316,8 @@ mode. U+03B4 Greek lower case delta (ordinary). '\Diamond' - U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in - Plain TeX. In LaTeX you must load the 'amssymb' package. + U+25C7 Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain + TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\diamond' U+22C4 Diamond operator, or diamond bullet (binary). Similar: @@ -4717,13 +5345,14 @@ mode. U+2113 Lower-case cursive letter l (ordinary). '\emptyset' - U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty - set '\varnothing'. + U+2205 Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is + '\varnothing'. '\epsilon' - U+03F5 Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used - in mathematics is the curly epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: - the set membership relation '\in' U+2208. + U+03F5 Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to Greek text + letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small letter + epsilon '\varepsilon' U+03B5. Related: the set membership relation + '\in' U+2208. '\equiv' U+2261 Equivalence (relation). @@ -4784,8 +5413,9 @@ mode. U+2111 Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part '\Re'. '\in' - U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter - epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and rounded small epsilon '\varepsilon'. + U+2208 Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate + epsilon '\epsilon'U+03F5 and small letter script + epsilon '\varepsilon'. '\infty' U+221E Infinity (ordinary). @@ -4834,9 +5464,9 @@ mode. for '\leq'. '\leadsto' - U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in - Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. To get - this symbol outside of math mode you can put + U+21DD Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain + TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. To get this + symbol outside of math mode you can put '\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}' in the preamble and then use '\Leadsto' instead. @@ -4867,14 +5497,14 @@ mode. for '\le'. '\lfloor' - U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). + U+230A Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: '\floor'. '\lhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This - is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the - 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load - 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so - gives better spacing). + U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load 'amssymb' + and use '\vartriangleleft' (which is a relation and so gives better + spacing). '\ll' U+226A Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater @@ -4908,7 +5538,7 @@ mode. '\mho' U+2127 Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\mid' @@ -5030,21 +5660,20 @@ mode. U+00B1 Plus or minus (binary). '\prec' - U+227A Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than '<'. + U+227A Precedes (relation). Similar: less than '<'. '\preceq' - U+2AAF Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or + U+2AAF Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals '\leq'. '\prime' U+2032 Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically - used as a superscript '$A^\prime$'. Note that '$f^\prime$' and - '$f'$' produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that - '$f'''$' produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same result - as '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses somewhat less typing. Note - that you can only use '\prime' in math mode but you can type right - single quote ''' in text mode also, although it resuts in a - different look than in math mode. + used as a superscript: '$f^\prime$'; '$f^\prime$' and '$f'$' + produce the same result. An advantage of the second is that + '$f'''$' produces the desired symbol, that is, the same result as + '$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$', but uses rather less typing. You can + only use '\prime' in math mode. Using the right single quote ''' + in text mode produces a different character (apostrophe). '\prod' U+220F Product (operator). @@ -5059,7 +5688,7 @@ mode. U+03C8 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). '\rangle' - U+27B9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: + U+27E9 Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than '>'. Matches:'\langle'. '\rbrace' @@ -5080,19 +5709,24 @@ mode. '\restriction' U+21BE Restriction of a function (relation). - Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX - you should load the 'amssymb' package. + Synonym: '\upharpoonright'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX + you need to load the 'amssymb' package. + +'\revemptyset' + U+29B0 Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: + '\varnothing'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to + load the 'stix' package. '\rfloor' U+230B Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches '\lfloor'. '\rhd' - U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This - is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the - 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should - instead load 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a - relation and so gives better spacing). + U+25C1 Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). Not + available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' + package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load + 'amssymb' and use '\vartriangleright' (which is a relation and so + gives better spacing). '\rho' U+03C1 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is @@ -5144,7 +5778,7 @@ mode. display (operator). '\smile' - U+2323 Upward curving arc (ordinary). + U+2323 Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). '\spadesuit' U+2660 Spade card suit (ordinary). @@ -5159,7 +5793,7 @@ mode. '\sqsubset' U+228F Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: subset '\subset'. - This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you should load the + Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsubseteq' @@ -5168,8 +5802,8 @@ mode. '\sqsupset' U+2290 Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: - superset '\supset'. This is not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX - you should load the 'amssymb' package. + superset '\supset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need + to load the 'amssymb' package. '\sqsupseteq' U+2292 Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset @@ -5207,7 +5841,7 @@ mode. U+2287 Superset or equal to (relation). '\surd' - U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{..}' + U+221A Radical symbol (ordinary). The LaTeX command '\sqrt{...}' typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. @@ -5230,8 +5864,8 @@ mode. Synonym: '\rightarrow'. '\top' - U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See - also '\bot'. + U+22A4 Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set (ordinary). + See also '\bot'. '\triangle' U+25B3 Triangle (ordinary). @@ -5249,16 +5883,16 @@ mode. spacing). '\unlhd' - U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with - a line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In - LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal + U+22B4 Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglelefteq' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). '\unrhd' - U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with - a line under (binary). This is not available in Plain TeX. In - LaTeX you should load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal + U+22B5 Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is, + triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain TeX. + In LaTeX you need to load the 'amssymb' package. For the normal subgroup symbol load 'amssymb' and use '\vartrianglerighteq' (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). @@ -5282,8 +5916,8 @@ mode. '\upharpoonright' U+21BE Up harpoon, with barb on right side (relation). - Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in Plain TeX. In LaTeX you - should load the 'amssymb' package. + Synonym: '\restriction'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you + need to load the 'amssymb' package. '\uplus' U+228E Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the @@ -5297,9 +5931,14 @@ mode. U+03C5 Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). '\varepsilon' - U+03B5 Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used - in mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter - form '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + U+03B5 Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely + used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form + '\epsilon' U+03F5. Related: set membership '\in'. + +'\vanothing' + U+2205 Empty set symbol. Similar: '\emptyset'. Related: + '\revemptyset'. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to + load the 'amssymb' package. '\varphi' U+03C6 Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The @@ -5333,7 +5972,7 @@ mode. U+2016 Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar '\vert'. - For a norm you can use the 'mathtools' package and add + For a norm symbol, you can use the 'mathtools' package and add '\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}' to your preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you @@ -5479,7 +6118,7 @@ spacing. \sinh '\sup' - sup + \sup '\tan' \tan @@ -5562,7 +6201,7 @@ following commands for use in math mode: '\,' Normally '3mu'. The longer name is '\thinspace'. This can be used - in both math mode and text mode. + in both math mode and text mode. *Note \thinspace::. '\!' A negative thin space. Normally '-3mu'. Math mode only. @@ -5587,7 +6226,22 @@ infinitesimal. '\*' A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is - allowed. + allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated + by a space, while in the case of a break a U+00D7 symbol is printed + immediately before the break. So + + \documentclass{article} + \begin{document} + Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) + through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is + equal to zero. + \end{document} + + will make that sort of output (the ellipsis '[...]' is here to show + the line break at the same place as in a TeX output): + + Now A_3 = 0, [...] A_1 through A_4, that is A_1 A_2 \times + A_3 A_4, is equal to zero. '\cdots' A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the @@ -5596,35 +6250,54 @@ infinitesimal. '\ddots' A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots. -'\frac{num}{den}' - Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'. +'\frac{NUM}{DEN}' + Produces the fraction NUM divided by DEN. '\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2' - The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter, + The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a "null delimiter", producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the - math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'. + math in between. Example: '\left( \sum_{i=1}^{10} a_i \right]'. + +'\mathdollar' + Dollar sign in math mode: $. + +'\mathellipsis' + Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: .... + +'\mathparagraph' + Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: U+00B6. -'\overbrace{TEXT}' - Generates a brace over TEXT. For example, - \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}. +'\mathsection' + Section sign in math mode. + +'\mathsterling' + Sterling sign in math mode: #. + +'\mathunderscore' + Underscore in math mode: _. + +'\overbrace{MATH}' + Generates a brace over MATH. For example, + '\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \;\textrm{times}}'. '\overline{TEXT}' - Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For example, \overline{x+y}. + Generates a horizontal line over TEX. For example, + '\overline{x+y}'. -'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}' +'\sqrt[ROOT]{ARG}' Produces the representation of the square root of ARG. The optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce. For - example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as - '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'. + example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as '\sqrt[3]{x+y}'. '\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}' Puts TEXT above RELATION. For example, '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'. -'\underbrace{math}' - Generates MATH with a brace underneath. +'\underbrace{MATH}' + Generates MATH with a brace underneath. For example, + '\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}' -'\underline{text}' +'\underline{TEXT}' Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. @@ -5671,6 +6344,37 @@ in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner paragraph mode" (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode". +17.1 '\ensuremath' +================== + +Synopsis: + + \ensuremath{FORMULA} + + The '\ensuremath' command ensures that FORMULA is typeset in math +mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. + + For instance: + + \documentclass{report} + \newcommand{\ab}{\ensuremath{(\delta, \varepsilon)}} + \begin{document} + Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac{1}{\pi}, 0)\), ... + \end{document} + + One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +'\leadsto': + + \documentclass{report} + \usepackage{amssymb} + \newcommand{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}{} + \let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto + \renewcommand\leadsto{\ensuremath{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}} + \begin{document} + All roads \leadsto\ Rome. + \end{document} + 18 Page styles ************** @@ -5794,7 +6498,7 @@ negative space is like backspacing. Normally when TeX breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. -This command's starred version '\hspace*{..}' puts a non-discardable +This command's starred version '\hspace*{...}' puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. @@ -5826,7 +6530,7 @@ LaTeX assumes that the period ends a sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or double -quote, then the intersentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. +quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last word in the @@ -5834,60 +6538,42 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space ('\ ') or a tie ('~'). Examples are 'Nat.\ Acad.\ Science', and 'Mr.~Bean', and '(manure, etc.)\ for sale'. - For other use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) after CS::. + For another use of '\ ', *note \(SPACE) after control sequence::. In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put '\@' on the left of that period. -For example, 'book by the MAA\@.' will have intersentence spacing after -the period. +period that ends the sentence, then put '\@' before that period. For +example, 'book by the MAA\@.' will have inter-sentence spacing after the +period. - In contrast, putting '\@' on the right of a period tells TeX that the -period does not end the sentence. In the example 'reserved words (if, -then, etc.\@) are different', TeX will put interword space after the -closing parenthesis (note that '\@' is before the parenthesis). + In contrast, putting '\@' after a period tells TeX that the period +does not end the sentence. In the example 'reserved words (if, then, +etc.\@) are different', TeX will put interword space after the closing +parenthesis (note that '\@' is before the parenthesis). -19.4 '\ ' after a control sequence -================================== +19.4 '\ ' after control sequence +================================ The '\ ' command is often used after control sequences to keep them from -gobbling the space that follows, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.' And, -under normal circumstances '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to -'\ '. For other use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) and \@::. +gobbling the space that follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'. And, under +normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to '\ '. +For another use of '\ ', see also *note \(SPACE) and \@::. Some people prefer to use '{}' for the same purpose, as in '\TeX{} is -a nice system.' This has the advantage that you can always write it the -same way, like '\TeX{}', whether it is followed by a space or by a -punctuation mark. Please compare: +nice'. This has the advantage that you can always write it the same +way, namely '\TeX{}', whether it is followed by a space or by a +punctuation mark. Compare: \TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system. \TeX{} is a nice system. \TeX{}, a nice system. - When you define user commands (*note \newcommand & \renewcommand::) -you can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the -package 'xspace' and inserting '\xspace' at the end of the definition -For instance: - \documentclass{minimal} - \usepackage{xspace} - \newcommand*{\Loup}{Grand Cric\xspace} - \begin{document} - Que le \Loup me croque ! - \end{document} - - A quick hack to use '\xspace' for existing command is as follows: - \documentclass{minimal} - \usepackage{xspace} - \newcommand*{\SansXspaceTeX}{} - \let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX - \renewcommand{\TeX}{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace} - \begin{document} - \TeX is a nice system. - \end{document} + Some individual commands, notably those defined with the 'xspace', +package do not follow the standard behavior. 19.5 '\frenchspacing' ===================== -This declaration (from Plain TeX) causes LaTeX to treat intersentence +This declaration (from Plain TeX) causes LaTeX to treat inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, @@ -5964,9 +6650,9 @@ this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to LENGTH. Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in '\addvspace{..}' so that two -consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, not two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with '\addvspace{...}' so that +two consecutive Theorem's are separated by one vertical space, not two. This command is fragile (*note \protect::). @@ -6031,10 +6717,14 @@ Synopsis, one of these two: Add the vertical space LENGTH. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (*note Lengths::). - LaTeX removes the vertical space from '\vfill' at a page break, that -is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version '\vspace*{..}' + LaTeX removes the vertical space from '\vspace' at a page break, that +is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version '\vspace*{...}' causes the space to stay. + If '\vspace' is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted _after_ the line with the +'\vspace' command. A new paragraph is not started. + In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -6084,12 +6774,16 @@ rule and the contents of the box. 20.3 'lrbox' ============ -'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}' +Synopsis: + + \begin{lrbox}{\CMD} + TEXT + \end{lrbox} - This is the environment form of '\sbox'. + This is the environment form of *note '\sbox': \sbox. - The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must -have been declared with '\newsavebox'. + The TEXT inside the environment is saved in the box '\CMD', which +must have been declared with '\newsavebox'. 20.4 '\makebox' =============== @@ -6137,9 +6831,12 @@ WIDTH TEXT the text that goes inside the parbox. - The optional POSITION argument allows you to align either the top or -bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text -(default is top). + By default LaTeX will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional POSITION argument is present and equal either to 't' or 'b', +this allows you respectively to align either the top or bottom line in +the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You may also +specify 'm' for POSITION to get the default behaviour. The optional HEIGHT argument overrides the natural height of the box. @@ -6161,7 +6858,7 @@ box, as follows; if it is not specified, POSITION is used. Synopsis: - \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text} + \raisebox{DISTANCE}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{TEXT} The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT. The first mandatory argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a @@ -6169,7 +6866,7 @@ negative amount). TEXT itself is processed in LR mode. The optional arguments HEIGHT and DEPTH are dimensions. If they are specified, LaTeX treats TEXT as extending a certain distance above the -baseline (height) or below (depth), ignoring its natural height and +baseline (HEIGHT) or below (DEPTH), ignoring its natural height and depth. 20.7 '\savebox' @@ -6215,35 +6912,47 @@ meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. 21.1 Reserved characters ======================== -The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called +LaTeX sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign '%' is for comments) so they are called "reserved characters" or "special characters". - # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } + # $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ + + If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash '\' in front of the character. Thus, '\$1.23' will +produce '$1.23' in your output. - Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will -do something special. If you simply want the character to be printed as -itself, include a '\' in front of the character. For example, '\$' will -produce '$' in your output. + As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use '\~{}' (omitting the curly braces would result in the next character +receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text body font +circumflex use '\^{}'. A text body font backslash results from +'\textbackslash{}'. - One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own -special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by typing -'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using -'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::). + To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +'\verb!!', as below. - Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the -following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone -'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command. + \begin{center} + \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \! + \end{center} - Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the '\symbol' command. For example, the -visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'. + In that example the double backslash '\\' is only there to split the +lines. - You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers -with '"', so the previous example could also be written as -'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. +21.2 Symbols by font position +============================= -21.2 Text symbols +You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the '\symbol' command. For example, the visible space character used in +the '\verb*' command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as +'\symbol{32}'. + + You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a ''' prefix, +or hexadecimal (base 16) with a '"' prefix, so the previous example +could also be written as '\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'. + +21.3 Text symbols ================= LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in @@ -6284,7 +6993,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\P' '\textparagraph' - Paragraph sign (pilcrow). + Paragraph sign (pilcrow): U+00B6. '\pounds' '\textsterling' @@ -6298,7 +7007,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. Right (closing) quote: '. '\S' - Section symbol. + \itemx \textsection Section sign: U+00A7. '\TeX' The TeX logo. @@ -6337,8 +7046,8 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. LETTER in a circle, as in (R). '\textcompwordmark' -'\textcapitalwordmark' -'\textascenderwordmark' +'\textcapitalcompwordmark' +'\textascendercompwordmark' Composite word mark (invisible). The '\textcapital...' form has the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has the ascender height. @@ -6349,7 +7058,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textdaggerdbl' Double dagger: \ddag. -'\textdollar (or '$')' +'\textdollar (or '\$')' Dollar sign: $. '\textemdash (or '---')' @@ -6378,7 +7087,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o. '\textperiodcentered' - Centered period: \cdot. + Centered period: U+00B7. '\textquestiondown (or '?`')' Upside down question mark: ?. @@ -6386,7 +7095,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textquotedblleft (or '``')' Double left quote: ". -'\textquotedblright (or ''')' +'\textquotedblright (or '''')' Double right quote: ". '\textquoteleft (or '`')' @@ -6395,6 +7104,9 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textquoteright (or ''')' Single right quote: '. +'\textquotesingle' + Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) + '\textquotestraightbase' '\textquotestraightdblbase' Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. @@ -6409,7 +7121,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. '\texttrademark' - Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}. + Trademark symbol: U+2122. '\texttwelveudash' "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. @@ -6420,7 +7132,7 @@ available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package. '\textvisiblespace' Visible space symbol. -21.3 Accents +21.4 Accents ============ LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages, @@ -6516,11 +7228,12 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. '\capitalcaron' Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'. -21.4 Non-English characters -=========================== +21.5 Additional Latin letters +============================= -Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used -in languages other than English. +Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting letters (beyond A-Z) +extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other than +English. '\aa' '\AA' @@ -6532,11 +7245,15 @@ in languages other than English. '\dh' '\DH' - Icelandic letter eth: d and D. + Icelandic letter eth: d and D. Not available with OT1 encoding, you + need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font encoding, + such as T1. '\dj' '\DJ' Crossed d and D, a.k.a. capital and small letter d with stroke. + Not available with OT1 encoding, you need the 'fontenc' package to + select an alternate font encoding, such as T1. '\ij' '\IJ' @@ -6548,7 +7265,7 @@ in languages other than English. '\ng' '\NG' - Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. + Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. '\o' '\O' @@ -6564,9 +7281,11 @@ in languages other than English. '\th' '\TH' - Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. + Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH. Not available with OT1 encoding, + you need the 'fontenc' package to select an alternate font + encoding, such as T1. -21.5 '\rule' +21.6 '\rule' ============ Synopsis: @@ -6585,7 +7304,7 @@ WIDTH THICKNESS The thickness of the rule (mandatory). -21.6 '\today' +21.7 '\today' ============= The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD, @@ -6593,6 +7312,17 @@ YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'. It uses the predefined counters '\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. + Multilingual packages like 'babel' or classes like 'lettre', among +others, will localize '\today'. For example, the following will output +'4 juillet 1976': + + \year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 + \documentclass{minimal} + \usepackage[french]{babel} + \begin{document} + \today + \end{document} + The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. @@ -6602,7 +7332,7 @@ other date formats. A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the "root file"; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. *Note filecontents::, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -6620,8 +7350,8 @@ executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'. Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run -if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See the next -section. +if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'. See *note +\includeonly::. The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another '\include' command. @@ -6635,8 +7365,9 @@ Synopsis: The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by subsequent '\include' commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a -'\include' command for the selection to be effective. +comma-separated. Each element FILE1, FILE2, ... must exactly match a +filename specified in a '\include' command for the selection to be +effective. This command can only appear in the preamble. @@ -6682,8 +7413,12 @@ of these lists from being generated. 23.1.1 '\addcontentsline' ------------------------- -The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the -specified list or table where: +Synopsis: + + \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} + + The '\addcontentsline' command adds an entry to the specified list or +table where: EXT The extension of the file on which information is to be written, @@ -6698,15 +7433,16 @@ UNIT The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section', 'subsection', 'subsubsection'. 'lof' - For the list of figures. + For the list of figures: 'figure'. 'lot' - For the list of tables. + For the list of tables: 'table'. -ENTRY +TEXT The text of the entry. What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command -'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'. +'\contentsline{UNIT}{TEXT}{NUM}', where 'NUM' is the current value of +counter 'UNIT'. 23.1.2 '\addtocontents' ----------------------- @@ -6745,7 +7481,7 @@ The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an -auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension. +auxiliary file named with the '.idx' extension. Specifically, what gets written is the command '\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage' @@ -6792,7 +7528,7 @@ Synopsis: LETTER BODY \closing{CLOSING TEXT} \end{letter} - ... more letters ... + ... more letters ... \end{document} Produce one or more letters. @@ -6817,12 +7553,12 @@ separated by a double backslash ('\\'). LaTeX will put the SENDER NAME under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. - Each letter environment begins with a required '\opening' command -such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is -ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from from enumerated lists -to displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no -sense in a letter are turned off. Each letter environment typically -ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'. + Each 'letter' environment body begins with a required '\opening' +command such as '\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}'. The LETTER BODY text is +ordinary LaTeX so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to +displayed math, except that commands such as '\chapter' that make no +sense in a letter are turned off. Each 'letter' environment body +typically ends with a '\closing' command such as '\closing{Yours,}'. Additional material may come after the '\closing'. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like '\cc{the Boss \\ @@ -6889,11 +7625,12 @@ as a personal letter. Synopsis: \cc{FIRST NAME \\ - .. } + ... } Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after -'\closing'. Separate multiple lines with a double backslash '\\'. +'\closing'. Separate multiple lines with a double backslash '\\', as +in: \cc{President \\ Vice President} @@ -6903,7 +7640,7 @@ This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after Synopsis: - \closing{text} + \closing{TEXT} Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there is a '\closing' (although this command is optional). For example, @@ -6916,7 +7653,7 @@ there is a '\closing' (although this command is optional). For example, Synopsis: \encl{FIRST ENCLOSED OBJECT \\ - .. } + ... } Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is optional; when it is used, it typically is put after '\closing'. @@ -6975,7 +7712,7 @@ Synopsis: \opening{TEXT} This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -'\begin{letter}{..}'. The mandatory argument TEXT is the text that +'\begin{letter}{...}'. The mandatory argument TEXT is the text that starts your letter. For instance: \opening{Dear John:} @@ -6990,7 +7727,7 @@ Synopsis: Add a postscript. This command is optional and usually is used after '\closing'. - \ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} + \ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} 24.10 '\signature' ================== @@ -6998,7 +7735,7 @@ Synopsis: Synopsis: \signature{FIRST LINE \\ - .. } + ... } The sender's name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -7045,10 +7782,10 @@ Synopsis: '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the -optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it -had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command. -If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name. This -command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. +optional '\CMD' argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if +it had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' +command. If the '\CMD' argument is present, it must be a command name. +This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. 25.2 '\typeout{MSG}' ==================== @@ -7152,6 +7889,7 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template <http://tug.org/TUGboat>. \documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -7160,6 +7898,8 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -7168,51 +7908,56 @@ A.3 'tugboat' template \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. @@ -7228,1783 +7973,1998 @@ Concept Index * Menu: -* '*' prompt: Command line. (line 7136) -* '*'-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1422) -* '.glo' file: Glossaries. (line 6780) -* '.idx' file: Indexes. (line 6796) -* '.ind' file: Indexes. (line 6810) -* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 6803) -* abstracts: abstract. (line 1535) -* accents: Accents. (line 6475) -* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 5541) -* accessing any character of a font: Reserved characters. - (line 6286) -* acute accent: Accents. (line 6489) -* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 5546) -* additional packages, loading: Document class options. - (line 633) -* ae ligature: Non-English characters. - (line 6580) -* align environment, from 'amsmath': eqnarray. (line 1848) -* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 1848) -* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 2585) -* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray. (line 1848) -* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 1428) -* aring: Non-English characters. - (line 6576) -* arrays, math: array. (line 1547) -* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 6423) -* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 6455) -* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 6391) -* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 6356) -* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 6359) -* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 6362) -* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 4033) -* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 5737) -* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 374) -* 'babel' package: Accents. (line 6475) -* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 6365) -* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 6371) -* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 6368) -* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 6498) -* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 5549) -* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 6515) -* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 293) -* 'beamer' template and class: beamer template. (line 7152) -* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 1757) +* * prompt: Command line. (line 7880) +* *-form of environment commands: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. + (line 4388) +* *-form of sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1842) +* *-form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 4228) +* .glo file: Glossaries. (line 7523) +* .idx file: Indexes. (line 7539) +* .ind file: Indexes. (line 7553) +* 'see' and 'see also' index entries: Indexes. (line 7546) +* abstracts: abstract. (line 2011) +* accents: Accents. (line 7194) +* accents, mathematical: Math accents. (line 6184) +* accessing any character of a font: Symbols by font position. + (line 7002) +* acute accent: Accents. (line 7208) +* acute accent, math: Math accents. (line 6189) +* additional packages, loading: Additional packages. + (line 701) +* ae ligature: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7300) +* align environment, from amsmath: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* aligning equations: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* alignment via tabbing: tabbing. (line 3121) +* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* appendix, creating: Sectioning. (line 1848) +* aring: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7296) +* arrays, math: array. (line 2057) +* arrow, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 7139) +* arrow, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 7174) +* ascender height: Text symbols. (line 7107) +* ASCII circumflex, in text: Text symbols. (line 7072) +* ASCII tilde, in text: Text symbols. (line 7075) +* asterisk, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 7078) +* at clause, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 4616) +* author, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 6445) +* auxiliary file: Output files. (line 382) +* babel package: Accents. (line 7194) +* backslash, in text: Text symbols. (line 7081) +* bar, double vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 7087) +* bar, vertical, in text: Text symbols. (line 7084) +* bar-over accent: Accents. (line 7217) +* bar-over accent, math: Math accents. (line 6192) +* bar-under accent: Accents. (line 7234) +* basics of LaTeX: Overview. (line 301) +* beamer template and class: beamer template. (line 7896) +* beginning of document hook: \AtBeginDocument. (line 2285) * bibliography format, open: Document class options. - (line 600) -* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 3105) -* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 3040) -* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 3105) -* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 6374) -* Big point: Units of length. (line 4304) + (line 663) +* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX. (line 3645) +* bibliography, creating (manually): thebibliography. (line 3576) +* bibTeX, using: Using BibTeX. (line 3645) +* big circle symbols, in text: Text symbols. (line 7090) +* Big point: Units of length. (line 4914) * black boxes, omitting: Document class options. - (line 586) -* bold font: Font styles. (line 719) -* bold math: Font styles. (line 778) -* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 1688) -* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 3785) -* boxes: Boxes. (line 6101) -* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 6377) -* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 6380) -* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 3225) -* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 3361) -* breve accent: Accents. (line 6555) -* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 5552) + (line 649) +* bold font: Font styles. (line 1138) +* bold math: Font styles. (line 1197) +* bold typewriter, avoiding: description. (line 2215) +* box, allocating new: \newsavebox. (line 4365) +* boxes: Boxes. (line 6795) +* brace, left, in text: Text symbols. (line 7093) +* brace, right, in text: Text symbols. (line 7096) +* breaking lines: Line breaking. (line 3787) +* breaking pages: Page breaking. (line 3930) +* breve accent: Accents. (line 7274) +* breve accent, math: Math accents. (line 6195) * bug reporting: About this document. - (line 250) -* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 4658) -* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 6383) -* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 2078) -* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 722) -* cap height: Text symbols. (line 6391) -* caron accent: Accents. (line 6566) -* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 6940) -* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 6520) -* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 6362) + (line 258) +* bullet symbol: Math symbols. (line 5289) +* bullet, in text: Text symbols. (line 7099) +* bulleted lists: itemize. (line 2606) +* calligraphic letters for math: Font styles. (line 1141) +* cap height: Text symbols. (line 7107) +* caron accent: Accents. (line 7285) +* catcode: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 529) +* category code, character: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 529) +* cc list, in letters: \cc. (line 7683) +* cedilla accent: Accents. (line 7239) +* centered asterisk, in text: Text symbols. (line 7078) * centered equations: Document class options. - (line 590) -* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 6430) -* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 1639) -* centering text, environment for: center. (line 1605) -* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 4308) -* characters, accented: Accents. (line 6475) -* characters, non-English: Non-English characters. - (line 6571) + (line 653) +* centered period, in text: Text symbols. (line 7146) +* centering text, declaration for: \centering. (line 2166) +* centering text, environment for: center. (line 2123) +* Centimeter: Units of length. (line 4918) +* character category code: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 529) +* characters, accented: Accents. (line 7194) +* characters, non-English: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) * characters, reserved: Reserved characters. - (line 6267) -* check accent: Accents. (line 6566) -* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 5555) -* Cicero: Units of length. (line 4317) -* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 6374) -* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 6386) -* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 6502) -* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 5567) -* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 6356) + (line 6968) +* characters, special: Reserved characters. + (line 6968) +* check accent: Accents. (line 7285) +* check accent, math: Math accents. (line 6198) +* Cicero: Units of length. (line 4927) +* circle symbol, big, in text: Text symbols. (line 7090) +* circled letter, in text: Text symbols. (line 7102) +* circumflex accent: Accents. (line 7221) +* circumflex accent, math: Math accents. (line 6210) +* circumflex, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 7072) +* citation key: \bibitem. (line 3607) +* class and package commands: Class and package commands. + (line 784) +* class and package difference: Class and package construction. + (line 726) +* class and package structure: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* class file example: Class and package structure. + (line 770) +* class file layout: Class and package structure. + (line 740) * class options: Document class options. - (line 544) -* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 510) -* closing letters: \closing. (line 6955) -* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 6347) -* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 3172) -* command line: Command line. (line 7124) + (line 604) +* class options <1>: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* class options <2>: Class and package commands. + (line 831) +* classes of documents: Document classes. (line 570) +* closing letters: \closing. (line 7699) +* closing quote: Text symbols. (line 7063) +* code, typesetting: verbatim. (line 3734) +* command line: Command line. (line 7868) * command syntax: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 444) + (line 452) +* commands, class and package: Class and package commands. + (line 784) * commands, defining new ones: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 3649) -* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 3734) + (line 4220) +* commands, defining new ones <1>: \providecommand. (line 4311) +* commands, document class: Class and package construction. + (line 717) * commands, redefining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 3649) -* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 6391) -* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 3172) -* contents file: Output files. (line 384) -* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 6304) -* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 4100) -* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 3749) -* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 4184) + (line 4220) +* composite word mark, in text: Text symbols. (line 7107) +* computer programs, typesetting: verbatim. (line 3734) +* contents file: Output files. (line 392) +* copyright symbol: Text symbols. (line 7020) +* counters, a list of: Counters. (line 4683) +* counters, defining new: \newcounter. (line 4326) +* counters, getting value of: \value. (line 4783) * counters, printing: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4124) -* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 4213) -* creating pictures: picture. (line 2282) -* creating tables: table. (line 2676) -* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 5747) -* cross references: Cross references. (line 1449) -* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 374) -* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 1503) -* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 1513) -* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 6402) -* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 6411) -* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 6399) -* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 6307) -* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 6396) -* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 5743) -* date, today's: \today. (line 6640) -* 'datetime' package: \today. (line 6645) + (line 4709) +* counters, setting: \setcounter. (line 4812) +* creating pictures: picture. (line 2813) +* creating tables: table. (line 3212) +* credit footnote: \maketitle. (line 6455) +* cross references: Cross references. (line 1869) +* cross references, resolving: Output files. (line 382) +* cross referencing with page number: \pageref. (line 1951) +* cross referencing, symbolic: \ref. (line 1972) +* currency, dollar: Text symbols. (line 7118) +* currency, euro: Text symbols. (line 7127) +* dagger, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 7115) +* dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 7023) +* dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 7112) +* date, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 6451) +* date, today's: \today. (line 7366) +* datetime package: \today. (line 7382) * defining a new command: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 3649) -* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 3734) + (line 4220) +* defining a new command <1>: \providecommand. (line 4311) * defining new environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 3800) -* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 4016) -* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 3904) -* definitions: Definitions. (line 3644) -* description lists, creating: description. (line 1671) -* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 4033) -* Didot point: Units of length. (line 4314) -* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 6485) -* discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 5637) + (line 4380) +* defining new fonts: \newfont. (line 4599) +* defining new theorems: \newtheorem. (line 4487) +* definitions: Definitions. (line 4215) +* description lists, creating: description. (line 2198) +* design size, in font definitions: \newfont. (line 4616) +* Didot point: Units of length. (line 4924) +* dieresis accent: Accents. (line 7204) +* difference between class and package: Class and package construction. + (line 726) +* discretionary hyphenation: \discretionary. (line 3872) +* discretionary multiplication: Math miscellany. (line 6280) * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) + (line 3085) * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) + (line 3085) +* document class commands: Class and package construction. + (line 717) * document class options: Document class options. - (line 544) + (line 604) * document class, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 327) -* document classes: Document classes. (line 510) -* document templates: Document templates. (line 7145) -* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 6402) -* dot accent: Accents. (line 6494) -* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 5561) -* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 6494) -* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 6524) -* dotless i: Accents. (line 6532) -* dotless i, math: Math accents. (line 5570) -* dotless j: Accents. (line 6535) -* dotless j, math: Math accents. (line 5573) -* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 6310) -* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 6399) -* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 5558) -* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 6436) -* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 6344) -* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 6449) -* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 6439) + (line 335) +* document classes: Document classes. (line 570) +* document templates: Document templates. (line 7889) +* dollar sign: Text symbols. (line 7118) +* dot accent: Accents. (line 7213) +* dot over accent, math: Math accents. (line 6204) +* dot-over accent: Accents. (line 7213) +* dot-under accent: Accents. (line 7243) +* dotless i: Accents. (line 7251) +* dotless i, math: Math accents. (line 6213) +* dotless j: Accents. (line 7254) +* dotless j, math: Math accents. (line 6216) +* double angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* double dagger, in text: Text symbols. (line 7026) +* double dagger, in text <1>: Text symbols. (line 7115) +* double dot accent, math: Math accents. (line 6201) +* double guillemets: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* double left quote: Text symbols. (line 7152) +* double low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 7060) +* double quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 7168) +* double right quote: Text symbols. (line 7155) * double spacing: Low-level font commands. - (line 930) -* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 6371) -* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 6408) -* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 399) -* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 6328) -* em: Units of length. (line 4322) -* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 6405) -* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 6458) -* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 6464) -* emphasis: Font styles. (line 707) -* enclosure list: \encl. (line 6967) -* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 1770) + (line 1349) +* double vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 7087) +* e-dash: Text symbols. (line 7124) +* e-TeX: TeX engines. (line 407) +* ellipsis: Text symbols. (line 7044) +* em: Units of length. (line 4932) +* em-dash: Text symbols. (line 7121) +* em-dash, three-quarters: Text symbols. (line 7177) +* em-dash, two-thirds: Text symbols. (line 7183) +* emphasis: Font styles. (line 1126) +* enclosure list: \encl. (line 7711) +* end of document hook: \AtEndDocument. (line 2298) * ending and starting: Starting and ending. - (line 319) -* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 393) -* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 3390) + (line 327) +* engines, TeX: TeX engines. (line 401) +* enlarge current page: \enlargethispage. (line 3959) * environment: Starting and ending. - (line 335) -* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 3904) -* environments: Environments. (line 1525) + (line 343) +* environment, theorem-like: \newtheorem. (line 4487) +* environments: Environments. (line 1994) * environments, defining: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 3800) -* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1513) + (line 4380) +* equation number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1972) * equation numbers, left vs. right: Document class options. - (line 596) -* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 1883) -* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 1848) -* equations, environment for: equation. (line 1904) + (line 659) +* equation numbers, omitting: eqnarray. (line 2411) +* equations, aligning: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* equations, environment for: equation. (line 2432) * equations, flush left vs. centered: Document class options. - (line 590) -* es-zet German letter: Non-English characters. - (line 6612) -* eth, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. - (line 6584) -* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 6411) -* ex: Units of length. (line 4322) -* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 6414) + (line 653) +* es-zet German letter: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7336) +* eth, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7304) +* euro symbol: Text symbols. (line 7127) +* ex: Units of length. (line 4932) +* exclamation point, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 7130) * exponent: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 4521) -* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 1975) + (line 5148) +* extended Latin: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) +* external files, writing: filecontents. (line 2503) * families, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 836) -* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 6427) -* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1513) -* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 2269) -* figures, inserting: figure. (line 1922) -* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 740) -* 'float' package: Floats. (line 1293) -* float page: Floats. (line 1299) + (line 1255) +* feminine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 7143) +* figure number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1972) +* figures, footnotes in: minipage. (line 2800) +* figures, inserting: figure. (line 2450) +* file, root: Splitting the input. + (line 7391) +* fixed-width font: Font styles. (line 1159) +* float package: Floats. (line 1713) +* float page: Floats. (line 1719) * flush left equations: Document class options. - (line 590) -* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 3377) + (line 653) +* flushing floats and starting a page: \clearpage. (line 3946) * font catalogue: Low-level font commands. - (line 836) + (line 1255) * font commands, low-level: Low-level font commands. - (line 822) + (line 1241) * font size: Low-level font commands. - (line 914) -* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 796) -* font styles: Font styles. (line 654) -* fonts: Fonts. (line 648) -* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 4016) -* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 5782) + (line 1333) +* font sizes: Font sizes. (line 1215) +* font styles: Font styles. (line 1073) +* font symbols, by number: Symbols by font position. + (line 7002) +* fonts: Fonts. (line 1067) +* fonts, new commands for: \newfont. (line 4599) +* footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6490) * footer, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) -* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1513) + (line 1535) +* footmisc package: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 4143) +* footnote number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1972) * footnote parameters: Footnote parameters. - (line 3628) -* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 2269) -* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 3423) -* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 3470) + (line 4199) +* footnotes in figures: minipage. (line 2800) +* footnotes, creating: Footnotes. (line 3992) +* Footnotes, in a minipage: \footnote. (line 4039) * Footnotes, in a table: Footnotes in a table. - (line 3524) -* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 3458) -* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 1904) -* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 4484) -* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 374) -* fragile commands: \protect. (line 4051) -* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* functions, math: Math functions. (line 5433) -* 'geometry' package: Document class options. - (line 575) + (line 4093) +* footnotes, in section headings: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 4139) +* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote. (line 4027) +* formulas, environment for: equation. (line 2432) +* formulas, math: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* forward reference: Cross references. (line 1885) +* forward references, resolving: Output files. (line 382) +* fragile commands: \protect. (line 4634) +* French quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* functions, math: Math functions. (line 6076) +* geometry package: Document class options. + (line 638) * global options: Document class options. - (line 544) -* global options <1>: Document class options. - (line 641) -* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 6778) -* glossary package: Glossaries. (line 6787) -* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 3770) -* graphics packages: \line. (line 2440) -* grave accent: Accents. (line 6506) -* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 5564) -* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 6417) -* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 4554) -* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 5555) -* hacek accent: Accents. (line 6566) -* hat accent: Accents. (line 6502) -* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 5567) -* header style: \pagestyle. (line 5782) + (line 604) +* global options <1>: Additional packages. + (line 710) +* glossaries: Glossaries. (line 7521) +* glossary package: Glossaries. (line 7530) +* glue register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 4350) +* graphics packages: \line. (line 2976) +* grave accent: Accents. (line 7225) +* grave accent, math: Math accents. (line 6207) +* greater than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 7133) +* greek letters: Math symbols. (line 5181) +* group, and environments: Environments. (line 2006) +* ha'c<ek accent, math: Math accents. (line 6198) +* hacek accent: Accents. (line 7285) +* hat accent: Accents. (line 7221) +* hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 6210) +* header style: \pagestyle. (line 6490) * header, parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) + (line 1535) * hello, world: Starting and ending. - (line 319) -* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 1293) -* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 6528) -* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 3328) -* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 3298) -* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 6107) -* Icelandic eth: Non-English characters. - (line 6584) -* Icelandic thorn: Non-English characters. - (line 6616) -* ij letter, Dutch: Non-English characters. - (line 6592) -* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 393) -* in-line formulas: math. (line 2242) -* indent, forcing: \indent. (line 4402) -* indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 4413) -* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 2265) -* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': Indexes. (line 6803) -* indexes: Indexes. (line 6793) -* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 5857) -* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 6049) + (line 327) +* here, putting floats: Floats. (line 1713) +* hungarian umlaut accent: Accents. (line 7247) +* hyphenation, defining: \hyphenation. (line 3897) +* hyphenation, discretionary: \discretionary. (line 3872) +* hyphenation, forcing: \- (hyphenation). (line 3860) +* hyphenation, preventing: \mbox. (line 6801) +* Icelandic eth: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7304) +* Icelandic thorn: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7340) +* ij letter, Dutch: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7316) +* implementations of TeX: TeX engines. (line 401) +* in-line formulas: math. (line 2773) +* indent, forcing: \indent. (line 5029) +* indent, suppressing: \noindent. (line 5040) +* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage. (line 2796) +* index entries, 'see' and 'see also': Indexes. (line 7546) +* indexes: Indexes. (line 7536) +* infinite horizontal stretch: \hfill. (line 6565) +* infinite vertical stretch: \vfill. (line 6739) * input file: Splitting the input. - (line 6651) + (line 7388) * input/output, to terminal: Terminal input/output. - (line 7091) -* inserting figures: figure. (line 1922) -* insertions of special characters: Special insertions. (line 6261) -* italic correction: \/. (line 5958) -* italic font: Font styles. (line 725) -* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 2065) -* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 2039) -* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 293) -* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 1671) -* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 311) -* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 293) + (line 7835) +* inserting figures: figure. (line 2450) +* insertions of special characters: Special insertions. (line 6962) +* italic correction: \/. (line 6648) +* italic font: Font styles. (line 1144) +* justification, ragged left: \raggedleft. (line 2593) +* justification, ragged right: \raggedright. (line 2567) +* Knuth, Donald E.: Overview. (line 301) +* label: Cross references. (line 1872) +* labelled lists, creating: description. (line 2198) +* Lamport TeX: Overview. (line 319) +* Lamport, Leslie: Overview. (line 301) * landscape orientation: Document class options. - (line 593) -* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 6313) -* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 293) + (line 656) +* LaTeX logo: Text symbols. (line 7029) +* LaTeX overview: Overview. (line 301) * LaTeX Project team: About this document. - (line 261) + (line 269) * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e: About this document. - (line 257) -* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 6316) -* layout commands: Layout. (line 960) + (line 265) +* LaTeX2e logo: Text symbols. (line 7032) +* Latin letters, additional: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) +* layout commands: Layout. (line 1379) * layout, page parameters for: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) -* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 6423) -* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 6377) -* left quote: Text symbols. (line 6332) -* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 6436) -* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 6442) + (line 1535) +* left angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* left arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 7139) +* left brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 7093) +* left quote: Text symbols. (line 7048) +* left quote, double: Text symbols. (line 7152) +* left quote, single: Text symbols. (line 7158) * left-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 596) -* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 2039) -* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 2026) -* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 5686) -* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 4347) -* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 3770) -* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 4262) -* lengths, predefined: Predefined lengths. (line 4375) -* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 4340) -* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 6420) -* letters, accented: Accents. (line 6475) -* letters, ending: \closing. (line 6955) -* letters, non-English: Non-English characters. - (line 6571) -* letters, starting: \opening. (line 7025) -* letters, writing: Letters. (line 6833) -* line break, forcing: \\. (line 3236) -* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 3225) + (line 659) +* left-justifying text: \raggedright. (line 2567) +* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft. (line 2554) +* left-to-right mode: Modes. (line 6363) +* length command: \setlength. (line 4954) +* lengths, adding to: \addtolength. (line 4962) +* lengths, allocating new: \newlength. (line 4350) +* lengths, defining and using: Lengths. (line 4872) +* lengths, predefined: Predefined lengths. (line 5002) +* lengths, setting: \setlength. (line 4950) +* less than symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 7136) +* letters, accented: Accents. (line 7194) +* letters, additional Latin: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) +* letters, ending: \closing. (line 7699) +* letters, starting: \opening. (line 7769) +* letters, writing: Letters. (line 7576) +* line break, forcing: \\. (line 3798) +* line breaking: Line breaking. (line 3787) * line breaks, forcing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 3344) + (line 3913) * line breaks, preventing: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 3344) -* lines in tables: tabular. (line 2718) -* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 782) -* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 2718) -* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 2585) -* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 4158) -* list of figures file: Output files. (line 384) -* list of tables file: Output files. (line 384) -* lists of items: itemize. (line 2078) -* lists of items, generic: list. (line 2185) -* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 1786) -* loading additional packages: Document class options. - (line 633) -* log file: Output files. (line 369) -* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 6313) -* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 6316) -* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 6353) -* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 6344) + (line 3913) +* lines in tables: tabular. (line 3254) +* lining numerals: Font styles. (line 1201) +* lining text up in tables: tabular. (line 3254) +* lining text up using tab stops: tabbing. (line 3121) +* list items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 4757) +* list of figures file: Output files. (line 392) +* list of tables file: Output files. (line 392) +* lists of items: itemize. (line 2606) +* lists of items, generic: list. (line 2713) +* lists of items, numbered: enumerate. (line 2314) +* loading additional packages: Additional packages. + (line 701) +* log file: Output files. (line 377) +* logo, LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 7029) +* logo, LaTeX2e: Text symbols. (line 7032) +* logo, TeX: Text symbols. (line 7069) +* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols. (line 7060) * low-level font commands: Low-level font commands. - (line 822) -* LR mode: Modes. (line 5686) -* 'ltugboat' class: tugboat template. (line 7203) -* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 416) -* m-width: Units of length. (line 4322) -* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 298) -* macron accent: Accents. (line 6498) -* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 5549) -* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 1848) -* 'makeidx' package: Indexes. (line 6815) -* 'makeindex' program: Indexes. (line 6810) -* making a title page: titlepage. (line 3155) -* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 4394) -* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 4434) -* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 6427) -* math accents: Math accents. (line 5541) -* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 4484) -* math functions: Math functions. (line 5433) -* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 5636) -* math mode: Modes. (line 5686) -* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 4484) + (line 1241) +* LR mode: Modes. (line 6363) +* ltugboat class: tugboat template. (line 7947) +* LuaTeX: TeX engines. (line 424) +* m-width: Units of length. (line 4932) +* macro package, LaTeX as: Overview. (line 306) +* macron accent: Accents. (line 7217) +* macron accent, math: Math accents. (line 6192) +* macros2e package For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 549) +* Madsen, Lars: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* makeidx package: Indexes. (line 7558) +* makeindex program: Indexes. (line 7553) +* making a title page: titlepage. (line 3695) +* making paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 5021) +* marginal notes: Marginal notes. (line 5061) +* masculine ordinal symbol: Text symbols. (line 7143) +* math accents: Math accents. (line 6184) +* math formulas: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* math functions: Math functions. (line 6076) +* math miscellany: Math miscellany. (line 6279) +* math mode: Modes. (line 6363) +* math mode, entering: Math formulas. (line 5111) * math mode, spacing: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5593) -* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 4554) -* math, bold: Font styles. (line 778) -* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 4311) -* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 2254) -* modes: Modes. (line 5686) -* monospace font: Font styles. (line 740) -* moving arguments: \protect. (line 4051) -* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 3470) -* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 4333) -* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 975) -* multilingual support: Accents. (line 6475) -* 'multind' package: Indexes. (line 6826) + (line 6236) +* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 5181) +* math, bold: Font styles. (line 1197) +* Millimeter: Units of length. (line 4921) +* minipage, creating a: minipage. (line 2785) +* modes: Modes. (line 6363) +* monospace font: Font styles. (line 1159) +* moving arguments: \protect. (line 4644) +* mpfootnote counter: \footnote. (line 4039) +* mu, math unit: Units of length. (line 4943) +* multicolumn text: \twocolumn. (line 1393) +* multilingual support: Accents. (line 7194) +* multind package: Indexes. (line 7569) * multiplication symbol, discretionary line break: Math miscellany. - (line 5637) -* nested '\include', not allowed: \include. (line 6675) + (line 6280) +* nested \include, not allowed: \include. (line 7412) +* new class commands: Class and package construction. + (line 717) * new commands, defining: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 3649) -* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 3734) + (line 4220) +* new commands, defining <1>: \providecommand. (line 4311) * new line, output as input: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 3268) -* new line, starting: \\. (line 3236) -* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 3277) -* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 3384) -* non-English characters: Non-English characters. - (line 6571) -* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 4434) -* null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 5651) -* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 4158) -* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 782) -* oblique font: Font styles. (line 737) -* oe ligature: Non-English characters. - (line 6608) -* ogonek: Accents. (line 6539) -* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 782) -* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 965) -* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 6332) -* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 393) + (line 3830) +* new line, starting: \\. (line 3798) +* new line, starting (paragraph mode): \newline. (line 3839) +* new page, starting: \newpage. (line 3953) +* non-English characters: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) +* notes in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 5061) +* null delimiter: Math miscellany. (line 6309) +* numbered items, specifying counter: \usecounter. (line 4757) +* numerals, old-style: Font styles. (line 1201) +* oblique font: Font styles. (line 1156) +* oe ligature: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7332) +* ogonek: Accents. (line 7258) +* old-style numerals: Font styles. (line 1201) +* one-column output: \onecolumn. (line 1384) +* opening quote: Text symbols. (line 7048) +* OpenType fonts: TeX engines. (line 401) +* options, class: Class and package commands. + (line 831) * options, document class: Document class options. - (line 544) -* options, global: Document class options. - (line 641) -* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 6427) -* oslash: Non-English characters. - (line 6604) -* overbar accent: Accents. (line 6498) -* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 5561) -* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 293) -* packages, loading additional: Document class options. - (line 633) + (line 604) +* options, document class <1>: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* options, global: Additional packages. + (line 710) +* options, package: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* options, package <1>: Class and package commands. + (line 831) +* ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 7143) +* oslash: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7328) +* overbar accent: Accents. (line 7217) +* overdot accent, math: Math accents. (line 6204) +* overview of LaTeX: Overview. (line 301) +* package file layout: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* package options: Class and package structure. + (line 740) +* package options <1>: Class and package commands. + (line 831) +* package, babel: Accents. (line 7194) +* package, datetime: \today. (line 7382) +* package, float: Floats. (line 1713) +* package, footmisc: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 4143) +* package, geometry: Document class options. + (line 638) +* package, macros2e: \makeatletter and \makeatother. + (line 549) +* package, makeidx: Indexes. (line 7558) +* package, multind: Indexes. (line 7569) +* package, picture: picture. (line 2830) +* package, setspace: Low-level font commands. + (line 1349) +* package, showidx: Indexes. (line 7565) +* package, textcomp: Font styles. (line 1201) +* package, xspace: \(SPACE) after control sequence. + (line 6622) +* packages, loading additional: Additional packages. + (line 701) * page break, forcing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 3405) + (line 3974) * page break, preventing: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 3405) -* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 3361) + (line 3974) +* page breaking: Page breaking. (line 3930) * page layout parameters: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) -* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 1503) -* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 5757) -* page styles: Page styles. (line 5725) -* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 2265) + (line 1535) +* page number, cross referencing: \pageref. (line 1951) +* page numbering style: \pagenumbering. (line 6465) +* page styles: Page styles. (line 6433) +* paragraph indentation, in minipage: minipage. (line 2796) * paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) + (line 3085) * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) -* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 5686) -* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 6336) -* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 4394) + (line 3085) +* paragraph mode: Modes. (line 6363) +* paragraph symbol: Text symbols. (line 7052) +* paragraphs: Making paragraphs. (line 5021) * parameters, for footnotes: Footnote parameters. - (line 3628) + (line 4199) * parameters, page layout: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) -* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 361) -* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 399) -* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 6430) -* pica: Units of length. (line 4298) -* 'pict2e' package: \line. (line 2440) -* pictures, creating: picture. (line 2282) -* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 6336) -* placement of floats: Floats. (line 1272) -* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 3206) -* Point: Units of length. (line 4294) -* polish l: Non-English characters. - (line 6596) + (line 1535) +* pdfTeX: Output files. (line 369) +* pdfTeX engine: TeX engines. (line 407) +* period, centered, in text: Text symbols. (line 7146) +* pica: Units of length. (line 4908) +* pict2e package: \line. (line 2976) +* picture package: picture. (line 2830) +* pictures, creating: picture. (line 2813) +* pilcrow: Text symbols. (line 7052) +* placement of floats: Floats. (line 1692) +* poetry, an environment for: verse. (line 3768) +* Point: Units of length. (line 4904) +* polish l: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7320) * portrait orientation: Document class options. - (line 593) -* position, in picture: picture. (line 2299) -* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 7038) -* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 6340) + (line 656) +* position, in picture: picture. (line 2835) +* positional parameter: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 4251) +* postscript, in letters: \ps. (line 7782) +* pounds symbol: Text symbols. (line 7056) * preamble, defined: Starting and ending. - (line 332) -* predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 4375) -* prompt, '*': Command line. (line 7136) -* pronunciation: Overview. (line 311) + (line 340) +* predefined lengths: Predefined lengths. (line 5002) +* prompt, *: Command line. (line 7880) +* pronunciation: Overview. (line 319) * quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5619) -* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 6433) -* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 6449) + (line 6262) +* question mark, upside-down: Text symbols. (line 7149) +* quotation marks, French: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* quote, single straight: Text symbols. (line 7164) +* quote, straight base: Text symbols. (line 7168) * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) + (line 3085) * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) -* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 2065) -* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 2052) -* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 2039) -* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 2026) + (line 3085) +* ragged left text: \raggedleft. (line 2593) +* ragged left text, environment for: flushright. (line 2580) +* ragged right text: \raggedright. (line 2567) +* ragged right text, environment for: flushleft. (line 2554) * redefining environments: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 3800) -* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 374) -* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 6452) -* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 4434) + (line 4380) +* reference, forward: Cross references. (line 1885) +* references, resolving forward: Output files. (line 382) +* registered symbol: Text symbols. (line 7171) +* remarks in the margin: Marginal notes. (line 5061) * reporting bugs: About this document. - (line 250) + (line 258) * reserved characters: Reserved characters. - (line 6267) -* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 6455) -* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 6380) -* right quote: Text symbols. (line 6347) -* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 6439) -* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 6445) + (line 6968) +* right angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* right arrow, in text: Text symbols. (line 7174) +* right brace, in text: Text symbols. (line 7096) +* right quote: Text symbols. (line 7063) +* right quote, double: Text symbols. (line 7155) +* right quote, single: Text symbols. (line 7161) * right-hand equation numbers: Document class options. - (line 596) -* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 2065) -* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 2052) -* ring accent: Accents. (line 6544) -* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 5576) -* robust commands: \protect. (line 4051) -* roman font: Font styles. (line 728) -* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 3770) + (line 659) +* right-justifying text: \raggedleft. (line 2593) +* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright. (line 2580) +* ring accent: Accents. (line 7263) +* ring accent, math: Math accents. (line 6219) +* robust commands: \protect. (line 4634) +* roman font: Font styles. (line 1147) +* root file: Splitting the input. + (line 7391) +* rubber lengths, defining new: \newlength. (line 4350) * running header and footer: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) -* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 5782) -* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 734) -* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 4320) -* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 722) -* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1513) -* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 1438) -* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 6350) -* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1397) + (line 1535) +* running header and footer style: \pagestyle. (line 6490) +* sans serif font: Font styles. (line 1153) +* Scaled point: Units of length. (line 4930) +* script letters for math: Font styles. (line 1141) +* section number, cross referencing: \ref. (line 1972) +* section numbers, printing: Sectioning. (line 1858) +* section symbol: Text symbols. (line 7066) +* sectioning commands: Sectioning. (line 1817) * series, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 861) -* 'setspace' package: Low-level font commands. - (line 930) -* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 4213) + (line 1280) +* setspace package: Low-level font commands. + (line 1349) +* setting counters: \setcounter. (line 4812) * shapes, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 901) -* sharp S letters: Non-English characters. - (line 6612) -* 'showidx' package: Indexes. (line 6822) -* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 3172) -* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 6322) -* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 6442) -* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 6344) -* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 6445) -* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 796) -* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 3770) -* slanted font: Font styles. (line 737) -* small caps font: Font styles. (line 731) -* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6006) -* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 6075) -* spaces: Spaces. (line 5825) + (line 1320) +* sharp S letters: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7336) +* showidx package: Indexes. (line 7565) +* simulating typed text: verbatim. (line 3734) +* single angle quotation marks: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* single guillemets: Text symbols. (line 7038) +* single left quote: Text symbols. (line 7158) +* single low-9 quotation mark: Text symbols. (line 7060) +* single quote, straight: Text symbols. (line 7164) +* single right quote: Text symbols. (line 7161) +* sizes of text: Font sizes. (line 1215) +* skip register, plain TeX: \newlength. (line 4350) +* slanted font: Font styles. (line 1156) +* small caps font: Font styles. (line 1150) +* space, inserting vertical: \addvspace. (line 6696) +* space, vertical: \vspace. (line 6765) +* spaces: Spaces. (line 6533) * spacing within math mode: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5593) -* spacing, intersentence: \frenchspacing. (line 5938) -* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 6427) -* special characters: Non-English characters. - (line 6571) -* special insertions: Special insertions. (line 6261) -* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 1272) + (line 6236) +* spacing, inter-sentence: \frenchspacing. (line 6628) +* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols. (line 7143) +* special characters: Reserved characters. + (line 6968) +* special characters <1>: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7290) +* special insertions: Special insertions. (line 6962) +* specifier, float placement: Floats. (line 1692) * splitting the input file: Splitting the input. - (line 6651) -* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 3384) -* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 3377) + (line 7388) +* stable option to footmisc package: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 4143) +* starred form, defining new commands: \newcommand & \renewcommand. + (line 4228) +* starting a new page: \newpage. (line 3953) +* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage. (line 3946) * starting and ending: Starting and ending. - (line 319) -* starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 3368) -* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 6340) -* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 6449) -* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 6449) -* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 5857) -* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 6049) -* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1103) -* styles of text: Font styles. (line 654) -* styles, page: Page styles. (line 5725) + (line 327) +* starting on a right-hand page: \cleardoublepage. (line 3937) +* sterling symbol: Text symbols. (line 7056) +* straight double quote, base: Text symbols. (line 7168) +* straight quote, base: Text symbols. (line 7168) +* straight single quote: Text symbols. (line 7164) +* stretch, infinite horizontal: \hfill. (line 6565) +* stretch, infinite vertical: \vfill. (line 6739) +* stretch, omitting vertical: \raggedbottom. (line 1524) +* styles of text: Font styles. (line 1073) +* styles, page: Page styles. (line 6433) * subscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 4521) + (line 5148) * superscript: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 4521) -* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 4554) -* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 6298) -* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 2585) + (line 5148) +* symbols, math: Math symbols. (line 5181) +* symbols, text: Text symbols. (line 7014) +* tab stops, using: tabbing. (line 3121) * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. - (line 6734) -* table of contents file: Output files. (line 384) -* table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 6713) -* tables, creating: table. (line 2676) -* template, 'beamer': beamer template. (line 7152) -* template, 'book': book template. (line 7183) -* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 7203) -* templates, document: Document templates. (line 7145) + (line 7472) +* table of contents file: Output files. (line 392) +* table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings. + (line 4139) +* table of contents, creating: Tables of contents. (line 7451) +* tables, creating: table. (line 3212) +* template, beamer: beamer template. (line 7896) +* template, book: book template. (line 7927) +* template, TUGboat: tugboat template. (line 7947) +* templates, document: Document templates. (line 7889) * terminal input/output: Terminal input/output. - (line 7091) -* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 6353) -* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 6298) -* 'textcomp' package: Font styles. (line 782) -* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 5747) -* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 3904) -* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 3904) -* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 3142) -* thorn, Icelandic letter: Non-English characters. - (line 6616) -* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 6458) -* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 6550) -* tilde accent: Accents. (line 6512) -* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 5579) -* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 6359) + (line 7835) +* TeX logo: Text symbols. (line 7069) +* text symbols: Text symbols. (line 7014) +* textcomp package: Font styles. (line 1201) +* thanks, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 6455) +* theorem-like environment: \newtheorem. (line 4487) +* theorems, defining: \newtheorem. (line 4487) +* theorems, typesetting: theorem. (line 3682) +* thorn, Icelandic letter: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7340) +* three-quarters em-dash: Text symbols. (line 7177) +* tie-after accent: Accents. (line 7269) +* tilde accent: Accents. (line 7231) +* tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 6222) +* tilde, ASCII, in text: Text symbols. (line 7075) * title page, separate or run-in: Document class options. - (line 604) -* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 3155) -* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 5751) -* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 5731) -* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 6461) -* transcript file: Output files. (line 369) -* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 393) -* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 7203) -* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 975) -* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 6464) -* type styles: Font styles. (line 654) -* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 3172) -* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 796) -* typefaces: Fonts. (line 648) -* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 740) -* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 1688) -* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 6485) -* underbar: Accents. (line 6558) -* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 6467) -* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 393) -* units, of length: Units of length. (line 4290) + (line 667) +* title pages, creating: titlepage. (line 3695) +* title, for titlepage: \maketitle. (line 6459) +* titles, making: \maketitle. (line 6439) +* trademark symbol: Text symbols. (line 7180) +* transcript file: Output files. (line 377) +* TrueType fonts: TeX engines. (line 401) +* TUGboat template: tugboat template. (line 7947) +* two-column output: \twocolumn. (line 1393) +* two-thirds em-dash: Text symbols. (line 7183) +* type styles: Font styles. (line 1073) +* typed text, simulating: verbatim. (line 3734) +* typeface sizes: Font sizes. (line 1215) +* typefaces: Fonts. (line 1067) +* typewriter font: Font styles. (line 1159) +* typewriter labels in lists: description. (line 2215) +* umlaut accent: Accents. (line 7204) +* underbar: Accents. (line 7277) +* underscore, in text: Text symbols. (line 7186) +* Unicode input, native: TeX engines. (line 401) +* units, of length: Units of length. (line 4900) * unofficial nature of this manual: About this document. - (line 261) -* unordered lists: itemize. (line 2078) -* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 3105) -* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 393) -* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 4100) -* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 5582) -* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 3172) -* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 3189) -* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 6371) -* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 6368) -* vertical space: \addvspace. (line 6006) -* vertical space <1>: \vspace. (line 6075) -* vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 4428) -* visible space: \verb. (line 3200) -* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 6470) + (line 269) +* unordered lists: itemize. (line 2606) +* using BibTeX: Using BibTeX. (line 3645) +* UTF-8: TeX engines. (line 401) +* variables, a list of: Counters. (line 4683) +* vector symbol, math: Math accents. (line 6225) +* verbatim text: verbatim. (line 3734) +* verbatim text, inline: \verb. (line 3751) +* vertical bar, double, in text: Text symbols. (line 7087) +* vertical bar, in text: Text symbols. (line 7084) +* vertical space: \addvspace. (line 6696) +* vertical space <1>: \vspace. (line 6765) +* vertical space before paragraphs: \parskip. (line 5055) +* visible space: \verb. (line 3762) +* visible space symbol, in text: Text symbols. (line 7189) * weights, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 871) -* white space: Spaces. (line 5825) -* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 5585) -* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 5588) + (line 1290) +* white space: Spaces. (line 6533) +* wide hat accent, math: Math accents. (line 6228) +* wide tilde accent, math: Math accents. (line 6231) * widths, of fonts: Low-level font commands. - (line 883) -* writing external files: filecontents. (line 1975) -* writing letters: Letters. (line 6833) -* x-height: Units of length. (line 4322) -* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 425) -* 'xindy' program: Indexes. (line 6810) + (line 1302) +* writing external files: filecontents. (line 2503) +* writing letters: Letters. (line 7576) +* x-height: Units of length. (line 4932) +* XeTeX: TeX engines. (line 433) +* xindy program: Indexes. (line 7553) +* xspace package: \(SPACE) after control sequence. + (line 6622) Command Index ************* * Menu: -* $: Math formulas. (line 4502) -* &: tabular. (line 2744) -* --help command-line option: Command line. (line 7132) -* .aux file: Output files. (line 374) -* .dvi file: Output files. (line 351) -* .fd file: \newfont. (line 4026) -* .lof file: Output files. (line 384) -* .lof file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 6723) -* .log file: Output files. (line 369) -* .lot file: Output files. (line 384) -* .lot file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 6723) -* .pdf file: Output files. (line 361) -* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 7124) -* .toc file: Output files. (line 384) -* .toc file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 6713) -* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 425) +* $: Math formulas. (line 5129) +* &: tabular. (line 3280) +* --help command-line option: Command line. (line 7876) +* .aux file: Output files. (line 382) +* .dvi file: Output files. (line 359) +* .fd file: \newfont. (line 4609) +* .lof file: Output files. (line 392) +* .lof file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 7461) +* .log file: Output files. (line 377) +* .lot file: Output files. (line 392) +* .lot file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 7461) +* .pdf file: Output files. (line 369) +* .tex, default extension: Command line. (line 7868) +* .toc file: Output files. (line 392) +* .toc file <1>: Tables of contents. (line 7451) +* .xdv file: TeX engines. (line 433) * 10pt option: Document class options. - (line 552) + (line 612) * 11pt option: Document class options. - (line 552) + (line 612) * 12pt option: Document class options. - (line 552) + (line 612) * [...] for optional arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 444) + (line 452) * \ character starting commands: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 444) + (line 452) * \!: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5616) -* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 6485) + (line 6259) +* \" (umlaut accent): Accents. (line 7204) * \#: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) + (line 6975) * \$: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) + (line 6975) * \%: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) + (line 6975) * \&: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) -* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 6489) -* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2624) -* \(: Math formulas. (line 4494) -* \(SPACE): \(SPACE) and \@. (line 5867) -* \): Math formulas. (line 4494) -* \*: Math miscellany. (line 5636) -* \+: tabbing. (line 2616) + (line 6975) +* \' (acute accent): Accents. (line 7208) +* \' (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3160) +* \(: Math formulas. (line 5121) +* \(SPACE): \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6575) +* \): Math formulas. (line 5121) +* \*: Math miscellany. (line 6279) +* \+: tabbing. (line 3152) * \,: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5612) -* \-: tabbing. (line 2620) -* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 3298) -* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 6494) -* \/: \/. (line 5958) + (line 6255) +* \-: tabbing. (line 3156) +* \- (hyphenation): \- (hyphenation). (line 3860) +* \. (dot-over accent): Accents. (line 7213) +* \/: \/. (line 6648) * \:: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5608) + (line 6251) * \;: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5603) -* \<: tabbing. (line 2612) -* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 6498) -* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2606) -* \>: tabbing. (line 2610) + (line 6246) +* \<: tabbing. (line 3148) +* \= (macron accent): Accents. (line 7217) +* \= (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3142) +* \>: tabbing. (line 3146) * \> <1>: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5608) -* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2609) -* \@: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 5867) -* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 3458) -* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2639) -* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 2640) -* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 2640) -* \aa (aa): Non-English characters. - (line 6576) -* \AA (AA): Non-English characters. - (line 6576) -* \acute: Math accents. (line 5545) -* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}: \addcontentsline. (line 6734) -* \address: \address. (line 6913) -* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 6763) -* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 4224) -* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 4347) -* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6006) -* \ae (ae): Non-English characters. - (line 6580) -* \AE (AE): Non-English characters. - (line 6580) -* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 4567) -* \alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4128) -* \Alph: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4131) -* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 1832) -* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 4570) -* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 6807) -* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 4573) -* \and for '\author': \maketitle. (line 5737) -* \angle: Math symbols. (line 4576) -* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 1428) -* \approx: Math symbols. (line 4581) -* \arabic: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4134) -* \arccos: Math functions. (line 5436) -* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 5439) -* \arctan: Math functions. (line 5442) -* \arg: Math functions. (line 5445) -* \arraycolsep: array. (line 1579) -* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 2868) -* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 2874) -* \ast: Math symbols. (line 4584) -* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 4593) -* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 1757) -* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 1770) -* \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 5736) -* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 2640) -* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 6515) -* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 4596) -* \backslash <1>: Reserved characters. - (line 6277) -* \bar: Math accents. (line 5548) + (line 6251) +* \> (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3145) +* \@: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6575) +* \@fnsymbol: \footnote. (line 4027) +* \a (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3175) +* \a' (acute accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 3176) +* \a= (macron accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 3176) +* \aa (aa): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7296) +* \AA (AA): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7296) +* \acute: Math accents. (line 6188) +* \addcontentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 7472) +* \address: \address. (line 7656) +* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}: \addtocontents. (line 7506) +* \addtocounter: \addtocounter. (line 4828) +* \addtolength: \addtolength. (line 4962) +* \addvspace: \addvspace. (line 6696) +* \ae (ae): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7300) +* \AE (AE): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7300) +* \aleph: Math symbols. (line 5197) +* \Alph example: enumerate. (line 2360) +* \alpha: Math symbols. (line 5200) +* \alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4717) +* \Alph{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4720) +* \alsoname: Indexes. (line 7550) +* \amalg: Math symbols. (line 5203) +* \and for \author: \maketitle. (line 6445) +* \angle: Math symbols. (line 5206) +* \appendix: Sectioning. (line 1848) +* \approx: Math symbols. (line 5211) +* \arabic{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4723) +* \arccos: Math functions. (line 6079) +* \arcsin: Math functions. (line 6082) +* \arctan: Math functions. (line 6085) +* \arg: Math functions. (line 6088) +* \arraycolsep: array. (line 2088) +* \arrayrulewidth: tabular. (line 3404) +* \arraystretch: tabular. (line 3410) +* \ast: Math symbols. (line 5214) +* \asymp: Math symbols. (line 5223) +* \AtBeginDocument: \AtBeginDocument. (line 2285) +* \AtBeginDvi: Class and package commands. + (line 787) +* \AtEndDocument: \AtEndDocument. (line 2298) +* \AtEndOfClass: Class and package commands. + (line 792) +* \AtEndOfPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 792) +* \author{NAME \and NAME2}: \maketitle. (line 6444) +* \a` (grave accent in tabbing): tabbing. (line 3176) +* \b (bar-under accent): Accents. (line 7234) +* \backslash: Math symbols. (line 5226) +* \bar: Math accents. (line 6191) * \baselineskip: Low-level font commands. - (line 914) + (line 1333) * \baselinestretch: Low-level font commands. - (line 924) -* \begin: Environments. (line 1525) -* \beta: Math symbols. (line 4600) -* \bf: Font styles. (line 718) -* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 687) -* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 3065) -* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 3105) -* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 3105) -* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 4603) -* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 4607) -* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 4611) -* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 4615) -* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 4618) -* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 4621) + (line 1343) +* \begin: Environments. (line 1994) +* \beta: Math symbols. (line 5230) +* \bf: Font styles. (line 1137) +* \bfseries: Font styles. (line 1106) +* \bibitem: \bibitem. (line 3601) +* \bibliography: Using BibTeX. (line 3645) +* \bibliographystyle: Using BibTeX. (line 3645) +* \bigcap: Math symbols. (line 5233) +* \bigcirc: Math symbols. (line 5237) +* \bigcup: Math symbols. (line 5241) +* \bigodot: Math symbols. (line 5245) +* \bigoplus: Math symbols. (line 5248) +* \bigotimes: Math symbols. (line 5251) * \bigskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6032) + (line 6721) * \bigskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6032) -* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 4632) -* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 4624) -* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 4628) -* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 4635) -* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 4639) -* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 4642) -* \bmod: Math functions. (line 5448) -* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 4507) -* \bot: Math symbols. (line 4645) -* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 1335) -* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1336) -* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 4649) -* \Box: Math symbols. (line 4652) -* \breve: Math accents. (line 5551) -* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 4657) -* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 6520) -* \cal: Font styles. (line 721) -* \cap: Math symbols. (line 4660) -* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 6489) -* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 6555) -* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 6566) -* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 6520) -* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 6502) -* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 6485) -* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 6524) -* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 6506) -* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 6528) -* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 6498) -* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 6550) -* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 6539) -* \capitalring: Accents. (line 6544) -* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 6550) -* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 6512) -* \caption: figure. (line 1956) -* \caption <1>: table. (line 2696) -* \cc: \cc. (line 6940) -* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 4665) -* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 5640) -* \centering: \centering. (line 1639) -* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 1400) -* \check: Math accents. (line 5554) -* \chi: Math symbols. (line 4668) -* \circ: Math symbols. (line 4671) -* \circle: \circle. (line 2352) -* \cite: \cite. (line 3083) -* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 3368) -* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 3377) -* \cline: \cline. (line 3001) -* \closing: \closing. (line 6955) -* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 4676) -* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 990) + (line 6722) +* \bigsqcup: Math symbols. (line 5262) +* \bigtriangledown: Math symbols. (line 5254) +* \bigtriangleup: Math symbols. (line 5258) +* \biguplus: Math symbols. (line 5265) +* \bigvee: Math symbols. (line 5269) +* \bigwedge: Math symbols. (line 5272) +* \bmod: Math functions. (line 6091) +* \boldmath: Math formulas. (line 5134) +* \bot: Math symbols. (line 5275) +* \bottomfraction: Floats. (line 1755) +* \bottomfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1756) +* \bowtie: Math symbols. (line 5280) +* \Box: Math symbols. (line 5283) +* \breve: Math accents. (line 6194) +* \bullet: Math symbols. (line 5288) +* \c (cedilla accent): Accents. (line 7239) +* \cal: Font styles. (line 1140) +* \cap: Math symbols. (line 5291) +* \capitalacute: Accents. (line 7208) +* \capitalbreve: Accents. (line 7274) +* \capitalcaron: Accents. (line 7285) +* \capitalcedilla: Accents. (line 7239) +* \capitalcircumflex: Accents. (line 7221) +* \capitaldieresis: Accents. (line 7204) +* \capitaldotaccent: Accents. (line 7243) +* \capitalgrave: Accents. (line 7225) +* \capitalhungarumlaut: Accents. (line 7247) +* \capitalmacron: Accents. (line 7217) +* \capitalnewtie: Accents. (line 7269) +* \capitalogonek: Accents. (line 7258) +* \capitalring: Accents. (line 7263) +* \capitaltie: Accents. (line 7269) +* \capitaltilde: Accents. (line 7231) +* \caption: figure. (line 2484) +* \caption <1>: table. (line 3232) +* \cc: \cc. (line 7683) +* \cdot: Math symbols. (line 5296) +* \cdots: Math miscellany. (line 6298) +* \centering: \centering. (line 2166) +* \chapter: Sectioning. (line 1820) +* \check: Math accents. (line 6197) +* \chi: Math symbols. (line 5299) +* \circ: Math symbols. (line 5302) +* \circle: \circle. (line 2888) +* \cite: \cite. (line 3620) +* \ClassError: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \ClassInfo: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \ClassInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \ClassWarning: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \ClassWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \cleardoublepage: \cleardoublepage. (line 3937) +* \clearpage: \clearpage. (line 3946) +* \cline: \cline. (line 3537) +* \closing: \closing. (line 7699) +* \clubsuit: Math symbols. (line 5307) +* \columnsep: \twocolumn. (line 1409) * \columnsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1115) + (line 1535) * \columnsep <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1118) -* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 996) + (line 1538) +* \columnseprule: \twocolumn. (line 1415) * \columnseprule <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1116) + (line 1536) * \columnseprule <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1118) -* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1003) + (line 1538) +* \columnwidth: \twocolumn. (line 1422) * \columnwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1117) + (line 1537) * \columnwidth <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1118) -* \complement: Math symbols. (line 4679) -* \cong: Math symbols. (line 4685) -* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 6757) -* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 4688) -* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 6302) -* \cos: Math functions. (line 5451) -* \cosh: Math functions. (line 5454) -* \cot: Math functions. (line 5457) -* \coth: Math functions. (line 5460) -* \csc: Math functions. (line 5463) -* \cup: Math symbols. (line 4691) -* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 6524) -* \dag: Text symbols. (line 6306) -* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 4696) -* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 2407) -* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 4699) -* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 5742) -* \day: \day \month \year. (line 4251) -* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1037) -* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1043) -* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1050) -* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1015) -* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1055) -* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 6309) -* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 4703) -* \ddot: Math accents. (line 5557) -* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 5644) -* \deg: Math functions. (line 5466) -* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 4706) -* \delta: Math symbols. (line 4709) -* \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 4379) -* \det: Math functions. (line 5469) -* \dh (d): Non-English characters. - (line 6584) -* \DH (D): Non-English characters. - (line 6584) -* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 4712) -* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 4716) -* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 4720) -* \dim: Math functions. (line 5472) -* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 4512) -* \div: Math symbols. (line 4723) -* \dj: Non-English characters. - (line 6588) -* \DJ: Non-English characters. - (line 6588) -* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 510) -* \dot: Math accents. (line 5560) -* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 4726) + (line 1538) +* \complement: Math symbols. (line 5310) +* \cong: Math symbols. (line 5316) +* \contentsline: \addcontentsline. (line 7499) +* \coprod: Math symbols. (line 5319) +* \copyright: Text symbols. (line 7018) +* \cos: Math functions. (line 6094) +* \cosh: Math functions. (line 6097) +* \cot: Math functions. (line 6100) +* \coth: Math functions. (line 6103) +* \csc: Math functions. (line 6106) +* \cup: Math symbols. (line 5322) +* \CurrentOption: Class and package commands. + (line 825) +* \d (dot-under accent): Accents. (line 7243) +* \dag: Text symbols. (line 7022) +* \dagger: Math symbols. (line 5327) +* \dashbox: \dashbox. (line 2943) +* \dashv: Math symbols. (line 5330) +* \date{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 6450) +* \day: \day \month \year. (line 4861) +* \dblfloatpagefraction: \twocolumn. (line 1456) +* \dblfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1462) +* \dbltextfloatsep: \twocolumn. (line 1469) +* \dbltopfraction: \twocolumn. (line 1434) +* \dbltopnumber: \twocolumn. (line 1474) +* \ddag: Text symbols. (line 7025) +* \ddagger: Math symbols. (line 5334) +* \ddot: Math accents. (line 6200) +* \ddots: Math miscellany. (line 6302) +* \DeclareOption: Class and package commands. + (line 831) +* \DeclareOption*: Class and package commands. + (line 831) +* \deg: Math functions. (line 6109) +* \Delta: Math symbols. (line 5337) +* \delta: Math symbols. (line 5340) +* \depth: Predefined lengths. (line 5006) +* \det: Math functions. (line 6112) +* \dh (d): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7304) +* \DH (D): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7304) +* \Diamond: Math symbols. (line 5343) +* \diamond: Math symbols. (line 5347) +* \diamondsuit: Math symbols. (line 5351) +* \dim: Math functions. (line 6115) +* \displaystyle: Math formulas. (line 5139) +* \div: Math symbols. (line 5354) +* \dj: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7310) +* \DJ: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7310) +* \documentclass: Document classes. (line 570) +* \dot: Math accents. (line 6203) +* \doteq: Math symbols. (line 5357) * \dotfill: \hrulefill \dotfill. - (line 5983) -* \dots: Text symbols. (line 6326) -* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 2879) -* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 4730) -* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 4734) -* \ell: Math symbols. (line 4738) -* \emph: Font styles. (line 707) -* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 4741) -* \encl: \encl. (line 6967) -* \end: Environments. (line 1525) -* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 3390) -* \enumi: enumerate. (line 1822) -* \enumii: enumerate. (line 1822) -* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 1822) -* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 1822) -* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 4745) -* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 4750) -* \eta: Math symbols. (line 4753) + (line 6673) +* \dots: Text symbols. (line 7042) +* \doublerulesep: tabular. (line 3415) +* \downarrow: Math symbols. (line 5361) +* \Downarrow: Math symbols. (line 5365) +* \ell: Math symbols. (line 5369) +* \emph: Font styles. (line 1126) +* \emptyset: Math symbols. (line 5372) +* \encl: \encl. (line 7711) +* \end: Environments. (line 1994) +* \enlargethispage: \enlargethispage. (line 3959) +* \enumi: enumerate. (line 2350) +* \enumii: enumerate. (line 2350) +* \enumiii: enumerate. (line 2350) +* \enumiv: enumerate. (line 2350) +* \epsilon: Math symbols. (line 5376) +* \equiv: Math symbols. (line 5382) +* \eta: Math symbols. (line 5385) * \evensidemargin: Document class options. - (line 615) + (line 680) * \evensidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1176) + (line 1596) * \evensidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1177) -* \exists: Math symbols. (line 4756) -* \exp: Math functions. (line 5475) -* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 2827) + (line 1597) +* \ExecuteOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 899) +* \exists: Math symbols. (line 5388) +* \exp: Math functions. (line 6118) +* \extracolsep: tabular. (line 3363) * \fbox: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 6114) + (line 6808) * \fboxrule: \framebox (picture). - (line 2401) + (line 2937) * \fboxrule <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 6126) + (line 6820) * \fboxsep: \framebox (picture). - (line 2401) + (line 2937) * \fboxsep <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 6126) -* \fill: \hfill. (line 5860) -* \flat: Math symbols. (line 4759) -* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 1339) -* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 1340) -* \floatsep: Floats. (line 1355) -* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1356) -* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1084) -* \fnsymbol: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4143) -* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 3458) + (line 6820) +* \fill: \hfill. (line 6568) +* \flat: Math symbols. (line 5391) +* \floatpagefraction: Floats. (line 1759) +* \floatpagefraction <1>: Floats. (line 1760) +* \floatsep: Floats. (line 1775) +* \floatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1776) +* \flushbottom: \flushbottom. (line 1503) +* \fnsymbol, and footnotes: \footnote. (line 4027) +* \fnsymbol{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4732) * \fontencoding: Low-level font commands. - (line 827) + (line 1246) * \fontfamily: Low-level font commands. - (line 836) + (line 1255) * \fontseries: Low-level font commands. - (line 861) + (line 1280) * \fontshape: Low-level font commands. - (line 901) + (line 1320) * \fontsize: Low-level font commands. - (line 914) -* \footnote: \footnote. (line 3441) -* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 3479) + (line 1333) +* \footnote: \footnote. (line 4010) +* \footnotemark: \footnotemark. (line 4048) * \footnoterule: Footnote parameters. - (line 3628) + (line 4199) * \footnotesep: Footnote parameters. - (line 3634) -* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 3511) + (line 4205) +* \footnotesize: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \footnotetext: \footnotetext. (line 4080) * \footskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1135) + (line 1555) * \footskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1136) -* \forall: Math symbols. (line 4762) -* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 5648) -* \frac{num}{den}: Math miscellany. (line 5647) -* \frame: \frame. (line 2422) + (line 1556) +* \forall: Math symbols. (line 5394) +* \frac: Math miscellany. (line 6306) +* \frac{NUM}{DEN}: Math miscellany. (line 6305) +* \frame: \frame. (line 2958) * \framebox: \framebox (picture). - (line 2393) + (line 2929) * \framebox <1>: \fbox and \framebox. - (line 6114) -* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 5938) -* \frown: Math symbols. (line 4765) -* \fussy: \fussy. (line 3310) -* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 4768) -* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 4771) -* \gcd: Math functions. (line 5478) -* \ge: Math symbols. (line 4774) -* \geq: Math symbols. (line 4778) -* \gets: Math symbols. (line 4782) -* \gg: Math symbols. (line 4785) -* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 6780) -* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 6783) -* \grave: Math accents. (line 5563) -* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 6318) -* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 6319) -* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 6320) -* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 6321) -* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 6528) -* \hat: Math accents. (line 5566) -* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 4789) + (line 6808) +* \frenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 6628) +* \frown: Math symbols. (line 5397) +* \fussy: \fussy. (line 3879) +* \Gamma: Math symbols. (line 5400) +* \gamma: Math symbols. (line 5403) +* \gcd: Math functions. (line 6121) +* \ge: Math symbols. (line 5406) +* \geq: Math symbols. (line 5410) +* \gets: Math symbols. (line 5414) +* \gg: Math symbols. (line 5417) +* \glossary: Glossaries. (line 7523) +* \glossaryentry: Glossaries. (line 7526) +* \grave: Math accents. (line 6206) +* \guillemotleft (<<): Text symbols. (line 7034) +* \guillemotright (>>): Text symbols. (line 7035) +* \guilsinglleft (<): Text symbols. (line 7036) +* \guilsinglright (>): Text symbols. (line 7037) +* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Accents. (line 7247) +* \hat: Math accents. (line 6209) +* \hbar: Math symbols. (line 5421) * \headheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1123) + (line 1543) * \headheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1124) + (line 1544) * \headsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1128) + (line 1548) * \headsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1129) -* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 4792) -* \height: Predefined lengths. (line 4377) -* \hfill: \hfill. (line 5857) -* \hline: \hline. (line 3023) -* \hom: Math functions. (line 5481) -* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 4795) -* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 4798) + (line 1549) +* \heartsuit: Math symbols. (line 5424) +* \height: Predefined lengths. (line 5004) +* \hfill: \hfill. (line 6565) +* \hline: \hline. (line 3559) +* \hom: Math functions. (line 6124) +* \hookleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 5427) +* \hookrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5430) * \hrulefill: \hrulefill \dotfill. - (line 5983) + (line 6673) * \hsize: Page layout parameters. - (line 1228) + (line 1648) * \hsize <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1228) -* \hspace: \hspace. (line 5830) -* \huge: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 3328) -* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 6532) -* \iff: Math symbols. (line 4801) -* \ij (ij): Non-English characters. - (line 6592) -* \IJ (IJ): Non-English characters. - (line 6592) -* \Im: Math symbols. (line 4805) -* \imath: Math accents. (line 5569) -* \in: Math symbols. (line 4808) -* \include: \include. (line 6663) -* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 6681) -* \indent: \indent. (line 4402) -* \index: Indexes. (line 6796) -* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 6799) -* \inf: Math functions. (line 5484) -* \infty: Math symbols. (line 4813) -* \input: \input. (line 6695) -* \int: Math symbols. (line 4816) -* \intextsep: Floats. (line 1359) -* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 1360) -* \iota: Math symbols. (line 4819) -* \it: Font styles. (line 724) -* \item: description. (line 1679) -* \item <1>: description. (line 1684) -* \item <2>: enumerate. (line 1798) -* \item <3>: itemize. (line 2078) -* \itemindent: itemize. (line 2121) -* \itemsep: itemize. (line 2143) -* \itshape: Font styles. (line 681) -* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 6535) -* \jmath: Math accents. (line 5572) -* \Join: Math symbols. (line 4822) -* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 6539) -* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 4826) -* \ker: Math functions. (line 5487) -* \kill: tabbing. (line 2644) -* \l (/l): Non-English characters. - (line 6596) -* \L (/L): Non-English characters. - (line 6596) -* \label: \label. (line 1455) -* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 1827) -* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 1827) -* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 1827) -* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 1827) -* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 2101) -* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 2101) -* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 2101) -* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 2101) -* \labelsep: itemize. (line 2124) -* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 2127) -* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 4829) -* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 4832) -* \land: Math symbols. (line 4835) -* \langle: Math symbols. (line 4840) -* \large: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \Large: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 6312) -* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 6315) -* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 4845) -* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 4849) -* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 4853) -* \ldots: Text symbols. (line 6325) -* \le: Math symbols. (line 4857) -* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 4861) -* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 5650) -* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 4868) -* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 4873) -* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 1888) -* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 4877) -* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 4880) -* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 2108) -* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 2108) -* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 4883) -* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 4888) -* \leq: Math symbols. (line 4893) -* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 4897) -* \lg: Math functions. (line 5490) -* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 4900) -* \lim: Math functions. (line 5493) -* \liminf: Math functions. (line 5496) -* \limsup: Math functions. (line 5499) -* \line: \line. (line 2433) + (line 1648) +* \hspace: \hspace. (line 6538) +* \huge: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \Huge: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \hyphenation: \hyphenation. (line 3897) +* \i (dotless i): Accents. (line 7251) +* \iff: Math symbols. (line 5433) +* \IfFileExists: Class and package commands. + (line 861) +* \ij (ij): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7316) +* \IJ (IJ): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7316) +* \Im: Math symbols. (line 5437) +* \imath: Math accents. (line 6212) +* \in: Math symbols. (line 5440) +* \include: \include. (line 7400) +* \includeonly: \includeonly. (line 7418) +* \indent: \indent. (line 5029) +* \index: Indexes. (line 7539) +* \indexentry: Indexes. (line 7542) +* \indexspace: Indexes. (line 7562) +* \inf: Math functions. (line 6127) +* \infty: Math symbols. (line 5446) +* \input: \input. (line 7433) +* \InputIfFileExists: Class and package commands. + (line 861) +* \int: Math symbols. (line 5449) +* \intextsep: Floats. (line 1779) +* \intextsep <1>: Floats. (line 1780) +* \iota: Math symbols. (line 5452) +* \it: Font styles. (line 1143) +* \item: description. (line 2211) +* \item <1>: enumerate. (line 2326) +* \item <2>: itemize. (line 2606) +* \itemindent: itemize. (line 2649) +* \itemsep: itemize. (line 2671) +* \itshape: Font styles. (line 1100) +* \j (dotless j): Accents. (line 7254) +* \jmath: Math accents. (line 6215) +* \Join: Math symbols. (line 5455) +* \k (ogonek): Accents. (line 7258) +* \kappa: Math symbols. (line 5459) +* \ker: Math functions. (line 6130) +* \kill: tabbing. (line 3180) +* \l (/l): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7320) +* \L (/L): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7320) +* \label: \label. (line 1900) +* \labelenumi: enumerate. (line 2355) +* \labelenumii: enumerate. (line 2355) +* \labelenumiii: enumerate. (line 2355) +* \labelenumiv: enumerate. (line 2355) +* \labelitemi: itemize. (line 2629) +* \labelitemii: itemize. (line 2629) +* \labelitemiii: itemize. (line 2629) +* \labelitemiv: itemize. (line 2629) +* \labelsep: itemize. (line 2652) +* \labelwidth: itemize. (line 2655) +* \Lambda: Math symbols. (line 5462) +* \lambda: Math symbols. (line 5465) +* \land: Math symbols. (line 5468) +* \langle: Math symbols. (line 5473) +* \large: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \Large: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \LARGE: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \LaTeX: Text symbols. (line 7028) +* \LaTeXe: Text symbols. (line 7031) +* \lbrace: Math symbols. (line 5478) +* \lbrack: Math symbols. (line 5482) +* \lceil: Math symbols. (line 5486) +* \ldots: Text symbols. (line 7041) +* \le: Math symbols. (line 5490) +* \leadsto: Math symbols. (line 5494) +* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2: Math miscellany. (line 6308) +* \Leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 5501) +* \leftarrow: Math symbols. (line 5506) +* \lefteqn: eqnarray. (line 2416) +* \leftharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 5510) +* \leftharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 5513) +* \leftmargin: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmargini: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmarginii: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmarginiii: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmarginiv: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmarginv: itemize. (line 2636) +* \leftmarginvi: itemize. (line 2636) +* \Leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5516) +* \leftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5521) +* \leq: Math symbols. (line 5526) +* \lfloor: Math symbols. (line 5530) +* \lg: Math functions. (line 6133) +* \lhd: Math symbols. (line 5533) +* \lim: Math functions. (line 6136) +* \liminf: Math functions. (line 6139) +* \limsup: Math functions. (line 6142) +* \line: \line. (line 2969) * \linebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 3344) + (line 3913) * \linespread: Low-level font commands. - (line 937) -* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 2447) + (line 1356) +* \linethickness: \linethickness. (line 2983) * \linewidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1142) + (line 1562) * \linewidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1143) -* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 6723) -* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 6723) -* \listparindent: itemize. (line 2130) -* \ll: Math symbols. (line 4907) -* \ln: Math functions. (line 5502) -* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 4911) -* \location: \location. (line 6983) -* \log: Math functions. (line 5505) -* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 4914) -* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 4919) -* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 4923) -* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 4928) -* \lor: Math symbols. (line 4933) -* \lq: Text symbols. (line 6331) -* \makebox: \makebox. (line 6146) -* \makebox (for 'picture'): \makebox (picture). (line 2365) -* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 6778) -* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 6793) -* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 6993) -* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 5731) -* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 4936) -* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 4434) + (line 1563) +* \listoffigures: Tables of contents. (line 7461) +* \listoftables: Tables of contents. (line 7461) +* \listparindent: itemize. (line 2658) +* \ll: Math symbols. (line 5541) +* \ln: Math functions. (line 6145) +* \lnot: Math symbols. (line 5545) +* \LoadClass: Class and package commands. + (line 878) +* \LoadClassWithOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 878) +* \location: \location. (line 7727) +* \log: Math functions. (line 6148) +* \longleftarrow: Math symbols. (line 5548) +* \longleftrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5553) +* \longmapsto: Math symbols. (line 5557) +* \longrightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5562) +* \lor: Math symbols. (line 5567) +* \lq: Text symbols. (line 7047) +* \makebox: \makebox. (line 6844) +* \makebox (for picture): \makebox (picture). (line 2901) +* \makeglossary: Glossaries. (line 7521) +* \makeindex: Indexes. (line 7536) +* \makelabels: \makelabels. (line 7737) +* \maketitle: \maketitle. (line 6439) +* \mapsto: Math symbols. (line 5570) +* \marginpar: Marginal notes. (line 5061) * \marginparpush: Page layout parameters. - (line 1149) + (line 1569) * \marginparpush <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1152) -* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 4464) -* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 4468) + (line 1572) +* \marginparpush <2>: Marginal notes. (line 5091) +* \marginparsep: Marginal notes. (line 5095) * \marginparwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1151) + (line 1571) * \marginparwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1152) -* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 4472) + (line 1572) +* \marginparwidth <2>: Marginal notes. (line 5099) * \marginsep: Page layout parameters. - (line 1150) + (line 1570) * \marginsep <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1152) -* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 5805) -* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 5812) -* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 760) -* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 776) -* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 773) -* \mathring: Math accents. (line 5575) -* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 757) -* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 763) -* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 766) -* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 778) -* \max: Math functions. (line 5508) -* \mbox: \mbox. (line 6107) -* \mbox, and LR mode: Modes. (line 5704) -* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 684) + (line 1572) +* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 6513) +* \markright{RIGHT}: \pagestyle. (line 6520) +* \mathbf: Font styles. (line 1179) +* \mathcal: Font styles. (line 1195) +* \mathdollar: Math miscellany. (line 6313) +* \mathellipsis: Math miscellany. (line 6316) +* \mathnormal: Font styles. (line 1192) +* \mathparagraph: Math miscellany. (line 6319) +* \mathring: Math accents. (line 6218) +* \mathrm: Font styles. (line 1176) +* \mathsection: Math miscellany. (line 6322) +* \mathsf: Font styles. (line 1182) +* \mathsterling: Math miscellany. (line 6325) +* \mathtt: Font styles. (line 1185) +* \mathunderscore: Math miscellany. (line 6328) +* \mathversion: Font styles. (line 1197) +* \max: Math functions. (line 6151) +* \mbox: \mbox. (line 6801) +* \mbox, and LR mode: Modes. (line 6381) +* \mdseries: Font styles. (line 1103) * \medskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6037) + (line 6726) * \medskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6037) + (line 6727) * \medspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5608) -* \mho: Math symbols. (line 4940) -* \mid: Math symbols. (line 4945) -* \min: Math functions. (line 5511) -* \models: Math symbols. (line 4955) -* \month: \day \month \year. (line 4251) -* \mp: Math symbols. (line 4960) -* \mu: Math symbols. (line 4963) -* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 2894) -* \multiput: \multiput. (line 2471) -* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 4966) -* \name: \name. (line 7015) -* \natural: Math symbols. (line 4969) -* \ne: Math symbols. (line 4972) -* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 4975) -* \neg: Math symbols. (line 4978) -* \neq: Math symbols. (line 4982) + (line 6251) +* \mho: Math symbols. (line 5574) +* \mid: Math symbols. (line 5579) +* \min: Math functions. (line 6154) +* \models: Math symbols. (line 5589) +* \month: \day \month \year. (line 4861) +* \mp: Math symbols. (line 5594) +* \mu: Math symbols. (line 5597) +* \multicolumn: \multicolumn. (line 3430) +* \multiput: \multiput. (line 3007) +* \nabla: Math symbols. (line 5600) +* \name: \name. (line 7759) +* \natural: Math symbols. (line 5603) +* \ne: Math symbols. (line 5606) +* \nearrow: Math symbols. (line 5609) +* \NeedsTeXFormat: Class and package commands. + (line 909) +* \neg: Math symbols. (line 5612) +* \neq: Math symbols. (line 5616) * \newcommand: \newcommand & \renewcommand. - (line 3649) -* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 3749) + (line 4220) +* \newcounter: \newcounter. (line 4326) * \newenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 3800) -* \newfont: \newfont. (line 4016) -* \newlength: \newlength. (line 3770) -* \newline: \newline. (line 3277) -* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 5867) -* \newpage: \newpage. (line 3384) -* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 3785) -* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 3904) -* \newtie: Accents. (line 6550) -* \ng: Non-English characters. - (line 6600) -* \NG: Non-English characters. - (line 6600) -* \ni: Math symbols. (line 4985) -* \nocite: \nocite. (line 3097) -* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 669) -* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 669) -* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 6728) -* \noindent: \noindent. (line 4413) + (line 4380) +* \newfont: \newfont. (line 4599) +* \newlength: \newlength. (line 4350) +* \newline: \newline. (line 3839) +* \NEWLINE: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6575) +* \newpage: \newpage. (line 3953) +* \newsavebox: \newsavebox. (line 4365) +* \newtheorem: \newtheorem. (line 4487) +* \newtie: Accents. (line 7269) +* \ng: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7324) +* \NG: Additional Latin letters. + (line 7324) +* \ni: Math symbols. (line 5619) +* \nocite: \nocite. (line 3635) +* \nocorr: Font styles. (line 1088) +* \nocorrlist: Font styles. (line 1088) +* \nofiles: Tables of contents. (line 7466) +* \noindent: \noindent. (line 5040) * \nolinebreak: \linebreak & \nolinebreak. - (line 3344) -* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 5938) -* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 1883) + (line 3913) +* \nonfrenchspacing: \frenchspacing. (line 6628) +* \nonumber: eqnarray. (line 2411) * \nopagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 3405) -* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 705) -* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 4452) -* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \not: Math symbols. (line 4990) -* \notin: Math symbols. (line 4998) -* \nu: Math symbols. (line 5002) -* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 5005) -* \o (/o): Non-English characters. - (line 6604) -* \O (/O): Non-English characters. - (line 6604) + (line 3974) +* \normalfont: Font styles. (line 1124) +* \normalmarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 5079) +* \normalsize: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \not: Math symbols. (line 5624) +* \notin: Math symbols. (line 5632) +* \nu: Math symbols. (line 5636) +* \nwarrow: Math symbols. (line 5639) +* \o (/o): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7328) +* \O (/O): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7328) * \obeycr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 3268) + (line 3830) * \oddsidemargin: Document class options. - (line 615) + (line 680) * \oddsidemargin <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1175) + (line 1595) * \oddsidemargin <2>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1177) -* \odot: Math symbols. (line 5008) -* \oe (oe): Non-English characters. - (line 6608) -* \OE (OE): Non-English characters. - (line 6608) -* \oint: Math symbols. (line 5013) -* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 782) -* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 5017) -* \omega: Math symbols. (line 5020) -* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 5023) -* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 965) -* \opening: \opening. (line 7025) -* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 5026) -* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 5030) -* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 5033) -* \oval: \oval. (line 2482) -* \overbrace{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 5655) -* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 5659) -* \owns: Math symbols. (line 5038) -* \P: Text symbols. (line 6334) + (line 1597) +* \odot: Math symbols. (line 5642) +* \oe (oe): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7332) +* \OE (OE): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7332) +* \oint: Math symbols. (line 5647) +* \oldstylenums: Font styles. (line 1201) +* \Omega: Math symbols. (line 5651) +* \omega: Math symbols. (line 5654) +* \ominus: Math symbols. (line 5657) +* \onecolumn: \onecolumn. (line 1384) +* \opening: \opening. (line 7769) +* \oplus: Math symbols. (line 5660) +* \OptionNotUsed: Class and package commands. + (line 927) +* \oslash: Math symbols. (line 5664) +* \otimes: Math symbols. (line 5667) +* \oval: \oval. (line 3018) +* \overbrace{MATH}: Math miscellany. (line 6331) +* \overline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 6335) +* \owns: Math symbols. (line 5672) +* \P: Text symbols. (line 7050) +* \PackageError: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \PackageInfo: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \PackageInfoNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \PackageWarning: Class and package commands. + (line 807) +* \PackageWarningNoLine: Class and package commands. + (line 807) * \pagebreak: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak. - (line 3405) -* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 5757) -* \pageref: \pageref. (line 1503) -* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 5782) + (line 3974) +* \pagenumbering: \pagenumbering. (line 6465) +* \pageref: \pageref. (line 1951) +* \pagestyle: \pagestyle. (line 6490) * \paperheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1188) + (line 1608) * \paperheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1189) + (line 1609) * \paperwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1194) + (line 1614) * \paperwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1195) -* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1405) -* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 5043) -* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6171) -* \parindent: minipage. (line 2265) -* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 4402) -* \parsep: itemize. (line 2148) -* \parskip: \parskip. (line 4428) -* \parskip example: itemize. (line 2164) -* \part: Sectioning. (line 1399) -* \partial: Math symbols. (line 5046) -* \partopsep: itemize. (line 2158) + (line 1615) +* \paragraph: Sectioning. (line 1825) +* \parallel: Math symbols. (line 5677) +* \parbox: \parbox. (line 6869) +* \parindent: minipage. (line 2796) +* \parindent <1>: \indent. (line 5029) +* \parsep: itemize. (line 2676) +* \parskip: \parskip. (line 5055) +* \parskip example: itemize. (line 2692) +* \part: Sectioning. (line 1819) +* \partial: Math symbols. (line 5680) +* \partopsep: itemize. (line 2686) +* \PassOptionsToClass: Class and package commands. + (line 933) +* \PassOptionsToPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 933) * \pdfpageheight: Document class options. - (line 575) + (line 638) * \pdfpagewidth: Document class options. - (line 575) -* \perp: Math symbols. (line 5049) -* \phi: Math symbols. (line 5054) -* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 5058) -* \pi: Math symbols. (line 5061) -* \pm: Math symbols. (line 5065) -* \pmod: Math functions. (line 5514) -* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 2650) -* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 2651) -* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 6338) -* \Pr: Math functions. (line 5517) -* \prec: Math symbols. (line 5068) -* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 5071) -* \prime: Math symbols. (line 5076) -* \prod: Math symbols. (line 5087) -* \propto: Math symbols. (line 5090) -* \protect: \protect. (line 4051) -* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 3734) -* \ps: \ps. (line 7038) -* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 5093) -* \psi: Math symbols. (line 5096) -* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 2653) -* \put: \put. (line 2509) + (line 638) +* \perp: Math symbols. (line 5683) +* \phi: Math symbols. (line 5688) +* \Pi: Math symbols. (line 5692) +* \pi: Math symbols. (line 5695) +* \pm: Math symbols. (line 5699) +* \pmod: Math functions. (line 6157) +* \poptabs: tabbing. (line 3186) +* \poptabs <1>: tabbing. (line 3187) +* \pounds: Text symbols. (line 7054) +* \Pr: Math functions. (line 6160) +* \prec: Math symbols. (line 5702) +* \preceq: Math symbols. (line 5705) +* \prime: Math symbols. (line 5710) +* \printindex: Indexes. (line 7558) +* \ProcessOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 966) +* \ProcessOptions*: Class and package commands. + (line 966) +* \prod: Math symbols. (line 5719) +* \propto: Math symbols. (line 5722) +* \protect: \protect. (line 4634) +* \providecommand: \providecommand. (line 4311) +* \ProvidesClass: Class and package commands. + (line 1000) +* \ProvidesFile: Class and package commands. + (line 1031) +* \ProvidesPackage: Class and package commands. + (line 1000) +* \ps: \ps. (line 7782) +* \Psi: Math symbols. (line 5725) +* \psi: Math symbols. (line 5728) +* \pushtabs: tabbing. (line 3189) +* \put: \put. (line 3045) * \qquad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5625) + (line 6268) * \quad: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5619) -* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 6342) -* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 6343) -* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 6544) -* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1103) -* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 2065) -* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 2039) -* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6211) -* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 5099) -* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 5103) -* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 5107) -* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 5111) -* \Re: Math symbols. (line 5114) -* \ref: \ref. (line 1513) -* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 4230) + (line 6262) +* \quotedblbase (,,): Text symbols. (line 7058) +* \quotesinglbase (,): Text symbols. (line 7059) +* \r (ring accent): Accents. (line 7263) +* \raggedbottom: \raggedbottom. (line 1524) +* \raggedleft: \raggedleft. (line 2593) +* \raggedright: \raggedright. (line 2567) +* \raisebox: \raisebox. (line 6912) +* \rangle: Math symbols. (line 5731) +* \rbrace: Math symbols. (line 5735) +* \rbrack: Math symbols. (line 5739) +* \rceil: Math symbols. (line 5743) +* \Re: Math symbols. (line 5746) +* \ref: \ref. (line 1972) +* \refstepcounter: \refstepcounter. (line 4840) * \renewenvironment: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment. - (line 3800) + (line 4380) +* \RequirePackage: Class and package commands. + (line 1038) +* \RequirePackageWithOptions: Class and package commands. + (line 1038) * \restorecr: \obeycr & \restorecr. - (line 3268) -* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 5119) -* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 4452) -* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 5124) -* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 5128) -* \rho: Math symbols. (line 5135) -* \right: Math miscellany. (line 5651) -* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5139) -* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5143) -* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 5148) -* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 5151) -* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 5154) -* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 2134) -* \rm: Font styles. (line 727) -* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 678) -* \roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4137) -* \Roman: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. - (line 4140) -* \rq: Text symbols. (line 6346) -* \rule: \rule. (line 6621) -* \S: Text symbols. (line 6349) -* \savebox: \savebox. (line 6227) -* \sbox: \sbox. (line 6239) -* \sc: Font styles. (line 730) -* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \scshape: Font styles. (line 699) -* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 5157) -* \sec: Math functions. (line 5520) -* \section: Sectioning. (line 1402) -* \seename: Indexes. (line 6807) + (line 3830) +* \restriction: Math symbols. (line 5751) +* \revemptyset: Math symbols. (line 5756) +* \reversemarginpar: Marginal notes. (line 5079) +* \rfloor: Math symbols. (line 5761) +* \rhd: Math symbols. (line 5765) +* \rho: Math symbols. (line 5772) +* \right: Math miscellany. (line 6309) +* \Rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5776) +* \rightarrow: Math symbols. (line 5780) +* \rightharpoondown: Math symbols. (line 5785) +* \rightharpoonup: Math symbols. (line 5788) +* \rightleftharpoons: Math symbols. (line 5791) +* \rightmargin: itemize. (line 2662) +* \rm: Font styles. (line 1146) +* \rmfamily: Font styles. (line 1097) +* \roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4726) +* \Roman{COUNTER}: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol. + (line 4729) +* \rq: Text symbols. (line 7062) +* \rule: \rule. (line 7347) +* \S: Text symbols. (line 7065) +* \savebox: \savebox. (line 6928) +* \sbox: \sbox. (line 6940) +* \sc: Font styles. (line 1149) +* \scriptsize: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \scshape: Font styles. (line 1118) +* \searrow: Math symbols. (line 5794) +* \sec: Math functions. (line 6163) +* \section: Sectioning. (line 1822) +* \seename: Indexes. (line 7550) * \selectfont: Low-level font commands. - (line 943) -* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 4213) -* \setlength: \setlength. (line 4340) -* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 5160) -* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 4353) -* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 4361) -* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 4369) -* \sf: Font styles. (line 733) -* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 696) -* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 5166) -* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 2519) -* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 5169) -* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 5172) -* \signature: \signature. (line 7055) -* \sim: Math symbols. (line 5176) -* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 5179) -* \sin: Math functions. (line 5523) -* \sinh: Math functions. (line 5526) -* \sl: Font styles. (line 736) -* \sloppy: \sloppy. (line 3320) -* \slshape: Font styles. (line 693) -* \small: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 5182) + (line 1362) +* \setcounter: \setcounter. (line 4812) +* \setlength: \setlength. (line 4950) +* \setminus: Math symbols. (line 5797) +* \settodepth: \settodepth. (line 4972) +* \settoheight: \settoheight. (line 4982) +* \settowidth: \settowidth. (line 4992) +* \sf: Font styles. (line 1152) +* \sffamily: Font styles. (line 1115) +* \sharp: Math symbols. (line 5803) +* \shortstack: \shortstack. (line 3055) +* \Sigma: Math symbols. (line 5806) +* \sigma: Math symbols. (line 5809) +* \signature: \signature. (line 7799) +* \sim: Math symbols. (line 5813) +* \simeq: Math symbols. (line 5816) +* \sin: Math functions. (line 6166) +* \sinh: Math functions. (line 6169) +* \sl: Font styles. (line 1155) +* \sloppy: \sloppy. (line 3889) +* \slshape: Font styles. (line 1112) +* \small: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \smallint: Math symbols. (line 5819) * \smallskip: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6042) + (line 6731) * \smallskipamount: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip. - (line 6042) -* \smile: Math symbols. (line 5186) -* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 5189) -* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 5192) -* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 5196) -* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}: Math miscellany. (line 5662) -* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 5200) -* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 5205) -* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 5210) -* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 5215) -* \ss (ss): Non-English characters. - (line 6612) -* \SS (SS): Non-English characters. - (line 6612) -* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 5668) -* \star: Math symbols. (line 5219) -* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 4244) -* \stop: Command line. (line 7136) -* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1406) -* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 1403) -* \subset: Math symbols. (line 5226) -* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 5229) -* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 1404) -* \succ: Math symbols. (line 5232) -* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 5236) -* \sum: Math symbols. (line 5241) -* \sup: Math functions. (line 5529) -* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 1328) -* \supset: Math symbols. (line 5245) -* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 5248) -* \surd: Math symbols. (line 5251) -* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 5256) -* \symbol: Reserved characters. - (line 6286) -* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 6550) -* \TAB: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 5867) -* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 2658) -* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 2883) -* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 6713) -* \tan: Math functions. (line 5532) -* \tanh: Math functions. (line 5535) -* \tau: Math symbols. (line 5259) -* \telephone: \telephone. (line 7079) -* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 6352) -* \textascenderwordmark: Text symbols. (line 6390) -* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 6355) -* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 6358) -* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 6361) -* \textbackslash: Text symbols. (line 6364) -* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 6367) -* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 6370) -* \textbf: Font styles. (line 687) -* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 6373) -* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 6376) -* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 6379) -* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 6382) -* \textcapitalwordmark: Text symbols. (line 6389) -* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 6385) -* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 6388) -* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 6303) -* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 6395) -* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 6398) -* \textdollar (or '$'): Text symbols. (line 6401) -* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 6327) -* \textemdash (or '---'): Text symbols. (line 6404) -* \textendash (or '--'): Text symbols. (line 6407) -* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 6410) -* \textexclamdown (or '!`'): Text symbols. (line 6413) -* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 1364) -* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1365) -* \textfraction: Floats. (line 1343) -* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1344) -* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 6416) + (line 6732) +* \smile: Math symbols. (line 5823) +* \spadesuit: Math symbols. (line 5826) +* \sqcap: Math symbols. (line 5829) +* \sqcup: Math symbols. (line 5833) +* \sqrt[ROOT]{ARG}: Math miscellany. (line 6339) +* \sqsubset: Math symbols. (line 5837) +* \sqsubseteq: Math symbols. (line 5842) +* \sqsupset: Math symbols. (line 5847) +* \sqsupseteq: Math symbols. (line 5852) +* \ss (ss): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7336) +* \SS (SS): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7336) +* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}: Math miscellany. (line 6344) +* \star: Math symbols. (line 5856) +* \stepcounter: \stepcounter. (line 4854) +* \stop: Command line. (line 7880) +* \subparagraph: Sectioning. (line 1826) +* \subsection: Sectioning. (line 1823) +* \subset: Math symbols. (line 5863) +* \subseteq: Math symbols. (line 5866) +* \subsubsection: Sectioning. (line 1824) +* \succ: Math symbols. (line 5869) +* \succeq: Math symbols. (line 5873) +* \sum: Math symbols. (line 5878) +* \sup: Math functions. (line 6172) +* \suppressfloats: Floats. (line 1748) +* \supset: Math symbols. (line 5882) +* \supseteq: Math symbols. (line 5885) +* \surd: Math symbols. (line 5888) +* \swarrow: Math symbols. (line 5893) +* \symbol: Symbols by font position. + (line 7002) +* \t (tie-after accent): Accents. (line 7269) +* \TAB: \(SPACE) and \@. (line 6575) +* \tabbingsep: tabbing. (line 3194) +* \tabcolsep: tabular. (line 3419) +* \tableofcontents: Tables of contents. (line 7451) +* \tan: Math functions. (line 6175) +* \tanh: Math functions. (line 6178) +* \tau: Math symbols. (line 5896) +* \telephone: \telephone. (line 7823) +* \TeX: Text symbols. (line 7068) +* \textascendercompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 7106) +* \textasciicircum: Text symbols. (line 7071) +* \textasciitilde: Text symbols. (line 7074) +* \textasteriskcentered: Text symbols. (line 7077) +* \textbackslash: Reserved characters. + (line 6982) +* \textbackslash <1>: Text symbols. (line 7080) +* \textbar: Text symbols. (line 7083) +* \textbardbl: Text symbols. (line 7086) +* \textbf: Font styles. (line 1106) +* \textbigcircle: Text symbols. (line 7089) +* \textbraceleft: Text symbols. (line 7092) +* \textbraceright: Text symbols. (line 7095) +* \textbullet: Text symbols. (line 7098) +* \textcapitalcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 7105) +* \textcircled{LETTER}: Text symbols. (line 7101) +* \textcompwordmark: Text symbols. (line 7104) +* \textcopyright: Text symbols. (line 7019) +* \textdagger: Text symbols. (line 7111) +* \textdaggerdbl: Text symbols. (line 7114) +* \textdollar (or \$): Text symbols. (line 7117) +* \textellipsis: Text symbols. (line 7043) +* \textemdash (or ---): Text symbols. (line 7120) +* \textendash (or --): Text symbols. (line 7123) +* \texteuro: Text symbols. (line 7126) +* \textexclamdown (or !`): Text symbols. (line 7129) +* \textfloatsep: Floats. (line 1784) +* \textfloatsep <1>: Floats. (line 1785) +* \textfraction: Floats. (line 1763) +* \textfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1764) +* \textgreater: Text symbols. (line 7132) * \textheight: Page layout parameters. - (line 1200) + (line 1620) * \textheight <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1201) -* \textit: Font styles. (line 681) -* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 6422) -* \textless: Text symbols. (line 6419) -* \textmd: Font styles. (line 684) -* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 705) -* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 6425) -* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 6426) -* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 6335) -* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 6429) -* \textquestiondown (or '?`'): Text symbols. (line 6432) -* \textquotedblleft (or '``'): Text symbols. (line 6435) -* \textquotedblright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 6438) -* \textquoteleft (or '`'): Text symbols. (line 6441) -* \textquoteright (or '''): Text symbols. (line 6444) -* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 6447) -* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 6448) -* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 6451) -* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 6454) -* \textrm: Font styles. (line 678) -* \textsc: Font styles. (line 699) -* \textsf: Font styles. (line 696) -* \textsl: Font styles. (line 693) -* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 6339) -* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 6457) -* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 6460) -* \texttt: Font styles. (line 702) -* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 6463) -* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 6466) -* \textup: Font styles. (line 690) -* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 6469) + (line 1621) +* \textit: Font styles. (line 1100) +* \textleftarrow: Text symbols. (line 7138) +* \textless: Text symbols. (line 7135) +* \textmd: Font styles. (line 1103) +* \textnormal: Font styles. (line 1124) +* \textordfeminine: Text symbols. (line 7141) +* \textordmasculine: Text symbols. (line 7142) +* \textparagraph: Text symbols. (line 7051) +* \textperiodcentered: Text symbols. (line 7145) +* \textquestiondown (or ?`): Text symbols. (line 7148) +* \textquotedblleft (or ``): Text symbols. (line 7151) +* \textquotedblright (or ''): Text symbols. (line 7154) +* \textquoteleft (or `): Text symbols. (line 7157) +* \textquoteright (or '): Text symbols. (line 7160) +* \textquotesingle: Text symbols. (line 7163) +* \textquotestraightbase: Text symbols. (line 7166) +* \textquotestraightdblbase: Text symbols. (line 7167) +* \textregistered: Text symbols. (line 7170) +* \textrightarrow: Text symbols. (line 7173) +* \textrm: Font styles. (line 1097) +* \textsc: Font styles. (line 1118) +* \textsf: Font styles. (line 1115) +* \textsl: Font styles. (line 1112) +* \textsterling: Text symbols. (line 7055) +* \textthreequartersemdash: Text symbols. (line 7176) +* \texttrademark: Text symbols. (line 7179) +* \texttt: Font styles. (line 1121) +* \texttwelveudash: Text symbols. (line 7182) +* \textunderscore: Text symbols. (line 7185) +* \textup: Font styles. (line 1109) +* \textvisiblespace: Text symbols. (line 7188) * \textwidth: Page layout parameters. - (line 1208) + (line 1628) * \textwidth <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1209) -* \th (th): Non-English characters. - (line 6616) -* \TH (TH): Non-English characters. - (line 6616) -* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 5746) -* \theta: Math symbols. (line 5262) -* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 2457) + (line 1629) +* \th (th): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7340) +* \TH (TH): Additional Latin letters. + (line 7340) +* \thanks{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 6454) +* \theta: Math symbols. (line 5899) +* \thicklines: \thicklines. (line 2993) * \thickspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5603) -* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 2464) + (line 6246) +* \thinlines: \thinlines. (line 3000) * \thinspace: Spacing in math mode. - (line 5612) -* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace. (line 5951) -* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 5818) -* \tilde: Math accents. (line 5578) -* \times: Math symbols. (line 5266) -* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 801) -* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 5750) -* \to: Math symbols. (line 5270) -* \today: \today. (line 6640) -* \top: Math symbols. (line 5274) -* \topfraction: Floats. (line 1348) -* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1349) + (line 6255) +* \thinspace <1>: \thinspace. (line 6641) +* \thispagestyle: \thispagestyle. (line 6526) +* \tilde: Math accents. (line 6221) +* \times: Math symbols. (line 5903) +* \tiny: Font sizes. (line 1220) +* \title{TEXT}: \maketitle. (line 6458) +* \to: Math symbols. (line 5907) +* \today: \today. (line 7366) +* \top: Math symbols. (line 5911) +* \topfraction: Floats. (line 1768) +* \topfraction <1>: Floats. (line 1769) * \topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1232) -* \topsep: itemize. (line 2152) + (line 1652) +* \topsep: itemize. (line 2680) * \topskip: Page layout parameters. - (line 1239) + (line 1659) * \topskip <1>: Page layout parameters. - (line 1240) -* \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 4381) -* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 5278) -* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 5281) -* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 5287) -* \tt: Font styles. (line 739) -* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 702) -* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 975) -* \typein: \typein. (line 7094) -* \typeout: \typeout. (line 7108) -* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 6555) -* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 4507) -* \underbar: Accents. (line 6558) -* \underbrace{math}: Math miscellany. (line 5672) -* \underline{text}: Math miscellany. (line 5675) -* \unitlength: picture. (line 2286) -* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 5293) -* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 5300) -* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 5307) -* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 5312) -* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 5316) -* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 5321) -* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 5326) -* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 5331) -* \upshape: Font styles. (line 690) -* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 5337) -* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 5340) -* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6251) -* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 4158) + (line 1660) +* \totalheight: Predefined lengths. (line 5008) +* \triangle: Math symbols. (line 5916) +* \triangleleft: Math symbols. (line 5919) +* \triangleright: Math symbols. (line 5925) +* \tt: Font styles. (line 1158) +* \ttfamily: Font styles. (line 1121) +* \twocolumn: \twocolumn. (line 1393) +* \typein: \typein. (line 7838) +* \typeout: \typeout. (line 7852) +* \u (breve accent): Accents. (line 7274) +* \unboldmath: Math formulas. (line 5134) +* \underbar: Accents. (line 7277) +* \underbrace{MATH}: Math miscellany. (line 6348) +* \underline{TEXT}: Math miscellany. (line 6352) +* \unitlength: picture. (line 2817) +* \unlhd: Math symbols. (line 5931) +* \unrhd: Math symbols. (line 5938) +* \Uparrow: Math symbols. (line 5945) +* \uparrow: Math symbols. (line 5949) +* \Updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 5953) +* \updownarrow: Math symbols. (line 5958) +* \upharpoonright: Math symbols. (line 5963) +* \uplus: Math symbols. (line 5968) +* \upshape: Font styles. (line 1109) +* \Upsilon: Math symbols. (line 5975) +* \upsilon: Math symbols. (line 5978) +* \usebox: \usebox. (line 6952) +* \usecounter: \usecounter. (line 4757) * \usefont: Low-level font commands. - (line 951) -* \usepackage: Document class options. - (line 633) -* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 6566) -* \value: \value. (line 4184) -* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 5343) -* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 5348) -* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 5352) -* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 5356) -* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 5360) -* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 5364) -* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 5368) -* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 5680) -* \vdots <1>: Math miscellany. (line 5681) -* \vec: Math accents. (line 5581) -* \vector: \vector. (line 2538) -* \vee: Math symbols. (line 5372) -* \verb: \verb. (line 3189) -* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 5377) -* \vert: Math symbols. (line 5393) -* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6049) -* \vline: \vline. (line 2974) -* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6075) -* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 5411) -* \widehat: Math accents. (line 5584) -* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 5587) -* \width: Predefined lengths. (line 4375) -* \wp: Math symbols. (line 5415) -* \wr: Math symbols. (line 5418) -* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 5421) -* \xi: Math symbols. (line 5424) -* \year: \day \month \year. (line 4251) -* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 5427) -* \[: Math formulas. (line 4494) -* \\ (for 'center'): center. (line 1617) -* \\ (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1871) -* \\ (for 'flushright'): flushright. (line 2058) -* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects): \shortstack. (line 2533) -* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2603) -* \\ for 'flushleft': flushleft. (line 2032) -* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 6877) -* \\ for 'tabular': tabular. (line 2746) -* \\ for 'verse': verse. (line 3217) -* \\ for '\author': \maketitle. (line 5737) -* \\ for '\title': \maketitle. (line 5751) -* \\ force line break: \\. (line 3236) -* \\* (for 'eqnarray'): eqnarray. (line 1879) -* \]: Math formulas. (line 4494) + (line 1370) +* \usepackage: Additional packages. + (line 701) +* \v (breve accent): Accents. (line 7285) +* \value: \value. (line 4783) +* \vanothing: Math symbols. (line 5986) +* \varepsilon: Math symbols. (line 5981) +* \varphi: Math symbols. (line 5991) +* \varpi: Math symbols. (line 5995) +* \varrho: Math symbols. (line 5999) +* \varsigma: Math symbols. (line 6003) +* \vartheta: Math symbols. (line 6007) +* \vdash: Math symbols. (line 6011) +* \vdots: Math miscellany. (line 6357) +* \vec: Math accents. (line 6224) +* \vector: \vector. (line 3074) +* \vee: Math symbols. (line 6015) +* \verb: \verb. (line 3751) +* \Vert: Math symbols. (line 6020) +* \vert: Math symbols. (line 6036) +* \vfill: \vfill. (line 6739) +* \vline: \vline. (line 3511) +* \vspace: \vspace. (line 6765) +* \wedge: Math symbols. (line 6054) +* \widehat: Math accents. (line 6227) +* \widetilde: Math accents. (line 6230) +* \width: Predefined lengths. (line 5002) +* \wp: Math symbols. (line 6058) +* \wr: Math symbols. (line 6061) +* \Xi: Math symbols. (line 6064) +* \xi: Math symbols. (line 6067) +* \year: \day \month \year. (line 4861) +* \zeta: Math symbols. (line 6070) +* \[: Math formulas. (line 5121) +* \\ (for center): center. (line 2131) +* \\ (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 2399) +* \\ (for flushright): flushright. (line 2586) +* \\ (for \shortstack objects): \shortstack. (line 3069) +* \\ (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3139) +* \\ for flushleft: flushleft. (line 2560) +* \\ for letters: Letters. (line 7620) +* \\ for tabular: tabular. (line 3282) +* \\ for verse: verse. (line 3779) +* \\ for \author: \maketitle. (line 6445) +* \\ for \title: \maketitle. (line 6459) +* \\ force line break: \\. (line 3798) +* \\* (for eqnarray): eqnarray. (line 2407) +* \]: Math formulas. (line 5121) * \^: Reserved characters. - (line 6282) -* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 6502) + (line 6982) +* \^ (circumflex accent): Accents. (line 7221) * \_: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) -* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 6506) -* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 2630) + (line 6975) +* \` (grave accent): Accents. (line 7225) +* \` (tabbing): tabbing. (line 3166) * \{: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) -* \|: Math symbols. (line 4564) + (line 6975) +* \|: Math symbols. (line 5194) * \}: Reserved characters. - (line 6272) + (line 6975) * \~: Reserved characters. - (line 6282) -* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 6512) + (line 6982) +* \~ (tilde accent): Accents. (line 7231) * ^: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 4521) + (line 5148) * _: Subscripts & superscripts. - (line 4521) + (line 5148) * {...} for required arguments: LaTeX command syntax. - (line 444) + (line 452) * a4paper option: Document class options. - (line 557) + (line 617) * a5paper option: Document class options. - (line 557) -* abstract environment: abstract. (line 1535) -* array environment: array. (line 1547) -* article class: Document classes. (line 515) + (line 617) +* abstract environment: abstract. (line 2011) +* array environment: array. (line 2057) +* article class: Document classes. (line 575) * b5paper option: Document class options. - (line 557) -* book class: Document classes. (line 515) -* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 1371) -* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1372) -* bp: Units of length. (line 4304) -* cc: Units of length. (line 4317) -* center environment: center. (line 1605) -* clock option to 'slides' class: Document class options. - (line 630) -* cm: Units of length. (line 4308) -* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 1375) -* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1376) -* dd: Units of length. (line 4314) -* description environment: description. (line 1671) -* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 1711) -* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 4484) -* document environment: document. (line 1754) + (line 617) +* book class: Document classes. (line 575) +* bottomnumber: Floats. (line 1791) +* bottomnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1792) +* bp: Units of length. (line 4914) +* cc: Units of length. (line 4927) +* center environment: center. (line 2123) +* clock option to slides class: Document class options. + (line 695) +* cm: Units of length. (line 4918) +* dbltopnumber: Floats. (line 1795) +* dbltopnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1796) +* dd: Units of length. (line 4924) +* description environment: description. (line 2198) +* displaymath environment: displaymath. (line 2239) +* displaymath environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* document environment: document. (line 2282) * draft option: Document class options. - (line 582) -* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 351) -* dvips command: Output files. (line 351) -* dvitype command: Output files. (line 351) -* em: Units of length. (line 4322) -* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 1786) -* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 1848) -* equation environment: equation. (line 1904) -* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 4484) -* etex command: TeX engines. (line 399) -* ex: Units of length. (line 4322) + (line 645) +* dvipdfmx command: Output files. (line 359) +* dvips command: Output files. (line 359) +* dvitype command: Output files. (line 359) +* em: Units of length. (line 4932) +* enumerate environment: enumerate. (line 2314) +* environment, abstract: abstract. (line 2011) +* environment, array: array. (line 2057) +* environment, center: center. (line 2123) +* environment, description: description. (line 2198) +* environment, displaymath: displaymath. (line 2239) +* environment, displaymath <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* environment, document: document. (line 2282) +* environment, enumerate: enumerate. (line 2314) +* environment, eqnarray: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* environment, equation: equation. (line 2432) +* environment, equation <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* environment, figure: figure. (line 2450) +* environment, filecontents: filecontents. (line 2503) +* environment, filecontents*: filecontents. (line 2503) +* environment, flushleft: flushleft. (line 2554) +* environment, flushright: flushright. (line 2580) +* environment, itemize: itemize. (line 2606) +* environment, letter: letter. (line 2708) +* environment, list: list. (line 2713) +* environment, math: math. (line 2773) +* environment, math <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* environment, minipage: minipage. (line 2785) +* environment, picture: picture. (line 2813) +* environment, quotation: quotation and quote. + (line 3085) +* environment, quote: quotation and quote. + (line 3085) +* environment, tabbing: tabbing. (line 3121) +* environment, table: table. (line 3212) +* environment, tabular: tabular. (line 3254) +* environment, thebibliography: thebibliography. (line 3576) +* environment, theorem: theorem. (line 3682) +* environment, titlepage: titlepage. (line 3695) +* environment, verbatim: verbatim. (line 3734) +* environment, verse: verse. (line 3768) +* eqnarray environment: eqnarray. (line 2376) +* equation environment: equation. (line 2432) +* equation environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* etex command: TeX engines. (line 407) +* ex: Units of length. (line 4932) * executivepaper option: Document class options. - (line 557) -* figure: figure. (line 1922) -* filecontents: filecontents. (line 1975) + (line 617) +* figure environment: figure. (line 2450) +* filecontents environment: filecontents. (line 2503) +* filecontents* environment: filecontents. (line 2503) * final option: Document class options. - (line 582) + (line 645) * first-latex-doc document: About this document. - (line 277) + (line 285) * fleqn option: Document class options. - (line 582) -* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 2026) -* flushright environment: flushright. (line 2052) + (line 645) +* flushleft environment: flushleft. (line 2554) +* flushright environment: flushright. (line 2580) * <http://home.gna.org/latexrefman> home page: About this document. - (line 250) -* in: Units of length. (line 4301) -* inch: Units of length. (line 4301) -* indexspace: Indexes. (line 6819) -* itemize environment: itemize. (line 2078) + (line 258) +* in: Units of length. (line 4911) +* inch: Units of length. (line 4911) +* itemize environment: itemize. (line 2606) * landscape option: Document class options. - (line 582) -* latex command: Output files. (line 351) + (line 645) +* latex command: Output files. (line 359) * latex-doc-ptr document: About this document. - (line 274) + (line 282) * <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document. - (line 261) + (line 269) * legalpaper option: Document class options. - (line 557) + (line 617) * leqno option: Document class options. - (line 582) -* letter class: Document classes. (line 515) -* letter environment: letter. (line 2180) + (line 645) +* letter class: Document classes. (line 575) +* letter environment: letter. (line 2708) * letterpaper option: Document class options. - (line 557) -* list: list. (line 2185) -* lR box: picture. (line 2342) -* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6136) + (line 617) +* list environment: list. (line 2713) +* lR box: picture. (line 2878) +* lrbox: lrbox. (line 6830) * lshort document: About this document. - (line 284) -* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 416) -* math environment: math. (line 2242) -* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 4484) -* minipage environment: minipage. (line 2254) -* mm: Units of length. (line 4311) -* mu: Units of length. (line 4333) + (line 292) +* lualatex command: TeX engines. (line 424) +* math environment: math. (line 2773) +* math environment <1>: Math formulas. (line 5111) +* minipage environment: minipage. (line 2785) +* mm: Units of length. (line 4921) +* mu: Units of length. (line 4943) * notitlepage option: Document class options. - (line 582) + (line 645) * onecolumn option: Document class options. - (line 609) + (line 674) * oneside option: Document class options. - (line 609) + (line 674) * openany option: Document class options. - (line 609) + (line 674) * openbib option: Document class options. - (line 582) + (line 645) * openright option: Document class options. - (line 609) -* pc: Units of length. (line 4298) -* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 361) -* picture: picture. (line 2282) -* printindex: Indexes. (line 6815) -* pt: Units of length. (line 4294) -* quotation: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) -* quote: quotation and quote. - (line 2549) -* report class: Document classes. (line 515) -* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 1438) -* slides class: Document classes. (line 515) -* sp: Units of length. (line 4320) -* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 2585) -* table: table. (line 2676) -* tabular environment: tabular. (line 2718) -* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 6298) -* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 3040) -* theorem environment: theorem. (line 3142) -* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 3155) + (line 674) +* pc: Units of length. (line 4908) +* pdflatex command: Output files. (line 369) +* picture environment: picture. (line 2813) +* pt: Units of length. (line 4904) +* quotation environment: quotation and quote. + (line 3085) +* quote environment: quotation and quote. + (line 3085) +* report class: Document classes. (line 575) +* secnumdepth counter: Sectioning. (line 1858) +* slides class: Document classes. (line 575) +* sp: Units of length. (line 4930) +* tabbing environment: tabbing. (line 3121) +* table environment: table. (line 3212) +* tabular environment: tabular. (line 3254) +* textcomp package: Text symbols. (line 7014) +* thebibliography environment: thebibliography. (line 3576) +* theorem environment: theorem. (line 3682) +* titlepage environment: titlepage. (line 3695) * titlepage option: Document class options. - (line 582) + (line 645) * topmargin: Page layout parameters. - (line 1233) -* topnumber: Floats. (line 1379) -* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1380) -* totalnumber: Floats. (line 1383) -* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1384) + (line 1653) +* topnumber: Floats. (line 1799) +* topnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1800) +* totalnumber: Floats. (line 1803) +* totalnumber <1>: Floats. (line 1804) * twocolumn option: Document class options. - (line 609) + (line 674) * twoside option: Document class options. - (line 609) + (line 674) * usrguide official documentation: About this document. - (line 280) -* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 3172) -* verse environment: verse. (line 3206) -* xdvi command: Output files. (line 351) -* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 425) -* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 425) + (line 288) +* verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 3734) +* verse environment: verse. (line 3768) +* xdvi command: Output files. (line 359) +* xdvipdfmx: TeX engines. (line 433) +* xelatex command: TeX engines. (line 433) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml index c1f519aa5dc..7be3644661f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml @@ -3,23 +3,24 @@ <texinfo xml:lang="en"> <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename> <preamble>\input texinfo -</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 459 2015-10-12 11:33:10Z jhefferon $ --> +</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 561 2017-07-21 15:19:34Z karl $ --> <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename> -<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2015">October 2015</set> -<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2015)</settitle> +<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED November 2016">November 2016</set> +<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (November 2016)</settitle> <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) --> <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, --> <!-- c xx but latex2e stuff is missing. --> <!-- c xx random list of a few of the missing items is at the end of this file --> <!-- c --> +<!-- c xx misc commands from clsguide.pdf --> <!-- c xx ending a run with errors --> <!-- c xx ctan, distributions, components of TeX --> <!-- c xx classes and packages - required, additional, useful; oberdiek; fonts --> <!-- c --> -<!-- c xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/info/latex-info/ (alt-latex-info) --> -<!-- c xx merge http://mirror.ctan.org/latex2e-reference.tar.gz --> +<!-- c xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex-info (CTAN package latex-info) --> +<!-- c xx merge http://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-reference --> <!-- c xx merge permuted-index --> <!-- c xx merge latex-manual from savannah --> <!-- c xx merge display style math --> @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ <copying endspaces=" "> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a -document preparation system, version of October 2015. +document preparation system, version of November 2016. </para> <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The pre-translation version was written by @@ -47,10 +48,11 @@ Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied). </para> <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, -2014, 2015 Karl Berry.&linebreak; +2014, 2015, 2016 Karl Berry.&linebreak; Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak; Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen. </para> +<!-- comment start of License --> <para>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ notice identical to this one. </para> <para>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. +<!-- comment end of License --> </para></copying> <dircategory spaces=" ">TeX</dircategory> @@ -82,7 +85,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. <titlepage endspaces=" "> <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title> -<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2015</subtitle> +<subtitle spaces=" ">November 2016</subtitle> <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>http://home.gna.org/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author> <page></page> <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip> @@ -97,12 +100,26 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. </macro> <macro name="BESU" line=" BESU {utf8,math}"><formalarg>utf8</formalarg><formalarg>math</formalarg>@U{\utf8\} </macro> +<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c +</macro> +<macro name="EnvIndex" line=" EnvIndex {env}"><formalarg>env</formalarg>@findex @r{environment}, @code{\env\} +@findex @code{\env\} @r{environment} +</macro> +<macro name="PkgIndex" line=" PkgIndex {pkg}"><formalarg>pkg</formalarg>@cindex @r{package}, @code{\pkg\} +@cindex @code{\pkg\} @r{package} +</macro> + +<set name="NotInPlainTeX" line=" NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}.">Not available in plain @TeX{}.</set> +<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.</set> +<set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.</set> + +<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear> <node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">(dir)</nodeup></node> <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle> <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of -October 2015) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. +November 2016) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc. @@ -302,7 +319,7 @@ it to a PostScript <code>.ps</code> file with <command>dvips</command> or to a Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code> file with <command>dvipdfmx</command>. The contents of the file can be dumped in human-readable form with <command>dvitype</command>. A vast array of other DVI utility programs are -available (<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware</urefurl></url>). +available (<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/dviware</urefurl></url>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">.pdf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="13">.pdf <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> @@ -475,6 +492,7 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs). <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source with distinct behavior. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Declaration</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the value or meaning of a command. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\makeatletter and \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the status of the at-sign character. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> @@ -484,7 +502,7 @@ commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs). </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>environment name</var>} - .. + ... \end{<var>environment name</var>} </pre></example> @@ -494,11 +512,13 @@ behavior. For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{verse} - There once was a man from Nantucket \\ - .. + There once was a man from Nantucket \\ + ... \end{verse} </pre></example> +<para>See <ref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></ref> for a list of environments. +</para> <para>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at the end. This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a star (<code>*</code>); both the <code>\begin</code> and <code>\end</code> texts must @@ -511,25 +531,91 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns). </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}[t]{r|l} - .. rows of table .. + ... rows of table ... \end{tabular} </pre></example> -<node name="Declaration" spaces=" "><nodename>Declaration</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> +<node name="Declaration" spaces=" "><nodename>Declaration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter and \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> <para>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other command or parameter. For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic. </para> +<node name="_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter and \makeatother</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Declaration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter + ... definition of commands with &arobase; in their name .. +\makeatother +</pre></example> + +<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands. <code>\makeatletter</code> makes +the at-sign character <code>&arobase;</code> have the category code of a letter, +11. <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of <code>&arobase;</code> to 12, +its original value. +</para> +<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a +character category code, or +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">catcode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">character category code</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">category code, character</indexterm></cindex> +<dfn>catcode</dfn> for shorter. For instance, the backslash <code>\</code> is +assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command. These two +commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>&arobase;</code>. +</para> +<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands use +<code>&arobase;</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a +command that replaces one of &latex;&textrsquo;s own. Command names consist of a +category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, +category 11 characters (except that a command name can also consist +of a category 0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol). +So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot +contain an <code>&arobase;</code>. But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> +allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>&arobase;</code>. +</para> +<para>Use these inside a <file>.tex</file> file, in the preamble. Don&textrsquo;t use them +inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the <code>\usepackage</code> +and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to have the character +code of a letter. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r> For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign</indexterm></cindex> +<para>in their names, see document +<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. These macros are mainly useful +to package or class authors; examples that may be useful to document +authors are provided hereinafter. +</para> +<para>The example code below, if put in the preamble, redefines the +section command to center the section title, put it in bold type, +and adjust the spacing. +</para> +<!-- c xxx TODO, make \@startsection a separate node, see latex2e-fr.texi --> +<!-- c From http://zoonek.free.fr/LaTeX/LaTeX_samples_section/0.html --> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter +\renewcommand\section{% + \&arobase;startsection{section}% Name + {1}% Level: 0=part, 1=chapter, etc. + {0pt}% Heading indent + {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}% Beforeskip (if neg, no head indent) + {2.3ex plus.2ex}% Afterskip (if neg, run-in heading) + {\centering\normalfont\Large\bfseries}} % Style of head +\makeatother +</pre></example> + +<!-- c xx TODO document \@ifstar, see latex2e-fr.texi --> + </section> </chapter> <node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">document classes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">document classes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28">\documentclass</indexterm></findex> <para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is @@ -576,16 +662,18 @@ template</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Document class options</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Global options. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Additional packages</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bring in packages. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package construction</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Create new classes and packages. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> +<node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">document class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">class options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">document class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">global options</indexterm></cindex> <para>You can specify so-called <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets. @@ -618,24 +706,28 @@ size (these show height by width): </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">a4paper </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>210 by 297 mm (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +</tableterm><tableitem><para>210 by 297<dmn>mm</dmn> (about 8.25 by 11.75 inches) +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">a5paper </itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>148 by 210<dmn>mm</dmn> (about 5.8 by 8.3 inches) </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">b5paper</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>176 by 250 mm (about 7 by 9.875 inches) +</tableterm><tableitem><para>176 by 250<dmn>mm</dmn> (about 6.9 by 9.8 inches) </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">executivepaper</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>7.25 by 10.5 inches +</tableterm><tableitem><para>7.25 by 10.5 inches </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">legalpaper</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 14 inches +</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 14 inches </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">letterpaper</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) +</tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48"><code>geometry</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. One way @@ -657,35 +749,38 @@ area and physical page size. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">centered equations</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex> <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex> <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex> <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on the class. +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and +for the abstract also, if there is one. The default for the +<code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is +<code>notitlepage</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class. @@ -725,35 +820,470 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing the time at the bottom of each note. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> + +</section> +<node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex> <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62">\usepackage</indexterm></findex> -<para>Additional packages are loaded like this: +<para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated +list <var>options</var>, as here. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>options</var>]{<var>pkg</var>}. </pre></example> -<para>To specify more than one package, you can separate them with a comma, +<para>To specify more than one package you can separate them with a comma, as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple <code>\usepackage</code> commands. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">global options</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">options, global</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">global options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">options, global</indexterm></cindex> <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown -by the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with +to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with <code>\usepackage</code>. </para> </section> +<node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">document class commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">new class commands</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>You can create new document classes and new packages. For instance, if +your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a +standard header for each page, then you could create a new class +<code>smcmemo.cls</code> and begin your documents with +<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>. +</para> +<para>What separates a package from a document class is that the commands in a +package are useful across classes while those in a document class are +specific to that class. Thus, a command to set page headers is for a +package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the +SMC Math Department</code> is for a class. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex> +</para> +<para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a +character in command names without having to surround that command with +<code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code>. <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-and-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter and +\makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>. This allow you to create commands that users will not +accidentally redefine. Another technique is to preface class- or +package-specific commands with some string to prevent your class or +package from interacting with others. For instance, the class +<code>smcmemo</code> might have commands <code>\smc&arobase;tolist</code>, +<code>\smc&arobase;fromlist</code>, etc. +</para> + +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package structure</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Layout of the file. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Class and package commands</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">List of commands. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + + +<node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">options, document class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">package options</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>A class file or package file typically has four parts. (1) In the +identification part, the file says that it is a &latex; package or +class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code> and +<code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands. (2) The +preliminary declarations part declares some commands and can also load +other files. Usually these commands will be those needed for the code +used in the next part. For example, an <code>smcmemo</code> class might be +called with an option to read in a file with a list of people for the +to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and therefore +needs to define a command +<code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\&arobase;tolist{#1}}</code> used in that +file. (3) In the handle options part the class or package declares +and processes its options. Class options allow a user to start their +document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class +name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class. An example is when you +declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default +document font size. Finally, (4) in the more declarations part the +class or package usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, +commands and fonts, and loading other files. +</para> +<para>Here is a starting class file, which should be saved as <code>stub.cls</code> +where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the +<code>.tex</code> file. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesClass{stub}[2017/07/06 stub to start building classes from] +\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}} +\ProcessOptions\relax +\LoadClass{article} +</pre></example> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">class file example</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of +passing them all to the <code>article</code> class, and then loads the +<code>article</code> class to provide the basis for this class&textrsquo;s code. +</para> +<para>For more, see the official guide for class and package writers, the +Class Guide, at +<url><urefurl>http://www.latex-project.org/help/documentation/clsguide.pdf</urefurl></url> (much +of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial +<url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb26-3/tb84heff.pdf</urefurl></url>. +</para> +</subsection> +<node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages. +</para> +<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex> +<para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <code>.dvi</code> file +at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex> +<para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes +processing the current class or package. You can use these hooks +multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you +called it. See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDocument</xrefnodename></ref>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassError{<var>class name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageError{<var>package name</var>}{<var>error text</var>}{<var>help text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarning{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarning{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassWarningNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageWarningNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>warning text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfo{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66">\ClassError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67">\PackageError</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex> +<para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages. +</para> +<para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is +<var>error text</var>, followed by &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>?</code> error prompt. If the +user then asks for help by typing <code>h</code>, they see the <var>help +text</var>. +</para> +<para>The four warning commands are similar except that they write +<var>warning text</var> on the screen with no error prompt. The four info +commands write <var>info text</var> only in the transcript file. The +<code>NoLine</code> versions do not show the number of the line generating the +message, while the other versions do show that number. +</para> +<para>To format the messages, including the <var>help text</var>: use +<code>\protect</code> to stop a command from expanding, get a line break with +<code>\MessageBreak</code>, and get a space with <code>\space</code>. Note that +&latex; appends a period to the messages. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex> +<para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option. Can only +be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> +or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">class options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">package options</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">options, class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">options, package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Make an option available to a user, for invoking in their +<code>\documentclass</code> command. For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class +could have an option allowing users to put the institutional logo on the +first page with <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code>. The class file +must contain <code>\DeclareOption{logo}{<var>code</var>}</code> (and later, +<code>\ProcessOptions</code>). +</para> +<para>If you request an option that has not been declared, by default this +will produce a warning like <code>Unused global option(s): [badoption].</code> +Change this behaviour with the starred version +<code>\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</code>. For example, many classes extend +an existing class, using a declaration such as +<code>\LoadClass{article}</code>, and for passing extra options to the +underlying class use code such as this. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{% +\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}% +} +</pre></example> + +<para>Another example is that the class <code>smcmemo</code> may allow users to keep +lists of memo recipients in external files. Then the user could invoke +<code>\documentclass[math]{smcmemo}</code> and it will read the file +<code>math.memo</code>. This code handles the file if it exists and otherwise +passes the option to the <code>article</code> class. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareOption*{\InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.memo}{}{% + \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}} +</pre></example> + +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex> +<para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; can find the file and <var>false +code</var> otherwise. In the second case it inputs the file immediately +after executing <var>true code</var>. Thus +<code>\IfFileExists{img.pdf}{\includegraphics{img.pdf}}{\typeout{WARNING: +img.pdf not found}}</code> will include the graphic if it is found but +otherwise just give a warning. +</para> +<para>This command looks for the file in all search paths that &latex; uses, +not only in the current directory. To look only in the current +directory do something like <code>\IfFileExists{./filename}{<var>true +code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</code>. If you ask for a filename without a +<code>.tex</code> extension then &latex; will first look for the file by +appending the <code>.tex</code>; for more on how &latex; handles file +extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +<para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options +list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>. An example is +<code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>. +</para> +<para>The <var>options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<var>release date</var> is optional. If present it must have the form +<var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If you request a <var>release date</var> and the date of +the package installed on your system is earlier, then you get a warning +on the screen and in the log like <code>You have requested, on input +line 4, version `2038/01/19' of document class article, but only version +`2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class' is available.</code> +</para> +<para>The command version <code>\LoadClassWithOptions</code> uses the list of +options for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed +to it via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command +that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard +<code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex> +<para>For each option in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command +executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;</code><var>option</var>. If this command is not +defined then that option is silently ignored. +</para> +<para>It can be used to provide a default option list before +<code>\ProcessOptions</code>. For example, if in a class file you want the +default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify +<code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex> +<para>Specifies the format that this class should be run under. Often issued +as the first line of a class file, and most often used as: +<code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>. The format that you specify must +exactly match the one installed on your system that you invoked, +including that the string is case sensitive. If it does not match then +execution stops with an error like <samp>This file needs format `xxx' +but this is `LaTeX2e'.</samp> +</para> +<para>To specify a version of the format that you know to have certain +features, include the optional <var>format date</var> on which those features +were implemented. If present it must be in the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. +If the format version installed on your system is earlier than +<var>format date</var> then you get a warning like <samp>You have requested +release `2038/01/20' of LaTeX, but only release `2016/02/01' is +available.</samp> (The &latex; kernel has been frozen for many years so you +probably do not not need to specify the format date.) +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex> +<para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options. Can only be used +within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or +<code>\DeclareOption*</code>. +</para> +<!-- c I cannot reproduce this behavior as it is documented in clsguide. --> +<!-- c In the absence of a @code{\DeclareOption*} declaration, @LaTeX{} issues --> +<!-- c on the console a warning like @code{LaTeX Warning: Unused global --> +<!-- c option(s): [unusedoption].} with the list of not-used options when it --> +<!-- c reaches @code{\begin@{document@}}. --> + +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>options list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex> +<para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the +options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code> +command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>. +</para> +<para>The reason for these commands is: you may load a package any number of +times with no options but if you want options then you may only supply +them when you first load the package. Loading a package with options +more than once will get you an error like <code>Option clash for package +foo.</code> (&latex; throws an error even if there is no conflict between the +options.) +</para> +<para>If your code is bringing in a package twice then you can collapse that +to once, for example replacing the two +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape]{geometry}\RequirePackage[margins=1in]{geometry}</code> +with the single +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margins=1in]{geometry}</code>. But if you +are loading a package that in turn loads another package then you need +to queue up the options you desire. For instance, suppose the package +<code>foo</code> loads the package <code>geometry</code>. Instead of <code> +\RequirePackage{foo}\RequirePackage[draft]{graphics}</code> you must write +<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphics} +\RequirePackage{foo}</code>. (If <code>foo.sty</code> loads an option in conflict +with what you want then you may have to look into altering its source.) +</para> +<para>These commands are useful for general users as well as class and package +writers. For instance, suppose a user wants to load the <code>graphicx</code> +package with the option <code>draft</code> and also wants to use a class +<code>foo</code> that loads the <code>graphicx</code> package, but without that +option. The user could start their &latex; file with +<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{draft}{graphicx}\documentclass{foo}</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex> +<para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked. Include it +in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the +existence of the starred command). +</para> +<para>Options come in two types. &textlsquo;Local&textrsquo; options have been specified for this +particular package in the <var>options</var> argument of +<code>\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>options</var>}</code>, +<code>\usepackage[<var>options</var>]</code>, or +<code>\RequirePackage[<var>options</var>]</code>. &textlsquo;Global&textrsquo; options are those given +by the class user in <code>\documentclass[<var>options</var>]</code> (If an option +is specified both locally and globally then it is local.) +</para> +<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a package <code>pkg.sty</code>, the +following happens. (1) For each option <var>option</var> so far declared +with <code>\DeclareOption</code>, it looks to see if that option is either a +global or a local option for <code>pkg</code>. If so then it executes the +declared code. This is done in the order in which these options were +given in <code>pkg.sty</code>. (2) For each remaining local option, it +executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;</code><var>option</var> if it has been defined +somewhere (other than by a <code>\DeclareOption</code>); otherwise, it +executes the default option code given in <code>\DeclareOption*</code>. If no +default option code has been declared then it gives an error message. +This is done in the order in which these options were specified. +</para> +<para>When <code>\ProcessOptions</code> is called for a class it works in the same +way except that all options are local, and the default value for +<code>\DeclareOption*</code> is <code>\OptionNotUsed</code> rather than an error. +</para> +<para>The starred version <code>\ProcessOptions*</code><var>\&arobase;options</var> executes the +options in the order specified in the calling commands, rather than in +the order of declaration in the class or package. For a package this +means that the global options are processed first. +</para> + +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var><release date></var> <var><brief additional information></var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var><release date></var> <var><brief additional information></var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex> +<para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and the log file. +</para> +<para>When a user writes <code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code> then &latex; loads +the file <code>smcmemo.cls</code>. Similarly, a user writing +<code>\usepackage{test}</code> prompts &latex; to load the file +<code>test.sty</code>. If the name of the file does not match the declared +class or package name then you get a warning. Thus, if you invoke +<code>\documentclass{smcmemo}</code>, and the file <code>smcmemo.cls</code> has +the statement <code>\ProvidesClass{xxx}</code> then you get a warning like +<code>You have requested document class `smcmemo', but the document +class provides 'xxx'.</code> This warning does not prevent &latex; from +processing the rest of the class file normally. +</para> +<para>If you include the optional part then you must include the date, before +the first space, and it must have the form <code>YYYY/MM/DD</code>. The rest +of the optional part is free-form, although it traditionally identifies +the class, and is written to the screen during compilation and to the +log file. Thus, if your file <code>smcmem.cls</code> contains the line +<code>\ProvidesClass{smcmem}[2008/06/01 SMC memo class]</code> and your +document&textrsquo;s first line is <code>\documentclass{smcmem}</code> then you will +see <code>Document Class: smcmemo 2008/06/01 SMC memo class</code>. +</para> +<para>The date in the optional portion allows class and package users to ask +to be warned if the version of the class or package installed on their +system is earlier than <var>release date</var>, by using the optional calls +such as <code>\documentclass{smcmem}[2018/10/12]</code> or +<code>\usepackage{foo}[[2017/07/07]]</code>. (Note that package users only +rarely include a date, and class users almost never do.) +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex> +<para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as +configuration files or font definition files. Put this command in that +file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config +2017/10/12 config file for test.cls</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>options list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex> +<para>Load a package, like the author command <code>\usepackage</code>. +<xref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional packages</xrefnodename></xref>. An example is +<code>\RequirePackage[landscape,margin=1in]{geometry}</code>. Note that the +&latex; development team strongly recommends use of these commands over +Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class Guide. +</para> +<para>The <var>options list</var>, if present, is a comma-separated list. The +<var>release date</var>, if present, must have the form <var>YYYY/MM/DD</var>. If +the release date of the package as installed on your system is earlier +than <var>release date</var> then you get a warning like <code>You have +requested, on input line 9, version `2017/07/03' of package jhtest, but +only version `2000/01/01' is available</code>. +</para> +<para>The <code>\RequirePackageWithOptions</code> version uses the list of options +for the current class. This means it ignores any options passed to it +via <code>\PassOptionsToClass</code>. This is a convenience command to allow +easily building classes on existing ones without having to track which +options were passed. +</para> +<para>The difference between <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\RequirePackage</code> is +small. The <code>\usepackage</code> command is intended for the document file +while <code>\RequirePackage</code> is intended for package and class files. +Thus, using <code>\usepackage</code> before the <code>\documentclass</code> command +causes &latex; to give error like <code>\usepackage before +\documentclass</code>, but you can use <code>\RequirePackage</code> there. +</para></tableitem></tableentry></table> + + +</subsection> +</section> </chapter> <node name="Fonts" spaces=" "><nodename>Fonts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Layout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document classes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle> <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name --> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">typefaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. @@ -768,9 +1298,9 @@ and a style. The &latex; commands for doing this are described here. <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">font styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">type styles</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">font styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">type styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">styles of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;. </para> @@ -788,8 +1318,8 @@ are cumulative; e.g., you can say either <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <para>You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations; for instance, <code>\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96">\nocorr</indexterm></findex> <para>These font-switching commands automatically insert italic corrections if needed. (<xref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></xref>, for the details of italic corrections.) Specifically, they insert the italic correction unless the following @@ -801,59 +1331,59 @@ command argument, such as <code>\textit{\nocorr text}</code> or </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65">\textrm</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97">\textrm</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67">\textit</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68">\itshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99">\textit</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100">\itshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Italics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69">\textmd</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101">\textmd</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102">\mdseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Medium weight (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71">\textbf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103">\textbf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104">\bfseries</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73">\textup</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74">\upshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105">\textup</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106">\upshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Upright (default). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75">\textsl</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76">\slshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107">\textsl</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108">\slshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Slanted. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77">\textsf</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109">\textsf</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110">\sffamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79">\textsc</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80">\scshape</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111">\textsc</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112">\scshape</indexterm></findex> <para>Small caps. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81">\texttt</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113">\texttt</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115">\textnormal</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116">\normalfont</indexterm></findex> <para>Main document font. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85">\emph</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">emphasis</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117">\emph</indexterm></findex> <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a substitute for <code>\textit</code>. For example, <code>\emph{<var>start @@ -868,40 +1398,40 @@ they are used differently than the above commands: are two unrelated constructs. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="86">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">bold font</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="118">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">bold font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to bold face. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="87">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="119">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="88">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">italic font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="120">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">italic font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Italics. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="89">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">roman font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="121">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">roman font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Roman. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="90">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">small caps font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Small caps. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="91">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Sans serif. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="92">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">slanted font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">oblique font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Slanted (oblique). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="93">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">monospace font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex> <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -923,19 +1453,19 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="126">\mathrm</indexterm></findex> <para>Roman, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="127">\mathbf</indexterm></findex> <para>Boldface, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="128">\mathsf</indexterm></findex> <para>Sans serif, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129">\mathtt</indexterm></findex> <para>Typewriter, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item> @@ -943,27 +1473,28 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment. </tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex> <para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131">\mathcal</indexterm></findex> <para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">bold math</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132">\mathversion</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">math, bold</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">bold math</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88"><code>textcomp</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo; numerals, @@ -980,9 +1511,9 @@ are provided to make them the default. FAQ entry: <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">font sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;. The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font @@ -990,16 +1521,16 @@ size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102">\tiny</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105">\small</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107">\large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108">\Large</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110">\huge</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111">\Huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134">\tiny</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137">\small</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138">\normalsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139">\large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140">\Large</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141">\LARGE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142">\huge</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143">\Huge</indexterm></findex> <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes> <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Command </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code> @@ -1035,8 +1566,8 @@ these commands; for instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tin <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The commands listed here are only a subset of the available @@ -1046,7 +1577,7 @@ ones. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding{<var>encoding</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex> <para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a large number of valid encodings. The most common are <code>OT1</code>, Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and @@ -1056,9 +1587,9 @@ accented characters used by the most widespread European languages hyphenate words containing accented letters. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font family. The web page <url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;. Here are @@ -1090,8 +1621,8 @@ examples of some common families: </para></listitem></itemize> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146">\fontseries</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select the font series. A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a <dfn>width</dfn>. Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible combinations. Some common combined series values include: @@ -1104,7 +1635,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend><w></w></prepend><para><code>bx</code> Bold extended </para></listitem></itemize> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are: </para> <itemize commandarg="w" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><w></w></itemprepend> @@ -1119,7 +1650,7 @@ combinations. Some common combined series values include: </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><prepend><w></w></prepend><para><code>ub</code> Ultra bold </para></listitem></itemize> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the percentages are just guides and are not followed precisely by all fonts): </para> @@ -1141,8 +1672,8 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one (<samp><code>m</code></samp>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147">\fontshape</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are: </para> <itemize commandarg="w" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><w></w></itemprepend> @@ -1158,9 +1689,9 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one small caps are often missing as well. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">font size</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148">\fontsize</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">font size</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Set the font size and the line spacing. The unit of both parameters defaults to points (<code>pt</code>). The line spacing is the nominal vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline. It is stored in the @@ -1170,15 +1701,16 @@ Changing <code>\baselineskip</code> directly is inadvisable since its value is reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\baselinestretch</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the <code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1. A change takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called. You can make line skip changes happen for the entire document by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in the preamble. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101"><code>setspace</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">double spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the <file>setspace</file> package. In addition to offering a number of spacing options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places @@ -1186,7 +1718,7 @@ where that is typically desirable, such as footnotes and figure captions. See the package documentation. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread{<var>factor</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119">\linespread</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151">\linespread</indexterm></findex> <para>Equivalent to <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{<var>factor</var>}</code>, and therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect. @@ -1194,7 +1726,7 @@ Best specified in the preamble, or use the <code>setspace</code> package, as just described. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152">\selectfont</indexterm></findex> <para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in <code>\fontfamily{<var>familyname</var>}\selectfont</code>. It is often useful @@ -1203,7 +1735,7 @@ to put this in a macro:&linebreak; (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont{<var>enc</var>}{<var>family</var>}{<var>series</var>}{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121">\usefont</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153">\usefont</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>, <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters, followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: @@ -1220,7 +1752,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">layout commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout. </para> @@ -1237,13 +1769,12 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>. For example: <node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">one-column output</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <code>\onecolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces -single-column output. If the document is given the class option -<code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document -class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Start a new page and produce single-column output. If the document is +given the class option <code>onecolumn</code> then this is the default +behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -1252,20 +1783,20 @@ class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). <node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">two-column output</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis: +<para>Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn[<var>prelim one column text</var>] +<pre xml:space="preserve">\twocolumn +\twocolumn[<var>prelim one column text</var>] </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\twocolumn</code> declaration starts a new page and produces -two-column output. If the document is given the class option -<code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class -options</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Start a new page and produce two-column output. If the document is given +the class option <code>twocolumn</code> then this is the default +(<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>If the optional <var>prelim one column text</var> argument is present, it is typeset in one-column mode before the two-column @@ -1276,20 +1807,20 @@ typesetting starts. <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnsep}{40pt}</code> You must change it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good place. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between the two columns. The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule. Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\columnseprule}{0.4pt}</code>, before the two-column environment starts. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The width of a single column. In one-column mode this is equal to <code>\textwidth</code>. In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the width of each of the two columns to be half of <code>\textwidth</code> minus @@ -1304,12 +1835,12 @@ and <pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>). &latex; pl The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be occupied by two-column wide floats. The default is 0.7, meaning that the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not exceed <code>0.7\textheight</code> . If the height of your starred float -environment exceeeds this then you can take one of the following actions +environment exceeds this then you can take one of the following actions to prevent it from floating all the way to the back of the document: </para> <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend> @@ -1329,24 +1860,24 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon. <para>You can redefine it, for instance with <code>\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{0.9}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space. &latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>. Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="129">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page. The default is <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or <code>11pt</code>, and <code>14pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for a document set at <code>12pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="130">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a page and the main text. The default is <code>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="131">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page. The &latex; default is <code>2</code>. @@ -1354,25 +1885,25 @@ default is <code>2</code>. </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <!-- c From egreg at http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/142232/339 --> -<para>This example shows the use of the optional argument of <code>\twocolumn</code> -to create a title that spans the two-column article: +<para>This example uses <code>\twocolumn</code>&textrsquo;s optional argument of to create a +title that spans the two-column article: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} \newcommand{\authormark}[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}} \begin{document} \twocolumn[{% inside this optional argument goes one-column text - \centering - \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] - \large Author One\authormark{1}, - Author Two\authormark{2}, - Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] - \normalsize - \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}&arobase;{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} - \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ - School one &School two - \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part -}] + \centering + \LARGE The Title \\[1.5em] + \large Author One\authormark{1}, + Author Two\authormark{2}, + Author Three\authormark{1} \\[1em] + \normalsize + \begin{tabular}{p{.2\textwidth}&arobase;{\hspace{2em}}p{.2\textwidth}} + \authormark{1}Department one &\authormark{2}Department two \\ + School one &School two + \end{tabular}\\[3em] % space below title part + }] Two column text here. </pre></example> @@ -1382,38 +1913,38 @@ Two column text here. <node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex> -<para>The <code>\flushbottom</code> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the same height, stretching the vertical -space where necessary to fill out the page. +<para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same +height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the +page. This is most often used when making two-sided documents since the +differences in facing pages can be glaring. </para> <para>If &tex; cannot satisfactorily stretch the vertical space in a page then you get a message like <samp>Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has -occurred while \output is active</samp>. You can change to -<code>\raggedbottom</code> (see below). Alternatively, you can try to adjust -the <code>textheight</code> to be compatible, or you can add some vertical -stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, as in -<code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. In a final editing -stage you can adjust the height of individual pages +occurred while \output is active</samp>. If you get that, one option is to +change to <code>\raggedbottom</code> (<pxref label="_005craggedbottom"><xrefnodename>\raggedbottom</xrefnodename></pxref>). Alternatively, +you can adjust the <code>textheight</code> to make compatible pages, or you +can add some vertical stretch glue between lines or between paragraphs, +as in <code>\setlength{\parskip}{0ex plus0.1ex}</code>. Your last option +is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages (<pxref label="_005cenlargethispage"><xrefnodename>\enlargethispage</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This is the default only if you select the <code>twoside</code> document class -option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>The <code>\flushbottom</code> state is the default only if you select the +<code>twoside</code> document class option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> <node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <code>\raggedbottom</code> command can go at any point in the document -body. It makes all later pages the natural height of the material on -that page; no rubber lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided -document the facing pages may be different heights. See also -<code>\flushbottom</code> above. +<para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no +rubber vertical lengths will be stretched. Thus, in a two-sided +document the facing pages may be different heights. This command can go +at any point in the document body. See <ref label="_005cflushbottom"><xrefnodename>\flushbottom</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>This is the default unless you select the <code>twoside</code> document class option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -1423,49 +1954,49 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="134">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="135">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="136">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="167">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="168">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169">\columnsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="170">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex> <para>The distance between the two columns, the width of a rule between the columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="140">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141">\headheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="172">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173">\headheight</indexterm></findex> <para>Height of the box that contains the running head. The default in the <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>, at all type sizes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="142">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143">\headsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="174">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175">\headsep</indexterm></findex> <para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of the main text. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> classes is <samp>25pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if the document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt and 12pt it is <samp>0.275in</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="144">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145">\footskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="176">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177">\footskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of the page footer. The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> classes is <samp>30pt</samp>. In the <code>book</code> class the default is: when the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is <samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="146">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="178">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179">\linewidth</indexterm></findex> <para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code> (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>). That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to equal <code>\textwidth</code> but for each nested list the <code>\linewidth</code> @@ -1475,12 +2006,12 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list&textrsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and <!-- c etc. For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is --> <!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="148">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="149">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="150">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="180">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="181">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="182">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184">\marginsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex> <para>The minimum vertical space between two marginal notes, the horizontal space between the text body and the marginal notes, and the horizontal width of the notes. @@ -1505,10 +2036,10 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth − \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that distance. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="186">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="187">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is the extra distance between the left side of the page and the text&textrsquo;s left margin, on odd-numbered pages when the document class option <code>twoside</code> is chosen and on all pages when @@ -1520,22 +2051,22 @@ even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="158">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191">\paperheight</indexterm></findex> <para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area. It is normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="161">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="192">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="193">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex> <para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area. It is normally set with a document class option, as in <code>\documentclass[a4paper]{article}</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="163">\textheight</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195">\textheight</indexterm></findex> <para>The normal vertical height of the page body. If the document is set at a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is @@ -1543,8 +2074,8 @@ the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes. At 12pt it is <samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197">\textwidth</indexterm></findex> <para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body. For an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp> when the chosen type size is 10pt, the default is <samp>360pt</samp> at 11pt, @@ -1564,22 +2095,22 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists. specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="166">\hsize</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167">\hsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198">\hsize</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="199">\hsize</indexterm></findex> <para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex; primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines. It should not be used in normal &latex; documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="168">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169">topmargin</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201">topmargin</indexterm></findex> <para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the paper, by default) and the top of the header. The value is computed based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight − 2in − \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip</code>, and then divided by two. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="171">\topskip</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203">\topskip</indexterm></findex> <para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of the first line of text. For the standard classes, the default is the same as the font size, e.g., <samp>10pt</samp> at a type size of 10pt. @@ -1607,17 +2138,17 @@ while the first table appears in the source before the first figure, it appears in the output after it. </para> <para>The placement of floats is subject to parameters, given below, that -limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and the -bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued up that the limits prevent +limit the number of floats that can appear at the top of a page, and +the bottom, etc. If so many floats are queued that the limits prevent them all from fitting on a page then &latex; places what it can and -defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may be typset far -from their place in the source. In particular, a float that is big can -migrate to the end of the document. But then because all floats in a -class must appear in sequential order, every subsequent float in that -class also appears at the end. -</para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> +defers the rest to the next page. In this way, floats may end up +being typeset far from their place in the source. In particular, a +float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which +event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order, +every following float in that class also appears at the end. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex> <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its <var>placement</var> argument. The possible values are a sequence of the @@ -1640,15 +2171,16 @@ FAQ: <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ure appears. However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is automatically added. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117"><code>float</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it defines. For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">float page</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">float page</indexterm></cindex> <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page containing no text, only floats. </para> @@ -1677,12 +2209,12 @@ use the <file>afterpage</file> package and issue is finished and then flush all outstanding floats. </para> <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source -(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in the -<var>placement</var> paramater. If this is not desired, and deleting the -<code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed at -the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using the -<file>flafter</file> package or using the command -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> +(although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in +the <var>placement</var> parameter. If this is not desired, and deleting +the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed +at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using +the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex> <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on this page to moved to the next page. </para> @@ -1691,24 +2223,24 @@ non-float text (change them with <code>\renewcommand{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="173">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex> <para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="175">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="207">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex> <para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats; default <samp>.5</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="177">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210">\textfraction</indexterm></findex> <para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a different page. The default is <samp>.2</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="179">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212">\topfraction</indexterm></findex> <para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before floats; default <samp>.7</samp>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -1717,19 +2249,19 @@ floats; default <samp>.7</samp>. <code>\setlength{<var>parameter</var>}{<var>length expression</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="181">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214">\floatsep</indexterm></findex> <para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="183">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="184">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216">\intextsep</indexterm></findex> <para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents, and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex> <para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page; default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -1738,33 +2270,34 @@ default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>. <code>\setcounter{<var>ctrname</var>}{<var>natural number</var>}</code>): </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="187">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page; default 1. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="190">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex> <para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a two-column page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192">topnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224">topnumber</indexterm></findex> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page; default 2. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="194">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226">totalnumber</indexterm></findex> <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3. </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable> <para>The principal &tex; FAQ entry relating to floats <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats</urefurl></url> contains suggestions for relaxing &latex;&textrsquo;s default parameters to reduce the -problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explaination of the -float placement algorithm is Frank Mittelbach&textrsquo;s article &textldquo;How to -infuence the position of float environments like figure and table in -&latex;?&textrdquo; <url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</urefurl></url>. +problem of floats being pushed to the end. A full explanation of the +float placement algorithm is in Frank Mittelbach&textrsquo;s article &textldquo;How to +influence the position of float environments like figure and table in +&latex;?&textrdquo; +(<url><urefurl>http://latex-project.org/papers/tb111mitt-float.pdf</urefurl></url>). </para> </section> @@ -1772,19 +2305,19 @@ infuence the position of float environments like figure and table in <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195">\part</indexterm>\part</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196">\chapter</indexterm>\chapter</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227">\part</indexterm>\part</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="228">\chapter</indexterm>\chapter</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>(<code>report</code> and <code>book</code> class only) -</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197">\section</indexterm>\section</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198">\subsection</indexterm>\subsection</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199">\subsubsection</indexterm>\subsubsection</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200">\paragraph</indexterm>\paragraph</itemformat></item> -</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="201">\subparagraph</indexterm>\subparagraph</itemformat></item> +</para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229">\section</indexterm>\section</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="230">\subsection</indexterm>\subsection</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="231">\subsubsection</indexterm>\subsubsection</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="232">\paragraph</indexterm>\paragraph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="233">\subparagraph</indexterm>\subparagraph</itemformat></item> </tableterm></tableentry></ftable> <para>All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g., @@ -1808,7 +2341,7 @@ To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument <var>toctitle</var> that, when given, specifies the text for these other places. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>Also, all sectioning commands have <code>*</code>-forms that print <var>title</var> as usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. For instance: @@ -1817,8 +2350,8 @@ entry in the table of contents. For instance: <pre xml:space="preserve">\section*{Preamble} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202">\appendix</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">appendix, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234">\appendix</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">appendix, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\appendix</code> command changes the way following sectional units are numbered. The <code>\appendix</code> command itself generates no text and does not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this @@ -1831,8 +2364,8 @@ command is something like \chapter{The First Appendix} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="203">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>secnumdepth</code> counter controls printing of section numbers. The setting </para> @@ -1849,10 +2382,40 @@ The setting <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">cross references</indexterm></cindex> - -<para>One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer -the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&textrdquo; +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">cross references</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>One reason for numbering things such as figures and equations is to +refer the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure~3 for more details.&textrdquo; +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">label</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Including the figure number in the source is poor practice since if that +number changes as the document evolves then you must remember to update +this reference by hand. Instead, &latex; has you write a <dfn>label</dfn> +like <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and refer to it with <code>See +equation~\ref{eq:GreensThm}</code>. +</para> +<para>&latex; writes the information from the labels to a file with the same +name as the file containing the <code>\label{...}</code> but with an +<file>.aux</file> extension. (The information has the format +<code>\newlabel{<var>label</var>}{{<var>currentlabel</var>}{<var>pagenumber</var>}}</code> +where <var>currentlabel</var> is the current value of the macro +<code>\&arobase;currentlabel</code> that is usually updated whenever you call +<code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code>.) +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">forward reference</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The most common side effect of the prior paragraph happens when your +document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> that +appears earlier than the associated <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code>; see the +example in the <code>\pageref{...}</code> description. &latex; gets the +information for references from the <file>.aux</file> file. If this is the +first time you are compiling the document then you will get a message +<code>LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get +cross references right.</code> and in the output the reference will appear as +two question marks <samp>??</samp>, in boldface. Or, if you change some +things so the references change then you get the same warning and the +output contains the old reference information. The solution in either +case is just to compile the document a second time. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\label</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text. @@ -1864,7 +2427,7 @@ the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&textrdquo; <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204">\label</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236">\label</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -1872,37 +2435,22 @@ the reader to them, as in &textldquo;See Figure 3 for more details.&textrdquo; <pre xml:space="preserve">\label{<var>key</var>} </pre></example> -<para>A <code>\label</code> command appearing in ordinary text assigns to -<var>key</var> the number of the current sectional unit; one appearing -inside a numbered environment assigns that number to <var>key</var>. The -assigned number can be retrieved with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> -command (<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> -<para>Thus, in the example below the key <code>sec:test</code> holds the number of -the current section and the key <code>fig:test</code> that of the figure. -(Incidentally, labels must appear after captions in figures and -tables.) +<para>Assign a reference number to <var>key</var>. In ordinary text +<code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> assigns to <var>key</var> the number of the +current sectional unit. Inside an environment with numbering, such as a +<code>table</code> or <code>theorem</code> environment, <code>\label{<var>key</var>}</code> +assigns to <var>key</var> the number of that environment. Retrieve the +assigned number with the <code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code> command +(<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\section{section name} -\label{sec:test} -This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. -\begin{figure} - ... - \caption{caption text} - \label{fig:test} -\end{figure} -See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. -</pre></example> - <para>A key name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or common punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished, as usual. </para> -<para>Although the name can be more or less anything, a common convention is -to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a colon -or period. This helps to avoid accidentally creating two labels with -the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: +<para>A common convention is to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix +separated by a colon or period. This helps to avoid accidentally +creating two labels with the same name, and makes your source more +readable. Some commonly-used prefixes: </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">ch</itemformat></item> @@ -1917,17 +2465,34 @@ the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: </tableterm><tableitem><para>for equations </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>Thus, a label for a figure would look like <code>fig:test</code> or -<code>fig.test</code>. +<para>Thus, <code>\label{fig:Euler}</code> is a label for a figure with a portrait +of the great man. </para> +<para>In this example below the key <code>sec:test</code> will get the number of the +current section and the key <code>fig:test</code> will get the number of the +figure. (Incidentally, put labels after captions in figures and +tables.) +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\section{section name} +\label{sec:test} +This is Section~\ref{sec:test}. +\begin{figure} + ... + \caption{caption text} + \label{fig:test} +\end{figure} +See Figure~\ref{fig:test}. +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref{<var>key</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="205">\pageref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237">\pageref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -1935,21 +2500,33 @@ the same name. Some commonly-used prefixes: <pre xml:space="preserve">\pageref{<var>key</var>} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\pageref</code>{<var>key</var>} command produces the page number of -the place in the text where the corresponding +<para>Produce the page number of the place in the text where the corresponding <code>\label</code>{<var>key</var>} command appears. </para> +<para>In this example the <code>\label{eq:main}</code> is used both for the +formula number and for the page number. (Note that the two references +are forward references, so this document would need to be compiled twice +to resolve those.) +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">The main result is formula~\ref{eq:main} on page~\pageref{eq:main}. + ... +\begin{equation} \label{eq:main} + \mathbf{P}=\mathbf{NP} +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref{<var>key</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206">\ref</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238">\ref</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -1957,30 +2534,53 @@ the place in the text where the corresponding <pre xml:space="preserve">\ref{<var>key</var>} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\ref</code> command produces the number of the sectional unit, +<para>Produces the number of the sectional unit, equation, footnote, figure, &dots;, of the corresponding <code>\label</code> command (<pxref label="_005clabel"><xrefnodename>\label</xrefnodename></pxref>). It does not produce any text, such as the word &textlsquo;Section&textrsquo; or &textlsquo;Figure&textrsquo;, just the bare number itself. </para> +<para>In this example, the <code>\ref{popular}</code> produces <samp>2</samp>. Note +that it is a forward reference since it comes before +<code>\label{popular}</code>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">The most widely-used format is item number~\ref{popular}. +\begin{enumerate} +\item Plain \TeX +\item \label{popular} \LaTeX +\item Con\TeX t +\end{enumerate} +</pre></example> + </section> </chapter> <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">environments</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207">\begin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208">\end</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239">\begin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240">\end</indexterm></findex> -<para>&latex; provides many environments for marking off certain text. -Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: +<para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior. +An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>, +like this: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>envname</var>} -... -\end{<var>envname</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{<var>environment-name</var>} + ... +\end{<var>environment-name</var>} </pre></example> +<para>The <var>environment-name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at +the end. For instance, the input +<code>\begin{table*}...\end{table}</code> will cause an error like: +<samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by +\end{table}.</samp> +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Environments are executed within a group. +</para> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">abstract</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Produce an abstract. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">array</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Math arrays. @@ -2016,8 +2616,9 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209">abstract <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">abstracts</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2027,22 +2628,63 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: \end{abstract} </pre></example> -<para>Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. +<para>Produce an abstract, possibly of multiple paragraphs. This environment +is only defined in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code> document classes +(<pxref label="Document-classes"><xrefnodename>Document classes</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> +<para>Using the example below in the <code>article</code> class produces a displayed +paragraph. Document class option <code>titlepage</code> causes the abstract +to be on a separate page (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>); this is the +default only in the <code>report</code> class. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{abstract} + We compare all known accounts of the proposal made by Porter Alexander + to Robert E Lee at the Appomattox Court House that the army continue + in a guerrilla war, which Lee refused. +\end{abstract} +</pre></example> + +<para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for +a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>). +</para> +<!-- c Adopted from http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-onecolabs.html --> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[twocolumn]{article} + ... +\begin{document} +\title{Babe Ruth as Cultural Progenitor: a Atavistic Approach} +\author{Smith \\ Jones \\ Robinson\thanks{Railroad tracking grant.}} +\twocolumn[ + \begin{&arobase;twocolumnfalse} + \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + Ruth was not just the Sultan of Swat, he was the entire swat + team. + \end{abstract} + \end{&arobase;twocolumnfalse} + ] +{ % by-hand insert a footnote at page bottom + \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}} + \footnotetext[1]{Thanks for all the fish.} +} +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210">array <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{array}{<var>cols</var>} -<var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ -... + <var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ + ... \end{array} </pre></example> @@ -2050,8 +2692,8 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{array}[<var>pos</var>]{<var>cols</var>} -<var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ -... + <var>column 1 entry</var> &<var>column 2 entry</var> ... &<var>column n entry</var> \\ + ... \end{array} </pre></example> @@ -2059,7 +2701,7 @@ Each environment begins and ends in the same manner: mode, and normally appears within a displayed mathematics environment such as <code>equation</code> (<pxref label="equation"><xrefnodename>equation</xrefnodename></pxref>). Column entries are separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>). Rows are terminated with -double-backslashes (<code>\\</code>) (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). +double-backslashes (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>The required argument <var>cols</var> describes the number of columns, their alignment, and the formatting of the intercolumn regions. See @@ -2068,24 +2710,24 @@ other common features of the two environments, including the optional <var>pos</var> argument. </para> <para>There are two ways that <code>array</code> diverges from <code>tabular</code>. The -first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in mathematics mode, in +first is that <code>array</code> entries are typeset in math mode, in textstyle (except if the <var>cols</var> definition specifies the column with -<code>&arobase;p{..}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). +<code>p{...}</code>, which causes the entry to be typeset in text mode). The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter -<code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an array is governed +<code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is governed by -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> -<code>\arraycolsep</code> which gives half the width between columns. The +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex> +<code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The default for this is <samp>5pt</samp>. </para> <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file> package. It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array -surrounded by parentheses <code>(..)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array -surrounded by square brackets <code>[..]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an -array surrounded by curly braces <code>{..}</code>, <code>vmatrix</code> for -an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|..|</code>, and +surrounded by parentheses <code>(...)</code>, <code>bmatrix</code> for an array +surrounded by square brackets <code>[...]</code>, <code>Bmatrix</code> for an +array surrounded by curly braces <code>{...}</code>, <code>vmatrix</code> for +an array surrounded by vertical bars <code>|...|</code>, and <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical -bars <code>||..||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. +bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. </para> <para>Here is an example of an array: </para> @@ -2098,37 +2740,63 @@ bars <code>||..||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs. \end{equation} </pre></example> +<para>The next example works if <code>\usepackage{amsmath}</code> is in the +preamble: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{equation} + \begin{vmatrix}{cc} + a &b \\ + c &d + \end{vmatrix}=ad-bc +\end{equation} +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212">center <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} - .. text .. + ... text ... \end{center} </pre></example> -<para>Environment to create a sequence of lines that are centered within the -left and right margins on the current page. If the text in the -environment body is too long to fit on a line, &latex; will insert line -breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any -interword space. To force a line break at a particular spot use -double-backslash <code>\\</code> (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are +centered within the left and right margins on the current page. Use +double-backslash to get a line break at a particular spot (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +If some text environment body is too long to fit on a line, &latex; +will insert line breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or +shrinking any interword space. </para> <para>This environment inserts space above and below the text body. See <ref label="_005ccentering"><xrefnodename>\centering</xrefnodename></ref> to avoid such space, for example inside a <code>figure</code> environment. </para> -<para>In this example, depending on the line width, &latex; may choose a break -for the part before the double backslash, will center the line or two, -then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. +<para>This example produces three centered lines. There is extra vertical +space between the last two lines. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} + A Thesis Submitted in Partial Fufillment \\ + of the Requirements of \\[0.5ex] + the School of Environmental Engineering +\end{center} +</pre></example> + +<para>In this example, depending on the page&textrsquo;s line width, &latex; may choose +a line break for the part before the double backslash. If so, it will +center each of the two lines and if not it will center the single line. +Then &latex; will break at the double backslash, and will center the +ending. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} @@ -2148,10 +2816,10 @@ then will break at the double backslash, and will center the ending. <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214">\centering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249">\centering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is +<para>A declaration that causes material in its scope to be centered. It is most often used inside an environment such as <code>figure</code>, or in a <code>parbox</code>. </para> @@ -2189,9 +2857,10 @@ centered. <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215">description <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2203,26 +2872,26 @@ centered. \end{description} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>Environment to make a labelled list of items. Each item&textrsquo;s <var>label</var> is typeset in bold, flush-left. Each item&textrsquo;s text may contain multiple paragraphs. Although the labels on the items are optional there is no sensible default, so all items should have labels. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217">\item</indexterm></findex> -<para>The list consists of at least one item; see <ref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></ref> (having no -items causes the &latex; error <samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a -missing \item</samp>). Each item is produced with an <code>\item</code> command. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252">\item</indexterm></findex> +<para>The list consists of at least one item, created with the <code>\item</code> +command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). Having no items causes the &latex; error +<samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font -change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come -out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with -<code>\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold -typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bolded -typewriter is to use declaritive style <code>\item[{\tt label text}]</code>. -Similarly, get normal text use <code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>. +change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will +come out bold. For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter +with <code>\item[\texttt{label text}]</code> then it will appear in bold +typewriter, if that is available. The simplest way to get non-bold +typewriter is to use declarative style: <code>\item[{\tt label +text}]</code>. Similarly, to get the standard roman font, use +<code>\item[{\rm label text}]</code>. </para> <para>For other major &latex; labelled list environments, see <ref label="itemize"><xrefnodename>itemize</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. For information about customizing list layout, see @@ -2243,13 +2912,14 @@ and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>. For in <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle> <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{displaymath} - .. math text .. + ... math text ... \end{displaymath} </pre></example> @@ -2295,7 +2965,8 @@ spacing, and because the <code>displaymath</code> environment honors the <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219">document <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document. It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xrefnodename>Starting and ending</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -2308,8 +2979,8 @@ It is required in every &latex; document. <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2329,8 +3000,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2353,8 +3024,9 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222">enumerate <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2370,7 +3042,7 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them. label numbering depends on whether this environment is nested within another; see below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223">\item</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261">\item</indexterm></findex> <para>The list consists of at least one item. Having no items causes the &latex; error <samp>Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \item</samp>. Each item is produced with an <code>\item</code> command. @@ -2398,26 +3070,26 @@ This gives &latex;&textrsquo;s default for the format at each nesting level </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>upper case letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>, &dots; </para></listitem></enumerate> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224">\enumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225">\enumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262">\enumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263">\enumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264">\enumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265">\enumiv</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>enumerate</code> environment uses the counters <code>\enumi</code> through <code>\enumiv</code> counters (<pxref label="Counters"><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>). If you use the optional argument to <code>\item</code> then the counter is not incremented for that item (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex> <para>To change the format of the label use <code>\renewcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) on the commands <code>\labelenumi</code> through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing period: </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\textbf{\Alph{enumi}}} \begin{enumerate} @@ -2439,13 +3111,14 @@ period: <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233">eqnarray <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex> <para>First, a caveat: the <code>eqnarray</code> environment is depreciated. It has infelicities that cannot be overcome, including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements (see the article &textldquo;Avoid @@ -2474,7 +3147,7 @@ documents, a synopsis: \end{eqnarray*} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities. The left and right sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text mode. @@ -2482,18 +3155,18 @@ mode. <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items within a row separated by an ampersand (<code>&</code>), and with rows separated by double backslash <code>\\</code>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275">\nonumber</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a <code>\nonumber</code> command. The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits equation numbering, while otherwise being the same. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of zero width. @@ -2514,9 +3187,10 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side. <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2540,9 +3214,10 @@ new documents. <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239">figure</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2581,9 +3256,9 @@ in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>. <para>The figure body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </para> -<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross +<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281">\caption</indexterm></findex> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the figure. By default it is numbered. If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Tables-of-contents"><xrefnodename>Tables of @@ -2607,9 +3282,12 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats. <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241">filecontents</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186">writing external files</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2672,9 +3350,10 @@ Article by \myname. <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242">flushleft <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushleft} @@ -2684,7 +3363,7 @@ Article by \myname. \end{flushleft} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>flushleft</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged right. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. @@ -2697,10 +3376,10 @@ right. Each line must be terminated with the string <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289">\raggedright</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\raggedright</code> declaration corresponds to the <code>flushleft</code> environment. This declaration can be used inside an @@ -2718,9 +3397,10 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245">flushright <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright} @@ -2730,7 +3410,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. \end{flushright} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>flushright</code> environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged left. Each line must be terminated with the control sequence <code>\\</code>. @@ -2743,10 +3423,10 @@ left. Each line must be terminated with the control sequence <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\raggedleft</code> declaration corresponds to the <code>flushright</code> environment. This declaration can be used inside an @@ -2764,11 +3444,12 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248">itemize <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249">\item</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296">\item</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">lists of items</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2781,7 +3462,7 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit. </pre></example> <para>The <code>itemize</code> environment produces an &textldquo;unordered&textrdquo;, &textldquo;bulleted&textrdquo; -list. Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four +list. Itemized lists can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as <code>enumerate</code> (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -2797,10 +3478,10 @@ There must be at least one <code>\item</code> command within the environment. </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>. (centered dot, rendered here as a period) </para></listitem></enumerate> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>itemize</code> environment uses the commands <code>\labelitemi</code> through <code>\labelitemiv</code> to produce the default label. So, you can use <code>\renewcommand</code> to change the labels. For instance, to have @@ -2810,13 +3491,13 @@ the first level use diamonds: <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\leftmargini</code> through <code>\leftmarginvi</code> parameters define the distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the left margin of the list. By convention, <code>\leftmargin</code> is set @@ -2835,20 +3516,20 @@ This example greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists: <para>Some parameters that affect list formatting: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="261">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="308">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="262">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="309">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Space between the label and text of an item; default <samp>.5em</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="263">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="310">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Width of the label; default <samp>2em</samp>, or <samp>1.5em</samp> in two-column mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="264">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="311">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within a list item; default <samp>0pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="265">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="312">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the enclosing environment; default <samp>0pt</samp>, except in the <code>quote</code>, <code>quotation</code>, and <code>verse</code> environments, where it is set equal @@ -2860,23 +3541,23 @@ to <code>\leftmargin</code>. loose, by default). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="266">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="313">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical space between items. The default is <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>3pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="267">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="314">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item. Defaults are the same as <code>\itemsep</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="268">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="315">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph. For top-level lists, the default is <code>8pt plus2pt minus4pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>9pt plus3pt minus5pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>10pt plus4pt minus6pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. These are reduced for nested lists. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="269">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="316">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Extra space added to <code>\topsep</code> when the list environment starts a paragraph. The default is <code>2pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code> for <code>11pt</code>, and <code>3pt @@ -2884,7 +3565,7 @@ plus2pt minus2pt</code> for <code>12pt</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide space between items. Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code> environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs @@ -2905,7 +3586,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271">letter <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>This environment is used for creating letters. <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> @@ -2914,8 +3596,9 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific, <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272">list</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>list</code> environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in @@ -2947,6 +3630,7 @@ empty, i.e., <code>{}</code>, which leaves the default spacing. <node name="_005citem" spaces=" "><nodename>\item</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">list</nodeup></node> +<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\item</code>: An entry in a list.</sectiontitle> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -2987,12 +3671,14 @@ not get a <samp>3.</samp>). </para> +</subsection> </section> <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273">math <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3011,8 +3697,9 @@ running text. <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms. <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274">minipage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{minipage}[<var>position</var>][<var>height</var>][<var>inner-pos</var>]{<var>width</var>} @@ -3028,15 +3715,15 @@ other paragraph-making environments can be used inside a minipage. <!-- c (xxref positions) --> <para>The arguments are the same as for <code>\parbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cparbox"><xrefnodename>\parbox</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326">\parindent</indexterm></findex> <para>By default, paragraphs are not indented in the <code>minipage</code> environment. You can restore indentation with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> command. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex> <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables. A <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at @@ -3052,9 +3739,10 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation and quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276">picture</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{picture}(<var>width</var>,<var>height</var>)(<var>xoffset</var>,<var>yoffset</var>) @@ -3062,7 +3750,7 @@ footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. \end{picture} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329">\unitlength</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>picture</code> environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell &latex; where to put things in the picture by specifying @@ -3077,7 +3765,15 @@ centimeters. <code>\setlength</code> command, outside of a <code>picture</code> environment. The default value is <code>1pt</code>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><r>package</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><code>picture</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para>The <code>picture</code> package redefine the <code>picture</code> environment so +that everywhere a number is used in a <var>picture commands</var> to specify +a coordinate, one can use alternatively a length. Be aware however that +this will prevent scaling those lengths by changing <code>\unitlength</code>. +</para> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair of coordinates, such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>, specifying the point with x-coordinate <code>2.4</code> and y-coordinate <code>-5</code>. Coordinates are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, @@ -3127,7 +3823,7 @@ command. The command picture, with its reference point at coordinates <math>(11.3,-.3)</math>. The reference points for various objects will be described below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278">lR box</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330">lR box</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn>. You can put anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox"><xrefnodename>\mbox</xrefnodename></pxref>) in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command. When you do this, the reference point will @@ -3156,7 +3852,7 @@ be the lower left corner of the box. <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279">\circle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331">\circle</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3175,7 +3871,7 @@ draws a solid circle. <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3212,7 +3908,7 @@ your <var>text</var> appears in. You may select up to two of the following: <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3224,8 +3920,8 @@ your <var>text</var> appears in. You may select up to two of the following: section), except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it creates. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\framebox</code> command produces a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code>, and leaves a space <code>\fboxsep</code> between the rule and the contents of the box. @@ -3235,7 +3931,7 @@ and the contents of the box. <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336">\dashbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Draws a box with a dashed line. Synopsis: </para> @@ -3256,7 +3952,7 @@ multiples of the <var>dlen</var>. <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\dashbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285">\frame</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337">\frame</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3273,7 +3969,7 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286">\line</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338">\line</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3284,8 +3980,8 @@ space is put between the frame and the object. <para>The <code>\line</code> command draws a line with the given <var>length</var> and slope <var>xslope</var>/<var>yslope</var>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex> <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with <math><var>slope</var> = x/y</math>, where <math>x</math> and <math>y</math> have integer values from −6 through 6. For lines of any slope, and plenty of other shapes, @@ -3296,7 +3992,7 @@ see <code>pict2e</code> and many other packages on CTAN. <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339">\linethickness</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\linethickness{<var>dim</var>}</code> command declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment to be @@ -3310,7 +4006,7 @@ circles, or the quarter circles drawn by <code>\oval</code>. <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340">\thicklines</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\thicklines</code> command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; @@ -3321,7 +4017,7 @@ cf. <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnoden <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341">\thinlines</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\thinlines</code> command is the default line thickness for horizontal and vertical lines in a picture environment; @@ -3332,7 +4028,7 @@ cf. <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness</xrefnoden <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290">\multiput</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342">\multiput</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3350,7 +4046,7 @@ pattern across a picture. <var>obj</var> is first placed at position <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\put</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291">\oval</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343">\oval</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3385,7 +4081,7 @@ boxes with rounded corners. <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292">\put</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344">\put</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3402,7 +4098,7 @@ boxes with rounded corners. <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345">\shortstack</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3422,7 +4118,7 @@ positions are: </tableterm><tableitem><para>Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default) </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Objects are separated with <code>\\</code>. </para> @@ -3430,7 +4126,7 @@ positions are: <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295">\vector</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347">\vector</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3448,14 +4144,16 @@ values must lie between −4 and +4, inclusive. <node name="quotation-and-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation and quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> and <code>quote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296">quotation</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297">quote</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3492,7 +4190,7 @@ quotations. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{quotation} \it Four score and seven years ago - .. shall not perish from the earth. + ... shall not perish from the earth. \hspace{1em plus 1fill}---Abraham Lincoln \end{quotation} </pre></example> @@ -3502,10 +4200,11 @@ quotations. <node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation and quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298">tabbing <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3528,37 +4227,37 @@ environment. <para>The following commands can be used inside a <code>tabbing</code> environment: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="299">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="354">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="300">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="355">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="301">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302">\></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="356">\> <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\> <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357">\></indexterm></findex> <para>Advances to the next tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="303">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="358">\<</indexterm>\<</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing the margin). Can only be used at the start of the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="304">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="359">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="305">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="360">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="306">\&textrsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="361">\&textrsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e., everything from the most recent <code>\></code>, <code>\<</code>, <code>\'</code>, <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the right of the previous column, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="307">\&textlsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="362">\&textlsquo; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab stop 0. However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there. The <code>\`</code> command moves all the @@ -3567,29 +4266,29 @@ command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no <code>\></code> or <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the command that ends the line. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="308">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309">\a&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310">\a&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="363">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364">\a&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365">\a&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). Instead, the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code> are used. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="312">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="367">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like <code>\\</code> except that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it. The effect of any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in effect. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="313">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="368">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369">\poptabs</indexterm></findex> <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="315">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="370">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="316">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="371">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance to left of tab stop moved by <code>\'</code>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -3613,9 +4312,10 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317">table</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">creating tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3638,9 +4338,9 @@ float placement algorithm, see <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnod <para>The table body is typeset in a <code>parbox</code> of width <code>\textwidth</code> and so it can contain text, commands, etc. </para> -<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross-references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross +<para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross references</xrefnodename></pxref>). -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318">\caption</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374">\caption</indexterm></findex> The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the table. By default it is numbered. If <var>lottitle</var> is present, it is used in the list of tables instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Tables-of-contents"><xrefnodename>Tables of @@ -3667,9 +4367,10 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end. <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319">tabular <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3705,10 +4406,10 @@ in columns. This illustrates many of the features. <para>The vertical format of two left-aligned columns, with a vertical bar between them, is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument <code>{l|l}</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320">&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377">&</indexterm></findex> Columns are separated with an ampersand <code>&</code>. A horizontal rule between two rows is created with <code>\hline</code>. -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex> The end of each row is marked with a double backslash <code>\\</code>. This <code>\\</code> is optional after the last row unless an <code>\hline</code> command follows, to put a rule below the table. @@ -3722,7 +4423,7 @@ the width of the <code>tabular*</code> environment. The space between columns should be rubber, as with <code>&arobase;{\extracolsep{\fill}}</code>, to allow the table to stretch or shrink to make the specified width, or else you are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment -..</code> warning. +...</code> warning. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">pos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional. Specifies the table&textrsquo;s vertical position. The default is to @@ -3758,14 +4459,14 @@ column and intercolumn material. <var>text or space</var> material is typeset in LR mode. This text is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>This specifier is optional: unless you put in your own &arobase;-expression -then &latex;&textrsquo;s book, article, and report classes will put on either -side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which by -default is <samp>6pt</samp>. That is, by default adjacent columns are +<para>This specifier is optional: with no &arobase;-expression, &latex;&textrsquo;s +<code>book</code>, <code>article</code>, and <code>report</code> classes will put on +either side of each column a space of length <code>\tabcolsep</code>, which +by default is <samp>6pt</samp>. That is, by default adjacent columns are separated by 12pt (so <code>\tabcolsep</code> is misleadingly-named since it -is not the separation between tabular columns). Also by default a space -of 6pt comes before the first column as well as after the final column, -unless you put a <code>&arobase;{..}</code> or <code>|</code> there. +is not the separation between tabular columns). By implication, a +space of 6pt also comes before the first column and after the final +column, unless you put a <code>&arobase;{...}</code> or <code>|</code> there. </para> <para>If you override the default and use an &arobase;-expression then you must insert any desired space yourself, as in <code>&arobase;{\hspace{1em}}</code>. @@ -3777,7 +4478,7 @@ lines need to lie on the left margin. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushleft} \begin{tabular}{&arobase;{}l} - .. + ... \end{tabular} \end{flushleft} </pre></example> @@ -3792,7 +4493,7 @@ so the numbers in the table are aligned on that decimal point. \end{tabular} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="379">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex> <para>An <code>\extracolsep{<var>wd</var>}</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code> command. @@ -3833,7 +4534,7 @@ ending the row. positive integer and <var>cols</var> is a list of specifiers. Thus <code>\begin{tabular}{|*{3}{l|r}|}</code> is equivalent to <code>\begin{tabular}{|l|rl|rl|r|}</code>. Note that <var>cols</var> may -contain another <code>*-expression</code>. +contain another <code>*</code>-expression. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> </tableitem></tableentry></table> @@ -3842,22 +4543,22 @@ contain another <code>*-expression</code>. <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? --> </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="323">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>, <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments. The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in <code>\setlength{\arrayrulewidth}{0.8pt}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="324">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments is multiplied. The default is <samp>1</samp>, for no scaling. Change it as <code>\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="325">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the <code>||</code> specifier. The default is <samp>2pt</samp>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="326">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is <samp>6pt</samp>. Change it with <code>\setlength</code>. </para> @@ -3878,7 +4579,7 @@ lines: <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -3900,7 +4601,7 @@ spanned by the single heading <samp>Name</samp>. <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{lccl} \textit{ID} &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textit{Name}} &\textit{Age} \\ \hline % row one 978-0-393-03701-2 &O'Brian &Patrick &55 \\ % row two - .. + ... \end{tabular} </pre></example> @@ -3914,7 +4615,7 @@ and <code>p{1.5in}|</code>. <para>The <var>cols</var> argument overrides the <code>array</code> or <code>tabular</code> environment&textrsquo;s intercolumn area default adjoining this multicolumn entry. To affect that area, this argument can contain vertical bars -<code>|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code>&arobase;{..}</code> +<code>|</code> indicating the placement of vertical rules, and <code>&arobase;{...}</code> expressions. Thus if <var>cols</var> is <samp>|c|</samp> then this multicolumn entry will be centered and a vertical rule will come in the intercolumn area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. @@ -3927,6 +4628,7 @@ area before it and after it. This table details the exact behavior. &z % entry four \end{tabular} </pre></example> + <para>Before the first entry the output will not have a vertical rule because the <code>\multicolumn</code> has the <var>cols</var> specifier <samp>r</samp> with no initial vertical bar. Between entry one and entry two there will be a @@ -3974,14 +4676,14 @@ vertical bar in the <var>cols</var> of either of the first row&textrsquo;s <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328">\vline</indexterm></findex> - +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385">\vline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment -extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be used -in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical bar <code>|</code> is -more common. This command is rarely used; typically a table&textrsquo;s vertical -lines are specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s <var>cols</var> argument and -overriden as needed with <code>\multicolumn</code>. +extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row. Can also be +used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical +bar <code>|</code> is more common. This command is rarely used in the +body of a table; typically a table&textrsquo;s vertical lines are specified in +<code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s <var>cols</var> argument and overridden as needed with +<code>\multicolumn</code>. </para> <para>This example illustrates some pitfalls. In the first line&textrsquo;s second entry the <code>\hfill</code> moves the <code>\vline</code> to the left edge of the @@ -4007,7 +4709,7 @@ to the <code>g</code>, with no whitespace. <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329">\cline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386">\cline</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4037,7 +4739,7 @@ height. <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330">\hline</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387">\hline</indexterm></findex> <para>Draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the @@ -4062,8 +4764,9 @@ is required. <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331">thebibliography <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4103,7 +4806,7 @@ less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390">\bibitem</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4111,25 +4814,26 @@ less than 10 references, <code>99</code> for ones with less than 100, etc. <pre xml:space="preserve">\bibitem[<var>label</var>]{<var>cite_key</var>} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by -<var>label</var>. If the <var>label</var> argument is missing, a number is -automatically generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The -<var>cite_key</var> is any sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation -symbols not containing a comma. +<para>The <code>\bibitem</code> command generates an entry labelled by <var>label</var>. +If the <var>label</var> argument is missing, a number is automatically +generated using the <code>enumi</code> counter. The <var>cite_key</var> is a +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">citation key</indexterm></cindex> +<dfn>citation key</dfn> consisting in any sequence of +letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not containing a comma. </para> <para>This command writes an entry to the <file>.aux</file> file containing the -item&textrsquo;s <var>cite_key</var> and label. When the <file>.aux</file> file is read by -the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item&textrsquo;s <code>label</code> is +item&textrsquo;s <var>cite_key</var> and <var>label</var>. When the <file>.aux</file> file is +read by the <code>\begin{document}</code> command, the item&textrsquo;s <var>label</var> is associated with <code>cite_key</code>, causing references to <var>cite_key</var> -with a <code>\cite</code> command (see next section) to produce the -associated label. +with a <code>\cite</code> command (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename></pxref>) to produce the associated +<var>label</var>. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333">\cite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391">\cite</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4137,24 +4841,28 @@ associated label. <pre xml:space="preserve">\cite[<var>subcite</var>]{<var>keys</var>} </pre></example> -<para>The <var>keys</var> argument is a list of one or more citation keys, -separated by commas. This command generates an in-text citation to -the references associated with <var>keys</var> by entries in the -<file>.aux</file> file. +<para>The <var>keys</var> argument is a list of one or more citation keys +(<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>), separated by commas. This command generates an +in-text citation to the references associated with <var>keys</var> by entries +in the <file>.aux</file> file. </para> <para>The text of the optional <var>subcite</var> argument appears after the citation. For example, <code>\cite[p.~314]{knuth}</code> might produce -&textlsquo;[Knuth, p. 314]&textrsquo;. +<samp>[Knuth, p. 314]</samp>. </para> </subsection> <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334">\nocite</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392">\nocite</indexterm></findex> -<para><code>\nocite{<var>keys</var>}</code> +<para>Synopsis: </para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve"><code>\nocite{<var>keys</var>}</code> +</pre></example> + <para>The <code>\nocite</code> command produces no text, but writes <var>keys</var>, which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the <file>.aux</file> file. </para> @@ -4163,11 +4871,11 @@ which is a list of one or more citation keys, to the <file>.aux</file> file. <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="336">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394">\bibliography</indexterm></findex> <para>If you use the Bib&tex; program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you need a bibliography of more than a couple of @@ -4184,7 +4892,7 @@ you include the lines its own. Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be produced: <var>bibstyle</var> refers to a file <var>bibstyle</var><file>.bst</file>, which defines how your citations will look. -The standard <var>style</var> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: +The standard <var>bibstyle</var> names distributed with Bib&tex; are: </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">alpha</itemformat></item> @@ -4204,7 +4912,8 @@ the demands of various publications. See </para> <para>The <code>\bibliography</code> command is what actually produces the bibliography. The argument to <code>\bibliography</code> refers to files -named <file><var>bibfile</var>.bib</file>, which should contain your database in +named <file><var>bibfile1</var>.bib</file>, <file><var>bibfile2</var>.bib</file>, &dots;, +which should contain your database in Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <code>\nocite</code> will be listed in the bibliography. </para> @@ -4214,8 +4923,9 @@ Bib&tex; format. Only the entries referred to via <code>\cite</code> and <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="337">theorem <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4235,38 +4945,63 @@ possibilities for <var>n</var> are described under <code>\newtheorem</code> <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="338">titlepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">making a title page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{titlepage} -<var>text</var> + ... text and spacing ... \end{titlepage} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>titlepage</code> environment creates a title page, i.e., a page -with no printed page number or heading. It also causes the following -page to be numbered page one. Formatting the title page is left to -you. The <code>\today</code> command may be useful on title pages -(<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>Create a title page, a page with no printed page number or heading. The +following page will be numbered page one. +</para> +<para>To instead produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> +environment you can use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>You can use the <code>\maketitle</code> command (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>) to -produce a standard title page without a <code>titlepage</code> environment. +<para>Notice in this example that all formatting, including vertical spacing, +is left to the author. </para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{titlepage} +\vspace*{\stretch{1}} +\begin{center} + {\huge\bfseries Thesis \\[1ex] + title} \\[6.5ex] + {\large\bfseries Author name} \\ + \vspace{4ex} + Thesis submitted to \\[5pt] + \textit{University name} \\[2cm] + in partial fulfilment for the award of the degree of \\[2cm] + \textsc{\Large Doctor of Philosophy} \\[2ex] + \textsc{\large Mathematics} \\[12ex] + \vfill + Department of Mathematics \\ + Address \\ + \vfill + \today +\end{center} +\vspace{\stretch{2}} +\end{titlepage} +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339">verbatim <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4291,8 +5026,8 @@ effect that they would on a typewriter. <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340">\verb</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401">\verb</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4307,7 +5042,7 @@ including special characters and spaces, using the typewriter <code>\verb*</code> and the delimiter <var>char</var>, which begins and ends the verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">visible space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">visible space</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a &textldquo;visible space&textrdquo; character. <tex endspaces=" "> @@ -4320,8 +5055,9 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341">verse <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4336,7 +5072,7 @@ verbatim text. The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. <para>The <code>verse</code> environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses for it. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are not indented, and the text is not justified. Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more blank lines to separate the @@ -4348,8 +5084,8 @@ stanzas. <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">line breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex> <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces. To @@ -4364,6 +5100,7 @@ you but in some environments you manually force line breaks. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\obeycr & \restorecr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make each input line start a new output line. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\newline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Break the line </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\- (hyphenation)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert explicit hyphenation. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\discretionary</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert explicit hyphenation with control of hyphen character. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\fussy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Be fussy about line breaking. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\sloppy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Be sloppy about line breaking. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hyphenation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tell &latex; how to hyphenate a word. @@ -4374,9 +5111,9 @@ you but in some environments you manually force line breaks. <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="343">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4400,7 +5137,7 @@ particular, to start a new paragraph instead leave a blank line. This command is mostly used outside of the main flow of text such as in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment. </para> -<para>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <code>p{..}</code> column +<para>Under ordinary circumstances (e.g., outside of a <code>p{...}</code> column in a <code>tabular</code> environment) the <code>\newline</code> command is a synonym for <code>\\</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -4418,9 +5155,9 @@ in a <code>tabular</code> environment) the <code>\newline</code> command is a sy <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr & \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> & <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406">\obeycr</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407">\restorecr</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>, internally) the same as <code>\\</code> (followed by @@ -4434,14 +5171,14 @@ in the output. <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr & \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346">\newline</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408">\newline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex> <para>In ordinary text this is equivalent to double-backslash (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>); it breaks a line, with no stretching of the text before it. </para> <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, in a column with a -specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <code>p{..}</code>, +specifier producing a paragraph box, like typically <code>p{...}</code>, <code>\newline</code> will insert a line break inside of the column, that is, it does not break the entire row. To break the entire row use <code>\\</code> or its equivalent <code>\tabularnewline</code>. @@ -4459,11 +5196,11 @@ single cell of the table. </para> </section> -<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\-</code> command tells &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point. &latex; is pretty good at hyphenating, and usually finds @@ -4475,26 +5212,39 @@ cases. hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that &latex; might otherwise have chosen. </para> +</section> +<node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\discretionary{<var>pre-break-text</var>}{<var>post-break-text</var>}{<var>no-break-text</var>} +</pre></example> + +<!-- c xxx TODO, complete this node, see LaTeX-fr --> </section> -<node name="_005cfussy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cfussy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348">\fussy</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410">\fussy</indexterm></findex> <para>The declaration <code>\fussy</code> (which is the default) makes &tex; picky about line breaking. This usually avoids too much space between words, at the cost of an occasional overfull box. </para> <para>This command cancels the effect of a previous <code>\sloppy</code> command -(<pxref label="_005csloppy"><xrefnodename>\sloppy</xrefnodename></pxref>. +(<pxref label="_005csloppy"><xrefnodename>\sloppy</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> <node name="_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411">\sloppy</indexterm></findex> <para>The declaration <code>\sloppy</code> makes &tex; less fussy about line breaking. This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose @@ -4507,8 +5257,8 @@ interword spacing. <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4532,10 +5282,10 @@ misses the hyphenations in these words): <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> & <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413">\linebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4559,8 +5309,8 @@ from a demand to a request. The <var>priority</var> must be a number from <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">page breaking</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has accumulated to fill up a page. Usually this happens automatically, @@ -4578,8 +5328,8 @@ but sometimes you may want to influence the breaks. <node name="_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\clearpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cleardoublepage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\cleardoublepage</code> command ends the current page and causes all the pending floating figures and tables that have so far appeared in the @@ -4592,9 +5342,9 @@ necessary. <node name="_005cclearpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416">\clearpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\clearpage</code> command ends the current page and causes all the pending floating figures and tables that have so far appeared in the @@ -4605,9 +5355,9 @@ input to be printed. <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355">\newpage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417">\newpage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\newpage</code> command ends the current page, but does not clear floats (<pxref label="_005cclearpage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage</xrefnodename></pxref>). @@ -4617,8 +5367,8 @@ floats (<pxref label="_005cclearpage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage</xrefnodename></p <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\enlargethispage{size}</code> </para> @@ -4637,10 +5387,10 @@ much as possible. This is normally used together with an explicit <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> & <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -4665,7 +5415,7 @@ insistent the request is. <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex> <para>Place a numbered footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here. </para> @@ -4700,7 +5450,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior. <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359">\footnote</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421">\footnote</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -4723,9 +5473,9 @@ at the Margin or the Bottom of the Page.''} number. If you use this option then the footnote number counter is not incremented, and if you do not use it then the counter is incremented. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex> <para>Change how &latex; shows the footnote counter with something like <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which uses a sequence of symbols (<pxref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman @@ -4740,8 +5490,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer paragraph mode). There are some workarounds; see following sections. <!-- c xx mention packages that fix this --> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so they are numbered independently. They are @@ -4753,7 +5503,7 @@ And by default they are shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodena <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -4796,7 +5546,7 @@ and the third theorem.\footnotemark[\value{footnote}] <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis, one of: </para> @@ -4815,7 +5565,7 @@ argument <var>number</var> changes the displayed footnote number. The <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">Footnotes, in a table</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">Footnotes, in a table</indexterm></cindex> <para>Inside a <code>table</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command does not work. For instance, if the code below appears on its own then the @@ -4829,7 +5579,8 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. \textit{HMS Sophie} &Master and Commander \\ \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain \\ \textit{HMS Lively} &Post Captain \\ - \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with HMS Surprise.} + \textit{HMS Surprise} &A number of books\footnote{Starting with + HMS Surprise.} \end{tabular} \end{center} </pre></example> @@ -4840,7 +5591,7 @@ but nothing is set at the bottom of the page. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} \begin{minipage}{.5\textwidth} - .. tabular material .. + ... tabular material ... \end{minipage} \end{center} </pre></example> @@ -4870,26 +5621,33 @@ sequence with other footnotes. <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle> -<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">footnotes, in section headings</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\section{Full sets\protect\footnote{This material due to ...}} </pre></example> -<para>causes the footnote to appear both at the bottom of the page where the -section starts and at the bottom of the table of contents page. To have -it not appear on the table of contents use the package <file>footmisc</file> -with the <code>stable</code> option. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>footmisc</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>footmisc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274"><code>stable</code> option to <code>footmisc</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<noindent></noindent> +<para>causes the footnote to appear at the bottom of the page where the +section starts, as usual, but also at the bottom of the table of +contents, where it is not likely to be desired. To have it not appear +on the table of contents use the package <file>footmisc</file> with the +<code>stable</code> option. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[stable]{footmisc} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. -\section{Full sets\footnote{This material is due to R~Jones.}} +... +\section{Full sets\footnote{This material due to ...}} </pre></example> -<para>Note that the <code>\protect</code> is gone; putting it in causes the +<para>Note that the <code>\protect</code> is gone; including it would cause the footnote to reappear on the table of contents. </para> @@ -4906,12 +5664,12 @@ ways, including allow these two, as in this example. <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{bigfoot} \DeclareNewFootnote{Default} \DeclareNewFootnote{from}[alph] % create class \footnotefrom{} - .. + ... \begin{document} - .. +... The third theorem is a partial converse of the second.\footnotefrom{First noted in Wilson.\footnote{Second edition only.}} - .. +... </pre></example> @@ -4926,13 +5684,13 @@ uses the package <file>cleverref</file>. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{cleveref}[2012/02/15] % this version of package or later \crefformat{footnote}{#2\footnotemark[#1]#3} - .. +... \begin{document} - .. +... The theorem is from Evers.\footnote{\label{fn:TE}Tinker and Evers, 1994.} The corollary is from Chance.\footnote{Evers and Chance, 1990.} But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE} - .. +... </pre></example> <para>This solution will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>. @@ -4944,17 +5702,17 @@ of multiple authors with the same affiliation. <node name="Footnote-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnote parameters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Multiple reference to footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnote parameters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="364">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="426">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s footnotes. Default dimensions: <code>0.4pt</code> thick (or wide), and <code>0.4\columnwidth</code> long in the standard document classes (except <code>slides</code>, where it does not appear). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="365">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="427">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote. By default, this is set to the normal strut for <code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (<pxref label="Font-sizes"><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no extra space between @@ -4969,7 +5727,7 @@ footnotes. This is <samp>6.65pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>7.7pt</samp <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds. </para> @@ -4991,90 +5749,95 @@ footnotes. This is <samp>6.65pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>7.7pt</samp <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428">\newcommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\renewcommand</code> define and redefine a command, respectively. Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} - \newcommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} -\renewcommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} + \newcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} +\renewcommand*{\<var>cmd</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>defn</var>} </pre></example> -<para>The <code>*</code>-form of these two commands requires that the arguments -not contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <code>\long</code>, in plain -&tex; terms). +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The starred form of these two commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text (not <code>\long</code>, in plain &tex; +terms). </para> <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">cmd</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the command name. It must begin with <code>\</code>. For -<code>\newcommand</code>, it must not be already defined and must not begin -with <code>\end</code>. For <code>\renewcommand</code>, it must already be -defined. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is the command name. For <code>\newcommand</code>, it +must not be already defined and must not begin with <code>\end</code>. For +<code>\renewcommand</code>, it must already be defined. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9, specifying the number of arguments -that the command will take. If this argument is not present, the -default is for the command to have no arguments. When redefining a -command, the new version can have a different number of arguments than -the old version. +that the command can take, including any optional argument. If this +argument is not present, the default is for the command to have no +arguments. When redefining a command, the new version can have a +different number of arguments than the old version. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of defined -command <var>\cmd</var> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> +command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then -<var>\cmd</var> does not take an optional argument. -</para> -<para>That is, if <var>\cmd</var> is used with square brackets following, as in -<code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within <var>defn</var> <code>#1</code> expands -<var>myval</var>. While if <var>\cmd</var> is called without square brackets -following, then within <var>defn</var> the <code>#1</code> expands to the default -<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. -</para> -<para>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in the call is different from having the +<code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument. +</para> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets following, +as in <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the first +<dfn>positional parameter</dfn> <code>#1</code> expands <var>myval</var>. On the +other hand, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is called without square brackets +following, then within <var>defn</var> the positional parameter <code>#1</code> +expands to the default <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any +required arguments will be referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. +</para> +<para>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in a call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former results in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in <code>#1</code> expanding to the empty string. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>cmd</code>; a -construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>defn</var> is replaced by the -text of the <var>n</var>th argument. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>The text to be substituted for every occurrence of <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>; the +positional parameter <code>#<var>n</var></code> in <var>defn</var> is replaced by +the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>A command with no arguments that is followed in the source by a space -will swallow that space. The solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the -command and before the space. +<para>&tex; ignores spaces in the source following an alphabetic control +sequence, as in <samp>\cmd </samp>. If you actually want a space there, one +solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command (<samp>\cmd{} </samp>; +another solution is to use an explicit control space (<samp>\cmd\ </samp>). </para> <para>A simple example of defining a new command: -<code>\newcommand{\JH}{Jim Hef{}feron}</code> causes the abbreviation -<code>\JH</code> to be replaced by the longer text. +<code>\newcommand{\RS}{Robin Smith}</code> results in +<code>\RS</code> being replaced by the longer text. </para> -<para>Redefining a command is basically the same: +<para>Redefining an existing command is similar: <code>\renewcommand{\qedsymbol}{{\small QED}}</code>. </para> -<para>Here&textrsquo;s a command definition that uses arguments: +<para>Here&textrsquo;s a command definition with one required argument: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\defreference}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\defref}[1]{Definition~\ref{#1}} </pre></example> -<noindent></noindent> <para>Then, <code>\defreference{def:basis}</code> will expand to +<noindent></noindent> <para>Then, <code>\defref{def:basis}</code> expands to +<code>Definition~\ref{def:basis}</code>, which will ultimately expand to something like <samp>Definition~3.14</samp>. </para> -<para>An example with two arguments: -<code>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{#1\!\times\!#2}</code> is invoked as +<para>An example with two required arguments: +<code>\newcommand{\nbym}[2]{$#1 \times #2$}</code> is invoked as <code>\nbym{2}{k}</code>. </para> -<para>An example with optional arguments: +<para>An example with an optional argument: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\salutation}[1][Sir or Madam]{Dear #1:} @@ -5084,27 +5847,29 @@ something like <samp>Definition~3.14</samp>. <code>\salutation[John]</code> gives <samp>Dear John:</samp>. And <code>\salutation[]</code> gives <samp>Dear :</samp>. </para> -<para>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not delimit the scope of the result of -expanding <var>defn</var>. So <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code> -is wrong since in the sentence +<para>The braces around <var>defn</var> do not define a group, that is, they do +not delimit the scope of the result of expanding <var>defn</var>. So +<code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{\it #1}</code> is problematic; in this +sentence, </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Virginia}. +<pre xml:space="preserve">The \shipname{Monitor} met the \shipname{Merrimac}. </pre></example> -<noindent></noindent> <para>the words <samp>met the</samp> will incorrectly be in italics. An -extra pair of braces <code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code> -fixes it. +<noindent></noindent> <para>the words <samp>met the</samp> would incorrectly be in italics. Another +pair of braces in the definition is needed, like this: +<code>\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}</code>. Those braces are +part of the definition and thus do define a group. </para> </section> <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429">\providecommand</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex> <para>Defines a command, as long as no command of this name already exists. Synopses: @@ -5125,24 +5890,27 @@ loaded more than once. <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430">\newcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Synopsis: +<para>Synopsis, one of: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}[<var>supercounter</var>] +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcounter{<var>countername</var>} +\newcounter{<var>countername</var>}[<var>supercounter</var>] </pre></example> -<para>The <code>\newcounter</code> command globally defines a new counter named -<var>countername</var>. The name consists of letters only and does not begin -with a backslash (<samp>\</samp>). The name must not already be used by -another counter. The new counter is initialized to zero. +<para>Globally defines a new counter named <var>countername</var> and initialize +the new counter to zero. +</para> +<para>The name <var>countername</var> must consists of letters only, and does not +begin with a backslash. This name must not already be in use by another +counter. </para> -<para>If the optional argument <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> appears, then +<para>When you use the optional argument <code>[<var>supercounter</var>]</code> then <var>countername</var> will be numbered within, or subsidiary to, the existing counter <var>supercounter</var>. For example, ordinarily -<code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code>. Any time +<code>subsection</code> is numbered within <code>section</code> so that any time <var>supercounter</var> is incremented with <code>\stepcounter</code> (<pxref label="_005cstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\refstepcounter</code> (<pxref label="_005crefstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\refstepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>) then <var>countername</var> is reset to zero. @@ -5154,11 +5922,11 @@ existing counter <var>supercounter</var>. For example, ordinarily <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code>: Allocating a length</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369">\newlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431">\newlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>Allocate a new <dfn>length</dfn> register. Synopsis: </para> @@ -5180,8 +5948,8 @@ sequence <code>\<var>arg</var></code> must not already be defined. <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code>: Allocating a box</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex> <para>Allocate a &textldquo;bin&textrdquo; for holding a box. Synopsis: </para> @@ -5203,29 +5971,31 @@ be already defined. <node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> & <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands define or redefine an environment <var>env</var>, that is, -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} &dots; \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Synopses: +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>} <var>body</var> \end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve"> \newenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} \newenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} -\renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} + \renewenvironment{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} \renewenvironment*{<var>env</var>}[<var>nargs</var>][<var>optargdefault</var>]{<var>begdefn</var>}{<var>enddefn</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Unlike <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\renewcommand</code>, the <code>*</code>-forms -<code>\newenvironment*</code> and <code>\renewcommand*</code> have the same effect -as the forms with no <code>*</code>. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not +contain multiple paragraphs of text. The body of these environments can +still contain multiple paragraphs. </para> <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">env</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the environment name. It does not begin with backslash +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the environment name. It consists only of letters or the +<code>*</code> character, and thus does not begin with backslash (<code>\</code>). It must not begin with the string <code>end</code>. For <code>\newenvironment</code>, the name <var>env</var> must not be the name of an already existing environment, and also the command <code>\<var>env</var></code> @@ -5234,8 +6004,8 @@ name of an existing environment. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">nargs</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Optional; an integer from 0 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of -that the environment will take. These arguments appear after the -<code>\begin</code>, as in +that the environment will take. When the environment is used these +arguments appear after the <code>\begin</code>, as in <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}{<var>arg1</var>}&dots;{<var>argn</var>}</code>. If this argument is not present then the default is for the environment to have no arguments. When redefining an environment, the new version can have @@ -5247,16 +6017,16 @@ defined environment is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var> (which may be the empty string). If this argument is not present then the environment does not take an optional argument. </para> -<para>That is, when <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is present in the environment -definition, if <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is used with square brackets -following, as in <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then within -the environment <code>#1</code> expands <var>myval</var>. If -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is called without square brackets following, -then within the environment the <code>#1</code> expands to the default -<var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, any required arguments will be -referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. +<para>That is, when <code>[<var>optargdefault</var>]</code> is present in the +environment definition, if <code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is used with +square brackets following, as in +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}[<var>myval</var>]</code>, then, within <var>begdefn</var>, +the positional parameter <code>#1</code> expands to <var>myval</var>. If +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code> is called without square brackets +following, then, within within <var>begdefn</var>, the positional parameter +<code>#1</code> expands to the default <var>optargdefault</var>. In either case, +any required arguments will be referred to starting with <code>#2</code>. </para> - <para>Omitting <code>[<var>myval</var>]</code> in the call is different from having the square brackets with no contents, as in <code>[]</code>. The former results in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in @@ -5264,23 +6034,25 @@ in <code>#1</code> expanding to <var>optargdefault</var>; the latter results in </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">begdefn</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>; a construct of the form <code>#<var>n</var></code> in -<var>begdef</var> is replaced by the text of the <var>n</var>th argument. +<code>\begin{<var>env</var>}</code>. Within <var>begdef</var>, the <var>n</var>th +positional parameter (i.e., <code>#<var>n</var></code>) is replaced by the text +of the <var>n</var>th argument. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">enddefn</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Required; the text expanded at every occurrence of -<code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. Note that it may not contain any argument -parameters, so <code>#<var>n</var></code> cannot be used here. +<code>\end{<var>env</var>}</code>. This may not contain any positional +parameters, so <code>#<var>n</var></code> cannot be used here (but see the final +example below). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>The environment <var>env</var> delimits the scope of the result of expanding -<var>begdefn</var> and <var>enddefn</var>. Thus, in the first example below, the -effect of the <code>\small</code> is limited to the quote and does not extend -to material following the environment. +<para>All environments, that is to say the <var>begdefn</var> code, the environment +body and the <var>enddefn</var> code, are processed within a group. Thus, in +the first example below, the effect of the <code>\small</code> is limited to +the quote and does not extend to material following the environment. </para> -<para>This example gives an environment like &latex;&textrsquo;s <code>quotation</code> except that -it will be set in smaller type. +<para>This example gives an environment like &latex;&textrsquo;s <code>quotation</code> +except that it will be set in smaller type: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{smallquote}{% @@ -5290,8 +6062,8 @@ it will be set in smaller type. } </pre></example> -<para>This shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment that -cites the author. +<para>This one shows the use of arguments; it gives a quotation environment +that cites the author: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newenvironment{citequote}[1][Shakespeare]{% @@ -5302,17 +6074,17 @@ cites the author. } </pre></example> -<noindent></noindent> <para>The author&textrsquo;s name is optional, and defaults to Shakespeare. -In the document, use the environment as here: +<noindent></noindent> <para>The author&textrsquo;s name is optional, and defaults to <samp>Shakespeare</samp>. +In the document, use the environment like this: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{citequote}[Lincoln] - .. + ... \end{citequote} </pre></example> <para>The final example shows how to save the value of an argument to use in -<var>enddefn</var>. +<var>enddefn</var>, in this case in a box (<pxref label="_005csbox"><xrefnodename>\sbox</xrefnodename></pxref>): </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox{\quoteauthor} @@ -5330,48 +6102,44 @@ In the document, use the environment as here: <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Define a new <dfn>theorem-like environment</dfn>. Synopses: +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Define a new theorem-like environment. Synopses: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] +<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>} +\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] \newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>} </pre></example> -<para>Both create a theorem-like environment <var>name</var>. Using the first -form, +<para>Using the first form, <code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}</code> +creates an environment that will be labelled with <var>title</var>. See the +first example below. </para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>] -</pre></example> - -<noindent></noindent> <para>with the optional argument after the second required argument, +<para>The second form +<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}{<var>title</var>}[<var>numbered_within</var>]</code> creates an environment whose counter is subordinate to the existing -counter <var>numbered_within</var>: it will be reset when +counter <var>numbered_within</var> (its counter will be reset when <var>numbered_within</var> is reset). </para> -<para>Using the second form, -</para> -<example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>} -</pre></example> -<noindent></noindent> <para>with the optional argument between the two required -arguments, will create an environment whose counter will share the -previously defined counter <var>numbered_like</var>. +<para>The third form +<code>\newtheorem{<var>name</var>}[<var>numbered_like</var>]{<var>title</var>}</code>, +with optional argument between the two required arguments, will create +an environment whose counter will share the previously defined counter +<var>numbered_like</var>. </para> <para>You can specify one of <var>numbered_within</var> and <var>numbered_like</var>, or neither, but not both. </para> <para>This command creates a counter named <var>name</var>. In addition, unless -the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, the current -<code>\ref</code> value will be that of <code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> -(<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>). +the optional argument <var>numbered_like</var> is used, inside of the +theorem-like environment the current <code>\ref</code> value will be that of +<code>\the<var>numbered_within</var></code> (<pxref label="_005cref"><xrefnodename>\ref</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>This declaration is global. It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -5403,8 +6171,9 @@ new environment will be numbered in sequence with <var>numbered_like</var>. </tableitem></tableentry></table> <para>Without any optional arguments the environments are numbered -sequentially. This example has a declaration in the preamble that -results in <samp>Definition 1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2</samp> in the output. +sequentially. The example below has a declaration in the preamble that +results in <samp>Definition 1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2</samp> in the +output. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newtheorem{defn}{Definition} @@ -5420,7 +6189,7 @@ results in <samp>Definition 1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2</samp> in \end{defn} </pre></example> -<para>Because this example specifies the optional argument +<para>Because the next example specifies the optional argument <var>numbered_within</var> to <code>\newtheorem</code> as <code>section</code>, the example, with the same document body, gives <samp>Definition 1.1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2.1</samp>. @@ -5439,8 +6208,8 @@ and <samp>Definition 2.1</samp>. \end{defn} </pre></example> -<para>In this example there are two declarations in the preamble, the second -of which calls for the new <code>thm</code> environment to use the same +<para>In the next example there are two declarations in the preamble, the +second of which calls for the new <code>thm</code> environment to use the same counter as <code>defn</code>. It gives <samp>Definition 1.1</samp>, followed by <samp>Theorem 2.1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2.2</samp>. </para> @@ -5468,9 +6237,9 @@ by <samp>Theorem 2.1</samp> and <samp>Definition 2.2</samp>. <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code>: Define a new font (obsolete)</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374">\newfont</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436">\newfont</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\newfont</code>, now obsolete, defines a command that will switch fonts. Synopsis: @@ -5484,7 +6253,7 @@ current font. &latex; will look on your system for a file named <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>. The control sequence must must not already be defined. It must begin with a backslash (<samp>\</samp>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375">.fd <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437">.fd <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <para>This command is obsolete. It is a low-level command for setting up an individual font. Today fonts are almost always defined in families (which allows you to, for example, associate a boldface with a roman) @@ -5493,8 +6262,8 @@ through the so-called &textldquo;New Font Selection Scheme&textrdquo;, either by system fonts such as Xe&latex; (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>). <!-- c xx explain nfss somewhere --> </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex> <para>But since it is part of &latex;, here is an explanation: the <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional <dfn>at clause</dfn>; this can have the form either <code>at <var>dimen</var></code> @@ -5508,7 +6277,7 @@ characters in each: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\newfont{\testfontat}{cmb10 at 11pt} -\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 11pt} +\newfont{\testfontscaled}{cmb10 scaled 1100} \testfontat abc \testfontscaled abc </pre></example> @@ -5518,26 +6287,28 @@ characters in each: <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376">\protect</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438">\protect</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">robust commands</indexterm></cindex> <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>. Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and many more, are fragile. A fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain commands. To prevent such commands from -breaking they must be preceded by the command <code>\protect</code>. +breaking one solution is to have them preceded by the command +<code>\protect</code>. </para> <para>For example, when &latex; runs the <code>\section{<var>section name</var>}</code> command it writes the <var>section name</var> text to the <file>.aux</file> auxiliary file, moving it there for use elsewhere in the document such as in the table of contents. Any argument that is internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is -referred to as a <dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can +referred to as a +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex> +<dfn>moving argument</dfn>. A command is fragile if it can expand during this process into invalid &tex; code. Some examples of -moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{..}</code> -command (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>), in the <code>\thanks{..}</code> command +moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code> +command (<pxref label="figure"><xrefnodename>figure</xrefnodename></pxref>), in the <code>\thanks{...}</code> command (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnodename>\maketitle</xrefnodename></pxref>), and in &arobase;-expressions in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code> environments (<pxref label="tabular"><xrefnodename>tabular</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -5550,13 +6321,13 @@ commands are robust and should not be preceded by a <code>\protect</code> command. Nor can a <code>\protect</code> command be used in the argument to <code>\addtocounter</code> or <code>\setcounter</code> command. </para> -<para>In this example the <code>caption</code> command gives a mysterious error +<para>In this example the <code>\caption</code> command gives a mysterious error about an extra curly brace. Fix the problem by preceding each <code>\raisebox</code> command with <code>\protect</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{figure} - .. + ... \caption{Company headquarters of A\raisebox{1pt}{B}\raisebox{-1pt}{C}} \end{figure} </pre></example> @@ -5569,9 +6340,9 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{document} \tableofcontents - .. +... \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)} - .. +... </pre></example> @@ -5580,16 +6351,18 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>. <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the -environment or command associated with the number, except with no -backslash (<code>\</code>). Thus the <code>\chapter</code> command starts a -chapter and the <code>chapter</code> counter keeps track of the chapter -number. Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard -document classes to control numbering. +environment or command associated with the number, except that the +counter&textrsquo;s name has no backslash <code>\</code>. Thus, associated with +the <code>\chapter</code> command is the <code>chapter</code> counter that keeps +track of the chapter number. +</para> +<para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document +classes to control numbering. </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">part paragraph figure enumi @@ -5600,64 +6373,83 @@ subsubsection </pre></example> <para>The <code>mpfootnote</code> counter is used by the <code>\footnote</code> command -inside of a minipage (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>). -</para> -<para>The <code>enumi</code> through <code>enumiv</code> counters are used in the -<code>enumerate</code> environment, for up to four nested levels -(<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). +inside of a minipage (<pxref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodename></pxref>). The counters <code>enumi</code> +through <code>enumiv</code> are used in the <code>enumerate</code> environment, for +up to four levels of nesting (<pxref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <para>New counters are created with <code>\newcounter</code>. <xref label="_005cnewcounter"><xrefnodename>\newcounter</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Print value of a counter. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usecounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use a specified counter in a list environment. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\value</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use the value of a counter in an expression. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the value of a counter. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add a quantity to a counter. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\refstepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\day \month \year</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Numeric date values. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Print value of a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\usecounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use a specified counter in a list environment. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\value</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Use the value of a counter in an expression. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\setcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the value of a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\addtocounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add a quantity to a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\refstepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to a counter. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\stepcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add to a counter, resetting subsidiary counters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\day \month \year</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Numeric date values. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style. For instance, if +the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a +<code>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</code> in your source will result in a lower case +letter a appearing in the output. +</para> <para>All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for instance, <code>\alph{enumi}</code>. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="377">\alph</indexterm>\alph</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>prints <var>counter</var> using lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="439">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378">\Alph</indexterm>\Alph</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379">\arabic</indexterm>\arabic</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses Arabic numbers: &textlsquo;1&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;2&textrsquo;, &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers: &textlsquo;1&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;2&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380">\roman</indexterm>\roman</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="442">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381">\Roman</indexterm>\Roman</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>uses uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="443">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382">\fnsymbol</indexterm>\fnsymbol</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="444">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> in a specific sequence of nine symbols (conventionally used for labeling footnotes). The value of <var>counter</var> must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. </para> -<para>Here are the symbols (as Unicode code points in ASCII output): -</para> -<display endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">asterisk(*) dagger(<U>2021</U>) ddagger(<U>2021</U>) -section-sign(<U>00A7</U>) paragraph-sign(<U>00B6</U>) parallel(<U>2225</U>) -double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(<U>2020</U><U>2020</U>) double-ddagger(<U>2021</U><U>2021</U>) -</pre></display> +<para>Here are the symbols: +</para> +<multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnfractions line=" .33 .33 .33"><columnfraction value=".33"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".33"></columnfraction><columnfraction value=".33"></columnfraction></columnfractions> +<thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Name</para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Command</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>Equivalent Unicode symbol and/or numeric code point<!-- c --> +</para></entry></row></thead><tbody><row><entry command="item"> +<para>asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>*<!-- c --> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>section-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\S</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00A7</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>paragraph-sign</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\P</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>00B6</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>double-vert</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\parallel</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2016</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>double-asterisk</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ast\ast</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para>**<!-- c --> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>double-dagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\dagger\dagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2020</U><U>2020</U> +</para></entry></row><row><entry command="item"> +<para>double-ddagger</para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><code>\ddagger\ddagger</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"><para><U>2021</U><U>2021</U> +</para></entry></row></tbody></multitable> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -5666,9 +6458,9 @@ double-asterisk(**) double-dagger(<U>2020</U><U>2020</U>) double-ddagger(<U>2021 <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445">\usecounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5702,8 +6494,8 @@ value. This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\prot <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384">\value</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446">\value</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5743,9 +6535,9 @@ Other counter is \arabic{other}. <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="385">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447">\setcounter</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">setting counters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -5757,22 +6549,37 @@ Other counter is \arabic{other}. to the <var>value</var> argument. Note that the counter name does not start with a backslash. </para> +<para>In this example the section value appears as <samp>V</samp>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{section}{5} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter{<var>counter</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="386">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\addtocounter</code> command globally increments <var>counter</var> by the amount specified by the <var>value</var> argument, which may be negative. </para> +<para>In this example the section value appears as <samp>VII</samp>. +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setcounter{section}{5} +\addtocounter{section}{2} +Here it is in Roman: \Roman{section}. +</pre></example> + </section> <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\refstepcounter</code> command works in the same way as <code>\stepcounter</code> (<pxref label="_005cstepcounter"><xrefnodename>\stepcounter</xrefnodename></pxref>): it globally increments the @@ -5791,7 +6598,7 @@ locally, i.e., inside the current group. <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day \month \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter{<var>counter</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="450">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\stepcounter</code> command globally adds one to <var>counter</var> and resets all counters numbered within it. (For the definition of @@ -5802,9 +6609,9 @@ resets all counters numbered within it. (For the definition of <node name="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day \month \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day \month \year</code>: Predefined counters</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389">\day</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390">\month</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391">\year</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451">\day</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452">\month</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453">\year</indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; defines counters for the day of the month (<code>\day</code>, 1&textndash;31), month of the year (<code>\month</code>, 1&textndash;12), and year @@ -5821,7 +6628,7 @@ current day (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxre <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex> <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance. Many &latex; commands take a length as an argument. @@ -5864,67 +6671,67 @@ and <code>\setlength{\zlength}{3\ylength}</code> the <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">units, of length</indexterm></cindex> <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of math mode. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392">pt</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">Point</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454">pt</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">Point</indexterm></cindex> <para>Point 1/72.27 inch. The conversion to metric units, to two decimal places, is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.85<dmn>mm</dmn> = 28.45<dmn>cm</dmn>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">pica</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393">pc</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">pica</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455">pc</indexterm></findex> <para>Pica, 12 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394">in</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="395">inch</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456">in</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457">inch</indexterm></findex> <para>Inch, 72.27 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396">bp</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">Big point</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458">bp</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">Big point</indexterm></cindex> <para>Big point, 1/72 inch. This length is the definition of a point in PostScript and many desktop publishing systems. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397">cm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459">cm</indexterm></findex> <para>Centimeter </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398">mm</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460">mm</indexterm></findex> <para>Millimeter </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">Didot point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399">dd</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">Didot point</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461">dd</indexterm></findex> <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">Cicero</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400">cc</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">Cicero</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462">cc</indexterm></findex> <para>Cicero, 12 dd </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401">sp</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463">sp</indexterm></findex> <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">ex</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">x-height</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402">ex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">m-width</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">em</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403">em</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">ex</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">x-height</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464">ex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">m-width</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">em</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465">em</indexterm></findex> <para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of the font. The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the height of the lower case letter x, is often used for vertical @@ -5937,8 +6744,8 @@ of the vertical space between list items given as likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition given in points. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404">mu</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466">mu</indexterm></findex> <para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>. @@ -5946,50 +6753,72 @@ math symbols family. <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing i </section> <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength{\<var>len</var>}{<var>value</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="405">\setlength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="467">\setlength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <code>\setlength</code> sets the value of <var>\len</var> to the <var>value</var> -argument, which can be expressed in any units that &latex; -understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters (<code>mm</code>), points -(<code>pt</code>), big points (<code>bp</code>, etc. +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\setlength</code> sets the value of <dfn>length command</dfn> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">length command</indexterm></cindex> +<code>\<var>len</var></code> to the <var>value</var> argument which can be expressed in any +units that &latex; understands, i.e., inches (<code>in</code>), millimeters +(<code>mm</code>), points (<code>pt</code>), big points (<code>bp</code>), etc. </para> </section> <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>}</code></sectiontitle> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="468">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength{<var>\len</var>}{<var>amount</var>} +</pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="406">\addtolength</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a &textldquo;length command&textrdquo; -<var>\len</var> by the amount specified in the <var>amount</var> argument, which -may be negative. +<para>The <code>\addtolength</code> command increments a length command <code>\<var>len</var></code> +by the amount specified in the <var>amount</var> argument, which may be +negative. </para> </section> <node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="407">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="469">\settodepth</indexterm></findex> -<para><code>\settodepth{\gnat}{text}</code> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command -equal to the depth of the <code>text</code> argument. +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settodepth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\settodepth</code> command sets the value of a length command +<code>\<var>len</var></code> equal to the depth of the <var>text</var> argument. </para> </section> <node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="470">\settoheight</indexterm></findex> -<para><code>\settoheight{\gnat}{text}</code> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a <code>length</code> command +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settoheight{\<var>len</var>}{text} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\settoheight</code> command sets the value of a length command <code>\<var>len</var></code> equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. </para> @@ -5998,7 +6827,13 @@ equal to the height of the <code>text</code> argument. <node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Predefined lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="471">\settowidth</indexterm></findex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\settowidth{\<var>len</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> <para>The <code>\settowidth</code> command sets the value of the command <var>\len</var> to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. @@ -6008,37 +6843,39 @@ to the width of the <var>text</var> argument. <node name="Predefined-lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Predefined lengths</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Predefined lengths</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">lengths, predefined</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">predefined lengths</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">lengths, predefined</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">predefined lengths</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\width</code> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410">\width</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="472">\width</indexterm></findex> </para> <para><code>\height</code> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411">\height</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473">\height</indexterm></findex> </para> <para><code>\depth</code> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412">\depth</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474">\depth</indexterm></findex> </para> <para><code>\totalheight</code> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413">\totalheight</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475">\totalheight</indexterm></findex> </para> <para>These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands (<pxref label="Boxes"><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>). They specify the natural width, etc., of -the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <code>\height</code> + -<code>\depth</code>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the +the text in the box. <code>\totalheight</code> equals <math><code>&backslashchar;height</code> + +<code>&backslashchar;depth</code></math>. To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say </para> -<para><code>\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}</code> -</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} +</pre></example> + </section> </chapter> <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para>A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines&textmdash;lines not containing even a <code>%</code>. A blank line should not appear where a new @@ -6056,9 +6893,9 @@ a sectioning command. <node name="_005cindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\indent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\indent</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414">\indent</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415">\parindent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476">\indent</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477">\parindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\indent</code> produces a horizontal space whose width equals to the <code>\parindent</code> length, the normal paragraph indentation. It is used @@ -6073,14 +6910,14 @@ mode, otherwise <code>15pt</code> for <code>10pt</code> documents, <code>17pt</c <node name="_005cnoindent" spaces=" "><nodename>\noindent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\indent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\noindent</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416">\noindent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">indent, suppressing</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478">\noindent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">indent, suppressing</indexterm></cindex> <para>When used at the beginning of the paragraph, this command suppresses any paragraph indentation, as in this example. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">.. end of the prior paragraph. +<pre xml:space="preserve">... end of the prior paragraph. \noindent This paragraph is not indented. </pre></example> @@ -6095,8 +6932,8 @@ paragraph indentation, as in this example. <node name="_005cparskip" spaces=" "><nodename>\parskip</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Marginal notes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\noindent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parskip</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417">\parskip</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479">\parskip</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\parskip</code> is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before each paragraph. The default is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. @@ -6106,10 +6943,10 @@ before each paragraph. The default is <code>0pt plus1pt</code>. <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480">\marginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -6133,8 +6970,8 @@ will be placed <para>in the nearest margin for two-column layout (option <code>twocolumn</code>, see <ref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></ref>). </para></listitem></itemize> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\reversemarginpar</code> places subsequent marginal notes in the opposite (inside) margin. <code>\normalmarginpar</code> places them in the default position. @@ -6148,15 +6985,15 @@ hyphenation there by beginning the node with <code>\hspace{0pt}</c <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="421">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="483">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp> documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="422">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="484">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="423">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="485">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>; <samp>17pt</samp> more in each case for a two-sided document. @@ -6176,12 +7013,15 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424">math <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425">displaymath <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426">equation <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">math formulas</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex> <para>There are three environments that put &latex; in math mode: </para> @@ -6195,10 +7035,10 @@ notes from falling off the bottom of the page. number in the right margin. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427">\(</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428">\)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429">\[</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430">\]</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492">\(</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493">\)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494">\[</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495">\]</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>math</code> environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the <code>displaymath</code> and <code>equation</code> environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The <code>math</code> and <code>displaymath</code> @@ -6209,7 +7049,7 @@ environments are used so often that they have the following short forms: \[...\] <r>instead of</r> \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431">$</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496">$</indexterm></findex> <para>In fact, the <code>math</code> environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: </para> @@ -6217,15 +7057,15 @@ shorter form: <pre xml:space="preserve">$ ... $ <r>instead of</r> \(...\) </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497">\boldmath</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\boldmath</code> command changes math letters and symbols to be in a bold font. It is used <emph>outside</emph> of math mode. Conversely, the <code>\unboldmath</code> command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too is used <emph>outside</emph> of math mode. </para> <!-- c xx own section? Math fonts? --> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\displaystyle</code> declaration forces the size and style of the formula to be that of <code>displaymath</code>, e.g., with limits above and below summations. For example: @@ -6249,14 +7089,14 @@ below summations. For example: <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">superscript</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">subscript</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">exponent</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435">_</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436">^</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">superscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">subscript</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">exponent</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500">_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501">^</indexterm></findex> <para>In math mode, use the caret character <code>^</code> to make the -<var>exp</var> appear as a superscript, ie.&noeos; type <code>^{<var>exp</var>}</code>. +<var>exp</var> appear as a superscript: <code>^{<var>exp</var>}</code>. Similarly, in math mode, underscore <code>_{<var>exp</var>}</code> makes a subscript out of <var>exp</var>. </para> @@ -6297,9 +7137,9 @@ writing Chemical formulas such as <file>mhchem</file>. <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">math symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">greek letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical symbol you&textrsquo;re likely to need. For example, if you include <code>$\pi$</code> in your source, you will get @@ -6308,393 +7148,391 @@ the pi symbol <U>03C0</U>. <para>Below is a list of commonly-available symbols. It is by no means an exhaustive list. Each symbol here is described with a short phrase, and its symbol class (which determines the spacing around it) is given in -parenthesis. The commands for these symbols can be used only in math -mode. +parenthesis. Unless said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can +be used only in math mode. </para> +<para>To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current mode, +see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename></ref>. +</para> + <!-- c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols --> <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html --> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="437">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="502">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="438">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="503">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="439">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="504">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lower case Greek letter alpha (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="440">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="505">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="441">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="442">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="443">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and sometimes reserved for cross-correlation. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="444">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptomatically equivalent (relation). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="445">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="510">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary). Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="446">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="511">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lower case Greek letter beta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="447">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="512">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar: binary intersection <code>\cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="448">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="513">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary). Similar: function composition <code>\circ</code>. <!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="514">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary union <code>\cup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="515">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="452">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="453">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing down (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="454">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle pointing up (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="455">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="456">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus (operator). (Note that the name has only one p.) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="457">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="522">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="458">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="523">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="459">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U> Up tack, bottom, least element of a poset, or a contradiction -(ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="524">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U> Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered +set, or a contradiction (ordinary). See also <code>\top</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="460">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="525">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="461">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box (ordinary). This -is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the -<file>amssymb</file> package. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="526">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box +(ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="462">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="527">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary). Similar: multiplication dot <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="463">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="528">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="464">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="529">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary). Similar: Bullet dot <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="465">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="530">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lower case Greek chi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="466">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="531">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="467">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="532">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="468">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="533">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U> Set complement, used as a superscript as in -<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). This is not available in Plain -&tex;. In &latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also +<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used: <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="469">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="534">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="470">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="535">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="471">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="536">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="472">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="537">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="473">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="538">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation). Similar: turnstile <code>\vdash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="474">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="539">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="475">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="540">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek upper case delta, used for increment (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="476">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="541">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lower case delta (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="477">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). This is not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you must load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="542">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="478">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator, or diamond bullet (binary). Similar: large diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="479">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="480">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="481">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation). Similar: geometrically equal to <code>\Doteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="482">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation). Similar: double line down arrow <code>\Downarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="483">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation). Similar: single line down arrow <code>\downarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="484">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lower-case cursive letter l (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="485">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). Similar: reversed empty -set <code>\varnothing</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary). The variant form is +<code>\varnothing</code>. <!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? --> -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="486">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lower case Greek-text letter (ordinary). More widely used in -mathematics is the curly epsilon -<code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related: the set membership relation -<code>\in</code> <U>2208</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lower case lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to +Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small +letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related: +the set membership relation <code>\in</code> <U>2208</U>. <!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and --> <!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="487">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="552">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="488">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="553">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="489">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="554">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="490">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="555">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="491">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="556">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="492">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="557">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="493">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="558">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="494">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="495">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\geq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="496">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\ge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="497">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation). Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="498">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation). Similar: much less than <code>\ll</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="499">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="500">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="501">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="502">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="503">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation). It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code> with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="504">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary). See: real part <code>\Re</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="505">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lower case Greek letter -epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and rounded small +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation). See also: lower case lunate +epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation). Not available in Plain &tex;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="510">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="511">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="512">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="513">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). This is a synonym for <code>\wedge</code>. See also logical or <code>\lor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="514">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening). Similar: less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="515">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="516">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening). Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="517">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="518">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="519">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation). This is not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead. <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="520">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation). Similar: single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="521">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="522">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="523">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="524">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="525">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="526">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation). This is a synonym for <code>\le</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="527">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="528">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). This is -not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary). +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="529">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation). Similar: much greater than <code>\gg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="530">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="531">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="532">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="533">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="534">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation). Similar: long double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="535">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary). Synonym: wedge <code>\wedge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="536">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar (relation). Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="537">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary). -This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<file>amssymb</file> package. +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="538">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation). A typical use of <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>. </para> @@ -6704,42 +7542,42 @@ ordinary) and you should not use them as relations but instead only as ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols. For absolute value, see the entry for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="539">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash (relation). Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="540">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="541">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="542">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for negation: <code>\sim</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0020</U><U>00A0</U><U>0338</U> Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a following operator (relation). <!-- c Need blank space for it to overstrike --> @@ -6748,388 +7586,399 @@ following operator (relation). particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code> is probably typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation). Similar: not subset of <code>\nsubseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="552">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="553">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigodot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="554">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="555">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="556">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="557">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="558">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigoplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary). Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member of <code>\in</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation). Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class ordinary. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Preceeds (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Preceeds or equals (relation). Similar: less than or +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or equals <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). Typically -used as a superscript <code>$A^\prime$</code>. Note that <code>$f^\prime$</code> -and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second is -that <code>$f'''$</code> produces the the desired symbol, that is, the same -result as <code>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses somewhat less -typing. Note that you can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode but you -can type right single quote <code>'</code> in text mode also, although it -resuts in a different look than in math mode. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary). +Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code> +and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result. An advantage of the second +is that <code>$f'''$</code> produces the desired symbol, that is, the same +result as <code>$f^{\prime\prime\prime}$</code>, but uses rather less +typing. You can only use <code>\prime</code> in math mode. Using the right +single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character +(apostrophe). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="573">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="574">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="575">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="576">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27B9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing). Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="577">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="578">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="579">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="580">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related: double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access this, load the <file>amsfonts</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="581">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U> Restriction of a function -(relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in -Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +(relation). Synonym: <code>\upharpoonright</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U> Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary). Related: +<code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="582">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="583">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). This is -not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; you should load the -<file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should -instead load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary). +Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead +load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="584">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="585">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="586">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="587">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the line (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or slash, like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="592">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="593">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="594">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="596">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="597">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a display (operator). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="598">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc (ordinary). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar: intersection <code>cap</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar: union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U> Square subset symbol (relation). Similar: -subset <code>\subset</code>. This is not available in Plain &tex;. In -&latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or equal to <code>\subseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U> Square superset symbol (relation). Similar: -superset <code>\supset</code>. This is not available in Plain &tex;. In -&latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary). Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript, as with the Kleene star. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less than <code>></code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less than or equal to <code>\leq</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital sigma <code>\Sigma</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary). The &latex; command -<code>\sqrt{..}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar +<code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar that extends to cover the argument. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing arrow (relation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is <code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See also <code>\cdot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation). Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a poset (ordinary). See -also <code>\bot</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set +(ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you should load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right (binary). For the normal -subgroup symbol you should instead load <file>amssymb</file> and -use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a relation and so gives +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right +(binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load +<file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a +relation and so gives better spacing). +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and +use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; -you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which -is a relation and so gives better spacing). -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled arrowhead, that is, triangle, with a -line under (binary). This is not available in Plain &tex;. In &latex; -you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For the normal subgroup -symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> -(which is a relation and so gives better spacing). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that +is, triangle, with a line under (binary). Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. For +the normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and +use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives +better spacing). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line up-pointing arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing +arrow <code>\uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges (relation). Similar: -double-line up-pointing arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges +(relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing +arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: -single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow +(relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing +arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U> Up harpoon, with barb on right side -(relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>. Not available in Plain -&tex;. In &latex; you should load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +(relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in the middle -(binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: variable-sized -operator <code>\biguplus</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in +the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related: +variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Rounded small epsilon (ordinary). This is more widely used in -mathematics than the non-variant lower case Greek-text letter form -<code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set membership <code>\in</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). The -non-variant form is <code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash (relation). Similar: -turnstile rotated a half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: logical -and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary). This is +more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form +<code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set +membership <code>\in</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol. Similar: +<code>\emptyset</code>. Related: <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter (ordinary). +The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lower case Greek letter +(ordinary). The non-variant form is +<code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash +(relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a +half-circle <code>\dashv</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related: +logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigvee</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary). Similar: vertical single bar <code>\vert</code>. </para> -<para>For a norm you can use the <file>mathtools</file> package and add +<para>For a norm symbol, you can use the <file>mathtools</file> package and add <code>\DeclarePairedDelimiter\norm{\lVert}{\rVert}</code> to your -preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line vertical -bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the document body you -write the starred version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> then the height of -the vertical bars will match the height of the argument, whereas with -<code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow with the height of the -argument but instead are the default height, and <code>\norm[<var>size -command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that do not grow but are set to -the size given in the <var>size command</var>, e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. -</para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> +preamble. This gives you three command variants for double-line +vertical bars that are correctly horizontally spaced: if in the +document body you write the starred version <code>$\norm*{M^\perp}$</code> +then the height of the vertical bars will match the height of the +argument, whereas with <code>\norm{M^\perp}</code> the bars do not grow +with the height of the argument but instead are the default height, +and <code>\norm[<var>size command</var>]{M^\perp}</code> also gives bars that +do not grow but are set to the size given in the <var>size command</var>, +e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary). Similar: double-line vertical bar <code>\Vert</code>. For such that, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it is a relation. @@ -7146,24 +7995,24 @@ the height of the argument but instead are the default height, and that do not grow but are set to the size given in the <var>size command</var>, e.g., <code>\Bigg</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary). Synonym: <code>\land</code>. See also logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> Upper case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lower case Greek letter (ordinary). </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7173,116 +8022,116 @@ operator <code>\bigwedge</code>. <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">math functions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">math functions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">functions, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper spacing. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arccos</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arcsin</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arctan</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\arg</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator (<math>x \bmod y</math>) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cos</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cosh</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\cot</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\coth</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\csc</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\deg</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\det</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\dim</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\exp</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\gcd</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\hom</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\inf</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ker</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lg</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\lim</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\liminf</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\limsup</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\ln</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\log</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\max</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\min</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>parenthesized modulus, as in (<math>\pmod 2^n - 1</math>) </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\Pr</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sec</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sin</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sinh</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>sup -<!-- c don't try to use \sup since that turned into a Texinfo command --> -<!-- c and it's not worth hassling with different versions when it's --> -<!-- c just three roman letters anyway. --> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\sup</math> +<!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a --> +<!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions --> +<!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tan</math> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para><math>\tanh</math> </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7292,76 +8141,76 @@ spacing. <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">math accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">math accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in math. These are different from accents in normal text (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math acute accent: <math>\acute{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math bar-over accent: <math>\bar{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math breve accent: <math>\breve{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent: <math>\check{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dieresis accent: <math>\ddot{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dot accent: <math>\dot{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math grave accent: <math>\grave{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent: <math>\hat{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dotless i. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math dotless j. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math ring accent: <accent type="ring">x</accent>. <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo --> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math tilde accent: <math>\tilde{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math vector symbol: <math>\vec{x}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide hat accent: <math>\widehat{x+y}</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex> <para>Math wide tilde accent: <math>\widetilde{x+y}</math>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7371,8 +8220,8 @@ in math. These are different from accents in normal text <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex> <para>In a <code>math</code> environment, &latex; ignores the spaces that you use in the source, and instead puts in the spacing according to the normal @@ -7385,39 +8234,39 @@ math symbols family (<pxref label="Units-of-length"><xrefnodename>Units of lengt </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="699">\;</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="700">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="766">\;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="767">\thickspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>. The longer name is <code>\thickspace</code>. Math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="701">\:</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="702">\></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="703">\medspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="768">\:</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="769">\></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="770">\medspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>. The longer name is <code>\medspace</code>. Math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="704">\,</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="705">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="771">\,</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="772">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Normally <code>3mu</code>. The longer name is <code>\thinspace</code>. This can -be used in both math mode and text mode. +be used in both math mode and text mode. <xref label="_005cthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace</xrefnodename></xref>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="706">\!</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="773">\!</indexterm></findex> <para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>. Math mode only. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">quad</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="707">\quad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">quad</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="774">\quad</indexterm></findex> <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between two equations inside a <code>displaymath</code> environment. It is available in both text and math mode. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="708">\qquad</indexterm></findex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="775">\qquad</indexterm></findex> <para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>. It is available in both text and math mode. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> @@ -7434,85 +8283,106 @@ infinitesimal. <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709">\*</indexterm>\*</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">discretionary multiplication</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</indexterm></cindex> -<para>A &textldquo;discretionary&textrdquo; multiplication symbol, at which a line break is -allowed. +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776">\*</indexterm>\*</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">discretionary multiplication</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">multiplication symbol, discretionary line break</indexterm></cindex> +<para>A <dfn>discretionary</dfn> multiplication symbol, at which a line break is +allowed. Without the break multiplication is implicitly indicated by a +space, while in the case of a break a <U>00D7</U> symbol is +printed immediately before the break. So +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{article} +\begin{document} +Now \(A_3 = 0\), hence the product of all terms \(A_1\) +through \(A_4\), that is \(A_1\* A_2\* A_3 \* A_4\), is +equal to zero. +\end{document} +</pre></example> + +<para>will make that sort of output<!-- c --> +<w> </w>(the ellipsis <samp>[&dots;]</samp> is here to show the line break at +the same place as in a &tex; output)<!-- c --> +: </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> +<indentedblock endspaces=" "> +<para>Now <math>A_3 = 0</math>, +[&dots;] +<math>A_1</math> +through <math>A_4</math>, that is <math>A_1 A_2 \times</math>&linebreak;<math>A_3 A_4</math>, is +equal to zero. +</para></indentedblock> + +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line. <tex endspaces=" "> As in: &textlsquo;$\cdots$&textrsquo;. </tex> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>A diagonal ellipsis: <math>\ddots</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712">\frac{num}{den}</indexterm>\frac{num}{den}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="713">\frac</indexterm></findex> -<para>Produces the fraction <code>num</code> divided by <code>den</code>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779">\frac{<var>num</var>}{<var>den</var>}</indexterm>\frac{<var>num</var>}{<var>den</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="780">\frac</indexterm></findex> +<para>Produces the fraction <var>num</var> divided by <var>den</var>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714">\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></indexterm>\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="715">\right</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> -<para>The two delimiters need not match; <samp>.</samp> acts as a null delimiter, +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781">\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></indexterm>\left <var>delim1</var> ... \right <var>delim2</var></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="782">\right</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>The two delimiters need not match; <samp>.</samp> acts as a <dfn>null delimiter</dfn>, producing no output. The delimiters are sized according to the math -in between. Example: <code>\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]</code>. +in between. Example: <code>\left( \sum_{i=1}^{10} a_i \right]</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis (spaced for text) in math mode: &dots;. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode: <U>00B6</U>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716">\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates a brace over <var>text</var>. -For example, <math>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates a brace over <var>math</var>. +For example, <code>\overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \;\textrm{times}}</code>. +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates a horizontal line over <var>tex</var>. -For example, <math>\overline{x+y}</math>. +For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718">\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</indexterm>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{arg}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791">\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{<var>arg</var>}</indexterm>\sqrt[<var>root</var>]{<var>arg</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces the representation of the square root of <var>arg</var>. The optional argument <var>root</var> determines what root to produce. For example, the cube root of <code>x+y</code> would be typed as -<code>$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$</code>. -<tex endspaces=" "> -In &tex;, the result looks like this: -$\root 3 \of x+y$. -</tex> +<code>\sqrt[3]{x+y}</code>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719">\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</indexterm>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792">\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</indexterm>\stackrel{<var>text</var>}{<var>relation</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Puts <var>text</var> above <var>relation</var>. For example, <code>\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}</code>. -<tex endspaces=" "> -In &tex;, the result looks like this: -$\buildrel f \over \longrightarrow$. -</tex> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720">\underbrace{math}</indexterm>\underbrace{math}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. -<tex endspaces=" "> -In &tex;, the result looks like this: -$\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}$. -</tex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Generates <var>math</var> with a brace underneath. For example, <code>\underbrace{x+y+z}_{>\,0}</code> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721">\underline{text}</indexterm>\underline{text}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Causes <var>text</var>, which may be either math mode or not, to be underlined. The line is always below the text, taking account of descenders. -<tex endspaces=" "> -In &tex;, the result looks like this: -$\underline{xyz}$ -</tex> </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="723">\vdots</indexterm></findex> -<para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. -<tex endspaces=" "> -In &tex;, the result looks like this: -$\vdots$. -</tex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>Produces a vertical ellipsis. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7522,11 +8392,11 @@ $\vdots$. <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">modes</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">math mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">modes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">math mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">LR mode</indexterm></cindex> <para>When &latex; is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: @@ -7550,7 +8420,7 @@ input text into lines and breaks the lines into pages. <para>&latex; is in <dfn>math mode</dfn> when it&textrsquo;s generating a mathematical formula, either displayed math or within a line. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="724">\mbox<r>, and LR mode</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="796">\mbox<r>, and LR mode</r></indexterm></findex> <para>In <dfn>LR mode</dfn>, as in paragraph mode, &latex; considers the output that it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike paragraph mode, &latex; keeps going from left to @@ -7570,13 +8440,58 @@ When &latex; is in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in &textldquo;inner paragraph mode&textrdquo; (no page breaks). Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is called &textldquo;outer paragraph mode&textrdquo;. </para> +<menu endspaces=" "> +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ensure that math mode is active +</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> + +<node name="_005censuremath" spaces=" "><nodename>\ensuremath</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Modes</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ensuremath</code></sectiontitle> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ensuremath{<var>formula</var>} +</pre></example> + +<para>The <code>\ensuremath</code> command ensures that <var>formula</var> is typeset in +math mode whatever the current mode in which the command is used. +</para> +<para>For instance: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{report} +\newcommand{\ab}{\ensuremath{(\delta, \varepsilon)}} +\begin{document} +Now, the \ab\ pair is equal to \(\ab = (\frac{1}{\pi}, 0)\), ... +\end{document} +</pre></example> +<para>One can redefine commands that can be used only in math mode so that +they ca be used in any mode like in the following example given for +<code>\leadsto</code>: +</para> +<!-- c Vincent 2 Karl : "Tous les chemins mènent à Rome" is a French saying --> +<!-- c meaning that there are many different ways to get the same result. I --> +<!-- c am not sure whether in English the given example is also funny. --> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{report} +\usepackage{amssymb} +\newcommand{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}{} +\let\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo\leadsto +\renewcommand\leadsto{\ensuremath{\originalMeaningOfLeadsTo}} +\begin{document} +All roads \leadsto\ Rome. +\end{document} +</pre></example> + + +</section> </chapter> <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">page styles</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">styles, page</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">page styles</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\documentclass</code> command determines the size and position of the page&textrsquo;s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. @@ -7592,8 +8507,8 @@ the page&textrsquo;s head and foot. The page style determines what goes in them <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="725">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">titles, making</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="797">\maketitle</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\maketitle</code> command generates a title on a separate title page&textmdash;except in the <code>article</code> class, where the title is placed @@ -7601,30 +8516,30 @@ at the top of the first page. Information used to produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726">\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</indexterm>\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="727">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="728">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798">\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</indexterm>\author{<var>name</var> \and <var>name2</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="799">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="800">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\author</code> command declares the document author(s), where the argument is a list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands. Use <code>\\</code> to separate lines within a single author&textrsquo;s entry&textmdash;for example, to give the author&textrsquo;s institution or address. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\date</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date. With no <code>\date</code> command, the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>) is used. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\thanks</code> command produces a <code>\footnote</code> to the title, usually used for credit acknowledgements. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="732">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="804">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\title</code> command declares <var>text</var> to be the title of the document. Use <code>\\</code> to force a line break, as usual. </para> @@ -7635,8 +8550,8 @@ document. Use <code>\\</code> to force a line break, as usual. <node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="733">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="805">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7670,10 +8585,10 @@ the following: <node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="734">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">header style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">footer style</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="806">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">header style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">footer style</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7704,7 +8619,7 @@ goes in the headers. <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>: </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735">\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807">\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left</var>}{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the left and the right heading. A &textldquo;left-hand heading&textrdquo; (<var>left</var>) is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code> command before the end of the page, while a &textldquo;right-hand heading&textrdquo; (<var>right</var>) is @@ -7712,7 +8627,7 @@ generated by the first <code>\markboth</code> or <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808">\markright{<var>right</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right</var>}</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> @@ -7722,7 +8637,7 @@ the page. <node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle{<var>style</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="737">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="809">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\thispagestyle</code> command works in the same manner as the <code>\pagestyle</code> command (see previous section) except that it @@ -7734,8 +8649,8 @@ changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">spaces</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">white space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">spaces</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">white space</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space. </para> @@ -7743,11 +8658,11 @@ changes to <var>style</var> for the current page only. <menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve">Horizontal space </pre></menucomment><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Fixed horizontal space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal space. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space after a period. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE) after CS</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Controlling space gobbling after a control sequence. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make interword and intersentence space equal. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space after a period. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\(SPACE) after control sequence</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Space (gobbling) after a control sequence. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\frenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Equal interword and inter-sentence space. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\thinspace</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">One-sixth of an em. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert italic correction. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\/</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert italic correction. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\hrulefill \dotfill</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Stretchable horizontal rule or dots. </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menucomment><pre xml:space="preserve"> Vertical space @@ -7761,7 +8676,7 @@ Vertical space <node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="738">\hspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="810">\hspace</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -7780,7 +8695,7 @@ space is like backspacing. <para>Normally when &tex; breaks a paragraph into lines it discards white space (glues and kerns) that would come at the start of a line, so you get an inter-word space or a line break between words but not both. This -command&textrsquo;s starred version <code>\hspace*{..}</code> puts a non-discardable +command&textrsquo;s starred version <code>\hspace*{...}</code> puts a non-discardable invisible item in front of the space, so the space appears in the output. </para> @@ -7796,28 +8711,28 @@ from the right margin. <node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="739">\hfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="811">\hfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produce a rubber length which has no natural space but can stretch horizontally as far as needed (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="740">\fill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812">\fill</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\hfill</code> is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code>. For space that does not disappear at line breaks use <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> instead (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </section> -<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename>\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\(SPACE) after CS</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename>\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\(SPACE) after control sequence</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\(SPACE)</code> and \&arobase;</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="741">\(SPACE)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="742">\TAB</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="743">\NEWLINE</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="744">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="813">\(SPACE)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814">\TAB</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815">\NEWLINE</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex> <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name --> <para>Mark a punctuation character, typically a period, as either ending a @@ -7830,7 +8745,7 @@ colon) more than the space between words sentence unless it is preceded by a capital letter, in which case it takes that period for part of an abbreviation. Note that if a sentence-ending period is immediately followed by a right parenthesis or -bracket, or right single or double quote, then the intersentence space +bracket, or right single or double quote, then the inter-sentence space follows that parenthesis or quote. </para> <para>If you have a period ending an abbreviation whose last letter is not a @@ -7839,76 +8754,56 @@ sentence, then follow that period with a backslash-space (<code>\ </code>) or a tie (<code>~</code>). Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and <code>(manure, etc.)\ for sale</code>. </para> -<para>For other use of <code>\ </code>, see also <ref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE) after CS</xrefnodename></ref>. +<para>For another use of <code>\ </code>, <pxref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE) after control sequence</xrefnodename></pxref>. </para> <para>In the opposite situation, if you have a capital letter followed by a -period that ends the sentence, then put <code>\&arobase;</code> on the left of that -period. For example, <code>book by the MAA\&arobase;.</code> will have intersentence +period that ends the sentence, then put <code>\&arobase;</code> before that period. +For example, <code>book by the MAA\&arobase;.</code> will have inter-sentence spacing after the period. </para> -<para>In contrast, putting <code>\&arobase;</code> on the right of a period tells &tex; -that the period does not end the sentence. In the example -<code>reserved words (if, then, etc.\&arobase;) are different</code>, &tex; will put -interword space after the closing parenthesis (note that <code>\&arobase;</code> is -before the parenthesis). +<para>In contrast, putting <code>\&arobase;</code> after a period tells &tex; that the +period does not end the sentence. In the example <code>reserved words +(if, then, etc.\&arobase;) are different</code>, &tex; will put interword space +after the closing parenthesis (note that <code>\&arobase;</code> is before the +parenthesis). </para> + </section> -<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-CS" spaces=" "><nodename>\(SPACE) after CS</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ </code> after a control sequence</sectiontitle> +<node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-after-control-sequence" spaces=" "><nodename>\(SPACE) after control sequence</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ </code> after control sequence</sectiontitle> -<para>The <code>\ </code> command is often used after control sequences to keep them -from gobbling the space that follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is a nice -system.</code> And, under normal circumstances <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and -<code>\</code><key>newline</key> are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. For other use of +<para>The <code>\ </code> command is often used after control sequences to keep +them from gobbling the space that follows, as in <samp>\TeX\ is nice</samp>. +And, under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and +<code>\</code><key>newline</key> are equivalent to <code>\ </code>. For another use of <code>\ </code>, see also <ref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029-and-_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE) and \&arobase;</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> <para>Some people prefer to use <code>{}</code> for the same purpose, as in -<code>\TeX{} is a nice system.</code> This has the advantage that you can -always write it the same way, like <code>\TeX{}</code>, whether it is -followed by a space or by a punctuation mark. Please compare: +<code>\TeX{} is nice</code>. This has the advantage that you can always +write it the same way, namely <code>\TeX{}</code>, whether it is followed +by a space or by a punctuation mark. Compare: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\TeX\ is a nice system. \TeX, a nice system.&linebreak; \TeX{} is a nice system. \TeX{}, a nice system. </pre></example> - -<para>When you define user commands (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) you -can prevent the space gobbling after the command by using the package -<code>xspace</code> and inserting <code>\xspace</code> at the end of the definition -For instance: -</para><example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\Loup}{Grand Cric\xspace} -\begin{document} -Que le \Loup me croque ! -\end{document} -</pre></example> - -<para>A quick hack to use <code>\xspace</code> for existing command is as follows: -</para><example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{minimal} -\usepackage{xspace} -\newcommand*{\SansXspaceTeX}{} -\let\SansXspaceTeX\TeX -\renewcommand{\TeX}{\SansXspaceTeX\xspace} -\begin{document} -\TeX is a nice system. -\end{document} -</pre></example> - +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<para>Some individual commands, notably those defined with the <code>xspace</code>, +package do not follow the standard behavior. +</para> </section> -<node name="_005cfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE) after CS</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005cfrenchspacing" spaces=" "><nodename>\frenchspacing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE) after control sequence</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="745">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="746">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">spacing, intersentence</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex> <para>This declaration (from Plain &tex;) causes &latex; to treat -intersentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. +inter-sentence spacing in the same way as interword spacing. </para> <para>In justifying the text in a line, some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the space between sentences (or after other @@ -7922,7 +8817,7 @@ declaration, all spaces are instead treated equally. <node name="_005cthinspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\/</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinspace</code>: Insert 1/6<dmn>em</dmn></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="747">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819">\thinspace</indexterm></findex> <para><code>\thinspace</code> produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6 of an em. This is the proper space to use between nested @@ -7933,8 +8828,8 @@ quotes, as in &textrsquo;<dmn></dmn>&textrdquo;.<!-- c Abuse @dmn, which is a th <node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code>: Insert italic correction</sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="748">\/</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820">\/</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">italic correction</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\/</code> command produces an <dfn>italic correction</dfn>. This is a small space defined by the font designer for a given character, @@ -7972,8 +8867,8 @@ in a different way. <node name="_005chrulefill-_005cdotfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hrulefill \dotfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\/</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hrulefill \dotfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="749">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="750">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822">\dotfill</indexterm></findex> <para>Produce an infinite rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>) filled with a horizontal rule (that is, a line) or with dots, instead of just white @@ -8003,9 +8898,9 @@ length of 0.33<dmn>em</dmn> to 1.00<dmn>em</dmn>. <node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hrulefill \dotfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="751">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823">\addvspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para><code>\addvspace{<var>length</var>}</code> </para> @@ -8016,10 +8911,10 @@ then this command will not add more space than what is needed to make the natural length of the total vertical space equal to <var>length</var>. </para> <para>Use this command to adjust the vertical space above or below an -environment that starts a new paragraph. (For instance, a Theorem -environment is defined to begin and end in <code>\addvspace{..}</code> so -that two consecutive Theorem&textrsquo;s are separated by one vertical space, not -two.) +environment that starts a new paragraph. For instance, a Theorem +environment is defined to begin and end with <code>\addvspace{...}</code> +so that two consecutive Theorem&textrsquo;s are separated by one vertical space, +not two. </para> <para>This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> @@ -8035,40 +8930,37 @@ change that is to precede this command with a <code>\par</code> command. <para>These commands produce a given amount of space, specified by the document class. </para> -<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\bigskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="752">\bigskip</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="753">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> +<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\medskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="754">\medskip</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="755">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\smallskip</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="756">\smallskip</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="757">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex> <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink (the default for the <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry></table> +</tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> <node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigskip \medskip \smallskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="758">\vfill</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830">\vfill</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex> <para>End the current paragraph and insert a vertical rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>) that is infinite, so it can stretch or shrink as far @@ -8099,9 +8991,9 @@ Lost Dog! <node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace{<var>length</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="759">\vspace</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831">\vspace</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">vertical space</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis, one of these two: </para> @@ -8113,9 +9005,13 @@ Lost Dog! <para>Add the vertical space <var>length</var>. This can be negative or positive, and is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> -<para>&latex; removes the vertical space from <code>\vfill</code> at a page break, -that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version -<code>\vspace*{..}</code> causes the space to stay. +<para>&latex; removes the vertical space from <code>\vspace</code> at a page +break, that is, at the top or bottom of a page. The starred version +<code>\vspace*{...}</code> causes the space to stay. +</para> +<para>If <code>\vspace</code> is used in the middle of a paragraph (i.e., in +horizontal mode), the space is inserted <emph>after</emph> the line with +the <code>\vspace</code> command. A new paragraph is not started. </para> <para>In this example the two questions will be evenly spaced vertically on the page, with at least one inch of space below each. @@ -8136,7 +9032,7 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each. <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">boxes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">boxes</indexterm></cindex> <para>All the predefined length parameters (<pxref label="Predefined-lengths"><xrefnodename>Predefined lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>) can be used in the arguments of the box-making commands. @@ -8157,9 +9053,9 @@ used in the arguments of the box-making commands. <node name="_005cmbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\mbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fbox and \framebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mbox{<var>text}</var></code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="760">\mbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832">\mbox</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\mbox</code> command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text created by its argument. The <var>text</var> is not broken into lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. @@ -8169,8 +9065,8 @@ lines, so it can be used to prevent hyphenation. <node name="_005cfbox-and-_005cframebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\fbox and \framebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">lrbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\mbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fbox</code> and <code>\framebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="761">\fbox</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="762">\framebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833">\fbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="834">\framebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopses: </para> @@ -8187,8 +9083,8 @@ specification of the box width with the optional <var>width</var> argument (a dimension), and positioning with the optional <var>position</var> argument. <!-- c xxref --> </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="763">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="764">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="835">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="836">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex> <para>Both commands produce a rule of thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> (default <samp>.4pt</samp>), and leave a space of <code>\fboxsep</code> (default <samp>3pt</samp>) between the rule and the contents of the box. @@ -8201,21 +9097,27 @@ argument. <!-- c xxref --> <node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox and \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="765">lrbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837">lrbox</indexterm></findex> -<para><code>\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}</code> +<para>Synopsis: </para> -<para>This is the environment form of <code>\sbox</code>. +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{lrbox}{\<var>cmd</var>} + <var>text </var> +\end{lrbox} +</pre></example> + +<para>This is the environment form of <ref label="_005csbox"><xrefnodename>\sbox</xrefnodename><xrefinfoname><code>\sbox</code></xrefinfoname></ref>. </para> -<para>The text inside the environment is saved in the box <code>cmd</code>, which -must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. +<para>The <var>text</var> inside the environment is saved in the box <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>, +which must have been declared with <code>\newsavebox</code>. </para> </section> <node name="_005cmakebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\parbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="766">\makebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="838">\makebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8249,7 +9151,7 @@ stretchable space for this to work. <node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="767">\parbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839">\parbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8274,9 +9176,13 @@ containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a </tableterm><tableitem><para>the text that goes inside the parbox. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<para>The optional <var>position</var> argument allows you to align either the -top or bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding -text (default is top). +<para>By default &latex; will position vertically a parbox so its center +lines up with the center of the surrounding text line. When the +optional <var>position</var> argument is present and equal either to <samp>t</samp> +or <samp>b</samp>, this allows you respectively to align either the top or +bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text. You +may also specify <samp>m</samp> for <var>position</var> to get the default +behaviour. </para> <para>The optional <var>height</var> argument overrides the natural height of the box. </para> @@ -8300,12 +9206,12 @@ for this to work. <node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="768">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840">\raisebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\raisebox{distance}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{text} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\raisebox{<var>distance</var>}[<var>height</var>][<var>depth</var>]{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> <para>The <code>\raisebox</code> command raises or lowers <var>text</var>. The first @@ -8313,9 +9219,9 @@ mandatory argument specifies how high <var>text</var> is to be raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). <var>text</var> itself is processed in LR mode. </para> -<para>The optional arguments <var>height</var> and <var>depth</var> are dimensions. -If they are specified, &latex; treats <var>text</var> as extending a -certain distance above the baseline (height) or below (depth), +<para>The optional arguments <var>height</var> and <var>depth</var> are dimensions. If +they are specified, &latex; treats <var>text</var> as extending a certain +distance above the baseline (<var>height</var>) or below (<var>depth</var>), ignoring its natural height and depth. </para> @@ -8323,7 +9229,7 @@ ignoring its natural height and depth. <node name="_005csavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\savebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raisebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\savebox</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="769">\savebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841">\savebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8341,7 +9247,7 @@ declared with <code>\newsavebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewsavebox"><xrefnode <node name="_005csbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\sbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sbox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}{<var>text</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="770">\sbox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842">\sbox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8360,7 +9266,7 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled <node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox{<var>\boxcmd</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="771">\usebox</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843">\usebox</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -8377,366 +9283,393 @@ included in the normal output, it is saved in the box labeled <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">special insertions</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type. </para> <menu endspaces=" "> -<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Reserved characters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting <samp># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }</samp> -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Text symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting accents. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Non-English characters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-English characters. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting lines and rectangles. -</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting today&textrsquo;s date. +<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Reserved characters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting <samp># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \</samp> +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Symbols by font position</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting font symbols by number. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Text symbols</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-letter symbols in text. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Accents</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting accents. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">Additional Latin letters</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting other non-English characters. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\rule</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting lines and rectangles. +</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\today</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Inserting today&textrsquo;s date. </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu> -<node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> - -<para>The following characters play a special role in &latex; and are called -&textldquo;reserved characters&textrdquo; or &textldquo;special characters&textrdquo;. +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">characters, special</indexterm></cindex> +<para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes (for +example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments) so they are +called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } +<pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="772">\#</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="773">\$</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="774">\%</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="775">\&</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="776">\_</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="777">\{</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="778">\}</indexterm></findex> -<para>Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, &latex; -will do something special. If you simply want the character to be -printed as itself, include a <code>\</code> in front of the character. For -example, <code>\$</code> will produce <code>$</code> in your output. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844">\#</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845">\$</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846">\%</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847">\&</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848">\_</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849">\{</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850">\}</indexterm></findex> +<para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text +body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply +put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character. Thus, +<code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output. +</para> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851">\~</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="852">\^</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="853">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex> +<para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font +use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next +character receiving a tilde accent). Similarly, to get a get a text +body font circumflex use <code>\^{}</code>. A text body font backslash +results from <code>\textbackslash{}</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="779">\backslash</indexterm></findex> -<para>One exception to this rule is <code>\</code> itself, because <code>\\</code> has -its own special (context-dependent) meaning. A roman \ is produced by -typing <code>$\backslash$</code> in your file, and a typewriter <code>\</code> is -produced by using <samp>\</samp> in a verbatim command (<pxref label="verbatim"><xrefnodename>verbatim</xrefnodename></pxref>). +<para>To produce the reserved characters in a typewriter font use +<code>\verb!!</code>, as below. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="780">\~</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="781">\^</indexterm></findex> -<para>Also, <code>\~</code> and <code>\^</code> place tilde and circumflex accents over -the following letter, as in <accent type="tilde">o</accent> and <accent type="circ">o</accent> (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>); to get -a standalone <code>~</code> or <code>^</code>, you can again use a verbatim -command. +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{center} + \# \$ \% \& \{ \} \_ \~{} \^{} \textbackslash \\ + \verb!# $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \! +\end{center} +</pre></example> + +<para>In that example the double backslash <code>\\</code> is only there to +split the lines. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="782">\symbol</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you -know its number by using the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the -visible space character used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code -decimal 32, so it can be typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. +</section> +<node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle> + +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="854">\symbol</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with +the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character +used in the <code>\verb*</code> command has the code decimal 32, so it can be +typed as <code>\symbol{32}</code>. </para> -<para>You can also specify octal numbers with <code>'</code> or hexadecimal numbers -with <code>"</code>, so the previous example could also be written as -<code>\symbol{'40}</code> or <code>\symbol{"20}</code>. +<para>You can also specify numbers in octal (base 8) by using a <code>'</code> +prefix, or hexadecimal (base 16) with a <code>"</code> prefix, so the previous +example could also be written as <code>\symbol{'40}</code> or +<code>\symbol{"20}</code>. </para> </section> -<node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">text symbols</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="783">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="855">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex> <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in running text. Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not available in OT1; you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package. </para> <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> -<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>The copyright symbol, ©right;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>The double dagger symbol (in text). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &latex;2e logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French: «, », ‹, ›. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex> <para>An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): &textlsquo;&dots;&textrsquo;. <code>\ldots</code> and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">left quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">left quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">opening quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Left (opening) quote: &textlsquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow). +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow): <U>00B6</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>English pounds sterling: £. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: „ and ‚. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">right quote</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">right quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">closing quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Right (closing) quote: &textrsquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Section symbol. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><para>\itemx \textsection +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">section symbol</indexterm></cindex> +Section sign: <U>00A7</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex> <para>The &tex; logo. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>ASCII circumflex: ^. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>ASCII tilde: ~. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Centered asterisk: *. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Backslash: \. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Vertical bar: |. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double vertical bar. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Big circle symbol. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Left brace: {. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Right brace: }. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Bullet: •. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para><var>letter</var> in a circle, as in ®istered;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819">\textcapitalwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820">\textascenderwordmark</indexterm>\textascenderwordmark</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">cap height</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">cap height</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">ascender height</indexterm></cindex> <para>Composite word mark (invisible). The <code>\textcapital...</code> form has the cap height of the font, while the <code>\textascender...</code> form has the ascender height. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dagger: <math>\dag</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="894">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double dagger: <math>\ddag</math>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823">\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="895">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex> <para>Dollar sign: $. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="896">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">em-dash</indexterm></cindex> <para>Em-dash: &textmdash; (for punctuation). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="897">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">e-dash</indexterm></cindex> <para>En-dash: &textndash; (for ranges). </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="898">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex> <para>The Euro symbol: €. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>Upside down exclamation point: ¡. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="900">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Greater than: >. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="829">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Less than: <. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="830">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="902">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Left arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="831">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="832">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="904">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex> <para>Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: ª, º. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Centered period: <math>\cdot</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="905">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Centered period: <U>00B7</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="906">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex> <para>Upside down question mark: ¿. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="907">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">double left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double left quote: &textldquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">double right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Double right quote: &textrdquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="909">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">single left quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Single left quote: &textlsquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="910">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">single right quote</indexterm></cindex> <para>Single right quote: &textrsquo;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> -<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="840">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Straight single quote. (From TS1 encoding.) +</para> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item> +<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex> <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="841">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="914">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex> <para>Registered symbol: ®istered;. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="842">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Right arrow. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Trademark symbol: <math>^{\hbox{TM}}</math>. +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Trademark symbol: <U>2122</U>. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex> <para>&textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="919">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Underscore: _. </para> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="920">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item> +</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex> <para>Visible space symbol. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></ftable> </section> -<node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Non-English characters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">accents</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">accents</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475"><code>babel</code> package</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex> <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages, through the <code>babel</code> package and related support. This section does not attempt to cover all that support. It merely lists @@ -8748,134 +9681,134 @@ capital letters. These are not available with OT1. <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in <accent type="uml">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850">\&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923">\&textrsquo; <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">acute accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces an acute accent, as in <accent type="acute">o</accent>. In the <code>tabbing</code> environment, pushes current column to the right of the previous column (<pxref label="tabbing"><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="852">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">dot accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a dot accent over the following, as in <accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="853">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="854">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">macron accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in <accent type="macr">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="855">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="856">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">hat accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in <accent type="circ">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="857">\&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930">\&textlsquo; <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">grave accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a grave accent over the following, as in <accent type="grave">o</accent>. In the <code>tabbing</code> environment, move following text to the right margin (<pxref label="tabbing"><xrefnodename>tabbing</xrefnodename></pxref>). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in <accent type="tilde">n</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a bar accent under the following, as in <accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent>. See also <code>\underbar</code> hereinafter. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in <accent type="cedil">c</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a dot accent under the following, as in <accent type="udotaccent">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in <accent type="doubleacute">o</accent>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\i</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">dotless i</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a dotless i, as in &textlsquo;<dotless>i</dotless>&textrsquo;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\j</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="869">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">dotless j</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a dotless j, as in &textlsquo;<dotless>j</dotless>&textrsquo;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">ogonek</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a letter with ogonek, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="ogon">o</accent>&textrsquo;. Not available in the OT1 encoding. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="872">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946">\capitalring</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">ring accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a ring accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="ring">o</accent>&textrsquo;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="875">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876">\newtie</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949">\newtie</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a tie-after accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent>&textrsquo;. The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="878">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">breve accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a breve accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="breve">o</accent>&textrsquo;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\underbar</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880">\underbar</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">underbar</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953">\underbar</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">underbar</indexterm></cindex> <para>Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text. The argument is always processed in horizontal mode. The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through @@ -8884,115 +9817,125 @@ See also <code>\b</code> above. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="881">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="882">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">check accent</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">check accent</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">caron accent</indexterm></cindex> <para>Produces a h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent, as in &textlsquo;<accent type="caron">o</accent>&textrsquo;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node name="Non_002dEnglish-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Non-English characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> -<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Non-English characters</sectiontitle> +<node name="Additional-Latin-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional Latin letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">special characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">letters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> +<anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">special characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting characters commonly -used in languages other than English. +<para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters (beyond +A&textndash;Z) extending the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other +than English. </para> <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">aring</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">aring</indexterm></cindex> <para>å and Å. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="959">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>æ and Æ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="888">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> +encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="889">\dj</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890">\DJ</indexterm></findex> -<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962">\dj</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963">\DJ</indexterm></findex> +<para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke. Not +available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to +select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex> <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here). </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">polish l</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">polish l</indexterm></cindex> <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895">\ng</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896">\NG</indexterm></findex> -<para>Latin letter eng, also used in phonetics. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968">\ng</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969">\NG</indexterm></findex> +<para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">oslash</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">oslash</indexterm></cindex> <para>ø and Ø. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex> <para>œ and Œ. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>ß and SS. </para> </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item> <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx> -</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> -<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. +</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc> +encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate +font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>. </para> </tableitem></tableentry></table> </section> -<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Non-English characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> +<node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905">\rule</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978">\rule</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9019,16 +9962,30 @@ rectangles. The arguments are: <node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906">\today</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979">\today</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\today</code> command produces today&textrsquo;s date, in the format -<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>; for example, &textlsquo;July 4, 1976&textrsquo;. +<samp><var>month</var> <var>dd</var>, <var>yyyy</var></samp>; for example, <samp>July 4, 1976</samp>. It uses the predefined counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_005cmonth-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day \month \year</xrefnodename></pxref>) to do this. It is not updated as the program runs. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520"><code>datetime</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<para>Multilingual packages like <file>babel</file> or classes like <file>lettre</file>, +among others, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example, the following +will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\year=1976 \month=7 \day=4 +\documentclass{minimal} +\usepackage[french]{babel} +\begin{document} +\today +\end{document} +</pre></example> + +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>datetime</code> package, among others, can produce a wide variety of other date formats. </para> @@ -9038,13 +9995,16 @@ of other date formats. <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">input file</indexterm></cindex> <para>A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input in a single large file, it&textrsquo;s more efficient to split it into several smaller ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, -there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type +there is one that is the +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">root file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">file, root</indexterm></cindex> +<dfn>root file</dfn>; it is the one whose name you type when you run &latex;. </para> <para><xref label="filecontents"><xrefnodename>filecontents</xrefnodename></xref>, for an environment that allows bundling an @@ -9060,7 +10020,7 @@ external file to be created with the main document. <node name="_005cinclude" spaces=" "><nodename>\include</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\include</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907">\include</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980">\include</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9075,9 +10035,9 @@ command executes <code>\clearpage</code> to start a new page </para> <para>Given an <code>\includeonly</code> command, the <code>\include</code> actions are only run if <var>file</var> is listed as an argument to -<code>\includeonly</code>. See the next section. +<code>\includeonly</code>. See <ref label="_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\includeonly</xrefnodename></ref>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>\include</code> command may not appear in the preamble or in a file read by another <code>\include</code> command. </para> @@ -9086,7 +10046,7 @@ read by another <code>\include</code> command. <node name="_005cincludeonly" spaces=" "><nodename>\includeonly</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\include</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>\<code>includeonly</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981">\includeonly</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9096,9 +10056,9 @@ read by another <code>\include</code> command. <para>The <code>\includeonly</code> command controls which files will be read by subsequent <code>\include</code> commands. The list of filenames is -comma-separated. Each <var>file</var> must exactly match a filename -specified in a <code>\include</code> command for the selection to be -effective. +comma-separated. Each element <var>file1</var>, <var>file2</var>, &dots; must +exactly match a filename specified in a <code>\include</code> command for the +selection to be effective. </para> <para>This command can only appear in the preamble. </para> @@ -9107,7 +10067,7 @@ effective. <node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909">\input</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982">\input</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9140,10 +10100,10 @@ is tried (<samp>foo</samp> or <samp>foo.bar</samp>). <node name="Tables-of-contents" spaces=" "><nodename>Tables of contents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Tables of contents</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <para>A table of contents is produced with the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command. You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go; &latex; does the rest for you. A previous run must @@ -9154,16 +10114,16 @@ not automatically start a new page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, write a <code>\newpage</code> command after the <code>\tableofcontents</code> command. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986">\listoftables</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The analogous commands <code>\listoffigures</code> and <code>\listoftables</code> produce a list of figures and a list of tables (from <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files), respectively. Everything works exactly the same as for the table of contents. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989">\nofiles</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\nofiles</code> overrides these commands, and <emph>prevents</emph> any of these lists from being generated. </para> @@ -9176,11 +10136,17 @@ as for the table of contents. <node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex> + +<para>Synopsis: +</para> +<example endspaces=" "> +<pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} +</pre></example> -<para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>} -command adds an entry to the specified list or table where: +<para>The <code>\addcontentsline</code> command adds an entry to the specified list +or table where: </para> <table commandarg="var" spaces=" " endspaces=" "> <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">ext</itemformat></item> @@ -9197,18 +10163,19 @@ following, matching the value of the <var>ext</var> argument: </tableterm><tableitem><para>The name of the sectional unit: <code>part</code>, <code>chapter</code>, <code>section</code>, <code>subsection</code>, <code>subsubsection</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lof</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of figures. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of figures: <code>figure</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lot</itemformat></item> -</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of tables. +</tableterm><tableitem><para>For the list of tables: <code>table</code>. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">entry</itemformat></item> +</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">text</itemformat></item> </tableterm><tableitem><para>The text of the entry. </para></tableitem></tableentry></table> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> -<para>What is written to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file is the -command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var>}</code>. +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991">\contentsline</indexterm></findex> +<para>What is written to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file is the command +<code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}{<var>num</var>}</code>, where +<code><var>num</var></code> is the current value of counter <code><var>unit</var></code>. </para> <!-- c xx how hardwired are these values? other unit names? --> @@ -9217,7 +10184,7 @@ command <code>\contentsline{<var>unit</var>}{<var>name</var <node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeup></node> <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex> <para>The <code>\addtocontents</code>{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>} command adds text (or formatting commands) directly to the <file>.<var>ext</var></file> file that @@ -9239,22 +10206,22 @@ figures), or <file>lot</file> (list of tables). <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Tables of contents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">glossaries</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> enables creating glossaries. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921">\glossary</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994">\glossary</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The command <code>\glossary{<var>text</var>}</code> writes a glossary entry for <var>text</var> to an auxiliary file with the <file>.glo</file> extension. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922">\glossaryentry</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995">\glossaryentry</indexterm></findex> <para>Specifically, what gets written is the command <code>\glossaryentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where <var>pageno</var> is the current <code>\thepage</code> value. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">glossary <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">glossary <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>glossary</code> package on CTAN provides support for fancier glossaries. </para> @@ -9263,37 +10230,37 @@ glossaries. <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">indexes</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">indexes</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996">\makeindex</indexterm></findex> <para>The command <code>\makeindex</code> enables creating indexes. Put this in the preamble. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924">\index</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997">\index</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The command <code>\index{<var>text</var>}</code> writes an index entry for -<var>text</var> to an auxiliary file with the <file>.idx</file> extension. +<var>text</var> to an auxiliary file named with the <file>.idx</file> extension. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998">\indexentry</indexterm></findex> <para>Specifically, what gets written is the command <code>\indexentry{<var>text</var>}{<var>pageno</var>}</code>, where <var>pageno</var> is the current <code>\thepage</code> value. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex> <para>To generate a index entry for &textlsquo;bar&textrsquo; that says &textlsquo;See foo&textrsquo;, use a vertical bar: <code>\index{bar|see{foo}}</code>. Use <code>seealso</code> instead of <code>see</code> to make a &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; entry. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926">\seename</indexterm></findex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="927">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999">\seename</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000">\alsoname</indexterm></findex> <para>The text &textlsquo;See&textrsquo; is defined by the macro <code>\seename</code>, and &textlsquo;See also&textrsquo; by the macro <code>\alsoname</code>. These can be redefined for other languages. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex> <para>The generated <file>.idx</file> file is then sorted with an external command, usually either <command>makeindex</command> (<url><urefurl>http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex</urefurl></url>) or (the @@ -9301,23 +10268,26 @@ multi-lingual) <command>xindy</command> (<url><urefurl>http://xindy.sourceforge. This results in a <file>.ind</file> file, which can then be read to typeset the index. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928">printindex</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536"><code>makeidx</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001">\printindex</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The index is usually generated with the <code>\printindex</code> command. This is defined in the <code>makeidx</code> package, so <code>\usepackage{makeidx}</code> needs to be in the preamble. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929">indexspace</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002">\indexspace</indexterm></findex> <para>The rubber length <code>\indexspace</code> is inserted before each new letter in the printed index; its default value is <samp>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537"><code>showidx</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the page where the entry appears. This can help in preparing the index. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538"><code>multind</code> package</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>multind</code> package supports multiple indexes. See also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic, <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind</urefurl></url>. @@ -9328,8 +10298,8 @@ preparing the index. <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">writing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9343,7 +10313,7 @@ preparing the index. <var>letter body</var> \closing{<var>closing text</var>} \end{letter} - ... more letters ... +... more letters ... \end{document} </pre></example> @@ -9372,15 +10342,15 @@ backslash (<code>\\</code>). &latex; will put the <var>sender name</var> under the closing, after a vertical space for the traditional hand-written signature; it also can contain multiple lines. </para> -<para>Each letter environment begins with a required <code>\opening</code> command +<para>Each <code>letter</code> environment body begins with a required <code>\opening</code> command such as <code>\opening{Dear Madam or Sir:}</code>. The <var>letter body</var> -text is ordinary &latex; so it can contain everything from from +text is ordinary &latex; so it can contain everything from enumerated lists to displayed math, except that commands such as <code>\chapter</code> that make no sense in a letter are turned off. Each -letter environment typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> command such as -<code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. +<code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a <code>\closing</code> +command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>. </para> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003">\\ <r>for letters</r></indexterm></findex> <para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>. You can say who is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>. There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for @@ -9435,7 +10405,7 @@ I am not interested in entering a business arrangement with you. <node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931">\address</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004">\address</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9469,20 +10439,20 @@ formatted as a personal letter. <node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932">\cc</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005">\cc</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\cc{<var>first name</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></example> <para>Produce a list of names to which copies of the letter were sent. This command is optional. If it appears then typically it comes after <code>\closing</code>. Separate multiple lines with a double -backslash <code>\\</code>. +backslash <code>\\</code>, as in: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\cc{President \\ @@ -9494,14 +10464,14 @@ backslash <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933">\closing</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006">\closing</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">closing letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing{text} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\closing{<var>text</var>} </pre></example> <para>Usually at the end of a letter, above the handwritten signature, there @@ -9516,14 +10486,14 @@ is a <code>\closing</code> (although this command is optional). For example, <node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934">\encl</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007">\encl</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\encl{<var>first enclosed object</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></example> <para>Produce a list of things included with the letter. This command is @@ -9540,7 +10510,7 @@ Separate multiple lines with a double backslash <code>\\</code>. <node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935">\location</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008">\location</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9556,7 +10526,7 @@ appears if the page style is <code>firstpage</code>. <node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1009">\makelabels</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9580,11 +10550,13 @@ address</var>). The <var>sender address</var> is the value returned by the macro in the argument to the <code>letter</code> environment. By default <code>\mlabel</code> ignores the first argument, the <var>sender address</var>. </para> +<!-- c xxx TODO, align on latex2e-fr.texi, see https://mail.gna.org/public/latexrefman-discuss/2015-10/msg00000.html --> + </section> <node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937">\name</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1010">\name</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9600,8 +10572,8 @@ return address. <node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938">\opening</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1011">\opening</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9610,7 +10582,7 @@ return address. </pre></example> <para>This command is required. It starts a letter, following the -<code>\begin{letter}{..}</code>. The mandatory argument <var>text</var> is the +<code>\begin{letter}{...}</code>. The mandatory argument <var>text</var> is the text that starts your letter. For instance: </para> <example endspaces=" "> @@ -9621,8 +10593,8 @@ text that starts your letter. For instance: </section> <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939">\ps</indexterm></findex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012">\ps</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9634,7 +10606,7 @@ text that starts your letter. For instance: <code>\closing</code>. </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\ps{P.S. After you have read this letter, burn it. Or eat it.} </pre></example> @@ -9646,10 +10618,10 @@ text that starts your letter. For instance: </para> <example endspaces=" "> <pre xml:space="preserve">\signature{<var>first line</var> \\ - .. } + ... } </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940">\signature</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013">\signature</indexterm></findex> <para>The sender&textrsquo;s name. This command is optional, although its inclusion is usual. @@ -9700,7 +10672,7 @@ preamble). <node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941">\telephone</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1014">\telephone</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9719,8 +10691,8 @@ page. <node name="Terminal-input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Terminal input/output</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex> <menu endspaces=" "> <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal. @@ -9731,19 +10703,19 @@ page. <node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein[<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942">\typein</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1015">\typein</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> <example endspaces=" "> -<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[<var>\cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} +<pre xml:space="preserve">\typein[\<var>cmd</var>]{<var>msg</var>} </pre></example> <para><code>\typein</code> prints <var>msg</var> on the terminal and causes &latex; to stop and wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If -the optional <var>\cmd</var> argument is omitted, the typed input is +the optional <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it had been included in the input file in place of the -<code>\typein</code> command. If the <var>\cmd</var> argument is present, it +<code>\typein</code> command. If the <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> argument is present, it must be a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input. </para> @@ -9752,7 +10724,7 @@ redefined to be the typed input. <node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout{<var>msg</var>}</code></sectiontitle> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943">\typeout</indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016">\typeout</indexterm></findex> <para>Synopsis: </para> @@ -9777,9 +10749,9 @@ printed, independent of surrounding spaces. A <code>^^J</code> in <node name="Command-line" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">command line</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">command line</indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex> <para>The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; &tex; uses <file>.tex</file> as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, &tex; accepts input from the terminal. You can @@ -9791,14 +10763,14 @@ error: <pre xml:space="preserve">latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex' </pre></example> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945">&textndash;help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018">&textndash;help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex> <para>With many, but not all, implementations, command-line options can also be specified in the usual Unix way, starting with <samp>-</samp> or <samp>--</samp>. For a list of those options, try <samp>latex --help</samp>. </para> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> -<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946">\stop</indexterm></findex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex> +<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019">\stop</indexterm></findex> <para>If &latex; stops in the middle of the document and gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt, it is waiting for input. You can type <code>\stop</code> (and return) and it will prematurely end the document. @@ -9810,8 +10782,8 @@ be specified in the usual Unix way, starting with <samp>-</samp> or <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Concept Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node> <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">document templates</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">document templates</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">templates, document</indexterm></cindex> <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will be useful. Additional template resources are listed at @@ -9827,8 +10799,8 @@ be useful. Additional template resources are listed at <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex> <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides. It has a vast array of features, but here is a basic template: @@ -9865,7 +10837,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template: <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{book} @@ -9891,15 +10863,16 @@ The end. <node name="tugboat-template" spaces=" "><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node> <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex> -<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex> +<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex> <para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group, <url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>. </para> <verbatim xml:space="preserve"> \documentclass{ltugboat} + \usepackage{graphicx} \usepackage{ifpdf} \ifpdf @@ -9908,6 +10881,8 @@ The end. \usepackage{url} \fi +%%% Start of metadata %%% + \title{Example \TUB\ article} % repeat info for each author. @@ -9916,51 +10891,56 @@ The end. \netaddress{user (at) example dot org} \personalURL{http://example.org/~user/} +%%% End of metadata %%% + \begin{document} \maketitle \begin{abstract} This is an example article for \TUB{}. +Please write an abstract. \end{abstract} \section{Introduction} -This is an example article for \TUB, from +This is an example article for \TUB, linked from \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}. We recommend the \texttt{graphicx} package for image inclusions, and the -\texttt{hyperref} package for active urls in the \acro{PDF} output. -Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. - -The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more: +\texttt{hyperref} package if active urls are desired (in the \acro{PDF} +output). Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively. +The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations (and many more): % verbatim blocks are often better in \small \begin{verbatim}[\small] \AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW \BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML \ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe -\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX -\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS -\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP +\mf \MFB +\plain \POBox \PS +\SGML \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG \tug -\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE +\UNIX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE -\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag -\careof \thinskip +\, \bull \Dash \dash \hyph \acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred} % please use! \cs{fred} -> \fred -\env{fred} -> \begin{fred} \meta{fred} -> <fred> \nth{n} -> 1st, 2nd, ... \sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4 \booktitle{Book of Fred} \end{verbatim} -For more information, see the ltubguid document at: -\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat} -(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references). +For references to other \TUB\ issue, please use the format +\textsl{volno:issno}, e.g., ``\TUB\ 32:1'' for our \nth{100} issue. + +This file is just a template. The \TUB\ style documentation is the +\texttt{ltubguid} document at \url{http://ctan.org/pkg/tugboat}. (For +\CTAN\ references, where sensible we recommend that form of url, using +\texttt{/pkg/}; or, if you need to refer to a specific file location, +\texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/\textsl{path}}.) Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el index 9fefecb88c1..0b48d680e1b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ltx-help.el @@ -128,18 +128,27 @@ ;; Thu Apr 25 2013 Mandar Mitra (mandar.mitra@gmail.com) ;; Using with (for example) "array" goes to the top node ;; of latex2e.info instead of the intended node. +;; +;; Thu Dec 3 2015 Kevin Ryde (user42_kevin@yahoo.com.au) +;; * latex-help-get-cmd-alist don't take \:: as double-colon style index, +;; and allow "(line 123)" at the end of recent makeinfo output. +;; * Use buffer-substring-no-properties when exists (does in XEmacs 21.4). ;;; Code: (require 'info) -(if (string-match "XEmacs\\|Lucid" emacs-version) - ; XEmacs - (fset 'ltxh-buffer-substring (symbol-function 'buffer-substring)) - ; FSFmacs - (fset 'ltxh-buffer-substring (symbol-function 'buffer-substring-no-properties))) +(defalias 'ltxh-buffer-substring + (if (fboundp 'buffer-substring-no-properties) ;; when available + 'buffer-substring-no-properties + 'buffer-substring)) -(defvar latex-help-file "(latex2e)") +(defcustom latex-help-file "(latex2e)" + "Select the LaTeX2e non official reference manual translation." + :type '(choice + (string :tag "English" "(latex2e)") + (string :tag "French" "(latex2e-fr)") + (string :tag "Spanish" "(latex2e-es)") )) (defvar latex-help-split-window nil "*When this is non-nil, `latex-help' will always pop up the info @@ -259,7 +268,7 @@ The values are saved in `latex-help-cmd-alist' for speed." (save-window-excursion (setq latex-help-cmd-alist nil) (Info-goto-node (concat latex-help-file "Command Index")) - (if (search-forward "::" nil t) + (if (re-search-forward "::$" nil t) (progn (end-of-buffer) (while (re-search-backward "^\\* \\(.+\\)::$" nil t) @@ -267,7 +276,7 @@ The values are saved in `latex-help-cmd-alist' for speed." (setq latex-help-cmd-alist (cons (cons key key) latex-help-cmd-alist)))) (end-of-buffer) - (while (re-search-backward "^\\* \\(.+\\): *\\(.+\\)\\.$" nil t) + (while (re-search-backward "^\\* \\(.+\\): *\\(.+\\)\\." nil t) (setq key (ltxh-buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))) (setq value (ltxh-buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))) (setq latex-help-cmd-alist |